ABB - Motor Protection and Control Catalogue - 20221216 - DIGITAL
ABB - Motor Protection and Control Catalogue - 20221216 - DIGITAL
ABB - Motor Protection and Control Catalogue - 20221216 - DIGITAL
M A I N C ATA LO G 2 0 2 2
01
MANUAL MOTOR
— STARTERS AND
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
02
Motor protection and control FOR TR ANSFORMER
PROTECTION
03
NF CONTACTOR RELAYS
contactors and overload relays
B, M MINI CONTACTORS,
K, M MINI CONTACTOR
04
RELAYS
AS CONTACTORS AND
05
NS CONTACTOR RELAYS
OVERLOAD RELAYS
06
THERMISTOR
07
PROTECTION RELAYS
TEMPER ATURE
08
MONITORING RELAYS
SELF RESETTING
CURRENT LIMITING
09
MODULE
DR AS AND DR AF
10
ENCLOSED STARTERS
ELECTRONIC
11
COMPACT STARTERS
UNIVERSAL
12
MOTOR CONTROLLER
STARTING SOLUTION
CERTIFICATIONS AND
APPROVALS - GENER AL
14
TECHNICAL DATA
INDEX
15
MARKETING MATERIAL
16
1/5 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
01
—
Protection and control
To keep things running you need control
— — —
02 03 04
Manual motor starters and circuit Contactors and contactor relays Mini contactors
breakers for transformer protection and mini contactor relays
• Fuseless motor protection up to 80 A • 3-pole and 4-pole AC / DC electronic • 2 ranges available: B and M mini contactors
• Designed to perfectly combine with control coil from 9 up to 2850 A AC-1, • Up to 20 A AC-1 / 5.5 kW AC-3 400 V
ABB contactors 500 kW AC-3 • 4 different connecting terminals offered
• Harmonized accessory range • GAF and GF for DC applications • Wide accessories assortment
• UA...UA..RA for capacitor switching
• AFS contactors for safety applications
• ABB Novolink devices: towards the
digitalization for motor starting
solutions
— — — —
05 06 07 08
Contactors and
contactor relays Thermistor protection Smart Monitoring
designed for OEM's Overload relays relays Relays
• Compact and powerful - up • Thermal and electronic type • Monitoring of the winding • Smart temperature moni-
to 7.5 kW AC-3 • Up to 200 A (thermal) and temperature of motors toring relays that can be
• Designed for OEM's 1250 A which have PTC tempera- setup via display or smart-
• Specially suitable for motor (electronic) ture sensors installed phone app
control application • Direct mounting to AF con- • Evaluation of various motor • Measurement of tempera-
tactors conditions such as over- tures using different types
heating, overload and insuf- of sensors, such as PT100,
ficient cooling PT1000, PTC or NTC within
• ATEX approval available for the same time.
the use in hazardous areas • Monitoring of the winding
and bearing temperature of
motors.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 1/6
01
— — —
09 10 11
Self resetting current Enclosed starters DRAS and Electronic compact starters:
limiting module DARF HF range
• Increases the short-circuit breaking • For machine or wall mounting motor • Forward and reverse running, motor
capacity of downstream devices starter protection, emergency stop
• Ideal solution for group protection • Up to 7.5 kW • Space saving up to 90% with only
• Robust IP66 and type 4X enclosure 22.5 mm width
• Up to 75% reduced time in wiring and
installation: less error-prone wiring
— — —
12 13 14
—
Protection and control
To keep things running you need control
—
02
—
01
—
03
—
01 Appliances
—
02 Elevator
—
03 Food & beverage
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 1/8
01
From small controls to power distribution
For system integrators, OEMs, engineering consultants and distributors to
panel builders and industrial end-users, ABB’s comprehensive range of motor
starting solutions, products and services delivers the certainty of consistent
quality and performance.
—
05
—
04 —
06
—
04 EV charging
—
05 Wind power
—
06 Solar power
—
Manual motor starters
A complete motor protection concept
Up to 80 A
01
—
AF contactors
One range for motor starting and power switching
Up to 2850 A AC-1
—
Just push-it
The next generation of spring technology
Up to 38 A
01
—
AFS contactors
Because safety matters
Up to 750 A
Contactors dedicated
for safety application
Easy to identify with its yellow signature,
while enjoying the latest AF technology
on board, AFS contactor is the chain link
specially dedicated for safety application
systems.
Factory-mounted,
non-removable,
safety cap
Mechanically linked
and mirror contacts
—
Mini contactors
Efficient and space saving
Up to 5.5 kW AC-3
01
—
AS contactors
Compact and powerful
Up to 16 A AC-3
AC
or
DC
Screw Spring
Screw terminal Spring terminal
W 45 x H 68 x D 72.5 mm
All in same dimensions
AS contactors feature AC and DC control circuits,
screw or spring terminals all in 45 mm width
modules with no spacing required even when they Mainly for motor control
are combined with motor protection devices for Combined with motor protection devices, AS 3-pole
direct-on-line reversing or star delta starters. contactors are specially suitable for motor control
applications such as ventilation systems, air condi-
tioning, small pumps, escalators, laundries or food
and baking equipment
1/15 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
01
—
GF and GAF contactors
A compact and efficient way to switch DC loads
—
PV solar plant
GF contactor
AF contactor
PV strings
Solar PV
central inverter
DC AC
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 1/16
01
—
UA and UA..RA contactors
For capacitor switching up to 80 kvar
https://new.abb.com/low-voltage/products/motor-protec-
tion/contactors-for-capacitor-switching
Current
Transformer
Loads
Power Transformer
Bk
Outputs
FU-1 FU-2 FU-3 FU-11 FU-12
RVT
P.F.C C1 C11 C12
C2 C3 R11
R1 R2 R3 R12
—
HF range
Great functionality in only 22.5 mm
22.5 mm
Space-saving
Compared to conven-
tional solution space
saving is optimized.
01
—
Contactors and motor protection for rolling stock
Sustainable mobility for a better world
Specifically designed and manufactured for rolling stock applications (1), our
products can be installed in any environment including passenger or driver cabins,
for main or urban line trains, underground trains or trams circulating frequently in
tunnels or underground passages.
For rolling stock applications, please contact your local ABB sales representative.
—
How to use this catalog
—
AF116 ... AF146 3-pole contactors
55 to 75 kW
AC / DC operated
AF116 ... AF140 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
03
690 V AC, AF146 up to 1000 V AC and AF116 ... AF146 up to 260 V DC. These contactors are of the
block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V
50/60 Hz and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
1SFC101005V0001
E SECTION E-E
E SECTION E-E
90 3.54" 126 4.96" 90 3.54" 126 4.96"
D D D D
55.5 0.22"
55.5 2.18"
19.5 0.77"
19.5 4.96"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
1SFC101088C0201 - Rev. D
30 1.18" 30 1.18"
Print catalog
—
Find more information on our marketing material page.
Chart and datas of motor rated operational The products in this catalog can also be found
powers and currents are available in the together with product news life cycle status, data
customer made motor starting solutions c
hapter. sheets, certificates and tools at:
https://new.abb.com/low-voltage/products/
motor-protection
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 1/20
01
Ordering details Guarantee
Orders can be placed either by using the type code or the or- The information contained in this catalogue reflects the
der code. The type codes or order codes generally relate to current state of our knowledge and aims to present our
single devices like a contactor, overload relays or an acces- products and their possible applications as defined with
sory but they can sometimes relate to an indivisible set the standards. The product data, ratings and utilization
(ex: connecting kits) or a bag (ex 50 function markers). See conditions are indicated in their respective sections, thus
the description of the device. the information does not guarantee special utilizations or
combination of characteristics that have not been defined
or tested according to normalized values or test conditions
defined with the standards.
Packaging unit
Products are generally packed as single units but very small
products or accessories are often proposed in collective
packs. Please refer to the “Package quantity” in the ordering Liability
detail charts. The devices in this catalogue do not endanger safety when
they are selected, mounted, commissioned used maintained
and deposed with the rules and standards that apply to them.
—
Main online tools
Cadenas portal: Download 2D or 3D files according to your needs Selected Optimized Coordination tables SOC
(STEP, IGES...)
For direct product details information, use product type or order code, https://econfigure.xe.abb.com/global/#/categories/cfg-solution-Configurators
ex:
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SBL137001R1310
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 1/22
01
—
ABB Connect
Your digital assistant
Make your phone Tap and stay Scan and download ABB
Find the latest or tablet your connected to all the Connect for IOS, Android or
product details workspace latest information Windows 10
new.abb.com/low-voltage/service/abb-connect
1/23 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
01
—
General overview motor protection and control
3-pole contactors Mini contactors Contactors
IEC(1) AC-3 Rated operational power θ ≤ 60 °C (2), 400 V kW 4 5.5 4 5.5 4 5.5 7.5 4 5.5 7.5
UL/CSA 3-phase motor rating 480 V hp 3 5 5 7.5 5 7.5 10 5 7.5 10
AC Control supply Type B6 B7 MC1A MC2A AS09 AS12 AS16 AF09 AF12 AF16
Main accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks Front mounting CAF6 CAF6 MACN, MARN MACN, MARN CA3-10 (1 x N.O.) CA4-10 (1 x N.O.)
CA3-01 (1 x N.C.) CA4-01 (1 x N.C.)
Side mounting CA6 CA6 MACL, MARL MACL, MARL CAL4-11
(1 x N.O. + 1 x N.C.)
Timers Electronic MREBC MREBC TEF3-ON TEF4-ON
TEF3-OFF TEF4-OFF
Interlocking units(4) Mechanical MMH0 MMH0 VM3 VM4
Overload relays
Thermal relays Class 10 T16 (0.10…13 A) T16 (0.10…13 A) T16 (0.10…16 A) TF42 (0.10…38 A)
(Class 10A for TF140, TA200DU)
Electronic relays Class 10E, 20E, 30E E16DU (0.10…18.9 A) — EF19 (0.10…18.9 A)
01
11 15 18.5 18.5 22 30 37 45/55 55 75 75 90 110 132 160 200 200 250 315 400 — 475 560 — — —
15 20 25 30 40 50 60 60/75 75 100 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 — 800 900 — — —
AF26 AF30 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96 AF116 AF140 AF146 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370 AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050 AF2650 AF2850
AF26 AF30 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96 AF116 AF140 AF146 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370 AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050 AF2650 AF2850
AF26 AF30 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96 AF116 AF140 AF146 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370 AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050 AF2650 AF2850
26 32 38 40 53 65 80 96/105 116 140 146 190 205 265 305 370 400 460 580 750 — 860 1060 — — —
45 50 50 70 100 105 125 130 160 200 225 275 350 400 500 600 600 700 800 1050 1260 1350 1650 2050 2650 2850
45 50 50 60 80 90 105 115 160 200 200 250 300 350 400 520 550 650 750 900 1210 1350 1650 2100 2700 2850
1 — — 2 — — 3 — — 4 — — — 5 — — — 6 — 7 — — 8 — — —
MS165 (10...80 A)
lcs up to 100 kA
MO165 (16...80 A)
lcs up to 100 kA
MO165 (16...80 A)
lcs up to 100 kA
BEA65-4(5)
1/25 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
01
—
General overview motor protection and control
IEC AC-1 Rated operational current θ ≤ 40 °C, 690 V A 20 (400 V)(1) 20 (400 V)(1) 20 20
UL/CSA General use rating 600 V A 12 (300 V)(1) 16(1) 20 20
2 2 3 1 4 0 2 2 3 1 4 0
01
Contactors
25 30 45 55 70 100 125 160 200 275 350 400 500 525 800 1000
25 30 45 55 60 80 105 160 175 230 250 300 350 420 540 —
AF09 AF16 AF26 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF80 AF116 AF140 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370 — —
AF09 AF16 AF26 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF80 AF116 AF140 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370 EK550 EK1000
AF09 AF16 AF26 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF80 AF116 AF140 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370 EK550 EK1000
Contactor relays
3 3
A600, Q300 A600, Q600
2 2 3 1 4 0 2 2 3 1 4 0
Capacitor switching
12.5 to 80 kvar
UA16..RA to UA110..RA types
UA16 to UA110 types
—
For more information please find our electronic data sheets online, for example:
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SAM250000R1001
—
Manual motor starters &
circuit breakers for
transformer protection
—
MS and MO manual motor starters
02
A complete motor protection concept
—
MS and MO manual motor starters
02
High performance
in compact size
MS132 and MS165 manual motor starters
cover short-circuit breaking capacities
Troubleshooting up to 100 kA. In addition, every manual
motor starter is temperature compen-
made easy sated up to 60 °C.
Right solution
for your application All-in-one
MS116 offers protection up to 32 A and a ABB offers fuseless protection
breaking capacity up to 100 kA – all in a against short-circuits, phase
45 mm wide housing. They are designed failures and overloads including
to meet requirements of most standard disconnect function – all in one
applications. single compact product.
IE3
Protection wherever you are Ready for IE3 and IE4 Just push it
Manual motor starters are suitable for
With the new Push-in Spring terminals,
worldwide use. The wide range of certi- motors one push is all you need for a faster
fications covers standards like IEC (CB), MS116/MS132/MO132/MS165/MO165
than ever installation, an easier than
cULus, CCC, EAC and various ship ap- comply with the latest IE3 and IE4 N/H
ever wiring and a reliable as ever con-
provals. MS132 and MS165 also apply to and NE/HE motors. NE/HE requires uti-
nection which eliminates routine
ATEX standards for hazardous areas. lization category AC-3e.
re-tightening.
LR
BV LR RINa ABS
ABS
France
DNV
Gr. Britain Rina
Italy USA
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 2/5
—
Protection and control
02
The right accessories for your applications
HK1
SK1 Compatible with Unifix AD new distri-
MO165
bution system
Unifix AD allows an easy, safe and fast
mounting of various components
AA1 (manual motor starters, Tmax XT,
circuit breakers, contactors etc.) without
drilling the busbars, it's sufficient to clip
them on the busbar system.
UA1
HKF1
—
Application examples
02
— — —
M OTO R P R OT EC T I O N S TA R T E R P R OT EC T I O N C I R C U I T P R OT EC T I O N A N D
CONTROL
— — —
R E S I S T I V E LO A D S D C LO A D S E X TREME CONDITIONS
Manual motor starters are not only for Manual motor starters are not only for Regardless if high-altitudes, shock and
motors! They are also an efficient solu- AC applications! vibration environments or hazardous
tion for AC-1 applications, where it is MS132 and MS165 manual motor start- areas, ABB’s manual motor starters are
required to protect and switch resis- ers are also rated for direct current designed and certified to withstand
tive loads (for example resistive fur- loads (e.g. for motors used in solar harsh conditions. Specific versions for
naces or heaters). panel tracking systems). rolling stock applications are part of
our offer.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 2/7
02
2/8 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Manual motor starters
Overview
02
Accessories
Auxiliary contact HKF1, HK1 (2)
Signaling for tripped alarm SK1 (2)
contact for short-circuit alarm - CK1
Shunt trip AA1
Undervoltage release UA1
Selection parameters
Rated operational power Setting range for Type Short-circuit Type Short-circuit
thermal release breaking capacity breaking capacity
Icu Ics Icu Ics
0.03 kW (1) 0.1 … 0.16 A MS116-0.16 100 kA 50 kA MS132-0.16 (2) 100 kA 100 kA
0.06 kW 0.16 … 0.25 A MS116-0.25 100 kA 50 kA MS132-0.25 (2) 100 kA 100 kA
0.09 kW 0.25 … 0.4 A MS116-0.4 100 kA 50 kA MS132-0.4 (2) 100 kA 100 kA
0.18 kW 0.4 … 0.63 A MS116-0.63 100 kA 50 kA MS132-0.63 (2) 100 kA 100 kA
0.25 kW 0.63 … 1.0 A MS116-1.0 100 kA 50 kA MS132-1.0 (2) 100 kA 100 kA
0.55 kW 1.0…1.6 A MS116-1.6 100 kA 50 kA MS132-1.6 (2) 100 kA 100 kA
0.75 kW 1.6…2.5 A MS116-2.5 75 kA 50 kA MS132-2.5 (2) 100 kA 100 kA
1.5 kW 2.5…4.0 A MS116-4.0 75 kA 50 kA MS132-4.0 (2) 100 kA 100 kA
2.2 kW 4.0…6.3 A MS116-6.3 75 kA 50 kA MS132-6.3 (2) 100 kA 100 kA
4.0 kW 6.3…10 A MS116-10 75 kA 50 kA MS132-10 (2) 100 kA 100 kA
5.5 kW 8…12 A MS116-12 50 kA 25 kA MS132-12 100 kA 100 kA
7.5 kW 10…16 A MS116-16 16 kA 16 kA MS132-16 (2) / MS165-16 100 kA 100 kA
7.5 kW 14 ... 20 A MS165-20 100 kA 100 kA
7.5 kW 16…20 A MS116-20 16 kA 10 kA MS132-20 (2) 100 kA 100 kA
11 kW 18 … 25 A MS165-25 100 kA 100 kA
11 kW 20…25 A MS116-25 16 kA 10 kA MS132-25 (2) 50 kA 50 kA
15 kW 25…32 A MS116-32 16 kA 10 kA MS132-32 (2) 50 kA 30 kA
15 kW 23 ... 32 A MS165-32 100 kA 100 kA
22 kW 30 ... 42 A MS165-42 50 kA 50 kA
22 kW 40 ... 54 A MS165-54 50 kA 30 kA
30 kW 52 ... 65 A MS165-65 50 kA 30 kA
37 kW 62 ... 73 A MS165-73 30 kA 30 kA
45 kW 70 ... 80 A MS165-80 30 kA 30 kA
(1) 690 V AC
(2) Available with Push-in Spring terminals.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 2/9
02
Type MO132 MO165 MS132-T
Thermal and electromagnetic protection - - Yes
Electromagnetic protection Yes Yes -
Phase loss sensitivity - - Yes
Switch position ON/OFF/TRIP ON/OFF/TRIP ON/OFF/TRIP
Magnetic trip indication - - Yes
Lockable handle without accessories Yes Yes Yes
Disconnecting feature Yes Yes Yes
Width 45 mm 55 mm 45 mm
Rated operational current Ie 0.16 ... 32 A 16 ... 80 A 0.16 ... 25 A
Setting range - - 0.10 ... 25 A
Ambient air temperature -25 ... +60 °C -25 ... +60 °C -25 ... +60 °C (1)
(1) Compensated
Accessories
Auxiliary contact HKF1, HK1 (2) HKF1, HK1 (2)
Signaling for tripped alarm SK1 (2) SK1 (2)
contact for short-circuit alarm - CK1
Shunt trip AA1 AA1
Undervoltage release UA1 UA1
Selection parameters
Rated operational power Type Short-circuit Type Short-circuit breaking
breaking capacity capacity
Icu Ics Icu / Ics
0.03 kW (1) MO132-0.16 100 kA 100 kA MS132-0.16T (2) 100 kA
0.06 kW MO132-0.25 100 kA 100 kA MS132-0.25T (2) 100 kA
0.09 kW MO132-0.4 100 kA 100 kA MS132-0.4T (2) 100 kA
0.18 kW MO132-0.63 100 kA 100 kA MS132-0.63T (2) 100 kA
0.25 kW MO132-1.0 100 kA 100 kA MS132-1.0T (2) 100 kA
0.55 kW MO132-1.6 100 kA 100 kA MS132-1.6T (2) 100 kA
0.75 kW MO132-2.5 100 kA 100 kA MS132-2.5T (2) 100 kA
1.5 kW MO132-4.0 100 kA 100 kA MS132-4.0T (2) 100 kA
2.2 kW MO132-6.3 100 kA 100 kA MS132-6.3T (2) 100 kA
4.0 kW MO132-10 100 kA 100 kA MS132-10T (2) 100 kA
5.5 kW MO132-12 100 kA 100 kA MS132-12T 100 kA
7.5 kW MO132-16 / MO165-16 100 kA 100 kA MS132-16T (2) 100 kA
7.5 kW MO165-20 100 kA 100 kA
7.5 kW MO132-20 100 kA 100 kA MS132-20T (2) 100 kA
11 kW
11 kW MO132-25 / MO165-25 50 kA / 100 kA 50 kA / 100 kA MS132-25T (2) 50 kA
15 kW MO132-32 50 kA 30 kA Transformer protection:
15 kW MO165-32 100 kA 100 kA The instantaneous short-circuit current
22 kW MO165-42 50 kA 50 kA setting li is 20 times the maximum rated
operational current.
22 kW MO165-54 50 kA 30 kA
30 kW MO165-65 50 kA 30 kA
37 kW MO165-73 30 kA 30 kA
45 kW MO165-80 30 kA 30 kA
(1) 690 V AC
(2) Available with Push-in Spring terminals.
2/10 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
MS116 manual motor starters
0.10 to 32 A – with thermal and electromagnetic protection
02
MS116 is a compact and economic range for motor protection up to 15 kW (400 V) / 32 A in width
of 45 mm. Further features are the built-in disconnect function, temperature c ompensation,
trip-free mechanism and a rotary handle with a clear switch position indication. The manual
motor starter is suitable for three- and single-phase applications. Auxiliary contacts, signaling
contacts, undervoltage releases, shunt trips, power in-feed blocks and locking devices for pro-
tection against unauthorized changes are available as accessory. These are suitable
2CDC241004V0017
MS116-32-HKF1-11
79.9 3.15"
69.8 2.75"
80.1 3.15" 1.5 0.06" 5.5 0.22" 43.3 1.7"
1.5 0.06" 70 2.76"
5.5 0.22" 43.5 1.71"
1.7 0.07"
1.7 0.07"
3.85"
1.77"
2.95"
35 1.38"
1.38"
2.95"
1.77"
3.54"
2.3"
2.3"
97.8
45
75
27.5 1.1"
45
35
75
90
27.5 1.1"
57.8
57.8
—
MS132 manual motor starters
0.10 to 32 A – with thermal and electromagnetic protection
02
MS132 is a compact and powerful range for motor protection up to 15 kW (400 V) / 32 A in width
of 45 mm. This type has §a clear and reliable indication of fault in a separate window in the event
of short-circuit tripping. Further features are the built-in disconnect function, t emperature com-
pensation, trip-free mechanism and a rotary handle with a clear switch position i ndication. The
manual motor starter is suitable for three- and single-phase applications. The handle is lockable
to protect against unauthorized changes. Auxiliary contacts, signaling contacts, u ndervoltage re-
leases, shunt trips, power in-feed blocks are available as accessory.
2CDC241002V0013
81.05 3.19"
97.8 3.85"
75 2.95"
45 1.77"
35 1.38"
35 1.38"
45" 1.77"
3.54"
2.95"
75
90
MS132 ≤ 10 A MS132 ≥ 12 A
—
MS132-K manual motor starters with Push-in Spring terminals
0.10 to 32 A – with thermal and electromagnetic protection
02
The MS132-K series is a compact and powerful range for motor protection up to
15 kW (400 V) / 32 A with a width of only 45 mm. The innovative Push-in Spring terminals
enable tool-free wiring and eliminate the need for routine re-tightening.
The MS132-K also has a clear and reliable indication of fault in a separate window in the event
of short-circuit tripping. Further features are the built-in disconnect function, temperature
compensation, trip-free mechanism and a rotary handle with a clear switch position indication.
The manual motor starter is suitable for three- and single-phase applications. The handle is
2CDC241025V0017
81 3.19"
81 3.19"
72.5 2.85" 72.5 2.85"
45 1.77" 5.5 0.22" 43.5 1.71" 45 1.77" 5.5 0.22" 43.5 1.71"
35mm EN/EC 60715
35mm EN/EC 60715
112 4.41"
45 1.77"
90 3.54"
112 4.41"
45 1.77"
90 3.54"
—
MS165 manual motor starters
10 to 80 A – with thermal and electromagnetic protection
02
MS165 is a compact and powerful range for motor protection up to 45 kW (400 V) / 80 A in width
of 55 mm. This type also has a clear and reliable indication of fault in a separate window in the
event of short-circuit tripping. Further features are the built-in disconnect function, temperature
compensation, trip-free mechanism and a rotary handle with a clear switch position indication.
The manual motor starter is suitable for three- and single-phase applications. The handle is
lockable to protect against unauthorized changes. Auxiliary contacts, signaling contacts,
undervoltage releases, shunt trips, power in-feed blocks are available as accessory.
These are suitable throughout the MS116/MS132/MS165-range.
2CDC241007V0017
55 2.17"
17.5 0.69" 17.5 0.69" 122.1 4.81"
5.5 0.22" 95.5 3.76"
1.75 0.07"
142.65 5.62"
44.9 1.77"
106 4.17"
35 1.38"
76.35 3.01"
MS165
—
MO132 manual motor starters magnetic only
0.16 to 32 A – with electromagnetic protection
02
The MO132 manual motor starter magnetic only is a compact and powerful range for motor
protection up to 15 kW (400 V AC) in width of 45 mm. The devices are used to manually switch
on and off loads/motors and to protect them reliably and without the need for a fuse from
short-circuits.
The manual motor starter offers a rated service short-circuit breaking capacity up to 100 kA at
400 V AC. A combination together with overload relays or motor controllers allows the protection
2CDC241018V0017
of motors. Further features are the built-in disconnect function, trip-free mechanism and a rotary
handle with a clear switch position indication. The manual motor starters magnetic only are
suitable for three- and single-phase applications. The handle is lockable to protect against
unauthorized changes. Auxiliary contacts, signaling contacts, undervoltage releases, shunt trips,
3-phase busbars and power in-feed blocks are available as accessory.
MO132-6.3
Rated Rated Short-circuit Rated Type Order code Weight
operational operational breaking instantaneous (1 pce)
power current capacity Ics short-circuit
400 V at 400 V AC current
AC-3, AC-3e setting li
kW A kA A kg
0.03 (1) 0.16 100 2.00 MO132-0.16 1SAM360000R1001 0.215
0.06 0.25 100 3.10 MO132-0.25 1SAM360000R1002 0.215
2CDC241015V0017
81.05 3.19"
72.2 2.84"
81.25 3.2"
1.5 0.06" 5.5 0.22" 43.3 0.22"
72.4 2.85"
97.8 3.85"
75 2.95"
45 1.77"
35 1.38"
35 1.38"
45" 1.77"
3.54"
2.95"
75
90
45 1.77" 45 1.77"
MO132 ≤ 10 A MO132 ≥ 12 A
—
MO165 manual motor starters magnetic only
16 to 80 A – with electromagnetic protection
02
The MO165 manual motor starter magnetic only is a compact and powerful range for motor
protection up to 45 kW (400 V AC) in width of 55 mm. The devices are used to manually switch
on and off loads/motors and to protect them reliably and without the need for a fuse from
short-circuits. The manual motor starter offers a rated service short-circuit breaking capacity up
to 100 kA at 400 V AC. A combination together with overload relays or motor controllers allows
the protection of motors. Further features are the built-in disconnect function, trip-free mecha-
nism and a rotary handle with a clear switch position indication.
The manual motor starters magnetic only are suitable for three- and single-phase applications.
2CDC241008V0017
The handle is lockable to protect against unauthorized changes. Auxiliary contacts, signaling
contacts, undervoltage releases, shunt trips, 3-phase bus bars and power in-feed blocks are
available as accessory.
55 2.17"
17.5 0.69" 17.5 0.69" 122.1 4.81"
5.5 0.22" 95.5 3.76"
1.75 0.07"
142.65 5.62"
44.9 1.77"
106 4.17"
35 1.38"
76.35 3.01"
MO165
—
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165
Technical data
02
—
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165
Technical data
02
lcs Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity
lcu Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity
Iq (Icc) Rated conditional short-circuit current
- No back-up fuse required, because short-circuit proof up to Icu (for Icu see table below)
—
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165
Technical data
02
—
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165
Technical data
02
UL/CSA Motor ratings, three phase – MS116
Type 200 V AC 208 V AC 220 … 240 V AC 440 … 480 V AC 550 … 600 V AC
hp FLA LRA hp FLA LRA hp FLA LRA hp FLA LRA hp FLA LRA
MS116-0.16 - 0.16 0.96 - 0.16 0.96 - 0.16 0.96 - 0.16 0.96 - 0.16 0.96
MS116-0.25 - 0.25 1.5 - 0.25 1.5 - 0.25 1.5 - 0.25 1.5 - 0.25 1.5
MS116-0.40 - 0.4 2.4 - 0.4 2.4 - 0.4 2.4 - 0.4 2.4 - 0.4 2.4
MS116-0.63 - 0.63 3.78 - 0.63 3.78 - 0.63 3.78 - 0.63 3.78 - 0.63 3.78
MS116-1.0 - 1 6 - 1 6 - 1 6 - 1 6 1/2 1 6
MS116-1.6 - 1.6 9.6 - 1.6 9.6 - 1.6 9.6 3/4 1.6 9.6 3/4 1.6 9.6
MS116-2.5 1/2 2.5 15 1/2 2.5 15 1/2 2.5 15 1 2.5 15 1 1/2 2.5 15
MS116-4.0 3/4 4 24 3/4 4 24 3/4 4 24 2 4 24 3 3.9 25.6
MS116-6.3 1 6.3 37.8 1 6.3 37.8 1 1/2 6.3 37.8 3 4.8 32 5 6.1 36.8
MS116-10 2 7.8 57.5 2 7.5 55 3 9.6 64 5 7.6 46 7 1/2 9 50.8
MS116-12 3 11 73.6 3 10.6 71 3 9.6 64 7 1/2 11 63.5 10 11 64.8
MS116-16 3 11 73.6 3 10.6 71 5 15.2 92 10 14 81 10 11 64.8
MS116-20 5 17.5 105.8 5 16.7 102 5 15.2 92 10 14 81 15 17 93
MS116-25 5 17.5 105.8 7 1/2 24.2 140 7 1/2 22 127 15 21 116 20 22 116
MS116-32 7 1/2 25.3 146 10 30.8 179 10 28 162 20 27 145 25 27 146
—
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165
Technical data
02
—
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165
Technical data
02
UL/CSA Maximum short-circuit current ratings – MS116
Type Manual Motor Controllers Maximum short-circuit current
Branch circuit protection, max. size per NEC/CEC (1) for motor disconnect (2) for group installations
Fuses Circuit breaker 480 V 600 V 480 V 600 V
A A kA kA kA kA
MS116-0.16 Any listed fuses. Any listed UL489 / CSA 30 5 30 5
MS116-0.25 Size per NEC/CEC C22.2 N° 5 circuit breaker. 30 5 30 5
MS116-0.40 Size per NEC/CEC 30 5 30 5
MS116-0.63 30 5 30 5
MS116-1.0 30 5 30 5
MS116-1.6 30 5 30 5
MS116-2.5 30 5 30 5
MS116-4.0 18 5 18 5
MS116-6.3 18 5 18 5
MS116-10 18 5 18 5
MS116-12 18 5 18 5
MS116-16 18 5 18 5
MS116-20 18 5 18 5
MS116-25 18 5 18 5
MS116-32 18 5 18 5
(1) NEC: NFPA®70 National Electrical Code®; CEC: CSA C22.1 Canadian Electrical Code.
(2) Suitable as motor disconnect with padlock adaptor SA1 or SA3.
—
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165
Technical data
02
480 V 600 V
Minimum contactor size kA Minimum contactor size kA
MS116-0.16 AF09-AF16 30 AF09-AF16 5
MS116-0.25 AF09-AF16 30 AF09-AF16 5
MS116-0.4 AF09-AF16 30 AF09-AF16 5
MS116-0.63 AF09-AF16 30 AF09-AF16 5
MS116-1.0 AF09-AF16 30 AF09-AF16 5
MS116-1.6 AF09-AF16 30 AF09-AF16 5
MS116-2.5 AF26-AF38 30 AF16 5
MS116-4.0 AF26-AF38 18 AF16 5
MS116-6.3 AF26-AF38 18 AF26-AF38 5
MS116-10 AF26-AF38 18 AF30-AF38 5
MS116-12 AF26-AF38 18 AF30-AF38 5
MS116-16 AF26-AF38 18 AF40 5
MS116-20 AF26-AF38 18 AF40 5
MS116-25 AF30-AF38 18 AF40 5
MS116-32 AF38 18 AF40 5
—
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165
Technical data
02
UL/CSA Maximum short-circuit current ratings – MO132 with electronic overload relays and AF contactors
Type EOL Combination Motor Controllers
(Type F) (1)
Coordination type 1
Minimum contactor size 480Y / 277 V 600Y / 347 V
kA kA
—
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165
Technical data
02
More coordination tables are available in our SOC (selected optimized coordination) tool:
https://applications.it.abb.com/SOC/Motor
—
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165
Technical data
02
UL/CSA Maximum short-circuit current ratings – MO165 with AF contactors and electronic overload relays
Type Combination Motor Controllers (Type F)
Coordination type 1
480Y / 277 V OL Relay Contactor 600Y / 347 V OL Relay Contactor
kA kA
MO165-16 65 EF19-18.9 AF09…AF38 50 EF19-18.9 AF09…AF38
MO165-20 65 EF45-30 AF26…AF38 50 EF45-30 AF26…AF38
MO165-25 65 EF45-30 AF26…AF38 50 EF45-30 AF26…AF38
MO165-32 65 EF45-45 AF26…AF38 50 EF45-45 AF26…AF38
MO165-42 65 EF65 AF40…AF65 30 EF65 AF40…AF65
MO165-54 65 EF65 AF40…AF65 30 EF65 AF40…AF65
MO165-65 65 EF65 AF40…AF65 30 EF65 AF40…AF65
MO165-73 50 EF96 AF80 … AF96 – – –
MO165-80 50 EF96 AF80 … AF96 – – –
UL/CSA Maximum short-circuit current ratings – MO165 with AF contactors and thermal overload relays
Type Combination Motor Controllers (Type F)
Coordination type 1
480Y / 277 V OL Relay Contactor 600Y / 347 V OL Relay Contactor
kA kA
MO165-16 65 TF42 AF09…AF38 30 TF42 AF09…AF38
MO165-20 65 TF42 AF26…AF38 30 TF42 AF09…AF38
MO165-25 65 TF42 AF26…AF38 50 TF42 AF26…AF38
MO165-32 65 TF42 AF26…AF38 50 TF42 AF26…AF38
MO165-42 65 TF65 AF40…AF65 30 TF65 AF40…AF65
MO165-54 65 TF65 AF40…AF65 30 TF65 AF40…AF65
MO165-65 65 TF65 AF40…AF65 30 TF65 AF40…AF65
MO165-73 50 TF96 AF80 … AF96 – – –
MO165-80 50 TF96 AF80 … AF96 – – –
2/26 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165
Technical data
02
02
Connecting characteristics - Main circuit
Type MS165
Connecting capacity
Rigid stranded 1 or 2 x 1 ... 50 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 1 ... 35 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 1 ... 35 mm²
Flexible 1 or 2 x 1 ... 35 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16 ... 0
Stripping length 16 mm
Tightening torque 4.0 Nm / 35 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver Pozidriv 2
Type MO165
Connecting capacity
Rigid stranded 1 or 2 x 1 ... 50 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 1 ... 35 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 1 ... 35 mm²
Flexible 1 or 2 x 1 ... 35 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16 ... 0
Stripping length 16 mm
Tightening torque 4.0 Nm / 35 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver Pozidriv 2
2/28 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
MS132-T circuit breakers for transformer protection
02
Low voltage transformers are used to supply power to control and auxiliary circuits in
distribution and automation boards and to provide galvanic isolation. These
transformers may be damaged by an electrical failure (short-circuit or overload on
the primary side), therefore a proper protection should be provided.
Troubleshooting
made easy
MS132-T feature a magnetic trip
indicator. This way, every tripping
event will be distinguished, making
troubleshooting a lot e asier and faster.
Transformer
protection
MS132-T is an inrush compensated circuit
breaker for control transformer protec-
tion. With the right selection, it provides
overcurrent protection on the primary side
of the transformer. This avoids e xpensive
protection on the secondary side.
Application example
Protection of transformers for power supply of
control and auxiliary circuits, both in distribution
and automation boards (checking, signaling,
interlock, etc).
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 2/29
—
MS132-T circuit breakers for transformer protection
0.10 to 25 A – with thermal and electromagnetic protection
02
Circuit breakers for transformer protection are electro-mechanical protection devices specially
designed to protect control transformers on the primary side. They allow fuseless protection
against overload and short-circuit, saving space and cost and ensuring a quick reaction under
short-circuit condition by switching off the transformer within milliseconds. The short-circuit
current setting is fixed to 20 times the operating current to handle the high inrush current gen-
erated by transformers. The device allows manual connection and disconnection of
the transformer from the mains.
2CDC241009V0017
81.05 3.19"
97.8 3.85"
75 2.95"
45 1.77"
35 1.38"
35 1.38"
45" 1.77"
3.54"
2.95"
75
90
45 1.77" 45 1.77"
MS132T ≤ 10 A MS132T ≥ 12 A
—
MS132-KT circuit breakers for transformer protection with Push-in Spring terminals
0.10 to 25 A – with thermal and electromagnetic protection
02
Circuit breakers for transformer protection with Push-in Spring terminals are electro-mechanical
protection devices specially designed to protect control transformers on the primary side. They al-
low fuseless protection against overload and short-circuit, saving space and cost and ensuring a
quick reaction under short-circuit condition by switching off the transformer within milliseconds.
The short-circuit current setting is fixed to 20 times the operating current to handle the high i nrush
current generated by transformers. The device allows manual connection and disconnection of the
transformer from the mains.
MS132-KT is a 45 mm (width) compact and powerful range for transformer protection up to 12.5 kW
(400 V) / 25 A. This type has also a clear and reliable indication of fault in a separate window in the
event of short-circuit tripping. Further features are the built-in disconnect function, temperature
MS132-KT compensation, trip-free mechanism and a rotary handle with a clear switch position indication. The
handle is lockable to protect against unauthorized changes. Auxiliary contacts, signaling contacts,
undervoltage releases and shunt trips are available as accessory. These are suitable throughout the
MS116/MS132/MS165-range.
81 3.19"
81 3.19"
72.5 2.85"
72.5 2.85"
45 1.77" 5.5 0.22" 43.5 1.71"
45 1.77" 5.5 0.22" 43.5 1.71"
35mm EN/EC 60715
35mm EN/EC 60715
112 4.41"
45 1.77"
90 3.54"
112 4.41"
45 1.77"
90 3.54"
—
MS132-T, MS132-KT
Technical data
02
Main circuit – Utilization characteristics according to IEC/EN
Type MS132-T / -KT
Standards IEC/EN 60947–2, IEC/EN 60947-4-1, IEC/EN 60947-1
Rated operational voltage Ue 690 V AC
Rated frequency 50/60 Hz
Operational frequency 0 ... 400 Hz
Trip class 10
Number of poles 3
Duty time 100%
Mechanical durability 100000 cycles
Electrical durability 50000 cycles
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 6 kV
Rated insulation voltage Ui 690 V
Rated operational current Ie See ordering details
Rated instantaneous short-circuit current setting Ii See ordering details
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Ics See table "Short-circuit breaking capacity and back-up fuses"
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icu See table "Short-circuit breaking capacity and back-up fuses"
Suitable for use in IT networks Yes
—
MS132-T, MS132-KT
Technical data
02
Manual controller for tap conductor protection and for control transformers – MS132-T / -KT
Type Max. short-circuit current rating when used with upstream protection device
480Y / 277 V 600Y / 347 V
kA kA
MS132-0.16(K)T 65 47
MS132-0.25(K)T 65 47
MS132-0.4(K)T 65 47
MS132-0.63(K)T 65 47
MS132-1.0(K)T 65 47
MS132-1.6(K)T 65 47
MS132-2.5(K)T 65 47
MS132-4.0(K)T 65 47
MS132-6.3(K)T 65 18
MS132-10(K)T 65 18
MS132-12T 30 18
MS132-16(K)T 30 18
MS132-20(K)T 30 18
MS132-25(K)T 30 18
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 2/33
—
MS132-T, MS132-KT
Technical data
02
General technical data
Type MS132-T / - KT
Pollution degree 3
Phase loss sensitivity Yes
Disconnect function acc. to IEC/EN 60947-2 Yes
Ambient air temperature
Operation Open - compensated -25 ... +60 °C
Open -25 ... +70 °C
Enclosed (IB132) 0 ... +40 °C
Storage -50 ... +80 °C
Ambient air temperature compensation Acc. to IEC/EN60947-4-1
Maximum operating altitude permissible 2000 m
Resistance to shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 25g / 11 ms
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 5g / 3 ... 150 Hz
Mounting position Position 1-6 (optional for single mounting)
Mounting DIN-rail (EN 60715)
Group mounting -
Recommended screw for mounting plate -
Screw torque for mounting plate -
Minimum distance to other units Horizontal 0 mm
same type Vertical 150 mm
Minimum distance to Horizontal, up to 400 V 0 mm
electrical conductive board Horizontal, up to 690 V > 1.5 mm
Vertical 75 mm
Degree of protection Housing IP20
Main circuit terminals IP10 (Push-in Spring terminals: IP20)
—
Accessories
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T, MS132-K, MS132-KT
02
MS116
MO132
HK1
SK1
HK1
HK1
MO165
AA1
UA1 HKF1
Manual motor starters (MS132, MS165) and circuit breakers for transformer protection (MS132-T) with accessories
MS132
MS132-T
HK1
SK1
HK1
HK1
MS165
SK1
CK1
HK1
CK1
AA1
MS132-K
MS132-KT
UA1
HKF1
—
Accessories
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T, MS132-K, MS132-KT
02
Manual motor starters and MS132-T can be equipped with auxiliary contacts for lateral/front
1SBC101208F0014
mounting, signaling contacts for lateral mounting, undervoltage releases and shunt trips. Ac-
cessories can be fitted wiring free and without tools to the main device. A variety of combina-
tions is possible as required for the specific application.
Auxiliary contacts HK1/HKF1 change position with the main contacts of the main device. Sig-
naling contact CK1 signals tripping in case it was caused by short-circuit. Signaling contacts
HKF1-11
SK1/SK1-AR signal tripping regardless if it was caused by short-circuit or overload or electrical
release (UA1 or AA1). With the SK1-AR, a red flag in a window on the front of the device indi-
cates the tripping event, while for SK1 and CK1 the indication on the device itself is done with
a protruding orange button. Another difference between SK1 and SK1-AR is that the contact
positions of SK1-AR don't need to be manually reset after a tripping event, while for SK1 and
CK1 this is done by pushing the orange button. The contacts of SK1-AR are reset to their origi-
nal position when the manual motor starter is switched back on.
Undervoltage releases are used for remote tripping of the manual motor starters, especially
1SBC101209F0014
for emergency stop circuits. Shunt trips release the manual motor starters used for remote
tripping.
Suitable for Auxiliary Auxiliary Description Type Order code Pkg Weight
HK1-11 contacts contacts qty (1 pce)
N.O. N.C. kg
(13/14, 23/24)
CK1-11
72 2.83"
45 1.77"
3.54"
42.1 1.66"
90
—
Accessories
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T, MS132-K, MS132-KT
02
Suitable for Rated control supply voltage Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
50 Hz 60 Hz
V AC V AC kg
37 1.46"
90
45
70 2.76"
AA1, UA1
—
Accessories with Push-in Spring terminals
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T, MS132-K, MS132-KT
02
Manual motor starters and MS132-T can be equipped with auxiliary contacts for lateral/front
mounting as well as signaling contacts for lateral mounting. Accessories can be fitted wiring free
and without tools to the main device. This goes hand in hand with the Push-in Spring terminals of
these accessories. Innovative Push-in Spring terminals enable tool-free wiring and eliminate the
need for routine re-tightening. A variety of combinations is possible as required for the specific
application. Auxiliary contacts HK1-K/HKF1-K change position with the main contacts of the main
device. Signaling contacts SK1-K/SK1-ARK signal tripping regardless if it was caused by short-cir-
cuit or overload or electrical release (UA1 or AA1). With the SK1-ARK, a red flag in a window on the
front of the device indicates the tripping event, while for SK1-K the indication on the device itself
is done with a protruding orange button. Another difference between SK1-K and SK1-ARK is that
the contact positions of SK1-ARK don't need to be manually reset after a tripping event, while for
SK1-K this is done by pushing the orange button. The contacts of SK1-ARK are reset to their origi-
nal position when the manual motor starter is switched back on.
2CDC241027V0017
Suitable for Auxiliary Auxiliary Description Type Order code Pkg Weight
contacts contacts qty (1 pce)
N.O. N.C.
HKF1-11K kg
MS132-KT
MS165, MO132, 2 0 for tripped alarm, with manual reset SK1-20K 1SAM201903R1202 2 0.035
MO165, 0 2 for tripped alarm, with manual reset SK1-02K 1SAM201903R1203 2 0.035
MS132-T, 1 1 for tripped alarm SK1-11ARK 1SAM201903R1204 2 0.035
MS132-K, 2 0 for tripped alarm SK1-20ARK 1SAM201903R1205 2 0.035
MS132-KT 0 2 for tripped alarm SK1-02ARK 1SAM201903R1206 2 0.035
SK1-11K
73.1 2.9"
68.8 2.71"
68.8 2.71"
9 0.35" 5.5 0.22" 42.3 1.67"
9 0.35" 5.5 0.22" 42.3 1.67"
1SAM201903R1201
SK1-11ARK
45 1.77"
90 3.54"
90 3.54"
45 1.77"
SK1-K
HK1-K, SK1-ARK
HKF1-K
Main dimensions mm, inches
2/38 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Accessories
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T, MS132-K, MS132-KT
02
—
Accessories
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T, MS132-K, MS132-KT
02
General technical data
Type UA1 AA1
Standards IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-1, UL 60947-1, UL 60947-5-1 (UL 508), CSA C22.2 No.60947-4-1 (CSA C22.2 No.14)
Rated control supply voltage see ordering details AA1-24: 20-24 V 50/60 Hz; 20-70 V 50/60 Hz ON-Period = 5 s (1), 20-70 V DC ON-Period = 5 s (1)
AA1-100: 110 V 50/60 Hz; 110-200 V 50/60 Hz ON-Period = 5 s (1), 110-200 V DC ON-Period = 5 s (1)
AA1-230: 200-240 V 50/60 Hz, 200-350 V 50/60 Hz ON-Period = 5 s (1), 200-350 V DC ON-Period = 5 s (1)
AA1-400: 350-415 V 50/60 Hz, 350-500 V 50/60 Hz ON-Period = 5 s (1), 350-500 V DC ON-Period = 5 s (1)
Rated frequency see ordering details 50/60 Hz, DC
Operating voltage Tripping 0.35 … 0.7 x Us 0.7 … 1.1 x Us
Coil operating 0.85 … 1.1 x Us -
voltage
Power consumption Holding AC on request -
DC on request -
Rated impulse withstand voltage 6 kV 6 kV
Uimp
Rated insulation voltage Ui 690 V 690 V
Pollution degree 3 3
Ambient air temperature Operation -25 …. +60 °C -25 …. +60 °C
Storage -50 …+80 °C -50 …+80 °C
Resistance to shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 15g / 11 ms 15g / 11 ms
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 5g / 3 ... 150 Hz 5g / 3 ... 150 Hz
Mounting left side of manual left side of manual motor starters / MS132-T
motor starters /
MS132-T
Mounting positions - -
(1) ON-Period: max. 5 s actuation time. Please consider 15 min OFF-period after max. 5 s ON-period, for voltages above the rated values.
The mechanical and electrical durability of manual motor starters in combination with UA1/AA1 is reduced. Values are provided on request.
—
Accessories
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T, MS132-K, MS132-KT
02
Manual motor starters with three-phase busbar systems (MS116, MS132, MO132, MS132-T, MS132-K, MS132-KT)
PS1-..-65K
S1-M1-25
S1-M3-35
S1-M2-25
PS1-..-100
BS1-3
BS1-K
Three phase busbar with Push-in Spring terminals up to 65 A Three-phase busbar up to 100 A
PS2-2-0-125
PS2-4-0-125
BS2-3
BS2-3
—
Accessories
MS116, MS132, MO132, MS132-T
02
2CDC241017F0010
Three-phase busbars
Three-phase busbars ensure a quick and safe connection and are therefore a cost effective
solution. A variety of different three-phase busbars up to 100 A are part of the assortment.
Between 2 and 4 manual motor starters with none, one or two lateral auxiliary contacts can be
connected. Different three-phase feeder terminals are available according to the application.
PS1-2-0-65 Phase connecting links and phase power infeed blocks are also available for single-phase
applications.
2CDC241014F0010
Suitable for Rated Number Number Type Order code Pkg Weight
operational of manual of lateral qty (1 pce)
current motor auxiliary
starters contacts
A kg
PS1-3-1-100 MS116, MS132, 65 2 0 PS1-2-0-65 1SAM201906R1102 10 0.034
MO132, 65 3 0 PS1-3-0-65 1SAM201906R1103 10 0.055
MS132-T 65 4 0 PS1-4-0-65 1SAM201906R1104 10 0.077
1SBC101215F0014
A mm² kg
MS116, MS132, 65 25 Flat S1-M1-25 1SAM201907R1101 10 0.038
MO132 65 25 High S1-M2-25 1SAM201907R1102 10 0.051
SA2
65 25 UL/CSA Type S1-M3-25 1SAM201907R1103 10 0.042
E/F and IEC
100 35 UL/CSA Type S1-M3-35 1SAM201913R1103 10 0.060
E/F and IEC
SK0108B91
MS132 ≥ 12 A, MO132 ≥ 12 A, UL/CSA Type E/F and IEC TS1-M3-S2 1SAM301912R1001 2 0.012
MS132-T ≥ 12 A
Note: For product availability, please consult your ABB local sales organization
Additional accessories
MS116, MS132, MO132, Protection cover for busbars BS1-3 1SAM201908R1001 50 0.003
PB1-1-32
MS132-T Screw fixing kit FS116 1SAM201909R1001 1 0.020
Padlock + two keys SA2 GJF1101903R0002 10 0.020
2CDC241005S0014
S1-PB1-25
2/42 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Accessories with Push-in Spring terminals
MS132-K, MS132-KT
02
Suitable for Rated Number Number Type Order code Pkg Weight
operational of Manual of lateral qty (1 pce)
current motor auxiliary
PS1-2-0-65K starters contacts
A kg
MS132-K, 65 2 0 PS1-2-0-65K 1SAM301903R1002 1 0.091
MS132-KT 65 3 0 PS1-3-0-65K 1SAM301903R1003 1 0.116
65 4 0 PS1-4-0-65K 1SAM301903R1004 1 0.140
65 5 0 PS1-5-0-65K 1SAM301903R1005 1 0.165
65 2 1 PS1-2-1-65K 1SAM301903R1012 1 0.094
65 3 1 PS1-3-1-65K 1SAM301903R1013 1 0.123
65 4 1 PS1-4-1-65K 1SAM301903R1014 1 0.151
65 4 1 PS1-5-1-65K 1SAM301903R1015 1 0.178
NOTE: For product availability, please consult your ABB local sales organization.
PS1-3-1-65K
BS1-K
SA2
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 2/43
—
Accessories
MS165, MO165
02
Three-phase busbars
2CDC241002V0015
Three-phase busbars ensure a quick and safe connection and are therefore a cost effective
solution. A variety of different three-phase busbars up to 125 A are part of the assortment.
Between 2 and 4 manual motor starters with none, one or two lateral auxiliary contacts can be
connected.
PS2-2-0-125 Suitable for Rated Number Number Type Order code Pkg Weight
operational of Manual of lateral qty (1 pce)
current motor auxiliary
2CDC241003V0015
starters contacts
A kg
MS165, MO165 125 2 0 PS2-2-0-125 1SAM401920R1002 10 0.100
125 3 0 PS2-3-0-125 1SAM401920R1003 10 0.162
125 4 0 PS2-4-0-125 1SAM401920R1004 10 0.226
PS2-3-0-125
125 2 2 PS2-2-2-125 1SAM401920R1022 10 0.117
125 3 2 PS2-3-2-125 1SAM401920R1023 10 0.197
125 4 2 PS2-4-2-125 1SAM401920R1024 10 0.277
Other busbar types on request.
2CDC241012V0019
Feeder block
Suitable for Rated Rated Mounting form Type Order code Pkg Weight
operational cross qty (1 pce)
current section
S2-M3-50
A mm² kg
MS165, MO165 125 50 UL508A and IEC S2-M3-50 1SAM401923R1003 1 0.172
Additional accessories
Suitable for Description Type Order code Pkg Weight
2CDC241010V0014
qty (1 pce)
kg
MS165, MO165 Terminal shroud KA165 1SAM401922R1001 10 0.025
Protection cover for busbars BS2-3 1SAM401921R1001 10 0.005
KA165 Padlock + two keys SA2 GJF1101903R0002 10 0.020
2CDC241001V0015
BS2-3
2CDC241023F0013
SA2
2/4 4 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Accessories
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T
02
16 mm
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 2/45
—
Accessories
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T, MS132-K, MS132-KT
02
MSMN
MSMNO
MSAH1 (1)
OXS6X
MSH-AR
—
Accessories
MS116, MS132, MO132, MS132-T, MS132-K, MS132-KT
02
IB132 are IP65 (NEMA Type 12) enclosures for single manual motor starter installation. Additional
mounting of a uxiliary and signaling contacts, shunt trips and undervoltage release is possible.
The handle is lockable in OFF position. For detailed specification see installation instruction.
DMS132 are IP65 (NEMA Type 12) door mounting kits for manual motor starter installation in any en-
closure. Additional mounting of auxiliary, signaling, shunt trips and undervoltage release is possi-
ble. The handle is lockable in OFF position. For detailed specification see installation instruction.
2CDC241004F0010
DMS132-Y
2CDC241001F0010
DMS132-G
I ON
I ON
183 7.2"
174 6.85"
194 7.64"
121 4.76"
0
OFF 0
OFF
116.15 4.57"
IB132 DMS132
—
Accessories
MS116, MS132, MS165, MO132, MO165, MS132-T, MS132-K
02
With this solution of door coupling rotary mechanisms it is possible to operate manual motor
starters in the back of a switch cabinet from outside. The door coupling mechanism prevents
opening of the door of a switch cabinet with the manual motor starter in ON position.
The complete mechanism includes handle, shaft, driver, shaft alignment ring and shaft supporter.
Most accessories fit for 6 mm shafts with a maximum length of 180 mm. The degree of protection
2CDC241003F0011
Suitable for Description Shaft Color Type Order code Pkg Weight
length qty (1 pce)
mm pce kg
MSHD-LB
Shafts
MS116, For MSHD handles. Shaft 85 OXS6X85 1SCA101647R1001 1 0.020
MS132, diameter 6 mm. Shaft extension 105 OXS6X105 1SCA108043R1001 1 0.020
MS165, for door coupling driver. 130 OXS6X130 1SCA101655R1001 1 0.030
MO132, 180 OXS6X180 1SCA101659R1001 1 0.040
MO165,
MS132-T,
2CDC241002S0011
MS132-K,
MS132-KT
Driver
MS116, Coupling driver for use MSMN (3) 1SAM101923R0002 1 0.002
MS132, with 6 mm OXS6… types MSMNO (4) 1SAM101923R0012 1 0.002
2CDC241001F0012
MS165, up to 180 mm.
MO132,
MO165,
MS132-T,
MSH-AR MS132-K,
MS132-KT
MS132-K,
MS132-KT
Shaft supporter
MSAH1 MS116, With the MSAH it is possible to MSAH1 1SAM201909R1021 1 0.035
MS132, support the shaft in the
MO132, extension of handle (MSHD). It is
MS132-T, mandatory for the usage of
MS132-K, shafts >130 mm.
MS132-KT
(1) Indication I-O and ON-OFF (recommended for MS116)
(2) Indication I-O and ON-OFF + Trip indication
(3) Coded - Positioning of ON indication dependent on mounting orientation of the MMS
(4) Uncoded - Positioning of ON indication independent of mounting orientation of the MMS.
2/48 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Notes
02
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 2/49
02
—
For direct product details information, use product type or order code, ex:
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SBL137001R1310
—
AF, EK contactors
and NF contactor relays
6 From conventional
to digital
7 Digital capabilities
to deliver Industry 4.0
15 Innovation through
digitalization
16 Optimized operations
and maintenance
20 Ordering details
22 Technical details
26 Technical diagrams
3/4 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Motors - the key driver
of world industry
03
Motors make the industrial world go round. With the latest digitalization
innovations, the control of your motors can achieve even higher levels of efficiency
with benefits such as real-time data monitoring and predictive analytics.
90%
are in full-speed
applications*
300 million
electrical motors
are currently installed
47%
worldwide*
of global electricity is
used by motor systems*
Zero
need to replace
existing AF contactors
*own estimations
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/5
—
Digitalize one of the best motor
starting portfolios on the market
03
Decide for yourself how you want to digitize your motor starting solutions - with the
new Novolink modules even advanced motor protection and equipment monitoring
is fast and easy.
PLC
Easy
drag and drop integration in B&R
automation studio.
X2X
X2X
Binary I/O
signals
Level 3
Advanced motor protection and
connected equipment monitoring.
Level 2
The choice
Basic maintenance counters.
Level 1
Integrated check-back monitoring.
—
From conventional
to digital
03
Delivering solutions
• Enabling predictive
maintenance, data
analysis and new
business models
• Analyze and adapt
throughout machine's
lifecycle to improve long-
Control & supervision term performance
Digital • Remote control • Cloud connectivity via
• Condition monitoring B&R solutions for remote
service and access
Connection
• Seamless integration into
the B&R automation studio
• Built-in X2X communication
Collecting data
• Measurements such as current,
voltage, power
• Diagnosis information and
maintenance counters
Conventional
Limited to
• Hard-wired remote control
• Protection and metering functions
with conventional devices
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/7
—
Digital capabilities
to deliver Industry 4.0
03
Digitalization is no longer optional. Novolink devices offer a smart,
competitive edge, improving reliability and reducing maintenance costs.
Smart devices enhance traditional control gear with digital This allows operation and maintenance managers to
capabilities. They enable the predictive maintenance, remote effectively improve reliability and reduce maintenance costs.
control, fault diagnostics and data analytics required for With B&R PLCs, monitoring can even be managed from a
Industry 4.0. Monitoring is taken to a new level, using remote location, eliminating the need for maintenance
collected information to analyze performance data – personnel to conduct regular on-site checks.
including current levels, operating cycles and load levels.
3/8 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Novolink devices in low
voltage motor applications
03
Novolink’s ease of commissioning and functionality creates enormous opportunities for a wide range of industrial
applications. Applications include:
—
A closer look at smart devices
03
Catch for mounting and dis-
mounting the module
X2X in
and out
Smart current voltage devices SCV10/
SC10
These high-end motor protection
devices provide an optional extension
to the contactor module. They enable 24 V supply for SFM1
the status of the connected equipment and contactor
to be assessed.
—
The link between motors
and digitalization
03
100%
Data availability
d-
ec te
b e co n n
ca n ul e
i ce s mod
v e r a l d ev t s e n so r
Se ith o u
or w
w ith
1st
entirely B&R compatible
motor starting solution
24V
X2X X2X
—
Ease of design and
commissioning
03
—
Innovation through
digitalization
03
Guiding you on your journey to a digital future
—
Optimized operations
and maintenance
03
Reduce downtime
Use Novolink’s remote monitoring capabilities to reduce costs
and increase overall uptime. Operatives can immediately isolate
problem areas (such as a malfunctioning load) and suggest
solutions before disruption is caused. For ease of use, all
control, monitoring and diagnostic signals are fully visible and
there is clear fault localization.
Service-on-demand
Avoid unnecessary scheduled servicing by moving from fixed
service cycles with Novolink devices. Advanced diagnostic
capabilities make it easier to address issues on demand, from
switching off idle processes to saving energy through
optimizing parameters. You can combine real-time diagnostics
with long-term data trend analysis to unlock new service
modules.
—
Smart and safe manufacturing with ABB
safety products and B&R solutions
03
B&R provides industrial automation solutions and is the global center for machine
and factory automation within ABB since 2017. B&R offers PLCs with integrated
safety for processing lines or machines automated with B&R
—
Ordering details
03
Description
ABB`s Novolink devices consist of the smart function module SFM1 and the sensor module
SCV10-40. They allow the remote control and monitoring of AF contactors via X20 bus from
within a B&R PLC. The sensor module SCV10-40 is optional and can be connected to the SFM1
module and provides functions for motor and application protection. It provides data for mea-
suring voltage, current, frequency and further derived physical quantities such as cos phi, real
power etc.
The SFM1 can be snapped onto AF09...AF96 contactors with 24 V DC coil voltage. The module is
SCV10-40.1 equipped with two X2X interfaces for incoming and outgoing connections (daisy chain). The
module and contactor are supplied via 24 V DC that are also used for the SCV10-40 module.
—
Ordering details
kg (lb)
SFM1-A11.1
SFM-CAB-RJTB.1-500
SFM-CAB-S.1-50
SFM-CAB-S.1-25
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/21
03
3/22 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Technical details
Smart function module
Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values, unless otherwise indicated
03
—
Smart function module
X2X Interface (X4, X5)
Rated control supply voltage Us according to B&R X20 system specification
Rated control supply voltage Us tolerance according to B&R X20 system specification
Typical current / power consumption 30 mA / 600 mW
(delivered by X2X link power supply output from X20BT9400)
Recommended RJ45 cable Cat 5e SF/UTP AWG 26 / 1:1 connection
Cat 6 S/FTP AWG 27 / 1:1 connection
Max. distance between nodes 20 m
Max. distance from X20-BT9400 to first SFM1
Max. number of nodes on one X20-BT9400 8
Max. length of total network from start to last module with 8 modules 160 m
Grounding according to B&R X20 system specification, the accessory
SFM-CAB-RJTB provides the required grounding of shield
Minimum cycle time 300 us
The minimum cycle time defines how far the bus cycle can be reduced
without communication errors occurring. Note that very fast cycles
decrease the idle time available for handling monitoring, diagnostics and
acyclic commands.
Contactor supply circuit SFM1 (X1)
Rated control supply voltage Us 24 V DC
Rated control supply voltage Us tolerance 22 … 31.2 V incl. ripple
It must be ensured that the minimum supply voltage is
available at the last contactor in a supply chain.
Typical current / power consumption (AF coil current not considered) 20 mA / 480 mW (SCV40-10 module)
20 mA / 480 mW (SC40-10 module)
Reverse polarity protection no
Short circuit protection of contactor control outputs yes
Max. load current for AF contactor coordinated with supported AF contactor types
Min. power failure buffering time 10 ms
Digital Input (X3)
Number of digital inputs 1
Supply for digital inputs internal
Isolation no
Input signal bounce suppression configurable (see module parameters)
Typical input current at nominal supply 7.5 mA
Max. voltage loss at closed external auxiliary contact max. 2 V
Max. cable length 10 m
General data
MTBF on request
Duty time 100 %
Dimensions see dimensional drawings
Weight 0.11 kg
Mounting Snapping on AF09 – AF96
AF09(Z)...-nn AF40...-11
AF12(Z)...-nn AF52...-11
AF16(Z)...-nn AF65...-11
AF26(Z)...-nn AF80...-11
AF30(Z)...-nn AF96...-11
AF38(Z)...-nn
nn = 11, 21, 30
Mounting position on AF contactor. 1-4, 5: max. current = AC-3 current of contactor
Minimum distance to other units 0 mm for side to side mounting
5 mm to metal parts (e.g. control panel wall)
Material of housing UL 94 V0
Degree of protection IP20
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/23
—
Technical details
Smart voltage and current sensor modules
03
Electrical connection X1, X3 X1 X3
Push-In 1x 0.2...2.5 mm2 0.2...1.5 mm2
24...12 AWG 24...16 AWG
1x 0.25...2.5 mm2 0.2...1.5 mm2
1x 0.25...2.5 mm 2
0.2...0.75 mm2
1x 0.2...2.5 mm 2
0.2...1.5 mm²
24...12 AWG 24...16 AWG
Spring 1x 0.2...2.5 mm2 0.2...1.5 mm2
24...12 AWG 24...16 AWG
1x 0.25...2.5 mm2 0.2...1.5 mm2
1x 0.25...2.5 mm 2
0.2...0.75 mm2
Screwdriver type 0.6 x 3.5 mm 0.4 x 2.5 mm
Tightening torque 10 mm 8 mm
Ensure safe distance from motor wires and other high voltage
cables.
—
Smart voltage and current sensor modules
Input circuit SCV10-40 SC10-40
Nominal frequency 50/60 Hz (45 ... 65 Hz)
Measurement method true RMS (up to 13th harmonics)
Number of phases 1/3
Nominal measuring range current 0.2 to 40 A AC
Measured current range 0.2 x Ie … 15 x Ie
Nominal voltage range 3 phase 150 to 690 V AC ± 10 % -
1 phase 90 to 400 V AC ±10 % -
Measurement accuracy Irms (range 0.2 * Ie ≤ 0.75*Ie) ±3 %
given at Ta=25 °C, 50/60 Hz Irms (range 0.75 * Ie ≤ 2*Ie) ±1,5 %
Irms (range >2 * Ie ≤ 15*Ie) ±3 %
Urms ±1.5 % -
power factor ≥ 0.5 (inductive) typ. ±1.5% (Irms > 3 A) -
apparent power typ. ±3 % -
active power (cos phi > 0.5) typ. ±5 % -
frequency (50/60 Hz) ±1.5 % -
current imbalance typ ±10 % (condition: Imot > 150 mA)
voltage imbalance ±10 % -
voltage total harmonic distortion (THD) ±5 % -
current total harmonic distortion (THD) ±10 % (condition: Imot > 1A)
Measurement range of earth fault current > 20% of Ie
Earth fault current Ie < 1.0 A : ±25 % (condition: Imot > 100 mA and Iearth > 80 mA)
Ie >1.0 A : ±10 % (condition: Imot > 200 mA and Iearth > 200 mA)
Supported network types 1/3 phase, grounded networks
Trip classes, selectable by parameter 5E, 10E, 20E, 30E
Tripping time for phase loss determined by parameter CurrPhaseLossDelayPar.
adjustable from 0 … 25.5 s
Load per phase approx. 30 mΩ
Short-circuit protection provided by external short-circuit protection device, e. g. MO, MCB,
MCCB or fuse. Refer also to ABB coordination tables available here:
www.lowvoltage-tools.abb.com/soc/
Max cross-section of wires. Use isolated wires only! 16 mm2
3/24 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Technical details
Smart voltage and current sensor modules
03
General data
MTBF on request
Duty time 100 %
Dimensions see dimensional drawings
Weight 0.23 kg
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715), snap-on mounting without any tool
screw mounting with mounting clips
screw mounting with screws (M4)
Mounting position any
Minimum distance to other units -
Material of housing UL 94 V2
Degree of protection IP20
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/25
—
Technical details
Common technical data
03
—
Common technical data
Environmental data (common)
SFM1 SCV10-40/ SC10-40
Ambient temperature ranges operation -25 to +60°C
storage -40 to +70°C
Damp heat, cyclic 6 x 24 h cycle, 55 °C, 95 % RH
(IEC/EN 60068-2-30)
Climatic class 3K3 (no condensation, no ice formation)
IEC/EN 60721-3-3 Relative humidity 5 % - 95 %, no condensation
Vibration, sinusoidal 4 g, 5-300 Hz
Shock 15 g, 11 ms
Isolation data of contactor module in combination with contactor (and sensor module)
Rated insulation voltage Ui acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 690 V
acc. to UL / CSA 600 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 6 kV
SFM: Control supply, bus / mains contactor
SCN: X2 (voltage input) to control supply, bus
Basic insulation according to technical data of contactor
Protective separation pollution degree 3 L/N: 277 V AC
L/L: 480 V AC
Protective separation pollution degree 2 L/N: 400 V AC
L/L: 690 V AC
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III
Installation altitude without derating max. 2000 m
Deratings at high altitudes on request
Standards / Directives
Standards IEC/EN 60947-1:2020 (Ed. 6.0) / EN 60947-1:2007 + A1:2011 + A2:2014
IEC/EN 60947-4-1:2019
UL 60947-4-1:2014 (Ed. 3)
UL 60947-1:2013 (Ed. 5)
Low Voltage Directive no. 2014/35/EU
EMC directive no. 2014/30/EU
RoHS directive no. 2011/65/EU incl. 2015/863/EU
Electromagnetic compatibility
Emission radio interference voltage EN 61000-6-4 X
requirements EN 61000-6-3 X
radio interference field strength CISPR 11 class A class B
Immunity electrostatic discharge EN 61000-4-2 6 kV contact
requirements 8 kV air
radiated, radio frequency EN 61000-4-3 10 V/m
electromagnetic field (80-6000 MHz)
amplitude modulated
electrical fast transients EN 61000-4-4 2 kV (power supply lines)
(burst) 1 kV (signal lines)
surge, unsymmetrical / EN 61000-4-5 1 kV / 0.5 kV (DC-supply)
symmetrical 2 kV / 1 kV (measurement lines)
conducted disturbance, induced by EN 61000-4-6 10 V
radio frequency, common mode,
amplitude modulated
Performance data
Cycle time in contactor module: “switch on signal” received via X2X until typ. 5 ms
contactor control voltage set to 24 V DC
Update rate of measurement values provided typ. 25 ms
from sensor module and available for X2X communication
According to the current interpretation of applicable Chinese law the Novolink devices described in this
document are imported as industrial automation equipment (they cannot be used without a PLC) and do not
need CCC certification.
3/26 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Technical diagrams
—
03
Dimensional drawings
in mm and inches
1SBC501829F0000
Smart Function Module SFM1
1SBC501830F0000
1SBC501830F0000
Smart Current and Voltage Sensor Module SCV10-40 Smart Current Sensor Module SC10-40
1SBC501831F0000
—
Technical diagrams
—
03
Dimensional drawings
in mm and inches
1SBC501832F0000
Smart Function Module SFM1 together with AF26...AF38 contactors
1SBC501833F0000
—
Technical diagrams
—
03
Tripping curves for warm motor for three-phase and single-phase symmetrical loads
2CDC211006V0020
—
Tripping curves for cold motor for three-phase and single-phase symmetrical loads
2CDC211007V0020
—
Digitalize motor starting solutions with
the all-new ABB Novolink™ motor modules
while simplifying engineering and
optimizing operations.
3/30 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
03
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/31
—
AF contactors for motor starting
and power switching up to 2850 A
03
The latest technology of Optimized logistics
Cut your costs
electronically controlled With its contactor and motor protection range,
coil is our standard. It ABB has managed to reduce the number of con-
tactor coils to just four.
offers multiple benefits Total number of product variants has been re-
over conventional duced by up to 90%. This simplifies the customers'
logistics while cutting storage and administration
alternatives, and together costs.
with ABB's wide product
offering, it is an optimal Continuous operation
Secure uptime
configuration, every time. Prevent stoppages caused by voltage fluctuations.
The AF contactor ensures distinct operation in un-
stable networks and signifies a major advance in
motor control and power switching.
Voltage sags, dips and surges pose no threat. The
AF contactor secures your uptime.
—
AF technology
Main Benefits
03
Conventional AC coil
Energy
AF coil 80%
Reduced coil consumption
Time
AF coil
275 V Conventional coil
+ 10 %
250 V 253 V
+ 10 %
230 V
220 V
- 15 %
187 V
165 V
+ 10 % UC max according to IEC
✓
60 V 60 V
With conventional contactor technology, different contac- With conventional contactor technology, it is recommended
tors are needed for different network voltages. Thanks to to use an external surge suppressor, an accessory that could
the wide operating range of the AF contactor, it can operate cost as much as half of the contactor. With the AF technol-
just as well in Europe as in Asia or North America. The core ogy, the surges are handled by the contactor and never reach
coil of the AF contactor range covers 100-250 V AC / DC, the control circuit. One less product and one less complica-
50 / 60 Hz. tion to worry about.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/33
—
Select AF contactor dedicated
to your control circuit application
03
Direct coil control
Contactor coils are operated directly with an auxil-
iary contact or PLC‑output or indirectly through an
interface relay. For direct coil control, the switching
capacity of coil operating device (auxiliary contact,
solid state PLC‑output, ...) must be verified versus
the coil consumption at closing and at holding.
–
AF09...AF2850 - 4 to 400kW - AC / DC operated
–
AF09Z...AF38Z designed for PLC - 4 to 18.5 kW - 24 V DC operated
–
AF09Z...AF38Z for specific applications - 4 to 18.5 kW - AC / DC operated
• Coil 20 covers 12 ... 20 V DC applications
Voltage range Coil code
• Coil 21 allows direct control by 24 V DC ≥
12...60 V DC 20 500 mA PLC-output
24...60 V AC / DC 21 • Coil 21, 22 and 23 can withstand short
48...130 V AC / DC 22
voltage sags ans dips with reference to
100...250 V AC / DC 23
SEMI F47 conditions of use
• With built-in surge protection
3/34 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Select your AF coil interface for PLC
For contactors up to 2850 A AC-1 / General use
03
Coil interfaces are offered to operate all contactor size up to AF2850 with very low
PLC output signals. They allow a galvanic isolation between the PLC circuit and the
contactor coil circuit.
RA4
Control circuit with interface relay Control inputs with PLC plug
PLC
Output
- +
Uc 24 V DC
A0 ≤250 V AC A2 E2- E1+
RA4
A1
KM1
A2
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/35
—
Contactors and motor protection
Advanced but simple
03
Easy, fast and secure starters assembly
The AF contactor range is perfect for
motor starting applications and for
solutions where space is limited. You can
create any motor starting type and save
assembly time with a complete range of
accessories and connection sets.
Compact size
The AF contactor is compact in size and has
had its width reduced by up to 30% thanks to
an 80% coil consumption reduction.
Save space
Interlocking reversing pairs require no spacing
between contactors, meaning you can fit more
functionality into cabinets or other enclosures.
3/36 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Contactors and motor protection
Flexible and safe
Easy to use accessories
03
—
Up to 96 A
Great flexibility
for coil terminal access
Contactors offer free choice
of coil t erminal access from
top, bottom, both top and
bottom or front.
—
Up to 2850 A
—
Just push it!
The next evolution in motor starter
solutions is here.
03
So up to 18.5 kW, one push is all you need!
—
Direct on-line Starter
—
Reversing Starter
—
Save up to 50% wiring
time with Push-in
Spring compared to —
conventional spring Star-Delta Starter
solutions. And the
connections are just as
reliable. So for speed,
ease and reliability, just
push it.
— — —
Sentry safety relays Monitoring relays Time relays
3/38 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
Easy
assembly
Benefits / Features
Easy
disassembly Just
push it!
— — —
CA4..K, CAL4-11K 1, 2 and HK1-K, HKF1-K auxiliary contacts SK1-K and SK1-ARK signaling contacts
4 pole auxiliary contacts
— — —
PS1-...-65K busbars for 2, 3, 4 or 5 TS1-M3-K terminal spacer for UL Type BEA16-4KF and BEA38-4KF connect-
manual motor starters E/F combination motor controllers ing links with manual motor starters
— — —
BER16-4KF and BER38-4KF BEY16-4KF and BEY38-4KF VEM4K electrical and
connecting links for reversing starters connection sets for Star-Delta starters mechanical interlock
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/39
03
—
For direct product details information, use product type or order code, ex:
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SBL137001R1310
—
AF 3-pole contactors
3/42 Overview
Ordering details
4 to 200 kW
3/44 AF09 ... AF38 AC / DC operated
3/45 AF09Z ... AF38Z 24 V DC operated designed for PLC
3/46 AF09Z ... AF38Z AC / DC operated for specific applications
3/47 AF40 ... AF96 AC / DC operated
3/48 AF09 … AF96 Contactors and main accessories
3/49 AF116 ... AF146 AC / DC operated
3/50 AF116 ... AF146 AC / DC operated for faster opening utilization
3/51 AF190 ... AF370 AC / DC operated
3/52 AF190 ... AF370 AC / DC operated for faster opening utilization
3/53 AF116 ... AF370 Contactors and main accessories
4 to 560 kW (up to 2850 A AC-1) - with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
3/54 AF26 ... AF38 AC / DC operated
3/55 AF26Z ... AF38Z AC / DC operated for specific applications
3/56 AF26 ... AF38 Contactors and main accessories
3/57 AF40 ... AF96 AC / DC operated
3/58 AF40 ... AF96 Contactors and main accessories
3/59 AF116 ... AF146 AC / DC operated
3/60 AF116 ... AF146 AC / DC operated for faster opening utilization
3/61 AF190 ... AF370 AC / DC operated
3/62 AF190 ... AF370 AC / DC operated for faster opening utilization
3/63 AF116 ... AF370 Contactors and main accessories
3/64 AF400 ... AF750 AC / DC operated
3/65 AF1250 ... AF2850 AC / DC operated
3/66 AF1350T ... AF2850T AC / DC operated
3/67 AF400 ... AF2850 Main accessories
4 to 560 kW (up to 2850 A AC-1) - with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C.
3/68 AF09 ... AF38 AC / DC operated
3/69 AF09Z ... AF38Z AC / DC operated for specific applications
3/70 AF40 ... AF96 AC / DC operated
3/71 AF09 … AF96 Contactors and main accessories
3/72 AF116 ... AF146 AC / DC operated
3/73 AF116 ... AF146 AC / DC operated for faster opening utilization
3/74 AF190 ... AF370 AC / DC operated
3/75 AF190 ... AF370 AC / DC operated for faster opening utilization
3/76 AF116 ... AF370 Contactors and main accessories
3/77 AF400 ... AF750 AC / DC operated
3/78 AF1250 ... AF2850 AC / DC operated
3/79 AF400 ... AF2850 Contactors and main accessories
3/80 Technical data
3/104 Electrical durability
3/42 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
3-pole contactors, for motor control
and power switching
03
AC / DC Control supply Type AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96
IEC AC-3 Rated operational power 220 - 230 - 240 V kW 2.2 3 4 6.5 9 11 11 15 18.5 22 30
θ ≤ 60 °C for AF09 ... AF370 380 - 400 V kW 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5 18.5 22 30 37 45/55
θ ≤ 55 °C for AF400 ... AF2650 415 V kW 4 5.5 9 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45 55
440 V kW 4 5.5 9 15 18.5 22 22 30 37 45 55
500 V kW 5.5 7.5 9 15 18.5 22 22 30 37 45 55
690 V kW 5.5 7.5 9 15 18.5 22 22 30 37 45 55
1000 V kW — — — — — — — — — 35 40
Rated operational current 380 - 400 V A 9 12 18 26 32 38 40 53 65 80 105
AC-1 Rated operational current θ ≤ 40 °C, 690 V A 25 28 30 45 50 50 70 100 105 125 130
Main accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks Front mounting CA4-10 (1 x N.O.)
CA4-01 (1 x N.C.)
Side mounting CAL4-11 (1 x N.O. + 1 x N.C.)
Timers Electronic TEF4-ON
TEF4-OFF
Interlocking units Mechanical VM4 VM96-4
Overload relays
Thermal relays Class 10 TF42 (0.10…38 A) TF65 (22...67 A) TF96 (40...96 A)
(Class 10A for TF140,
TA200DU)
Electronic relays Class 10E, 20E, 30E EF19 (0.10…18.9 A) EF19 (0.10…18.9 A) EF65 (20...70 A) EF96 (36...100 A)
EF45 (9…45 A)
03
AF116 AF140 AF146 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370 AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050 AF2650 AF2850
30 37 45 55 55 75 90 110 110 132 160 220 — 257 315 — — —
55 75 75 90 110 132 160 200 200 250 315 400 — 475 560 — — —
55 75 75 90 110 132 160 200 220 250 355 425 — 500 630 — — —
75 90 90 110 132 160 160 200 220 250 355 450 — 560 710 — — —
75 90 90 110 132 160 200 250 250 315 400 520 — 560 710 — — —
55 75 90 132 160 200 250 315 315 355 500 600 — 800 1000 — — —
— — 75 110 132 160 185 200 220 280 355 400 — — — — — —
116 140 146 190 205 265 305 370 400 460 580 750 — 860 1060 — — —
160 200 225 275 350 400 500 600 600 700 800 1050 1260 1350 1650 2050 2650 2850
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
30 40 40 50 60 75 100 125 125 150 200 250 — — — — — —
40 50 50 60 75 100 125 150 150 200 250 300 — 400 450 — — —
75 100 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 — 800 900 — — —
100 125 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600 700 — 1000 1150 — — —
160 200 200 250 300 350 400 520 550 650 750 900 1210 1350 1650 2100 2700 2850
— 4 — — — 5 — — — 6 — 7 — — 8 — — —
—
AF09 ... AF38 3-pole contactors
4 to 18.5 kW
AC / DC operated
AF09 ... AF38 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
03
690 V AC and 220 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...500 V 50/60 Hz
and 20...500 V DC
1SBC101011V0014
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc min. … Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
4 25 5 25 24...60 20...60 (1) 1 0 AF09-30-10-11 1SBL137001R1110 0.270
1SBC101001V0014
77 3.03" 86 3.39"
35 1.38"
45 1.77" 71 2.80" 45 1.77" 80 3.15" 35 1.3
2x
ø 4.2 0.17" ø 4.2 0
5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC 5.5 0.22"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
3.15"
80 3.15"
5.5 0.22"
70 2.76"
60802.36"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
10 0.39"
10 0.39" 5 0.
5 0.20"
AF09, AF12, AF16 AF26, AF30, AF38
—
AF09Z ... AF38Z 3-pole contactors
4 to 18.5 kW
24 V DC operated designed for PLC
AF09Z ... AF38Z contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up
03
to 690 V AC and 220 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: 24 V DC operated with electronic coil interface allowing low holding consumption
up to 1.7 W and reduced panel energy consumption
- allow direct control by PLC-output ≥ 250 mA 24 V DC
1SBC101525V0014
AF09Z-30-10 IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit contacts
power current motor use voltage fitted Pkg
400 V θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating Uc (1 pce)
AC-3 AC-1 480 V 600 V AC
kW A hp A V DC kg
4 25 5 25 24 1 0 AF09Z-30-10-30 1SBL136001R3010 0.430
0 1 AF09Z-30-01-30 1SBL136001R3001 0.430
5.5 28 7.5 28 24 1 0 AF12Z-30-10-30 1SBL156001R3010 0.430
1SBC101525V0014
106 4.17"
97 3.82"
45 1.77"
35 1.38" 100 3.94"
45 1.77" 91 3.58"
2 x 5.5 0.22" ø
ø 4.2 0.17"
5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
5.5 0.22"
2.76"
60 2.36"
35 mm
5.5 0.22"
70
5 0.20"
10 0.39"
10 0.39"
5 0.20"
AF26Z, AF30Z, AF38Z
AF09Z, AF12Z, AF16Z
—
AF09Z ... AF38Z 3-pole contactors
4 to 18.5 kW
AC / DC operated for specific applications
AF09Z ... AF38Z contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up
03
to 690 V AC and 220 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...250 V 50/60 Hz
and 12...250 V DC
1SBC101011V0014
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc min. … Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
1SBC101001V0014
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
4 25 5 25 - 12...20 1 0 AF09Z-30-10-20 1SBL136001R2010 0.310
0 1 AF09Z-30-01-20 1SBL136001R2001 0.310
24...60 20...60 1 0 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 0.310
0 1 AF09Z-30-01-21 1SBL136001R2101 0.310
AF26Z-30-00
48...130 48...130 1 0 AF09Z-30-10-22 1SBL136001R2210 0.310
0 1 AF09Z-30-01-22 1SBL136001R2201 0.310
100...250 100...250 1 0 AF09Z-30-10-23 1SBL136001R2310 0.310
0 1 AF09Z-30-01-23 1SBL136001R2301 0.310
5.5 28 7.5 28 - 12...20 1 0 AF12Z-30-10-20 1SBL156001R2010 0.310
0 1 AF12Z-30-01-20 1SBL156001R2001 0.310
24...60 20...60 1 0 AF12Z-30-10-21 1SBL156001R2110 0.310
0 1 AF12Z-30-01-21 1SBL156001R2101 0.310
48...130 48...130 1 0 AF12Z-30-10-22 1SBL156001R2210 0.310
0 1 AF12Z-30-01-22 1SBL156001R2201 0.310
100...250 100...250 1 0 AF12Z-30-10-23 1SBL156001R2310 0.310
0 1 AF12Z-30-01-23 1SBL156001R2301 0.310
7.5 30 10 30 - 12...20 1 0 AF16Z-30-10-20 1SBL176001R2010 0.310
0 1 AF16Z-30-01-20 1SBL176001R2001 0.310
24...60 20...60 1 0 AF16Z-30-10-21 1SBL176001R2110 0.310
0 1 AF16Z-30-01-21 1SBL176001R2101 0.310
48...130 48...130 1 0 AF16Z-30-10-22 1SBL176001R2210 0.310
0 1 AF16Z-30-01-22 1SBL176001R2201 0.310
100...250 100...250 1 0 AF16Z-30-10-23 1SBL176001R2310 0.310
0 1 AF16Z-30-01-23 1SBL176001R2301 0.310
11 45 15 45 - 12...20 0 0 AF26Z-30-00-20 1SBL236001R2000 0.350
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 0.350
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF26Z-30-00-22 1SBL236001R2200 0.350
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF26Z-30-00-23 1SBL236001R2300 0.350
15 50 20 50 - 12...20 0 0 AF30Z-30-00-20 1SBL276001R2000 0.350
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF30Z-30-00-21 1SBL276001R2100 0.350
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF30Z-30-00-22 1SBL276001R2200 0.350
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF30Z-30-00-23 1SBL276001R2300 0.350
18.5 50 25 50 - 12...20 0 0 AF38Z-30-00-20 1SBL296001R2000 0.350
24...60 20...60 0 0 AF38Z-30-00-21 1SBL296001R2100 0.350
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF38Z-30-00-22 1SBL296001R2200 0.350
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF38Z-30-00-23 1SBL296001R2300 0.350
Note: Only AF..Z contactors with DC control voltage 12...20 V DC need to respect the connection polarities indicated close to the
coil terminals: A1+ for the positive pole and A2- for the negative pole.
77 3.03" 86 3.39"
35451.38"
1.77" 35 1.3
45 1.77" 71 2.80" 80 3.15"
2x
ø 4.2 0.17" ø 4.2 0
5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC 5.5 0.22"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
3.15"
5.5 0.22"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
60802.36"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
10 0.39" 10 0.39" 5 0
5 0.20"
AF09Z, AF12Z, AF16Z AF26Z, AF30Z, AF38Z
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/47
—
AF40 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
18.5 to 45 kW
AC / DC operated
AF40 ... AF96 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up
03
to 1 000 V AC and 220 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...500 V 50/60 Hz
and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
1SBC101014V0014
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47-0706 conditions of use on request).
• built-in surge suppression
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
IEC UL / CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
AF40-30-00
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts (1)
power current motor use Uc min. … Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
18.5 70 30 60 24...60 20...60 (1) 0 0 AF40-30-00-11 1SBL347001R1100 0.970
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF40-30-00-12 1SBL347001R1200 0.970
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF40-30-00-13 1SBL347001R1300 0.950
250...500 250...500 0 0 AF40-30-00-14 1SBL347001R1400 0.950
22 100 40 80 24...60 20...60 (1) 0 0 AF52-30-00-11 1SBL367001R1100 0.970
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF52-30-00-12 1SBL367001R1200 0.970
1SBC101016V0014
111 111
4.37"4.37"
55 2.17"
55 2.17" 116 4.57" 116 4.57"
70 2.76" 70 2.76"
7 0.28"
7 0.28"
7 0.28" 7 0.28"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
5.5 0.22"
5.5 0.22"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
10 0.39"
10 0.39" 10 0.39" 10 0.39"
—
AF09 … AF96 3-pole contactors
Contactors and main accessories
X
AF09 ... AF65
contactors
03
Fixing clips
AF09 ... AF96
VM.. contactors
Mechanical
interlock unit
CAT4-11
2-pole
auxiliary contact
CAL4-11 and A1/A2 coil
TEF4
2-pole auxiliary terminal block
Electronic
contact block timer BX4-CA
Protective cover
BX4-CA WA4
BX4-CA Protective Mechanical
Protective cover latching unit
BX4 CA4 CA4 cover
Protective 1-pole auxiliary 4-pole auxiliary
cover contact block contact block AF09 ... AF38
TF contactors
EF
A2-A2 connection
Overload relay
CAL4-11
VEM4 mechanical and electrical interlock set Including: 2-pole auxiliary
- VM4 mechanical interlock unit with 2 fixing clips contact block
- VE4 electrical inlerlock block with A2-A2 connection CA4
CA4
1-pole auxiliary 1-pole auxiliary
contact block contact block
VE4
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Many configurations of accessories are possible depending on whether these are front-mounted or side-mounted.
Contactor Main Built-in Front-mounted accessories Side-mounted accessories
types poles auxiliary Auxiliary contact blocks Electronic Mechanical Electrical and Auxiliary contact blocks
contacts timer latching unit mechanical interlock set
(between 2 contactors) 2-pole CAL4-11
1-pole CA4 2-pole CAT4-11 4-pole CA4 TEF4 WA4 (2) VEM4 Left side Right side
—
AF116 ... AF146 3-pole contactors
55 to 75 kW
AC / DC operated
AF116 ... AF140 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
03
690 V AC, AF146 up to 1000 V AC and AF116 ... AF146 up to 260 V DC. These contactors are of the
block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V
50/60 Hz and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
1SFC101005V0001
E SECTION E-E
E SECTION E-E
90 3.54" 126 4.96" 90 3.54" 126 4.96"
D D D D
55.5 0.22"
55.5 2.18"
19.5 0.77"
19.5 4.96"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
30 1.18" 30 1.18"
—
AF116 ... AF146 3-pole contactors with built-in PLC interface
55 to 75 kW
AC / DC operated for faster opening utilization
AF116 ... AF146 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
03
690 V AC, AF146 up to 1000 V AC and AF116 ... AF146 up to 260 V DC. These contactors are of the
block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...500 V AC and DC), only 2 coils to cover control voltages between 100...500 V
50/60 Hz and 100...250 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
1SFC101182V0001
AF116 ... AF146 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC.
Control inputs
E
E
90 3.54" 138.5 5.45" 90 3.54" 138.5 5.45"
D D D D
55.5 0.22"
55.5 2.18"
19.5 4.96"
19.5 0.77"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
30 1.18" 30 1.18"
—
AF190 ... AF370 3-pole contactors
90 to 200 kW
AC / DC operated
AF190 ... AF370 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
03
1000 V AC and 340 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V
50/60 Hz and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
1SFC101276V0001
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request).
• built-in surge suppression
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
AF205-30-00
IEC UL / CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit contacts (1)
power current motor use voltage fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating Uc min. ... Uc max. (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
90 275 125 275 24...60 20...60 0 0 AF190-30-00-11 1SFL487002R1100 3.000
48...130 48...130 0 0 AF190-30-00-12 1SFL487002R1200 3.000
100...250 100...250 0 0 AF190-30-00-13 1SFL487002R1300 3.000
250...500 250...500 0 0 AF190-30-00-14 1SFL487002R1400 3.000
110 350 150 300 24...60 20...60 0 0 AF205-30-00-11 1SFL527002R1100 3.000
1SFC101273V0001
A
140 5.51" 180 7.09"
SECTION B-B
19.5 0.77" ø 10.5 0.41" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20"
B 152 5.98"
105 4.13" ø 8.5 0.33" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20"
33.4 1.31"
94.7 3.73"
29.5 1.16"
83.5 3.29"
225 8.86"
196 7.72"
—
AF190 ... AF370 3-pole contactors with built-in PLC interface
90 to 200 kW
AC / DC operated for faster utilization
AF190 ... AF370 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
03
1000 V AC and 340 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 2 coils to cover control voltages between 100...500 V
50/60 Hz and 100...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request)
1SFC101271V0001
AF190 ... AF370 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC.
Control inputs
A
140 5.51" 191 7.52"
SECTION B-B
19.5 0.77" ø 10.5 0.41" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20"
B 165.5 6.49"
105 4.13" ø 8.5 0.33" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20"
33.4 1.31"
94.7 3.73"
29.5 1.16"
83.5 3.29"
225 8.86"
196 7.72"
—
AF116 ... AF370 3-pole contactors
Contactors and main accessories
03
LW
Terminal
enlargement CAL19-11
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
CAL19-11B
VM 2-pole auxiliary
CAL19-11B Mechanical contact block
2-pole auxiliary interlock
contact block
CAL19-11
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
AF contactor
with built-in AF contactor
cable clamps with bar connections
LT
Terminal shroud
TF/TA
Thermal overload relay
EF
Electronic overload relay
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Contactor Main Available Side-mounted accessories Mechanical interlock units
types poles auxiliary Auxiliary contact blocks (between two contactors)
contacts
—
AF26 ... AF38 3-pole contactors
4 to 18.5 kW
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AF26 ... AF38 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
03
690 V AC and 220 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles (1st stack):
• 2nd stack with permanently fixed auxiliary contact block. The built-in auxiliary contact elements
are mechanically linked (side-marked symbol) and the N.C. auxiliary contacts are mirror contacts
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...500 V 50/60 Hz
1SBC101003V0014
and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening.
AF26-30-11 • built-in surge suppression
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc min. … Uc max. fitted Pkg
400 V θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
AC-3 AC-1 480 V 600 V AC
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
11 45 15 45 24...60 20...60 (1) 1 1 AF26-30-11-11 1SBL237001R1111 0.350
48...130 48...130 1 1 AF26-30-11-12 1SBL237001R1211 0.350
100...250 100...250 1 1 AF26-30-11-13 1SBL237001R1311 0.350
250...500 250...500 1 1 AF26-30-11-14 1SBL237001R1411 0.390
15 50 20 50 24...60 20...60 (1) 1 1 AF30-30-11-11 1SBL277001R1111 0.350
48...130 48...130 1 1 AF30-30-11-12 1SBL277001R1211 0.350
100...250 100...250 1 1 AF30-30-11-13 1SBL277001R1311 0.350
250...500 250...500 1 1 AF30-30-11-14 1SBL277001R1411 0.390
18.5 50 25 50 24...60 20...60 (1) 1 1 AF38-30-11-11 1SBL297001R1111 0.350
48...130 48...130 1 1 AF38-30-11-12 1SBL297001R1211 0.350
100...250 100...250 1 1 AF38-30-11-13 1SBL297001R1311 0.350
250...500 250...500 1 1 AF38-30-11-14 1SBL297001R1411 0.390
(1) AF..-30-..-11 not suitable for direct control by PLC-output.
111.5 4.30"
45 1.77" 80 3.15" 10 0.39"
5.5 0.22"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
—
AF26Z ... AF38Z 3-pole contactors
4 to 18.5 kW
AC / DC operated for specific applications with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. contacts
AF26Z ... AF38Z contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
03
690 V AC and 220 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles (1st stack):
• 2nd stack with permanently fixed auxiliary contact block. The built-in auxiliary contact elements
are mechanically linked (side-marked symbol) and the N.C. auxiliary contacts are mirror contacts
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
1SBC101003V0014
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...250 V 50/60 Hz
and 12...250 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations, allow direct control by PLC-output ≥ 24 V DC
500 mA, reduced panel energy consumption, very distinct closing and opening,
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47-0706 conditions of use on request).
AF26Z-30-11 • built-in surge suppression
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc min. … Uc max. fitted Pkg
400 V θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
AC-3 AC-1 480 V 600 V AC
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
11 45 15 45 - 12...20 1 1 AF26Z-30-11-20 1SBL236001R2011 0.390
24...60 20...60 1 1 AF26Z-30-11-21 1SBL236001R2111 0.390
48...130 48...130 1 1 AF26Z-30-11-22 1SBL236001R2211 0.390
100...250 100...250 1 1 AF26Z-30-11-23 1SBL236001R2311 0.390
15 50 20 50 - 12...20 1 1 AF30Z-30-11-20 1SBL276001R2011 0.390
24...60 20...60 1 1 AF30Z-30-11-21 1SBL276001R2111 0.390
48...130 48...130 1 1 AF30Z-30-11-22 1SBL276001R2211 0.390
100...250 100...250 1 1 AF30Z-30-11-23 1SBL276001R2311 0.390
18.5 50 25 50 - 12...20 1 1 AF38Z-30-11-20 1SBL296001R2011 0.390
24...60 20...60 1 1 AF38Z-30-11-21 1SBL296001R2111 0.390
48...130 48...130 1 1 AF38Z-30-11-22 1SBL296001R2211 0.390
100...250 100...250 1 1 AF38Z-30-11-23 1SBL296001R2311 0.390
Note: Only AF..Z contactors with DC control voltage 12...20 V DC need to respect the connection polarities indicated close to the
coil terminals: A1+ for the positive pole and A2- for the negative pole
111.5 4.30"
45 1.77" 80 3.15" 10 0.39"
5.5 0.22"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
—
AF26 ... AF38 3-pole contactors with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
Contactors and main accessories
03
AF contactor
CAL4-11
2-pole auxiliary BX4-CA
contact block Protective
cover
TF42
EF
Overload relay
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Contactor Main Built-in Side-mounted accessories Auxiliary contact blocks
types poles auxiliary Mechanical interlock unit
contacts (between 2 contactors)
2-pole CAL4-11
VM4 Left side Right side
AF26 ... AF38 3 0 1 1 1 +1 or 1
– +1 +1
—
AF40 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
18.5 to 30 kW
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AF40 ... AF96 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up
03
to 1 000 V AC and 220 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles
(1st stack):
• with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. side mounted auxiliary contact block
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...500 V 50/60 Hz
and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
1SBC101005V0014
IEC UL / CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc min. … Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
185 70 30 60 24...60 20...60 (1) 1 1 AF40-30-11-11 1SBL347001R1111 1.010
48...130 48...130 1 1 AF40-30-11-12 1SBL347001R1211 1.010
100...250 100...250 1 1 AF40-30-11-13 1SBL347001R1311 0.990
1SBC101017V0014
111 4.37"
111 4.37" 116 4.57"
12 0.47"
12 0.47" 55 2.17"
55 2.17" 12 0.47" 70 2.76"
7 0.28"
7 0.28" 7 0.28"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
5.5 0.22"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
10 0.39"
—
AF40 ... AF96 3-pole contactors with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
Contactors and main accessories
03
X
AF40 ... AF65
contactors
Fixing clips
AF40 ... AF96
VM96-4 contactors
Mechanical
interlock unit
CAT4-11
2-pole
auxiliary contact
WA4 and A1/A2 coil
Mechanical terminal block
TEF4
Electronic latching unit BX4-CA
timer Protective cover
BX4-CA
Protective cover
BX4-CA
CA4
BX4 CA4 Protective
4-pole auxiliary
Protective 1-pole auxiliary cover
contact block
cover contact block
TF
EF
Overload relay
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Many configurations of accessories are possible depending on whether these are front-mounted or side-mounted.
Contactor Main Built-in Front-mounted accessories Side-mounted Auxiliary contact blocks
types poles auxiliary Auxiliary contact blocks Electronic Mechanical accessories
contacts timer latching unit Mechanical interlock set
(1) (between 2 contactors)
2-pole CAL4-11
1-pole CA4 2-pole CAT4-11 4-pole CA4 TEF4 WA4 VM96-4 Left side Right side
AF40 ... AF65 3 0 1 1 4 max. or 1 or 1 or 1 or 1 +1 – –
4 max. or 1 or 1 or 1 or 1 – + – 1
AF80, AF96 3 0 1 1 4 max. – or 1 or 1 or 1 +1 – –
4 max. – or 1 or 1 or 1 – + – 1
(1) Use WA4 for AF09...AF65 and WA4-96 for AF80, AF96.
Accept 1-pole CA4 auxiliary contacts on each side of the mechanical latch.
—
AF116 ... AF146 3-pole contactors
55 to 75 kW
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AF116 ... AF140 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
03
690 V AC, AF146 up to 1000 V AC and AF116 ... AF146 up to 260 V DC. These contactors are of the
block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V
50/60 Hz and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
1SFC101001V001
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request).
• built-in surge suppression
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
AF146-30-11
IEC UL / CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit contacts (1)
power current motor use voltage fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating Uc min. ... Uc max. (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
E
E SECTION E-E
SECTION E-E 10 0.39" 90 3.54"
10 0.39" 90 3.54" 126 4.96" 126 4.96"
D D D D
55.5 0.22"
55.5 2.18"
19.5 0.77"
19.5 4.96"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
30 1.18" 30 1.18"
—
AF116 ... AF146 3-pole contactors with built-in PLC interface
55 to 75 kW
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts for faster opening utilization
AF116 ... AF140 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
03
690 V AC, AF146 up to 1000 V AC and AF116 ... AF146 up to 260 V DC. These contactors are of the
block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 2 coils to cover control voltages between 100...500 V
50/60 Hz and 100...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
1SFC101183V0001
AF116 ... AF146 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC.
Control inputs
E
E
10 0.39" 90 3.54" 138.5 5.45" 10 0.39" 90 3.54" 138.5 5.45"
D D D
D
55.5 2.18"
55.5 0.22"
19.5 0.77"
19.5 4.96"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
30 1.18" 30 1.18"
—
AF190 ... AF370 3-pole contactors
90 to 200 kW
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AF190 ... AF370 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
03
1000 V AC and up to 340 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V
50/60 Hz and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
1SFC101261V0001
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request).
• built-in surge suppression
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
AF205-30-11 IEC UL / CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts (1)
power current motor use Uc min. ... Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
90 275 125 275 24...60 20...60 1 1 AF190-30-11-11 1SFL487002R1111 3.000
48...130 48...130 1 1 AF190-30-11-12 1SFL487002R1211 3.000
100...250 100...250 1 1 AF190-30-11-13 1SFL487002R1311 3.000
250...500 250...500 1 1 AF190-30-11-14 1SFL487002R1411 3.000
110 350 150 300 24...60 20...60 1 1 AF205-30-11-11 1SFL527002R1111 3.000
48...130 48...130 1 1 AF205-30-11-12 1SFL527002R1211 3.000
1SFC101258V0001
A
SECTION B-B 10 0.39" 140 5.51" 180 7.09"
B 152 5.98" 19.5 0.77" ø 10.5 0.41" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20"
225 8.86"
196 7.72"
35 1.38"
43.75 1.72"
—
AF190 ... AF370 3-pole contactors with built-in PLC interface
90 to 200 kW
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts for faster opening utilization
AF190 ... AF370 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
03
1000 V AC and up to 340 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 2 coils to cover control voltages between 100...500 V
50/60 Hz and 100...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
1SFC101261V0001
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request)
- opening time below 20 ms.
• built-in surge suppression
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
AF205-30-11
IEC UL / CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit contacts (1)
power current motor use voltage fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating Uc min. ... Uc max. (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
90 275 125 275 100...250 100...250 1 1 AF190-30-11-33 1SFL487002R3311 3.000
250...500 250...500 1 1 AF190-30-11-34 1SFL487002R3411 3.000
110 350 150 300 100...250 100...250 1 1 AF205-30-11-33 1SFL527002R3311 3.000
250...500 250...500 1 1 AF205-30-11-34 1SFL527002R3411 3.000
132 400 200 350 100...250 100...250 1 1 AF265-30-11-33 1SFL547002R3311 4.640
1SFC101258V0001
AF190 ... AF370 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC.
Control inputs
A
10 0.39" 140 5.51" 191 7.52"
SECTION B-B 19.5 0.77" ø 10.5 0.41" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20"
B 165.5 6.49"
10 0.39" 105 4.13" ø 8.5 0.33" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20"
33.4 1.31"
94.7 3.73"
29.5 1.16"
83.5 3.29"
225 8.86"
196 7.72"
—
AF116 ... AF370 3-pole contactors with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
Contactors and main accessories
03
CAL19-11B
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
VM
Mechanical
interlock
AF contactor
with bar connections
CAL19-11B AF contactor
2-pole auxiliary with built-in cable clamps
contact block
LT
Terminal shroud
TF/TA
Thermal overload relay
EF
Electronic overload relay
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Contactor Main Available Side-mounted accessories Mechanical interlock units
types poles auxiliary Auxiliary contact blocks (between two contactors)
contacts
—
AF400 ... AF750 3-pole contactors
200 to 400 kW
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AF400 ... AF750 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up
03
to 1000 V AC or 600 V DC (2). These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control
voltage range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between
48...500 V 50/60 Hz and 24...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
1SFC101022V0001
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltages sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request).
• built-in surge suppression
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
AF460-30-11
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc min. ... Uc max. fitted Pkg
400 V θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
AC-3 690 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
200 600 350 550 - 24…60 1 1 AF400-30-11 1SFL577001R6811 (1) 12.000
48…130 48…130 1 1 AF400-30-11 1SFL577001R6911 12.000
100…250 100…250 1 1 AF400-30-11 1SFL577001R7011 12.000
250…500 250…500 1 1 AF400-30-11 1SFL577001R7111 12.000
250 700 400 650 - 24…60 1 1 AF460-30-11 1SFL597001R6811 (1) 12.000
48…130 48…130 1 1 AF460-30-11 1SFL597001R6911 12.000
100…250 100…250 1 1 AF460-30-11 1SFL597001R7011 12.000
1SFC101025V0001
AF400 ... AF750 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC.
Control inputs
283 11.14"
278 10.94"
268 10.55"
63 2.48" 72 2.83"
—
AF1250 ... AF2850 3-pole contactors
475 to 560 kW and 1260 to 2850 A AC-1
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AF1250 ... AF2050 contactors are mainly used for controlling power circuits up to 1000 V AC or
03
850 V DC, AF2650 and AF2850 for controlling power up to 1000 V AC. These contactors are of the
block type design with 3 main poles.
– control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range
(e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC)
- only 4 coils for AF1250 to cover control voltages between 48...500 V 50/60 Hz and 24...500 V DC
- only 1 coil for AF1350 ... AF2850 to cover control voltages between 100...250 V 50/60 Hz and
100...250 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
1SFC101027V0001
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1) (1 pce)
400 V 690 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1 (2)
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
- 1260 - 1210 - 24…60 1 1 AF1250-30-11 1SFL647001R6811 (1) 16.000
48…130 48…130 1 1 AF1250-30-11 1SFL647001R6911 16.000
1SFC101031V0001
AF1250 ... AF2850 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC
Control inputs
40 1.57"
27
ø 13 40 ø 13 40
1.06" 0.51" 1.57" 0.51" 1.57"
17 0.67" 17 0.67" 17 0.67"
13 0.51"
13
30 1.18" 30 1.18" 40 1.57"
50 1.97" 0.51"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
27 72 2.83" ø 7 0.28"
313 12.32"
263 10.35"
249 9.8"
312 12.3"
A
1.57"
40
—
AF1350T ... AF2850T 3-pole contactors with built-in LVRT
475 to 560 kW and 1350 to 2850 A AC-1
AC operated with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AF1350T .. AF2850T contactors are designed to meet the Low Voltage Ride Through requirements
03
for grid connections withstand voltage drop-outs up to 1 sec without opening. These contactors
are often used in grid connected applications where the demand of non interrupted power is re-
quired. When controlled through built-in PLC connection the contactor is operated directly with-
out delay function.
• Control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface
- can withstand voltage drop-outs according to Low Voltage Ride Through requirements
- equipped with low voltage inputs for direct control by a PLC
1SFC101216V0001
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
AF2650-30T-11
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 690 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz kg
475 1350 800 1350 220 ... 240 1 1 AF1350T-30-11 (1) 1SFL657001R9101 34.000
560 1650 900 1650 220 ... 240 1 1 AF1650T-30-11 (1) 1SFL677001R9101 35.000
- 2050 - 2100 220 ... 240 1 1 AF2050T-30-11 (1) 1SFL707001R9101 35.000
- 2650 - 2700 220 ... 240 1 1 AF2650T-30-11 (1) 1SFL667001R9101 45.000
- 2850 - 2850 220 ... 240 1 1 AF2850T-30-11 (1) 1SFL687001R9101 45.000
(1) Types -00 and -22 on request.
Control inputs
40 1.57"
27
ø 13 40 ø 13 40
1.06" 0.51" 1.57" 0.51" 1.57"
17 0.67" 17 0.67" 17 0.67"
13 0.51"
13
30 1.18" 30 1.18" 40 1.57"
0.51"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
1.57"
40
—
AF400 ... AF2850 3-pole contactors with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
Contactors and main accessories
03
LW
Terminal
enlargement
VM
Mechanical
block
CAL18-11B
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
CAL18-11B
2-pole auxiliary
contact block AF contactor
LT
Terminal shroud
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Contactor Main Available Side-mounted accessories Mechanical interlock units
types poles auxiliary (between two contactors)
Auxiliary contact blocks
contacts
—
AF09 ... AF38 3-pole contactors
4 to 18.5 kW
AC / DC operated with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AF09 ... AF38 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
03
690 V AC and 220 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles (1st stack):
• 2nd stack with permanently fixed auxiliary contact block. The built-in auxiliary contact elements
are mechanically linked (side-marked symbol) and the N.C. auxiliary contacts are mirror contacts
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...500 V 50/60 Hz
1SBC101002V0014
and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening.
AF09-30-22
• built-in surge suppression
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc min. … Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
1SBC101004V0014
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
4 25 5 25 24...60 20…60 (1) 2 2 AF09-30-22-11 1SBL137001R1122 0.320
48...130 48...130 2 2 AF09-30-22-12 1SBL137001R1222 0.320
100...250 100...250 2 2 AF09-30-22-13 1SBL137001R1322 0.320
AF26-30-22 250...500 250...500 2 2 AF09-30-22-14 1SBL137001R1422 0.360
5.5 28 7.5 28 24...60 20…60 (1) 2 2 AF12-30-22-11 1SBL157001R1122 0.320
48...130 48...130 2 2 AF12-30-22-12 1SBL157001R1222 0.320
100...250 100...250 2 2 AF12-30-22-13 1SBL157001R1322 0.320
250...500 250...500 2 2 AF12-30-22-14 1SBL157001R1422 0.360
7.5 30 10 30 24...60 20…60 (1) 2 2 AF16-30-22-11 1SBL177001R1122 0.320
48...130 48...130 2 2 AF16-30-22-12 1SBL177001R1222 0.320
100...250 100...250 2 2 AF16-30-22-13 1SBL177001R1322 0.320
250...500 250...500 2 2 AF16-30-22-14 1SBL177001R1422 0.360
11 45 15 45 24...60 20…60 (1) 2 2 AF26-30-22-11 1SBL237001R1122 0.360
48...130 48...130 2 2 AF26-30-22-12 1SBL237001R1222 0.360
100...250 100...250 2 2 AF26-30-22-13 1SBL237001R1322 0.360
250...500 250...500 2 2 AF26-30-22-14 1SBL237001R1422 0.400
15 50 20 50 24...60 20…60 (1) 2 2 AF30-30-22-11 1SBL277001R1122 0.360
48...130 48...130 2 2 AF30-30-22-12 1SBL277001R1222 0.360
100...250 100...250 2 2 AF30-30-22-13 1SBL277001R1322 0.360
250...500 250...500 2 2 AF30-30-22-14 1SBL277001R1422 0.400
18.5 50 25 50 24...60 20…60 (1) 2 2 AF38-30-22-11 1SBL297001R1122 0.360
48...130 48...130 2 2 AF38-30-22-12 1SBL297001R1222 0.360
100...250 100...250 2 2 AF38-30-22-13 1SBL297001R1322 0.360
250...500 250...500 2 2 AF38-30-22-14 1SBL297001R1422 0.400
(1) AF..-30-..-11 not suitable for direct control by PLC-output.
110.5 4.35"
119.5 4.70"
45 1.77" 71 2.80" 10 0.39" 35
45 1.38"
1.77" 2x 80 3.15" 10 0.39"
5.5 0.22" ø 4.2 0.17" M4 8-32 UNC5.5 0.22"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
5.5 0.22"
43 1.69"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
—
AF09Z ... AF38Z 3-pole contactors
4 to 18.5 kW
AC / DC operated for specific applications with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AF09Z ... AF38Z contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
03
690 V AC and 220 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles (1st stack):
• 2nd stack with permanently fixed auxiliary contact block. The built-in auxiliary contact elements
are mechanically linked (side-marked symbol) and the N.C. auxiliary contacts are mirror contacts
1SBC101002V0014
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...250 V 50/60 Hz
and 12...250 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations,
- allow direct control by PLC-output ≥ 24 V DC 500 mA,
AF09Z-30-22 - reduced panel energy consumption,
- very distinct closing and opening,
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47-0706 conditions of use on request).
• built-in surge suppression
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc min. … Uc max. fitted Pkg
1SBC101004V0014
110.5 4.35"
119.5 4.70"
45 1.77" 71 2.80" 10 0.39" 35 1.77"
1.38"
45 2x 80 3.15" 10 0.39"
5.5 0.22" ø 4.2 0.17" M4 8-32 UNC
5.5 0.22"
6 0.24"
60 2.36"6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
43 1.69"
5 0.20"
AF09Z, AF12Z, AF16Z AF26Z, AF30Z, AF38Z
Main dimensions mm, inches
3/70 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF40 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
18.5 to 30 kW
AC / DC operated with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AF40 ... AF96 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up
03
to 1 000 V AC and 220 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles
(1st stack):
• 2nd stack with permanently fixed auxiliary contact block. The built-in auxiliary contact elements
are mechanically linked (side-marked symbol) and the N.C. auxiliary contacts are mirror contacts
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...500 V 50/60 Hz
and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
1SBC101006V0014
IEC UL / CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc min. … Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
18.5 70 30 60 24...60 20...60 (1) 2 2 AF40-30-22-11 1SBL347001R1122 1.020
48...130 48...130 2 2 AF40-30-22-12 1SBL347001R1222 1.020
100...250 100...250 2 2 AF40-30-22-13 1SBL347001R1322 1.000
250...500 250...500 2 2 AF40-30-22-14 1SBL347001R1422 1.000
1SBC101007V0014
144 5.67"
144 5.67" 149 5.87"149 5.87"
111 4.37"
111 4.37" 10 0.39"10 0.39" 116 4.57"116 4.57" 10 10
55 55 2.17"
2.17" 70 2.76" 70 2.76" 0.39"
7 0.28"
7 0.28" 7 0.28" 7 0.28" 0.39"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
43 1.69"
119.5 4.70"
43 1.69"
43 1.69"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
—
AF09 ... AF96 3-pole contactors with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
Contactors and main accessories
03
AF contactor
CAL4-11
2-pole auxiliary BX4-CA
contact block Protective
cover
TF
EF
Overload relay
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Contactor Main Built-in Side-mounted accessories
types poles auxiliary Mechanical interlock unit Auxiliary contact blocks
contacts (between 2 contactors)
2-pole CAL4-11
VM.. Left side Right side
AF09 ... AF38 3 0 2 2 1 + 1 or 1
AF40 ... AF96 3 0 2 2 1 + 1 or 1
– + 1 +1
—
AF116 ... AF146 3-pole contactors
55 to 75 kW
AC / DC operated with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AF116 ... AF140 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
03
690 V AC, AF146 up to 1000 V AC and AF116 ... AF146 up to 260 V DC. These contactors are of the
block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V
50/60 Hz and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
1SFC101009V0001
D D D D
55.5 0.22"
55.5 2.18"
19.5 4.96"
19.5 0.77"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
30 1.18" 30 1.18"
—
AF116 ... AF146 3-pole contactors with built-in PLC interface
55 to 75 kW
AC / DC operated with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts for faster opening utilization
AF116 ... AF146 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
03
690 V AC, AF146 up to 1000 V AC and AF116 ... AF146 up to 260 V DC. These contactors are of the
block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 2 coils to cover control voltages between 100...500 V
50/60 Hz and 100...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
1SFC101184V0001
AF116 ... AF146 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC.
Control inputs
E
10 0.39" 90 3.54" 138.5 5.45"
10 0.39" 90 3.54" 138.5 5.45"
D D
55.5 0.22"
D D
55.5 2.18"
19.5 0.77"
19.5 4.96"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
30 1.18" 30 1.18"
—
AF190 ... AF370 3-pole contactors
90 to 200 kW
AC / DC operated with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AF190 ... AF370 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
03
1000 V AC and up to 340 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V
50/60 Hz and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
1SFC101256V0001
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request).
• built-in surge suppression
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
AF205-30-22 IEC UL / CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit contacts (1)
power current motor use voltage fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating Uc min. ... Uc max. (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
90 275 125 275 24...60 20...60 2 2 AF190-30-22-11 1SFL487002R1122 3.000
48...130 48...130 2 2 AF190-30-22-12 1SFL487002R1222 3.000
100...250 100...250 2 2 AF190-30-22-13 1SFL487002R1322 3.000
250...500 250...500 2 2 AF190-30-22-14 1SFL487002R1422 3.000
110 350 150 300 24...60 20...60 2 2 AF205-30-22-11 1SFL527002R1122 3.000
48...130 48...130 2 2 AF205-30-22-12 1SFL527002R1222 3.000
1SFC101253V0001
A
10 0.39" 140 5.51" 180 7.09"
SECTION B-B 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20"
19.5 0.77" ø 10.5 0.41"
B 152 5.98"
10 0.39" 105 4.13" ø 8.5 0.33" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20"
33.4 1.31"
94.7 3.73"
29.5 1.16"
83.5 3.29"
225 8.86"
196 7.72"
—
AF190 ... AF370 3-pole contactors with built-in PLC interface
90 to 200 kW
AC / DC operated with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts for faster opening utilization
AF190 ... AF370 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
03
1000 V AC and up to 340 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 2 coils to cover control voltages between 100...500 V
50/60 Hz and 100...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
1SFC101251V0001
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request)
- opening time below 20 ms.
• built-in surge suppression
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
AF205-30-22
AF190 ... AF370 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC.
Control inputs
A
10 0.39" 140 5.51" 191 7.52"
SECTION B-B
19.5 0.77" ø 10.5 0.41" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20"
B 165 6.49"
10 0.39" 105 4.13" ø 8.5 0.33" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20"
33.4 1.31"
94.7 3.73"
29.5 1.16"
83.5 3.29"
225 8.86"
196 7.72"
—
AF116 ... AF370 3-pole contactors with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
Contactors and main accessories
LW
Terminal
enlargement
CAL19-11B
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
CAL19-11B
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
AF contactor
with built-in cable clamps
TF/TA
Thermal overload relay
EF
Electronic overload relay
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Contactor Main Available Side-mounted accessories Mechanical interlock units
types poles auxiliary Auxiliary contact blocks (between two contactors)
contacts
—
AF400 ... AF750 3-pole contactors
200 to 400 kW
AC / DC operated with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AF400 ... AF750 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up
03
to 690 V AC or 600 V DC (2). These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 48...500 V
50/60 Hz and 24...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
1SFC101081V0001
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltages sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request).
• built-in surge suppression
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
AF460-30-22
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 690 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
200 600 350 550 - 24…60 2 2 AF400-30-22 1SFL577001R6822 (1) 12.000
48…130 48…130 2 2 AF400-30-22 1SFL577001R6922 12.000
100…250 100…250 2 2 AF400-30-22 1SFL577001R7022 12.000
250…500 250…500 2 2 AF400-30-22 1SFL577001R7122 12.000
250 700 400 650 - 24…60 2 2 AF460-30-22 1SFL597001R6822 (1) 12.000
48…130 48…130 2 2 AF460-30-22 1SFL597001R6922 12.000
1SFC101091V0001
AF400...AF750 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC.
Control inputs
11.5 0.45"
283 11.14"
278 10.94"
268 10.55"
72 2.83"
63 2.48"
—
AF1250 ... AF2850 3-pole contactors
475 to 560 kW and 1260 to 2850 A AC-1
AC / DC operated with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AF1250 ... AF2050 contactors are mainly used for controlling power circuits up to 1000 V AC or
03
850 V DC, AF2650 and AF2850 for controlling power up to 1000 V AC. These contactors are of the
block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC)
• only 4 coils for AF1250 to cover control voltages between 48...500 V 50/60 Hz and 24...500 V DC
• only 1 coil for AF1350 ... AF2850 to cover control voltages between 100...250 V 50/60 Hz and
100...250 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
1SFC101092V0001
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
400 V θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1) (1 pce)
AC-3 690 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-1 (2)
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
- 1260 - 1210 - 24…60 2 2 AF1250-30-22 1SFL647001R6822 (1) 16.000
48…130 48…130 2 2 AF1250-30-22 1SFL647001R6922 16.000
100…250 100…250 2 2 AF1250-30-22 1SFL647001R7022 16.000
1SFC101032V0001
AF1250 ... AF2850 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC.
Control inputs
40 1.57"
27
ø 13 40 ø 13 40
1.06" 0.51" 1.57" 0.51" 1.57"
50 1.97" 17 0.67" 17 0.67" 17 0.67"
13 0.51"
27 72 2.83" ø 7 0.28" 13
30 1.18" 30 1.18" 40 1.57"
0.51"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
313 12.32"
263 10.35"
249 9.8"
312 12.3"
A
46.5 8 0.31"
1.57"
18.3"
40
—
AF400... AF2850 3-pole contactors with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
Contactors and main accessories
03
LW
Terminal
enlargement
VM CAL18-11B
Mechanical 2-pole auxiliary
block contact block
CAL18-11B
LT
2-pole auxiliary
Terminal shroud
contact block
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Contactor Main Available Side-mounted accessories Mechanical interlock units
types poles auxiliary Auxiliary contact blocks (between two contactors)
contacts
—
AF09 ... AF38 3-pole contactors
Technical data
—
AF40 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
Technical data
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96
Standards IEC 60947-1 / 60947-4-1 and EN 60947-1 / 60947-4-1
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 690 V 1000 V
Rated frequency (without derating) 50 / 60 Hz
Conventional free-air thermal current Ith
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, open contactors, θ ≤ 40 °C 105 A 105 A 105 A 130 A 130 A
With conductor cross-sectional area 35 mm² 35 mm² 35 mm² 50 mm² 50 mm²
AC-1 Utilization category
For air temperature close to contactor
Ie / Rated operational current AC-1 θ ≤ 40 °C 70 A 100 A 105 A 125 A 130 A
Ue max. ≤ 690 V, 50/60 Hz θ ≤ 60 °C 60 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 105 A
θ ≤ 70 °C 50 A 70 A 80 A 85 A 90 A
With conductor cross-sectional area 25 mm² 35 mm² 35 mm² 50 mm² 50 mm²
AC-3, AC-3e Utilization category
For air temperature close to contactor θ ≤ 60 °C
Ie / Max. rated operational current AC-3, AC-3e (1)
AC-3e Ue ≤ 690 V 220-230-240 V 40 A 53 A 65 A 80 A 105 A
380-400 V 40 A 53 A 65 A 80 A 105 A
415 V 40 A 53 A 65 A 80 A 96 A
M 440 V 40 A 53 A 65 A 80 A 96 A
3-phase motors
500 V 35 A 45 A 55 A 65 A 80 A
3
690 V 25 A 35 A 39 A 49 A 57 A
1000 V - - - 25 A 30A
Rated operational power AC-3, AC-3e (1)
AC-3e Ue ≤ 690 V 220-230-240 V 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 30 kW
380-400 V 18.5 kW 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 55 kW
415 V 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 45 kW 55 kW
1500 r.p.m. 50 Hz
M 440 V 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 45 kW 55 kW
1800 r.p.m. 60 Hz
500 V 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 45 kW 55 kW
3 3-phase motors
690 V 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 45 kW 55 kW
1000 V - - - 35 kW 40 kW
Rated making capacity AC-3, AC-3e 10 x Ie AC-3, 12 x Ie AC-3e acc. to IEC 60947-4-1
Rated breaking capacity AC-3, AC-3e 8 x Ie AC-3, 8.5 x Ie AC-3e acc. to IEC 60947-4-1
AC-8a Utilization category
(without thermal overload relay
Ue 400 V 50/60 Hz - θ ≤ 40 °C)
Ie / Rated operational current AC-8a 53 A 70 A 85 A 105 A 120 A
Rated operational power AC-8a 25 kW 37 kW 45 kW 55 kW 65 kW
Short-circuit protection device for contactors
without thermal overload relay - Motor protection excluded (2)
Ue ≤ 500 V AC - gG type fuse 100 A 125 A 160 A 160 A 200 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw 1 s 1000 A 1000 A 1000 A 1200 A 1200 A
at 40 °C ambient temperature, 10 s 600 A 600 A 600 A 780 A 780 A
in free air from a cold state 30 s 350 A 350 A 350 A 450 A 450 A
1 min 250 A 250 A 250 A 300 A 300 A
15 min 110 A 110 A 110 A 140 A 140 A
Maximum breaking capacity
cos φ = 0.45 at 440 V 950 A 950 A 950 A 1150 A 1150 A
at 690 V 600 A 600 A 600 A 750 A 750 A
Power dissipation per pole Ie / AC-1 3W 6.3 W 7W 7.6 W 8.2 W
Ie / AC-3, AC-3e 1W 1.7 W 2.7 W 3W 4.5 W
Max. electrical switching frequency AC-1 600 cycles/h
AC-3, AC-3e 1200 cycles/h
AC-2, AC-4 150 cycles/h
(1) For the corresponding kW/A or hp/A values of 1500 r.p.m, 50 Hz or 1800 r.p.m, 60 Hz, 3-phase motors, see "Motor rated operational powers and currents".
(2) For the protection of motor starters against short circuits, see "Coordination with short-circuit protection devices".
3/82 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF116 ... AF370 3-pole contactors
Technical data
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF116 AF140 AF146 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370
Standards IEC 60947-1 / 60947-4-1 and EN 60947-1 / 60947-4-1
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 690 V 690 V 1000 V 1000 V 1000 V 1000 V 1000 V 1000 V
Rated frequency (without derating) 50 / 60 Hz
Conventional free-air thermal current Ith
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, open contactors, θ ≤ 40 °C 160 A 200 A 225 A 275 A 350 A 400 A 500 A 600 A
With conductor cross-sectional area 70 mm² 95 mm² 95 mm² 150 mm² 240 mm² (3) 240 mm² 300 mm² (4) 2 x 185 mm² (4)
AC-1 Utilization category
For air temperature close to contactor
Ie / Rated operational current AC-1 θ ≤ 40 °C 160 A 200 A 225 A 275 A 350 A 400 A 500 A 600 A
Ue max. ≤ 690 V, 50/60 Hz θ ≤ 60 °C 145 A 175 A 200 A 250 A 300 A 350 A 400 A 500 A
θ ≤ 70 °C 130 A 160 A 175 A 200 A 240 A 290 A 325 A 400 A
Ie / Rated operational current AC-1 θ ≤ 40 °C – – 225 A 250 A 275 A 350 A 375 A 400 A
Ue max. ≤ 1000 V, 50/60 Hz θ ≤ 60 °C – – 200 A 225 A 250 A 300 A 325 A 350 A
θ ≤ 70 °C – – 175 A 185 A 200 A 240 A 260 A 290 A
With conductor cross-sectional area 70 mm² 95 mm² 95 mm² 150 mm² 240 mm² (3) 240 mm² 300 mm² (4) 2 x 185 mm² (4)
AC-3, AC-3e Utilization category
For air temperature close to contactor θ ≤ 60 °C
Ie / Max. rated operational current AC-3,
AC-3e (1)
220-230-240 V 116 A 140 A 146 A 190 A 205 A 265 A 305 A 370 A
380-400 V 116 A 140 A 146 A 190 A 205 A 265 A 305 A 370 A
415 V 116 A 140 A 146 A 190 A 205 A 265 A 305 A 370 A
M 3-phase motors 440 V 116 A 140 A 146 A 190 A 205 A 265 A 305 A 370 A
3 500 V 110 A 130 A 130 A 156 A 186 A 250 A 290 A 350 A
690 V 65 A 80 A 93 A 135 A 165 A 250 A 290 A 315 A
1000 V – – 60 A / 54 A 85 A 100 A 113 A 131 A 141 A
Rated operational power AC-3 (1)
220-230-240 V 30 kW 37 kW 45 kW 55 kW 55 kW 75 kW 90 kW 110 kW
380-400 V 55 kW 75 kW 75 kW 90 kW 110 kW 132 kW 160 kW 200 kW
1500 r.p.m. 50 Hz 415 V 55 kW 75 kW 75 kW 90 kW 110 kW 132 kW 160 kW 200 kW
M 1800 r.p.m. 60 Hz 440 V 75 kW 90 kW 90 kW 110 kW 132 kW 160 kW 160 kW 200 kW
3 3-phase motors 500 V 75 kW 90 kW 90 kW 110 kW 132 kW 160 kW 200 kW 250 kW
690 V 55 kW 75 kW 90 kW 132 kW 160 kW 200 kW 250 kW 315 kW
1000 V – – 75 kW 110 kW 132 kW 160 kW 185 kW 200 kW
Rated making capacity AC-3, AC-3e 10 x Ie AC-3, 12 x Ie AC-3e acc. to IEC 60947-4-1
Rated breaking capacity AC-3, AC-3e 8 x Ie AC-3, 8.5 x Ie AC-3e acc. to IEC 60947-4-1
Short-circuit protection device for contactors
without thermal overload relay - Motor protection excluded (2)
Ue ≤ 500 V AC - gG type fuse 250 A 315 A 315 A 355 A 400 A 500 A 500 A 630 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw 1s 1300 A 1460 A 1460 A 1900 A 2050 A 2650 A 3050 A 3700 A
at 40 °C ambient temperature, 10 s 928 A 1168 A 1168 A 1520 A 1640 A 2120 A 2440 A 2960 A
in free air from a cold state 30 s 536 A 674 A 674 A 878 A 947 A 1224 A 1409 A 1709 A
1 min 379 A 477 A 477 A 621 A 670 A 865 A 996 A 1208 A
15 min 160 A 200 A 225 A 275 A 350 A 400 A 500 A 600 A
Maximum breaking capacity
cos φ = 0.45 at 440 V 2000 A 3000 A 3000 A 3300 A 3500 A 3800 A 4600 A 5000 A
(cos φ = 0.35 for Ie > 100 A) at 690 V 1000 A 1500 A 1500 A 2200 A 2500 A 3300 A 3800 A 4000 A
Power dissipation per pole Ie / AC-1 12 W 18 W 23 W 15 W 25 W 32 W 50 W 72 W
Ie / AC-3 6W 9W 10 W 7W 8W 14 W 19 W 27 W
Maximum electrical switching frequency AC-1 300 cycles/h
AC-3 300 cycles/h
AC-2, AC-4 150 cycles/h
(1) For the corresponding kW/A or hp/A values of 1500 r.p.m, 50 Hz or 1800 r.p.m, 60 Hz, 3-phase motors, see "Motor rated operational powers and currents".
For AC-3e utilization category, please consult your ABB local sales organization. AC-3e is valid up to AF190.
(2) For the protection of motor starters against short circuits, see "Coordination with short-circuit protection devices".
(3) For currents above 275A use terminal enlargements or terminal extensions.
(4) For currents above 450A use terminal enlargements or terminal extensions.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/83
—
AF400 … AF750 3-pole contactors
Technical data
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750
Standards IEC 60947-1 / 60947-4-1 and EN 60947-1 / 60947-4-1
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 1000 V
Rated frequency (without derating) 50/60 Hz
Conventional free-air thermal current Ith
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, open contactors, θ ≤ 40 °C 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A
With conductor cross-sectional area (3) 2x185 mm² 2x240 mm² 2x240 mm² 800 mm² (4)
AC-1 Utilization category
For air temperature close to contactor
Ie / Rated operational current AC-1 θ ≤ 40 °C 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A
Ue max. ≤ 690 V, 50/60 Hz θ ≤ 55 °C 500 A 600 A 700 A 875 A
θ ≤ 70 °C 400 A 480 A 580 A 720 A
Ie / Rated operational current AC-1 θ ≤ 40 °C 600 A 700 A 800 A 1000 A
Ue max. ≤ 1000 V, 50/60 Hz θ ≤ 55 °C 500 A 600 A 700 A 875 A
θ ≤ 70 °C 400 A 480 A 580 A 720 A
With conductor cross-sectional area 2x185 mm² 2x240 mm² 2x240 mm² 800 mm² (4)
AC-3 Utilization category
For air temperature close to contactor θ ≤ 55 °C
Ie / Max. rated operational current AC-3 (1)
220-230-240 V 400 A 460 A 580 A 750 A
380-400 V 400 A 460 A 580 A 750 A
415 V 400 A 460 A 580 A 750 A
M 3-phase motors 440 V 400 A 460 A 580 A 750 A
3 500 V 400 A 460 A 580 A 750 A
690 V 350 A 400 A 500 A 650 A
1000 V 155 A 200 A 250 A 300 A
Rated operational power AC-3 (1)
220-230-240 V 110 kW 132 kW 160 kW 220 kW
380-400 V 200 kW 250 kW 315 kW 400 kW
1500 r.p.m. 50 Hz 415 V 220 kW 250 kW 355 kW 425 kW
M 1800 r.p.m. 60 Hz 440 V 220 kW 250 kW 355 kW 450 kW
3 3-phase motors 500 V 250 kW 315 kW 400 kW 520 kW
690 V 315 kW 355 kW 500 kW 600 kW
1000 V 220 kW 280 kW 355 kW 400 kW
Rated making capacity AC-3 10 x Ie AC-3 acc. to IEC 60947-4-1
Rated breaking capacity AC-3 8 x Ie AC-3 acc. to IEC 60947-4-1
Short-circuit protection device for contactors
without thermal overload relay
Motor protection excluded (2)
Ue ≤ 500 V AC - gG type fuse 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1000 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw 1s 4600 A 4600 A 7000 A 7000 A
at 40 °C ambient temperature, 10 s 4400 A 4400 A 6400 A 6400 A
in free air from a cold state 30 s 3100 A 3100 A 4500 A 4500 A
1 min 2500 A 2500 A 3500 A 3500 A
15 min 840 A 840 A 1300 A 1300 A
Maximum breaking capacity
cos φ = 0.45 at 440 V 4000 A 5000 A 6000 A 7500 A
(cos φ = 0.35 for Ie > 100 A) at 690 V 3500 A 4500 A 5000 A 7000 A
Power dissipation per pole Ie / AC-1 30 W 42 W 32 W 50 W
Ie / AC-3 16 W 21 W 17 W 28 W
Max. electrical switching AC-1 300 cycles/h 300 cycles/h
frequency AC-3 300 cycles/h 300 cycles/h
AC-2, AC-4 60 cycles/h 60 cycles/h
(1) For the corresponding kW/A or hp/A values of 1500 r.p.m, 50 Hz or 1800 r.p.m, 60 Hz, 3-phase motors, see "Motor rated operational powers and currents".
For AC-3e utilization category, please consult your ABB local sales organization.
(2) For the protection of motor starters against short circuits, see "Coordination with short-circuit protection devices".
(3) Conductors with preparation.
(4) Max. connection bar width 50 mm.
(5) Max. connection bar width 100 mm.
3/84 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF1250 … AF2850 3-pole contactors
Technical data
—
AF09 ... AF38 3-pole contactors
Technical data
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38
Standards UL 508, CSA C22.2 N°60947-4-1
Maximum operational voltage 600 V
NEMA size 00 0 – 1 – –
NEMA continuous amp rating Thermal current 9 A 18 A 27 A
NEMA maximum horse power ratings
1-phase, 60 Hz 115 V AC 1/3 hp 1 hp 2 hp
230 V AC 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp
NEMA maximum horse power ratings
3-phase, 60 Hz 200 V AC 1-1/2 hp 3 hp 7-1/2 hp
230 V AC 1-1/2 hp 3 hp 7-1/2 hp
460 V AC 2 hp 5 hp 10 hp
575 V AC 2 hp 5 hp 10 hp
UL / CSA general use rating
600 V AC 25 A 28 A 30 A 45 A 50 A 50 A
With conductor cross-sectional area AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 8 AWG 8 AWG 8
1 pole 80 V DC 25 A 28 A 30 A 45 A 50 A 50 A
2 poles in serie 160 V DC 25 A 28 A 30 A 45 A 50 A 50 A
3 poles in serie 240 V DC 25 A 28 A 30 A 45 A 50 A 50 A
With conductor cross-sectional area AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 8 AWG 8 AWG 8
UL / CSA maximum 1-phase motor rating
Full load current 120 V AC 13.8 A 16 A 20 A 24 A 24 A 24 A
240 V AC 10 A 12 A 17 A 17 A 28 A 28 A
Horse power rating 120 V AC 3/4 hp 1 hp 1-1/2 hp 2 hp 2 hp 2 hp
240 V AC 1-1/2 hp 2 hp 3 hp 3 hp 5 hp 5 hp
UL / CSA maximum 3-phase motor rating
Full load current (1) 200-208 V AC 7.8 A 11 A 17.5 A 25.3 A 32.2 A 32.2 A
220-240 V AC 6.8 A 9.6 A 15.2 A 22 A 28 A 28 A
440-480 V AC 7.6 A 11 A 14 A 21 A 27 A 34 A (3)
550-600 V AC 9A 11 A 17 A 22 A 27 A (2) 32 A (3)
Horse power rating (1) 200-208 V AC 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 10 hp
220-240 V AC 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 10 hp
440-480 V AC 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp 25 hp (3)
550-600 V AC 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp 25 hp (2) 30 hp (3)
UL / CSA - DC motor starting - 3 poles in series
Full Load Amps (FLA) 125 V DC 9.5 A 13.2 A 17 A 25 A 25 A 25 A
250 V DC 8.5 A 12.2 A 12.2 A 20 A 29 A 29 A
Horse power rating 125 V DC 1 hp 1-1/2 hp 2 hp 3 hp 3 hp 3 hp
250 V DC 2 hp 3 hp 3 hp 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 7-1/2 hp
Short-circuit protection device for contactors
without thermal overload relay - Motor protection excluded
High fault current 100 kA
Fuse rating 30 A 30 A 60 A 60 A 100 A 100 A
Fuse type, 600 V J
Max. electrical switching frequency
For general use 600 cycles/h
For motor use 1200 cycles/h
(1) For the corresponding kW/A or hp/A values of 1500 r.p.m, 50 Hz or 1800 r.p.m, 60 Hz, 3-phase motors, see “Motor rated operational powers and currents”.
(2) For contactors produced since week 49-2011.
(3) For contactors produced since week 36-2014.
3/86 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF40 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
Technical data
—
AF116 ... AF370 3-pole contactors
Technical data
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF116 AF140 AF146 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370
Standards UL 60947-1 / 60947-4-1A and CSA 60947-1 / 60947-4-1A
Maximum operational voltage 600 V 1000 V
NEMA size – 4 – – – 5 – –
NEMA continuous amp rating Thermal current – 135 A – – – 270 A – –
NEMA maximum horse power ratings
1-phase, 60 Hz 115 V AC – – – – – – – –
230 V AC – – – – – – – –
NEMA maximum horse power ratings
3-phase, 60 Hz 200 V AC – 40 hp – – – 75 hp – –
230 V AC – 50hp – – – 100 hp – –
460 V AC – 100 hp – – – 200 hp – –
575 V AC – 100 hp – – – 200 hp – –
UL / CSA general use rating
600 V AC 160 A 200 A 275 A 300 A 350 A 400 A 520 A
1000 V AC – – 200 A 250 A 275 A 300 A 350 A 400 A
With conductor cross-sectional area AWG 2/0 AWG 3/0 AWG 3/0 MCM 250 MCM 350 (2) MCM 500 2//AWG 3/0 2//MCM 300
UL / CSA maximum 1-phase motor rating
Full load current 120 V AC – – – – – – – –
240 V AC – – – – – – – –
Horse power rating 120 V AC – – – – – – – –
240 V AC – – – – – – – –
UL / CSA maximum 3-phase motor rating
Full load current (1) 200-208 V AC 92 A 120 A 120 A 150 A 177 A 221 A 285 A 359 A
220-240 V AC 104 A 130 A 130 A 154 A 192 A 248 A 312 A 360 A
440-480 V AC 96 A 124 A 124 A 156 A 180 A 240 A 302 A 361 A
550-600 V AC 99 A 125 A 125 A 144 A 192 A 242 A 289 A 336 A
Horse power rating (1) 200-208 V AC 30 hp 40 hp 40 hp 50 hp 60 hp 75 hp 100 hp 125 hp
220-240 V AC 40 hp 50 hp 50 hp 60 hp 75 hp 100 hp 125 hp 150 hp
440-480 V AC 75 hp 100 hp 100 hp 125 hp 150 hp 200 hp 250 hp 300 hp
550-600 V AC 100 hp 125 hp 125 hp 150 hp 200 hp 250 hp 300 hp 350 hp
Short-circuit protection device for contactors
without thermal overload relay - Motor protection excluded
High fault current 100 kA
Fuse rating 225 A 250 A 400 A 500 A 600 A
Fuse type, 600 V J
Maximum electrical switching frequency
For general use 300 cycles/h
For motor use 300 cycles/h
(1) For the corresponding kW/A or hp/A values of 1500 r.p.m, 50 Hz or 1800 r.p.m, 60 Hz, 3-phase motors, see "Motor rated operational powers and currents".
(2) For conductor cross-sectional area above MCM 300 use terminal enlargements LW205.
3/88 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF400 ... AF750 3-pole contactors
Technical data
—
AF1250 ... AF2850 3-pole contactors
Technical data
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050 AF2650 AF2850
Standards UL 60947-1 / 60947-4-1 and CSA C 22.2 N°60947-1 / 60947-4-1
Maximum operational voltage 1 0 00 V
NEMA size – – 8 – – –
NEMA maximum horse power ratings
1-phase, 60 Hz 115 V AC –
230 V AC –
NEMA maximum horse power ratings
3-phase, 60 Hz 200 V AC – – – – – –
230 V AC 300 hp – 450 hp – – –
460 V AC 600 hp – 900 hp – – –
575 V AC 600 hp – 900 hp – – –
UL / CSA general use rating
1000 V AC 1210 A 1350 A 1650 A 2100 A 2700 A 2850 A
3 poles in serie 600 V DC 1210 A – – – – –
UL / CSA maximum 1-phase motor rating
Full load current 120 V AC – – – – – –
240 V AC – – – – – –
Horse power rating 120 V AC – – – – – –
240 V AC – – – – – –
UL / CSA maximum 3-phase motor rating
Full load current (1) 200-208 V AC – 954 A 1030 A – – –
220-240 V AC – 954 A 1030 A – – –
440-480 V AC – 954 A 1030 A – – –
550-600 V AC – 944 A 1050 A – – –
Horse power rating (1) 200-208 V AC – – – – – –
220-240 V AC – 400 hp 450 hp – – –
440-480 V AC – 800 hp 900 hp – – –
550-600 V AC – 1000 hp 1150 hp – – –
Short-circuit protection device for contactors
without thermal overload relay - Motor protection excluded
Fuse rating 1200 A Please consult us for coordination
Fuse type, 600 V L with circuit-breaker
Maximum electrical switching frequency
For general use 300 cycles/h 60 cycles/h 15 cycles/h 15 cycles/h
For motor use 300 cycles/h 60 cycles/h – –
(1) For the corresponding kW/A or hp/A values of 1500 r.p.m, 50 Hz or 1800 r.p.m, 60 Hz, 3-phase motors, see “Motor rated operational
powers and currents”.
3/90 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF09 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
Technical data
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96
HVAC application - UL / CSA
Definite purpose heating rating - 3-phase
Full Load Amps (FLA) 20 A 25 A 30 A 45 A 50 A 50 A 60 A 80 A 90 A 105 A 115 A
Locked Rotor Amps (LRA) 200-208 V AC 120 A 150 A 180 A 270 A 300 A 300 A 360 A 480 A 540 A 630 A 690 A
220-240 V AC 120 A 150 A 180 A 270 A 300 A 300 A 360 A 480 A 540 A 630 A 690 A
440-480 V AC 120 A 150 A 180 A 270 A 300 A 300 A 360 A 480 A 540 A 630 A 690 A
550-600 V AC 80 A 100 A 120 A 180 A 200 A 200 A 240 A 320 A 360 A 420 A 460 A
Definite purpose air conditioning rating - 3-phase
Full Load Amps (FLA) 20 A 25 A 30 A 45 A 50 A 50 A 60 A 80 A 90 A 105 A 115 A
Locked Rotor Amps (LRA) 200-208 V AC 120 A 150 A 180 A 270 A 300 A 300 A 360 A 480 A 540 A 630 A 690 A
220-240 V AC 120 A 150 A 180 A 270 A 300 A 300 A 360 A 480 A 540 A 630 A 690 A
440-480 V AC 120 A 150 A 180 A 270 A 300 A 300 A 360 A 480 A 540 A 630 A 690 A
550-600 V AC 80 A 100 A 120 A 180 A 200 A 200 A 240 A 320 A 360 A 420 A 460 A
AC Resistance air heating
Full Load Amps (FLA) 600 V AC 20 A 25 A 30 A 45 A 50 A 50 A 65 A 80 A 90 A 105 A 115 A
Elevator control, load switching, 500 000 electrical operating
cycles
acc. to CSA B44.1 / ASME 17.5 paragraph 19.2.1
1-phase
Horse power rating 110-120 V AC 1/4 hp 1/3 hp (1) 1-1/2 hp 2 hp 2 hp 3 hp 3 hp 3 hp 5 hp 5 hp
220-240 V AC 1/2 hp 3/4 hp (1) 3 hp 3 hp 5 hp 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 10 hp 10 hp
3-phase
Horse power rating 200-208 V AC 1 hp 2 hp (1) 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 10 hp 15 hp 15 hp 15 hp
220-240 V AC 1 hp 2 hp (1) 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp 20 hp 20 hp
440-480 V AC 3 hp 5 hp (1) 15 hp 20 hp 20 hp 25 hp 30 hp 40 hp 40 hp 40 hp
550-600 V AC 3 hp 5 hp (1) 15 hp 20 hp 20 hp 30 hp 40 hp 40 hp 50 hp 50 hp
Elevator control, 500 000 mechanical operating cycles,
5 electrical operating cycles
acc. to CSA B44.1 / ASME 17.5 paragraph 19.2.2
1-phase
Horse power rating 110-120 V AC 3/4 hp 1 hp 1-1/2 hp 2 hp 2 hp 3 hp 3 hp 3 hp 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 7-1/2 hp
220-240 V AC 1-1/2 hp 2 hp 3 hp 3 hp 5 hp 7.5 hp 7-1/2 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp
3-phase
Horse power rating 200-208 V AC 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 10 hp 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp 25 hp 30 hp
220-240 V AC 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp 25 hp 30 hp 30 hp
440-480 V AC 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp 25 hp 30 hp 40 hp 50 hp 60 hp 60 hp
550-600 V AC 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp 25 hp 30 hp 40 hp 50 hp 60 hp 75 hp 75 hp
Lighting application - UL / CSA
Tungsten lamps
1-phase per pole 347 V AC 20 A 25 A 30 A 45 A 50 A 50 A 65 A 80 A 90 A 105 A 115 A
3-phase break all lines 600 V AC 20 A 25 A 30 A 45 A 50 A 50 A 65 A 80 A 90 A 105 A 115 A
Electrical discharge lamps (ballast)
1-phase per pole 347 V AC 20 A 25 A 30 A 45 A 50 A 50 A 65 A 80 A 90 A 105 A 115 A
3-phase break all lines 600 V AC 20 A 25 A 30 A 45 A 50 A 50 A 65 A 80 A 90 A 105 A 115 A
(1) 3-pole AF16 cannot be used. Select 4-pole non-reversing contactor AF16..-40-..
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/91
—
AF116 ... AF370 3-pole contactors
Technical data
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF116 AF140 AF146 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370
HVAC application - UL / CSA
Definite purpose heating rating - 3-phase
Full Load Amps (FLA) 116 A 125 A 160 A 200 A 250 A 300 A 350 A 520 A
Locked Rotor Amps (LRA) 200-208 V AC 800 A 875 A 1050 A 1400 A 1500 A 2100 A 2450 A 3120 A
220-240 V AC 800 A 875 A 1050 A 1400 A 1500 A 2100 A 2450 A 3120 A
440-480 V AC 800 A 875 A 1050 A 1400 A 1500 A 2100 A 2450 A 3120 A
550-600 V AC 800 A 875 A 1050 A 1400 A 1500 A 2100 A 2450 A 3120 A
Definite purpose air conditioning rating - 3-phase
Full Load Amps (FLA) 116 A 125 A 160 A 200 A 250 A 300 A 350 A 520 A
Locked Rotor Amps (LRA) 200-208 V AC 800 A 875 A 1050 A 1400 A 1500 A 2100 A 2450 A 3120 A
220-240 V AC 800 A 875 A 1050 A 1400 A 1500 A 2100 A 2450 A 3120 A
440-480 V AC 800 A 875 A 1050 A 1400 A 1500 A 2100 A 2450 A 3120 A
550-600 V AC 800 A 875 A 1050 A 1400 A 1500 A 2100 A 2450 A 3120 A
AC Resistance air heating
Full Load Amps (FLA) 600 V AC 160 A 200 A 200 A 250 A 300 A 400 A 450 A 520 A
Elevator control, load switching, 500 000 electrical operating
cycles
acc. to CSA B44.1 / ASME 17.5 paragraph 19.2.1
3-phase
Horse power rating 200-208 V AC 15 hp 15 hp 15 hp 20 hp 30 hp 40 hp 40 hp 50 hp
220-240 V AC 20 hp 20 hp 20 hp 25 hp 30 hp 40 hp 50 hp 60 hp
440-480 V AC 40 hp 40 hp 40 hp 60 hp 75 hp 100 hp 100 hp 125 hp
550-600 V AC 50 hp 50 hp 50 hp 75 hp 100 hp 125 hp 150 hp 150 hp
Elevator control, 500 000 mechanical operating cycles,
5 electrical operating cycles
acc. to CSA B44.1 / ASME 17.5. paragraph 19.2.2
3-phase
Horse power rating 200-208 V AC 30 hp 40 hp 40 hp 50 hp 60 hp 75 hp 100 hp 125 hp
220-240 V AC 40 hp 50 hp 50 hp 60 hp 75 hp 100 hp 125 hp 150 hp
440-480 V AC 75 hp 100 hp 100 hp 125 hp 150 hp 200 hp 250 hp 300 hp
550-600 V AC 100 hp 125 hp 125 hp 150 hp 200 hp 250 hp 300 hp 350 hp
Lighting application - UL / CSA
Tungsten lamps
1-phase per pole 347 V AC – – – – – – – –
3-phase break all lines 600 V AC – – – – – – – –
Electrical discharge lamps (ballast)
1-phase per pole 347 V AC 160 A 200 A 200 A 250 A 300 A 400 A 450 A 520 A
3-phase break all lines 600 V AC 160 A 200 A 200 A 250 A 300 A 400 A 450 A 520 A
3/92 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF09 ... AF38 3-pole contactors
Technical data
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
—
AF09 ... AF38 3-pole contactors
Technical data
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38
Coil operating limits AC supply At θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85 x Uc min...1.1 x Uc max.
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 At θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min...Uc max.
DC supply At θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85 x Uc min...1.1 x Uc max.
At θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min...Uc max.
AC control voltage 50/60 Hz
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24...500 V AC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 50 VA
Average holding value 2.2 VA / 2 W
DC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 20...500 V DC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 50 W
Average holding value 2 W
PLC-output control Not suitable for direct control by PLC output
Drop-out voltage ≤ 60 % of Uc min.
Voltage sag immunity –
acc. to SEMI F47-0706
Dips withstand –
-20 °C ≤ θ ≤ +60 °C
Operating time
Between coil energization and: N.O. contact closing 40...95 ms
N.C. contact opening 38...90 ms
Between coil de-energization and: N.O. contact opening 11...95 ms
N.C. contact closing 13...98 ms
Magnet system characteristics for AF09Z ... AF38Z 24 DC operated - designed for PLC - coil 30
Contactor types DC operated AF09Z AF12Z AF16Z AF26Z AF30Z AF38Z
Coil operating limits DC supply At θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85...1.1 x Uc
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 At θ ≤ 70 °C Uc
DC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24 V DC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 6 W
Average holding value 1.7 W
PLC-output control ≥ 250 mA 24 V DC for PLCs and safety PLCs using broken wire detection
Drop-out voltage ≤ 60 % of Uc min.
Operating time
Between coil energization and: N.O. contact closing 27...53 ms
N.C. contact opening 20...35 ms
Between coil de-energization and: N.O. contact opening 17...29 ms
N.C. contact closing 22...57 ms
Magnet system characteristics for AF09Z ... AF38Z for specific applications - coils 20, 21, 22, 23
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF09Z AF12Z AF16Z AF26Z AF30Z AF38Z
Coil operating limits AC supply At θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85 x Uc min...1.1 x Uc max.
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 At θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min...Uc max.
DC supply At θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min...1.1 x Uc max.
AC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24...250 V AC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 16 VA
Average holding value 1.7 VA / 1.5 W
DC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 12...250 V DC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 12...16 W
Average holding value 1.7 W
PLC-output control (AF..Z coil 21) ≥ 500 mA 24 V DC for PLCs - not suitable for safety PLCs
Drop-out voltage ≤ 60 % of Uc min.
Voltage sag immunity (AF..Z coil 21, 22, 23) conditions of use on request
acc. to SEMI F47-0706
Dips withstand (AF..Z coil 21, 22, 23) 20 ms average for Uc ≥ 24 V 50/60 Hz or Uc ≥ 20 V DC
-20 °C ≤ θ ≤ +60 °C
Operating time
Between coil energization and: N.O. contact closing 40...95 ms
N.C. contact opening 38...90 ms
Between coil de-energization and: N.O. contact opening 11...95 ms
N.C. contact closing 13...98 ms
3/94 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF40 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
Technical data
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
—
AF40 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
Technical data
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96
Rated insulation voltage Ui
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 690 V 1000 V
acc. to UL / CSA 600 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. 6 kV 8 kV
Electromagnetic compatibility Devices complying with IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 - Environment A and B
Pollution degree 3
Ambient air temperature close to contactor
Operation Fitted with thermal overload relay -40...+70 °C
Without thermal overload relay -40...+70 °C
Storage -60...+80 °C
Climatic withstand Category B according to IEC 60947-1 Annex Q
Maximum operating altitude (without derating) 3000 m
Mechanical durability
Number of operating cycles 10 millions operating cycles
Max. switching frequency 3600 cycles/h
Shock withstand
acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 and EN 60068-2-27
Mounting position 1
C1 Shock direction 1/2 sinusoidal shock for 11 ms: no change in contact position, closed or open position
A 25 g
A A B1 B2 B1 25 g closed position / 5 g open position
B2 15 g
C1 25 g
C2 C2 25 g
Vibration withstand 5...300 Hz
acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 3 g closed position / 3 g open position
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
—
AF400 ... AF750 3-pole contactors
Technical data
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
—
AF1250 ... AF2850 3-pole contactors
Technical data
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050 AF2650 AF2850
Rated insulation voltage Ui
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1
acc. to UL / CSA 1000 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp.
Electromagnetic compatibility
Pollution degree 3
Ambient air temperature close to contactor
Operation Fitted with electronic overload relay -25 to +70 °C
Without electronic overload relay -40 to +70 °C
Storage -40 to +70 °C
Climatic withstand Category B according to IEC 60947-1 Annex Q
Maximum operating altitude (without derating) 3000 m
Mechanical durability
Number of operating cycles 0.5 million operating cycles 0.3 million operating cycles
Max. switching frequency 300 cycles/h 60 cycles/h
Shock withstand
acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 and EN 60068-2-27
Mounting position 1
C1 Shock direction
A 5g –
ABB
A A B1 B2 B1 5g –
B2 5g –
C1 5g –
C2
C2 5g –
Vibration withstand
acc to IEC 60068-2-6 0.7 g closed position / 0.7 g open position 13.2…100 Hz
Magnet system characteristics
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050 AF2650 AF2850
Coil operating limits AC supply
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 DC supply
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 100...250 V AC or DC
Coil consumption
AC control voltage 50/60 Hz
48...130 V AC Average pull-in value 1100 VA -
Average holding value 12 VA -
100...250 V AC Average pull-in value 880 VA 2450 VA
Average holding value 12 VA 48 VA
250 … 500 V AC Average pull-in value 985 VA -
Average holding value 12 VA -
DC control voltage
24...60 V DC Average pull-in value 785 W -
Average holding value 5.5 W -
48...130 V DC Average pull-in value 1020 W -
Average holding value 5W -
100...250 V DC Average pull-in value 880 W 2290 W
Average holding value 5W 20.5 W
250 … 500 V DC Average pull-in value 910 W -
Average holding value 7.5 W -
Drop-out voltage 55 % of Uc min.
Voltage sag immunity
acc. to SEMI F47 Conditions of use on request
Dips withstand ≥ 20 ms
Operating time
Coil supply between A1 - A2
Between coil energization and: Main contact closing 50…120 ms 50…80 ms
Between coil de-energization and: Main contact opening 33…70 ms 35…55 ms
Control input for PLC's
Between coil energization and: Main contact closing 40...90 ms 40…65 ms
Between coil de-energization and: Main contact opening 10…30 ms 10…30 ms
Mounting characteristics and conditions for use
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050 AF2650 AF2850
Mounting positions Pos. 2 +30° -30°
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
—
AF09 ... AF38 3-pole contactors
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
03
—
AF40 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96
Main terminals
Screw terminals with double connector Screw terminals with double connector
2 x (9.3 width x 7.9/10.3 depth) 2 x (12.4 width x 9.3/11.1 depth)
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Main conductors (poles)
Rigid Stranded (≥ 6 mm²) 1x 6...35 mm² 6...70 mm²
2x 6...35 mm² 6...50 mm²
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 4...35 mm² 6...50 mm²
2x 4...35 mm² 6...50 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 4...35 mm² 6...50 mm²
2 x 4...35 mm² 6...50 mm²
L Bars or lugs L < 9.2 mm 12.2 mm
6
—
AF116 ... AF370 3-pole contactors
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF116 AF140 AF146 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370
Main terminals 13 17.5 19.5
3 5 5
Flat type
10
7
14.3
ø 6.5 ø 8.5 ø 10.5
—
AF400 ... AF750 3-pole contactors
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750
Main terminals 40
22.5
Flat type 25 6
6
22.5
ø 6.5 ø 12.5
ø 10.5 ø 6.5
AF580
AF750
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Main conductors (poles)
Cu cable - Stranded 2 x 240 mm² –
Clamp type 1SDA013922R1 –
Tightening torque 35 Nm –
Cu cable - Stranded 3x – 185 mm²
Clamp type – 1SDA013956R1
Tightening torque 35 Nm 45 Nm
Al cable - Stranded 2 x 240 mm² –
Clamp type 1SDA013922R1 –
Tightening torque 35 Nm –
3x – 185 mm²
Clamp type – 1SDA013956R1
Tightening torque 35 Nm 45 Nm
Lugs
ø L L ≤ 47 mm 50 mm
Ø > 10 mm 12 mm
Tightening torque 35 Nm / 310 Ib.in 45 Nm / 398 lb.in
Connection capacity acc. to UL / CSA 2 x 250-500 MCM alt. 2/0 AWG- –
500 MCM
Clamp type K6TH alt. ATK580 –
Tightening torque 275 Ib.in –
Connection capacity acc. to UL / CSA 3 x 2/0 AWG-400 MCM 2/0 AWG-500 MCM
Clamp type K6TJ ATK750/3
Tightening torque 275 Ib.in 375 Ib.in
Auxiliary conductors
(coil terminals)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 1...4 mm²
2x 1...4 mm²
Flexible 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2 x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Lugs
l L
L ≤ 8 mm
l > 3.7 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL / CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18...14
Tightening torque Recommended 1.00 Nm / 9 lb.in
Max. 1.20 Nm
Degree of protection
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529
Main terminals IP00
Coil terminals IP20
Screw terminals
Main terminals M10 M12
Screws and bolts
Coil terminals (delivered in open position) M3.5
—
AF1250 ... AF2850 3-pole contactors
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
03
17
17
40
17
15.5
30
ø 13 ø 13
40
30
25
10
ø 13
10
ø 13
13
AF1250 AF1350, AF1650 AF2050 AF2650, AF2850
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Main conductors (poles)
Cu cable - Stranded 2x –
Clamp type –
Tightening torque –
Cu cable - Stranded 3x –
Clamp type –
Tightening torque –
Al cable - Stranded 2x –
Clamp type –
Tightening torque –
3x –
Clamp type –
Tightening torque –
Lugs
ø L L ≤ 50 mm 100 mm
Ø > 12 mm
Tightening torque 45 Nm / 398 lb.in
Connection capacity acc. to UL / CSA 2 x 2// 3 x 0.25 in 4/0 AWG - 500 MCM 4//4 x 0.25 in
—
AF09 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
Technical data
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 690 V
Rated frequency (without derating) 50 / 60 Hz
Conventional free air thermal current Ith - θ ≤ 40 °C 16 A
Ie / Rated operational current AC-15
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24-127 V 50/60 Hz 6A
220-240 V 50/60 Hz 4A
400-440 V 50/60 Hz 3A
500 V 50/60 Hz 2A
690 V 50/60 Hz 2A
Making capacity AC-15 10 x Ie AC-15 acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
Breaking capacity AC-15 10 x Ie AC-15 acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24 V DC 6 A / 144 W
48 V DC 2.8 A / 134 W
72 V DC 1 A / 72 W
110 V DC 0.55 A / 60 W
125 V DC 0.55 A / 69 W
220 V DC 0.27 A / 60 W
250 V DC 0.27 A / 68 W
400 V DC 0.15 A / 60 W
500 V DC 0.13 A / 65 W
600 V DC 0.1 A / 60 W
Short-circuit protection device gG type fuse 10 A
Conditional short-circuit current 1 kA
Rated short-time withstand current Icw for 1.0 s 100 A
for 0.1 s 140 A
Minimum switching capacity 12 V / 3 mA
with failure rate acc. to IEC 60947-5-4 10 -7
Non-overlapping time between N.O. and N.C. contacts ≥ 2 ms
Power dissipation per pole at 6 A 0.1 W
Max. electrical switching frequency AC-15 1200 cycles/h
DC-13 900 cycles/h
Mechanically linked contacts Built-in N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts and additional N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA4, CAL4, CAT4 aux. contact blocks)
acc. to annex L of IEC 60947-5-1 are mechanically linked contacts.
Mirror contacts Built-in N.C. auxiliary contacts or additional N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA4, CAL4, CAT4 aux. contact blocks) are mirror
acc. to annex F of IEC 60947-4-1 contacts.
—
3-pole contactors
Electrical durability and utilization categories
03
General
Utilization categories determine the current making and breaking conditions relating to the characteristics of the loads to
be controlled by the contactors. International standard IEC 60947-4-1 and European standard EN 60947-4-1 are the
standards to be referred to.
If Ic is the current to be broken by the contactor and Ie the rated operational current normally drawn by the load, then:
• Categories AC-1 and AC-3: ....... Ic = Ie
• Category AC-2: ........................... Ic = 2.5 x Ie
• Category AC-4: ........................... Ic = 6 x Ie
Generally speaking Ic = m x Ie where m is a multiple of the load operational current.
On next pages, the curves corresponding to categories AC-1, AC-3 and AC-4 represent the electrical durability variation of
standard contactors in relation to the breaking current Ic.
Electrical durability is expressed in millions of operating cycles.
Electrical durability forecast and contactor selection for mixed duty motor control: AC-3 (Ic = Ie) type switching off while
"motor running" and, occasionally, AC-4 (Ic = 6 x Ie) type switching off while "motor accelerating"
• Note the characteristics of the motor to be controlled:
- Operational voltage .................................................................... Ue
- Current normally drawn while "motor running" ...................... Ie (Ue / Ie / kW relation for motors, see "Motor rated operational
powers and currents")
- Breaking current for AC-3 .......................................................... Ic = Ie
- Breaking current for AC-4 while "motor accelerating"........ Ic = 6 x Ie
- Percentage of AC-4 operating cycles ..................................... K (on the basis of the total number of operating cycles)
• Define the total number of operating cycles N required.
• Note the smallest contactor rating compatible for AC-3 (Ue / Ie) on Main pole utilization characteristic table (see “Technical data”).
• For the selected contactor make a note of the following in relation to the voltage using diagram AC-3 in next pages:
- The number of operating cycles A for Ic = Ie (AC-3)
- The number of operating cycles B for Ic = 6 x Ie (AC-4)
• Calculate the estimated number of cycles N’ (N’ is always below A)
A
N'=
1 + 0.01 K (A/B - 1)
• If N' is too low in relation to the target N, calculate the estimated number of cycles for a higher contactor rating.
—
3-pole contactors
Electrical durability
03
Switching non-inductive or slightly inductive loads. The breaking current Ic for AC-1 is equal to the rated operational current
of the load.
Ambient temperature and maximum electrical switching frequency: see "Technical data".
AF1250, AF1350,
AF1650, AF2050:
Millions of
* * The electrical durability
8
6
operating
F3
F9
0
AF 0
AF 0
0
,A
,A
at the rated current is
75
40
58
46
cycles
AF 6
0
AF 5
AF 65
AF 5
0
09
16
26
30
40
52
65
80
11
14
14
19
20
30
37
12
AF
AF
2
50000 operating cycles.
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
10
3 9
7
5
3
1
2 9
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
0.3 9
7
5
3
1
0.2
1 3 5 7 9 1 59 1 3 5 7 9
1 3 579 1 5 9
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.1
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000
26.5 Breaking current Ic (A)
Note: * For AF580 and AF750 contacts needs to be replaced after 750k operations.
Example:
Ic / AC-1 = 26.5 A – Electrical durability required = 2 millions operating cycles.
Using the AC-1 curves above select the AF26 contactor at intersection " " (26.5 A / 2 millions operating cycles).
3/106 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
3-pole contactors
Electrical durability
03
AF1350, AF1650:
Millions of
6
The electrical durability
14
38
96
19 AF
operating * *
AF
AF
at the rated current is
AF 0,
6
AF 0
AF 05
AF 5
AF 5
0
0
AF 00
,
,
cycles
16
09
12
26
40
52
65
11
14
26
30
37
30
80
46
58
75
50000 operating cycles.
4
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
10
3 9
7
5
3
2 9
1
1.8 7
5
3
1
1
0.5
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 5 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.3
1 3 579
1 3 5 7 9 1 5 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.2
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000
55
Breaking current Ic (A)
Note: * For AF580 and AF750 contacts needs to be replaced after 750k operations.
Example:
Motor power 30 kW for AC-3 - Ue = 400 V and Ie = 55 A utilization – Electrical durability required = 1.8 million operating cycles.
For AC-3: Ic = Ie. Select the AF65 contactor at intersection " " (55 A / 1.8 million operating cycles) on the curves
(AC-3 - Ue ≤ 440 V).
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/107
—
3-pole contactors
Electrical durability
03
Electrical durability for AC-3 utilization category - 440 V < Ue ≤ 690 V.
Switching cage motors: starting and switching off running motors. The breaking current Ic for AC-3 is equal to the rated
operational current Ie (Ie = motor full load current).
Ambient temperature and maximum electrical switching frequency: see "Technical data".
Millions of
operating AF1350, AF1650:
cycles The electrical durability at
* * the rated current is 50000
AF 6
AF 0
6
AF 0
AF 5
AF 5
5
40 0
AF 2
16
AF F30
AF 80
26
40
AF 2
65
11
14
14
19
20
26
30
AF 37
09
AF 0
AF 0
AF 0
0
AF
38
96
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
operating cycles.
AF
46
58
75
A
10
3 9
7
5
3
1
2 9
7
1.5 5
3
1
1
0.5
1 3 5 7 9 1 5 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.3
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 579 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 579
1 3 5 7 9
0.2
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000
140 Breaking current Ic (A)
Note: * For AF580 and AF750 contacts needs to be replaced after 750k operations.
Example:
Motor power 132 kW for AC-3 - Ue = 660 V and Ie = 140 A utilization – Electrical durability required = 1.5 million operating cycles.
For AC-3: Ic = Ie. Select the AF265 contactor at intersection " " (140 A / 1.5 million operating cycles) on the curves
(AC-3 - 440 V < Ue ≤ 690 V).
3/108 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
3-pole contactors
Electrical durability
Ambient temperature ≤ 60 °C for AF09 ... AF370, ≤ 55 °C for AF400 ... AF1650
Switching cage motors: starting, reverse operation and step-by-step operation. The breaking current Ic is equal to 2.5 x Ie
for AC-2 and 6 x Ie for AC-4, keeping in mind that Ie is the motor rated operational current (Ie = motor full-load current).
Millions of
AF ,
40 38
* *
20 0
5
14
6
AF 19
AF 26
operating
AF AF
F9
AF 52
6 AF
37 5
AF
AF 0
5
0
AF 0
AF 0
AF 30
,
,A
58
26
75
30
46
12
16
40
09
AF
cycles
AF 5
14 6,
0
6
80
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF F11
A
10
3
2 9
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
0.3
0.2 9
7
5
3
1
0.1
0.05
0.03
0.02 9
7
5
3 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
1
0.01
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.005
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 5000
Breaking current Ic (A)
Note: * For AF580 and AF750 contacts needs to be replaced after 750k operations.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/109
—
3-pole contactors
Electrical durability
03
Electrical durability for AC-2 or AC-4 utilization category - 440 V < Ue ≤ 690 V
Ambient temperature ≤ 60 °C for AF09 ... AF370, ≤ 55 °C for AF400 ... AF750
Switching cage motors: starting, reverse operation and step-by-step operation. The breaking current Ic is equal to 2.5 x Ie
for AC-2 and 6 x Ie for AC-4, keaping in mind tha Ie is the motor rated operational current (Ie = motor full load current). Maxi-
mum electrical switching frequency: see "Technical data".
Millions of
AF AF1 116
operating
AF
14 40
cycles
46 0
AF 6
0
AF F40
19
20
*
AF 305 5
96
AF 0
AF
A
AF F2
*
AF 580
AF
09
12
16
26
30
AF 38
0
,
40
52
65
80
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
75
0
AF
AF
AF
37
10
3
2 9
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
0.3
0.2 9
7
5
3
1
0.1
0.05
0.03
0.02 9
7
5
3
1
0.01 1 3 5 7 9
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.005
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 5000
Breaking current Ic (A)
Note: * For AF580 and AF750 contacts needs to be replaced after 750k operations.
—
For direct product details information, use product type or order code, ex:
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SBL137001R1310
—
Push-in Spring
motor starting solution
—
Just push it
Push-in Spring motor starting solution
03
With the new Push-in Spring motor starting solution, one push is all you need for
extremely fast wiring. No tool is required, so you can save up to 50% wiring time
with Push-in Spring compared to conventional spring solutions. And the connections
are just as reliable. So for speed, ease and reliability, just push it.
Easy to install
Easier than ever wiring
Push-in Spring technology opens up new possibilities. With its unmatched
ease of use, wiring becomes far more intuitive. This eliminates the need for
special training and reduces the chance of wiring error. What possibilities will
it open up for you?
Continuous operation
Reliable as ever connections
The speed and ease of Push-in Spring comes with the added reassurance of
connections that are as reliable as ever. This gives you complete peace of mind
when using the Push-in Spring motor starting solution.
3/114 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Just push it!
The next evolution in motor starter
solutions is here.
03
—
Direct on-line Starter
—
Reversing Starter
—
Save up to 50% wiring
time with Push-in
Spring compared to —
conventional spring Star-Delta Starter
solutions. And the
connections are just as
reliable. So for speed,
ease and reliability, just
push it.
— — —
Sentry safety relays Monitoring relays Time relays
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/115
Easy
assembly
Benefits / Features
03
• Vibration & shock proof
wiring
• Robust design for higher up-time
• Future proof connection technology
Complete portfolio
• Terminals accessible from the front
new connecting sets
• One-hand mounting
and busbars for
• 2-in-1 Push-in / Spring
easy and fast
• Higher connection capacity
Safe installation
• No mounting plate required for starters
connection
• Enabled for automated wiring
Easy
disassembly Just
push it!
— — —
CA4..K, CAL4-11K 1, 2 and HK1-K, HKF1-K auxiliary contacts SK1-K and SK1-ARK signaling contacts
4 pole auxiliary contacts
— — —
PS1-...-65K busbars for 2, 3, 4 or 5 TS1-M3-K terminal spacer for UL Type BEA16-4KF and BEA38-4KF connect-
manual motor starters E/F combination motor controllers ing links with manual motor starters
— — —
BER16-4KF and BER38-4KF BEY16-4KF and BEY38-4KF VEM4K electrical and
connecting links for reversing starters connection sets for Star-Delta starters mechanical interlock
3/116 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Faster than ever installation
03
2-in-1 connection
For the very first time, ABB's 2-in-1 connection allows you to
use ferruled and rigid cables (Push-in mode) or cables
without ferrules (Spring mode) in the same terminal. In
Push-in mode, cables can be inserted by just simply pushing
them in by hand.
Smart accessories
100% tool-free connecting kits and busbars significantly
reduce installation time.
Complete solution
High connection capacities are optimized for motor starting
solutions up to 18.5 kW 400 V AC-3 and 50 A AC-1 (25 hp
480 V and 45 A general use). This includes short-circuit
fuseless protection up to 100 kA. Push-in Spring accessories
can be also mounted on the standard screw range of manual
motor starters and contactors.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/117
—
Easier than ever wiring
03
Intuitive wiring
With Push-in Spring, all cables, busbars and connecting links
use the same round shape entry, whilst the square terminals
are clearly marked with screwdriver symbols. The result?
Wiring and de-wiring that’s intuitive and easily repeatable
without cabling error, with little to no training required.
Automated wiring
The Push-in Spring motor starting solution features 90°
cable insertion for all terminals. Front access to terminals
aids smooth, robust insertion of cables and makes
automated robot wiring possible.
3/118 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Reliable as ever connections
03
Vibration-proof
You can count on Push-in Spring connections, even in harsh
environments. Push-in Spring technology has been shock
and vibration tested according to IEC 60068-2-27 and
IEC 60068-2-6 standards.
No need to re-tighten
With self-tightening terminals, there’s no need to re-tighten
after transportation or during the life cycle of the product.
High connection strength is guaranteed throughout the
whole lifetime of the device.
Push-in mode
Connect rigid cables or ferruled cables simply by pushing them into the cable
holes – no need to use any tools. Push-in mode saves up to 50% wiring time
compared to conventional spring solutions and makes installation a breeze.
Benefit from intuitive wiring, self-tightening terminals and less chance of
wiring error.
Spring Mode
This mode is used for small cable cross-sections or for cables without ferrules.
It is also used for de-wiring the solution. Before inserting the cable, simply
push a screwdriver into the clearly marked holes to open the terminal. ABB’s
Spring mode is easier to use than conventional spring technology, with less
chance of damage to terminals as no twisting or turning is required.
3/120 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Push-in Spring solution
Complete range, complete efficiency
03
The Push-in Spring motor starting solution products provide you with
a range of benefits.
Tool-free busbars
2-in-1
Parallel connection of manual
Benefit from both Push-in mode
motor starters without the
and Spring mode and use
need for tools (also certified
ferruled cables or cables without
for UL Type E/ Type F
ferrules in the same terminal.
applications)
—
3-pole contactors and motor protection
03
AC / DC Control supply Type AF09..K AF12..K AF16..K AF26..K AF30..K AF38..K
IEC AC-3 Rated operational θ ≤ 60 °C, 380 - 400 V kW 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5
power
Rated operational 380 - 400 V A 9 12 18 26 32 38
current
AC-1 Rated operational θ ≤ 40 °C, 690 V A 25 28 30 45 50 50
current
UL/CSA 3-phase Motor Rating 440 - 480 V hp 5 7.5 10 15 20 25
General Use Rating 600 V A 25 28 30 42 45 45
NEMA NEMA size 00 0 – 1 – –
Accessories
Connecting link for contactor mounting BEA16-4KF BEA38-4KF
Auxiliary Front mounting HKF1-..K ( 1 N.O. + 1N.C.)
contact blocks (2 N.O.)
—
AF09..K ... AF38..K 3-pole contactors - with Push-in Spring terminals
4 to 18.5 kW
AC / DC operated
AF09..K ... AF38..K contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits
03
up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...500 V 50/60 Hz
and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
1SBC101560V0014
AF09-30-10K IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts (1)
power current motor use Uc min. … Uc max. fitted Pkg
(1 pce)
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
4 25 5 25 24 ... 60 20 ... 60 1 0 AF09-30-10K-11 1SBL137005R1110 0.285
0 1 AF09-30-01K-11 1SBL137005R1101 0.285
48 ... 130 48 ... 130 1 0 AF09-30-10K-12 1SBL137005R1210 0.285
0 1 AF09-30-01K-12 1SBL137005R1201 0.285
100 ... 250 100 ... 250 1 0 AF09-30-10K-13 1SBL137005R1310 0.285
1SBC101562V0014
77 3.03" 86 3.39"
71 2.80" 80 3.15"
45 1.77" 5.5 0.22" 45 1.77" 5.5 0.22"
10.5 0.41"
10.5 0.41"
82 3.22"
10 0.39" 15 0.59"
—
AF09Z..K ... AF38Z..K 3-pole contactors - with Push-in Spring terminals
4 to 18.5 kW
AC / DC operated - for specific applications
AF09Z..K ... AF38Z..K contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits
03
up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...250 V 50/60 Hz
and 12...250 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- allow direct control by PLC-output ≥ 24 V DC 500 mA
1SBC101560V0014
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc min. … Uc max. fitted Pkg
(1 pce)
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
4 25 5 25 – 12 ... 20 1 0 AF09Z-30-10K-20 1SBL136005R2010 0.315
0 1 AF09Z-30-01K-20 1SBL136005R2001 0.315
24 ... 60 20 ... 60 1 0 AF09Z-30-10K-21 1SBL136005R2110 0.315
1SBC101562V0014
77 3.03" 86 3.39"
71 2.80" 80 3.15"
45 1.77" 5.5 0.22" 45 1.77" 5.5 0.22"
10.5 0.41"
10.5 0.41"
10 0.39" 15 0.59"
—
AF09..K ... AF38..K 3-pole contactors - with Push-in Spring terminals
Main accessories
Fixing clips
AF..K contactor AF..K contactor
VM4
Mechanical
interlock unit
CAL4-11K
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
TEF4S
Electronic timer
CA4..K
4-pole BX4-CA
BX4 CA4..K auxiliary protective
protective cover 1-pole auxiliary contact cover
contact block block
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Many configurations of accessories are possible depending on whether these are front-mounted or side-mounted.
Contactor Main Built-in Front-mounted accessories Side-mounted accessories
types poles auxiliary Auxiliary contact blocks Electronic timer Mechanical Auxiliary contact blocks
contacts interlock unit
(between 2 contactors) Left side Right side
1-pole CA4..K 4-pole CA4..K TEF4S VM4 2-pole CAL4-11K
(1) Including add-on and built-in contacts: 4 N.C. auxiliary contacts max. on positions 1, 2, 3, 4 and 3 N.C. auxiliary contacts max. on positions 1 ±30°, 5
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/125
—
AF09..K ... AF38..K 3-pole contactors - with Push-in Spring terminals
Technical data
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF09..K AF12..K AF16..K AF26..K AF30..K AF38..K
Standards IEC 60947-1 / 60947-4-1 and EN 60947-1 / 60947-4-1
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 690 V
Rated frequency (without derating) 50 / 60 Hz
Conventional free-air thermal current Ith
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, open contactors, θ ≤ 40 °C 35 A 35 A 35 A 50 A 50 A 50 A
With conductor cross-sectional area 6 mm² 6 mm² 6 mm² 10 mm² 10 mm² 10 mm²
AC-1 Utilization category
For air temperature close to contactor
Ie / Rated operational current AC-1 θ ≤ 40 °C 25 A 28 A 30 A 45 A 50 A 50 A
Ue max. ≤ 690 V, 50/60 Hz θ ≤ 60 °C 25 A 28 A 30 A 40 A 42 A 42 A
θ ≤ 70 °C 22 A 24 A 26 A 32 A 37 A 37 A
With conductor cross-sectional 4 mm² 6 mm² 6 mm² 10 mm² 10 mm² 10 mm²
area
AC-3, AC-3e Utilization category
For air temperature close to contactor θ ≤ 60 °C
Ie / Max. rated operational current AC-3, AC-3e (1)
220-230-240 V 9A 12 A 18 A 26 A 33 A 40 A
380-400 V 9A 12 A 18 A 26 A 32 A 38 A
415 V 9A 12 A 18 A 26 A 32 A 38 A
M 3-phase motors 440 V 9A 12 A 18 A 26 A 32 A 38 A
3 500 V 9.5 A 12.5 A 15 A 23 A 28 A 33 A
690 V 7A 9A 10.5 A 17 A 21 A 24 A
1000 V –
Rated operational power AC-3, AC-3e (1)
220-230-240 V 2.2 kW 3 kW 4 kW 6.5 kW 9 kW 11 kW
380-400 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW
1500 r.p.m. 50 Hz 415 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 9 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW
M 1800 r.p.m. 60 Hz 440 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 9 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW
3 3-phase motors 500 V 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 9 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW
690 V 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 9 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW
1000 V –
Rated making capacity AC-3, AC-3e 10 x Ie AC-3, 12 x Ie AC-3e acc. to IEC 60947-4-1
Rated breaking capacity AC-3, AC-3e 8 x Ie AC-3, 8.5 x Ie AC-3e acc. to IEC 60947-4-1
AC-8a Utilization category (without thermal overload
relay Ue 400 V 50/60 Hz θ ≤ 40 °C)
Ie / Rated operational current 12 A 16 A 22 A 30 A 40 A 50 A
AC-8a
Rated operational power AC-8a 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 11 kW 15 kW 20 kW 25 kW
Short-circuit protection device for contactors
without thermal overload relay in free air
Motor protection excluded (2)
Ue ≤ 500 V AC - gG type fuse 25 A 32 A 32 A 50 A 63 A 63 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw 1s 300 A 300 A 300 A 700 A 700 A 700 A
at 40 °C ambient temperature, 10 s 150 A 150 A 150 A 350 A 350 A 350 A
in free air from a cold state 30 s 80 A 80 A 80 A 225 A 225 A 225 A
1 min 60 A 60 A 60 A 150 A 150 A 150 A
15 min 35 A 35 A 35 A 50 A 50 A 50 A
Maximum breaking capacity
cos φ = 0.45 at 440 V 250 A 250 A 250 A 500 A 500 A 500 A
at 690 V 106 A 106 A 106 A 200 A 200 A 200 A
Power dissipation per pole Ie / AC-1 1.14 W 1.43 W 1.64 W 2W 2.44 W 2.44 W
Ie / AC-3, AC-3e 0.15 W 0.26 W 0.6 W 0.66 W 1W 1.41 W
Max. electrical switching frequency AC-1 600 cycles/h
AC-3, AC-3e 1200 cycles/h
AC-2, AC-4 300 cycles/h 150 cycles/h
(1) For the corresponding kW/A or hp/A values of 1500 r.p.m, 50 Hz or 1800 r.p.m, 60 Hz, 3-phase motors, see "Motor rated operational powers and currents".
(2) For the protection of motor starters against short circuits, see "Coordination with short-circuit protection devices".
3/126 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF09..K ... AF38..K 3-pole contactors - with Push-in Spring terminals
Technical data
—
AF09..K ... AF38..K 3-pole contactors - with Push-in Spring terminals
Technical data
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF09..K AF12..K AF16..K AF26..K AF30..K AF38..K
Rated insulation voltage Ui
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 690 V
acc. to UL / CSA 600 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. 6 kV
Electromagnetic compatibility Devices complying with IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 - Environment A and B (1)
Pollution degree 3
Ambient air temperature close to contactor
Operation Without thermal overload relay -40 ... +70 °C
Storage -60 ... +80 °C
Climatic withstand Category B according to IEC 60947-1 Annex Q
Maximum operating altitude (without derating) 3000 m
Mechanical durability
Number of operating cycles 10 million operating cycles
Maximum switching frequency 3600 cycles/h
Shock withstand
acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 and EN 60068-2-27
Mounting position 1 Shock direction 1/2 sinusoidal shock for 11 ms: no change in contact position, closed or open position
C1 A 30 g
B1 25 g closed position / 5 g open position
A A B1 B2 B2 15 g
C1 25 g
C2 C2 25 g
Vibration withstand 5 ... 300 Hz
acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 4 g Closed position / 2 g Open position
(1) AF09 … AF38-..-..-12 (48...130 V 50/60 Hz-DC) compliant to environment A only. For environment B: select AF09 … AF38Z-..-..-22.
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
Max. N.C. built-in and add-on N.C. auxiliary contacts: see accessory fitting details for a 3-pole
contactor AF09 ... AF38
Mounting distances The contactors can be assembled side by side
Fixing
On rail according to IEC 60715, EN 60715 35 x 7.5 mm or 35 x 15 mm
By screws (not supplied) 2 x M4 screws placed diagonally
3/128 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF09..K ... AF38..K 3-pole contactors - with Push-in Spring terminals
Technical data
Magnet System Characteristics for AF09Z..K … AF38Z..K contactors 24V DC operated - designed for PLC - coil 30
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF09Z..K AF12Z..K AF16Z..K AF26Z..K AF30Z..K AF38Z..K
Coil operating limits DC supply At θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 At θ ≤ 70 °C Uc
DC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24 V DC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 6W
Average holding value 1.7 W
PLC-output control ≥ 250 mA 24 V DC for PLCs and safety PLCs using broken wire detection
Drop-out voltage ≤ 60 % of Uc min.
Operating time
Between coil energization and:
N.O. contact closing 27 … 53 ms
N.C. contact opening 20 … 35 ms
Between coil de-energization and:
N.O. contact opening 17 … 29 ms
N.C. contact closing 22 … 57 ms
Magnet System Characteristics for AF09Z..K … AF38Z..K contactors - for specific applications - coils 20, 21, 22, 23
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF09Z..K AF12Z..K AF16Z..K AF26Z..K AF30Z..K AF38Z..K
Coil operating limits AC supply At θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... 1.1 x Uc max
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 At θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... Uc max
DC supply At θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... 1.1 x Uc max
AC control voltage 50/60 Hz
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24 ... 250 V AC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 16 VA
Average holding value 1.7 VA / 1.5 W
DC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 12 ... 250 V DC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 12 ... 16 W
Average holding value 1.7 W
PLC-output control (AF..Z coil 21) ≥ 500 mA 24 V DC for PLCs - Not suitable for safety PLCs
Drop-out voltage ≤ 60 % of Uc min.
Voltage sag immunity acc. to SEMI F47-0706 (AF..Z coil 21, 22, 23) conditions of use on request
Dips withstand
-20 °C ≤ θ ≤ +60°C (AF..Z coil 21, 22, 23) 20 ms average for Uc ≥ 24 V 50/60 Hz or Uc ≥ 20 V DC
Operating time
Between coil energization and:
N.O. contact closing 40 ... 95 ms
N.C. contact opening 38 ... 90 ms
Between coil de-energization and:
N.O. contact opening 11 ... 95 ms
N.C. contact closing 13 ... 98 ms
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/129
—
AF09..K ... AF38..K 3-pole contactors - with Push-in Spring terminals
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF09..K AF12..K AF16..K AF26..K AF30..K AF38..K
Main terminals
—
AF09..K ... AF38..K 3-pole contactors - with Push-in Spring terminals
Technical data
—
AF09..K ... AF38..K 3-pole contactors with Push-in Spring terminals
Electrical durability and utilization categories
03
General Electrical durability forecast and contactor selection for
Utilization categories determine the current making and mixed duty motor control: AC-3 (Ic = Ie) type switching off
breaking conditions relating to the characteristics of the while "motor running" and, occasionally, AC-4 (Ic = 6 x Ie)
loads to be controlled by the contactors. International type switching off while "motor accelerating"
standard IEC 60947-4-1 and European standard EN 60947-4-1
are the standards to be referred to. Characteristics Load to be controlled
If Ic is the current to be broken by the contactor and Ie the Operational voltage Ue
rated operational current normally drawn by the load, then: Current normally drawn Ie (Ue / Ie / kW relation for motors, see
while "motor running" "Motor rated operational powers and
• Categories AC-1 and AC-3 Ic = Ie
currents")
• Category AC-2 Ic = 2.5 x Ie Utilization category AC-1, AC-2, AC-3 or AC-4
• Category AC-4 Ic = 6 x Ie Breaking current for AC-3 Ic = Ie
Generally speaking Ic = m x Ie where m is a multiple of the Breaking current for AC-4 Ic = 6 x Ie
load operational current. while "motor accelerating"
Percentage of AC-4 K (on the basis of the total number of
operating cycles operating cycles)
On next pages, the curves corresponding to categories AC-1,
• Define the total number of operating cycles N required.
AC-3 and AC-4 represent the electrical durability variation of
• Note the smallest contactor rating compatible for AC-3
standard contactors in relation to the breaking current Ic.
(Ue / Ie) on Main pole utilization characteristic table
Electrical durability is expressed in millions of operating
(see “Technical data”).
cycles.
• For the selected contactor make a note of the following in
relation to the voltage using diagram AC-3 in next pages:
Curve utilization mode - The number of operating cycles A for Ic = Ie (AC-3)
Electrical durability forecast and contactor selection for - The number of operating cycles B for Ic = 6 x Ie (AC-4)
categories AC-1, AC-2, AC-3 or AC-4 • Calculate the estimated number of cycles N’ (N’ is always
below A)
Characteristics Load to be controlled
Operational voltage Ue N'= A
Current normally drawn Ie (Ue / Ie / kW relation for motors, see 1 + 0.01 K (A/B - 1)
"Motor rated operational powers and
currents") • If N' is too low in relation to the target N, calculate the
Utilization category AC-1, AC-2, AC-3 or AC-4 estimated number of cycles for a higher contactor rating.
Breaking current Ic = Ie for AC-1 and for AC-3 ; Ic = 2.5 x Ie for
AC-2 ; Ic = 6 x Ie for AC-4
Case of uninterrupted duty
• Define the number of operating cycles N required. For uninterrupted duty, some verifications of preventing
• On the diagram corresponding to the operational maintenance are necessary to check the functionality of
category, select the contactor with the curve immediately the concerned product (consult us).
above the intersection point (Ic ; N). The combinated effect of environmental conditions and
the proper temperature of the product may require some
disposals. As a matter of fact, for this duty, the use duration
prevails over the number of operating cycles.
3/132 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF09..K ... AF38..K 3-pole contactors - with Push-in Spring terminals
Electrical durability
03
38
, AF
9
26
30
2
0
1
1
Millions of operat-
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
ing cycles
10
3 9
7
5
3
1
2 9
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
0.3 9
7
5
3
1
0.2
1 3 5 7 9 1 59 1 3 5 7 9
1 3 579 1 5 9
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.1
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000
26.5 Breaking current Ic (A)
Example:
—
AF09..K ... AF38..K 3-pole contactors - with Push-in Spring terminals
Electrical durability
03
Electrical Durability for AC-3 Utilization Category
Switching cage motors: starting and switching off running motors. The breaking current Ic for AC-3 is equal to
the rated operational current Ie (Ie = motor full load current). Ambient temperature and maximum electrical
switching frequency: see "Technical Data".
AC-3 - Ue ≤ 440 V
8
F3
,A
30
16
09
12
26
Millions of
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
operating cycles
10
3 9
7
5
3
2 9
1
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 5 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.3
1 3 579
1 3 5 7 9 1 5 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.2
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000
Millions of
F3
,A
operating cycles
12
16
30
26
0 9
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
10
3 9
7
5
3
1
2 9
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
1 3 5 7 9 1 5 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.3
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 579 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 579
1 3 5 7 9
0.2
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000
Breaking current Ic (A)
3/134 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF09..K ... AF38..K 3-pole contactors - with Push-in Spring terminals
Electrical durability
03
Millions of
26
30
12
16
09
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
operating cycles
10
3
2 9
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
0.3
0.2 9
7
5
3
1
0.1
0.05
0.03
0.02 9
7
5
3 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
1
0.01
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.005
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 5000
Millions of
30
9
38
6
AF
0
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
operating cycles
10
3
2 9
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
0.3
0.2 9
7
5
3
1
0.1
0.05
0.03
0.02 9
7
5
3
1
0.01 1 3 5 7 9
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.005
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 5000
—
Notes
03
—
For direct product details information, use product type or order code, ex:
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SBL137001R1310
—
AFS 3-pole contactors
dedicated for safety applications
3/139 Overview
Ordering details
4 to 45 kW
3/144 AFS09 ... AFS38 AC / DC operated with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C.
3/145 AFS40 ... AFS96 AC / DC operated with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C.
3/146 AFS09 ... AFS96 Main accessories
55 to 200 kW
3/147 AFS116 ... AFS146 AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 2 N.C.
3/148 AFS116 ... AFS146 AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 2 N.C.
with built-in PLC interface
3/149 AFS190 ... AFS370 AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 2 N.C.
3/150 AFS190 ... AFS370 AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 2 N.C.
with built-in PLC interface
3/151 AFS09 ... AFS370 Main accessories
200 to 400 kW
3/152 AFS400 ... AFS750 AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 2 N.C.
3/153 AFS400 ... AFS750 Main accessories
3/154 Technical data
3/168 Terminal marking and positioning
3/169 Electrical durability
3/138 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
03
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/139
—
AFS 3-pole contactors
Dedicated for safety applications
03
Designed for machine safety Safety and protection
ABB’s AFS contactors can be easily integrated in
applications, AFS contactors machine manufacturer’s systems complying with
now complete ABB's safety main standards EN ISO 13849 and EN 62061 -
guaranteeing the safe use of your machinery and
component portfolio. equipment. An easily identifiable yellow low energy
With a range stretching from 9 A auxiliary contact block ensures the status feedback
circuits required in machine safety applications.
up to 750 A for motor starting
applications and with a design Continuous operation
complying with the latest safety The AFS contactor secures system uptime. Featuring
ABB's tested and proven AF technology, AFS
standard, the AFS range of contactors are reliable in any network. Direct control
contactors is the given choice by safety PLCs or safety relays ensures the required
safety performance.
for any application that puts
the users safety first. Speed up your projects
AFS design makes integration easier. With energy
efficient coils smaller transformers can be used and
panel space more efficiently used. Wide voltage range
coils and easily available safety data simplifies
product selection. In addition, all the safety data for
the AFS contactors is available using common safety
design tools.
3/140 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AFS 3-pole contactors
Dedicated for safety applications
03
03
Control by safety PLCs or safety relays Easy safety chain identification
ABB’s AFS contactors can be controlled directly by safety The yellow housing of ABB’s AFS contactors makes identifying
PLCs or safety relays, or by a power relay depending on size. the safety product in your panel quicker. During routine main-
AFS contactors is part of the ABB safety family, and selected tenance work, ABB’s intuitive design saves valuable time.
sizes are tested together with ABB's Pluto safety PLC and the
Sentry safety relay. For full coordination please advise ABB.
The auxiliary contacts only require a minimum switching ca-
pacity of 3 V / 1 mA. They guarantee system status feedback,
making the system safe and reliable.
—
AFS 3-pole contactors
A part of ABB's complete safety solutions
03
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/143
03
Chapter 03
3/14 4 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AFS09 ... AFS38 3-pole contactors for safety applications
4 to 18.5 kW
AC / DC operated with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AFS09 ... AFS38 contactors are designed for machine safety applications. They are delivered with
03
fixed front-mounted auxiliary contact blocks making them ideal for monitoring and controlling
circuits.
1SBC101536V0014
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts (1)
AFS38-30-22 power current motor use Uc min. … Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3, AC-1
AC3-e
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
4 25 5 25 - 24 22 AFS09Z-30-22-30 1SBL136082R3022 0.490
24 ... 60 20 ... 60 (1) 22 AFS09-30-22-11 1SBL137082R1122 0.320
100 ... 250 100 ... 250 22 AFS09-30-22-13 1SBL137082R1322 0.320
5.5 28 7-1/2 28 - 24 22 AFS12Z-30-22-30 1SBL156082R3022 0.490
24 ... 60 20 ... 60 (1) 22 AFS12-30-22-11 1SBL157082R1122 0.320
100 ... 250 100 ... 250 22 AFS12-30-22-13 1SBL157082R1322 0.320
7.5 30 10 30 - 24 22 AFS16Z-30-22-30 1SBL176082R3022 0.490
24 ... 60 20 ... 60 (1) 22 AFS16-30-22-11 1SBL177082R1122 0.320
100 ... 250 100 ... 250 22 AFS16-30-22-13 1SBL177082R1322 0.320
11 45 15 45 - 24 22 AFS26Z-30-22-30 1SBL236082R3022 0.540
24 ... 60 20 ... 60 (1) 22 AFS26-30-22-11 1SBL237082R1122 0.360
100 ... 250 100 ... 250 22 AFS26-30-22-13 1SBL237082R1322 0.360
15 50 20 50 - 24 22 AFS30Z-30-22-30 1SBL276082R3022 0.540
24 ... 60 20 ... 60 22 AFS30-30-22-11 1SBL277082R1122 0.360
100 ... 250 100 ... 250 (1) 22 AFS30-30-22-13 1SBL277082R1322 0.360
18.5 50 25 50 - 24 22 AFS38Z-30-22-30 1SBL296082R3022 0.540
24 ... 60 20 ... 60 (1) 22 AFS38-30-22-11 1SBL297082R1122 0.360
100 ... 250 100 ... 250 22 AFS38-30-22-13 1SBL297082R1322 0.360
(1) AFS..-30-..-11 for control by transistor outputs of safety PLCs and safety relays use interface relay RA4 1SBN060100R1000.
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
5.5 0.22"
43 1.69"
70 2.76"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
AFS09, AFS12, AFS16 AFS26, AFS30, AFS38
—
AFS40 ... AFS96 3-pole contactors for safety applications
18.5 to 45 kW
AC / DC operated with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AFS40 ... AFS96 contactors are designed for machine safety applications. They are delivered with
03
fixed front-mounted auxiliary contact blocks making them ideal for monitoring and controlling
circuits. Mechanically linked and mirror contacts make your system safer.
• control circuit with electronic coil interface:
- 24...60 V AC, 20...60 V DC and 100...250 V AC / DC operated accepting a wide control voltage
range
1SBC101542V0014
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts (1)
power current motor use Uc min. … Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
1SBC101544V0014
(1) AFS..-30-..-11 for control by transistor outputs of safety PLCs and safety relays use interface relay RA4 1SBN060100R1000.
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
43 1.69"
43 1.69"
—
AFS09 ... AFS96 3-pole contactors for safety applications
Contactors and main accessories
03
AFS contactor
CAL4-11
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
TF
EF
Overload relay
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Contactor Main Built-in Front-mounted accessories Mechanical Side-mounted accessories
types poles auxiliary Auxiliary contact blocks Electronic timer interlock unit Auxiliary contact blocks
contacts (between 2 contactors)
2-pole CAL4-11
1-pole CA4 2-pole CAT4-11 4-pole CA4 TEF4 VM.. Left side Right side
AFS09 ... AFS38 30 2 2 – – – – 1 + 1 or 1
AFS09Z ... AFS38Z 30 2 2 – – – – 1 – –
AFS40 ... AFS96 30 2 2 – – – – – + 1 +1
– – – – 1 + 1 or 1
—
AFS116 ... AFS146 3-pole contactors for safety applications
55 to 75 kW
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AFS116 ... AFS146 contactors are designed for machine safety applications. They are delivered with
03
fixed 1 left (1 N.O + 1 N.C.) and 1 right (1 N.C.) side mounted auxiliary contact blocks making them
ideal for monitoring and controlling circuits.
Mechanically linked contacts make your system safer.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
1SFC101246V0001
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V 50/60
Hz and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
AFS146-30-12 • mirror and mechanically linked contacts, with front marked symbol acc. to IEC60947-5-1, always
guaranteeing the right contactor status
• side-mounted auxiliary contact blocks:
- permanently fixed
- yellow housing for easy identification
- minimum switching capacity 3 V / 1 mA, with a failure rate 10 -7 acc. to IEC 60947-5-4
• built-in surge suppression
D D D D
55.5 2.18"
55.5 0.22"
19.5 0.77"
19.5 4.96"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
30 1.18" 30 1.18"
—
AFS116 ... AFS146 3-pole contactors for safety applications
with built-in PLC interface - 55 to 75 kW
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AFS116 ... AFS146 contactors are designed for machine safety applications. They are delivered with
03
fixed 1 left (1 N.O + 1 N.C.) and 1 right (1 N.C.) side mounted auxiliary contact blocks making them
ideal for monitoring and controlling circuits.
Mechanically linked contacts make your system safer.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
1SFC101242V0001
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 2 coils to cover control voltages between 100...500 V 50/60
Hz and 100...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
AFS146-30-12 • mirror and mechanically linked contacts, with front marked symbol acc. to IEC60947-5-1, always
guaranteeing the right contactor status
• side-mounted auxiliary contact blocks:
- permanently fixed
- yellow housing for easy identification
- minimum switching capacity 3 V / 1 mA, with a failure rate 10 -7 acc. to IEC 60947-5-4
• built-in surge suppression
AFS146-30-12B
For connection with built-in cable clamps
55 160 75 160 100...250 100...250 1 2 AFS116-30-12-33 1SFL427081R3312 1.750
250...500 250...500 1 2 AFS116-30-12-34 1SFL427081R3412 1.750
75 225 100 200 100...250 100...250 1 2 AFS146-30-12-33 1SFL467081R3312 1.750
250...500 250...500 1 2 AFS146-30-12-34 1SFL467081R3412 1.750
AFS116 ... AFS146 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC.
Control inputs
E
90 3.54" 142.5 5.61" 90 3.54" 142.5 5.61"
D D D D
55.5 0.22"
55.5 2.18"
19.5 4.96"
19.5 0.77"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
30 1.18" 30 1.18"
—
AFS190 ... AFS370 3-pole contactors for safety applications
90 to 200 kW
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AFS190 ... AFS370 contactors are designed for machine safety applications. They are delivered with
03
fixed 1 left (1 N.O + 1 N.C.) and 1 right (1 N.C.) side mounted auxiliary contact blocks making them
ideal for monitoring and controlling circuits.
Mechanically linked contacts make your system safer.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V 50/60
1SFC101238V0001
Hz and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
• mirror and mechanically linked contacts, with front marked symbol acc. to IEC60947-5-1, always
guaranteeing the right contactor status
AFS205-30-12 • side-mounted auxiliary contact blocks:
- permanently fixed
- yellow housing for easy identification
- minimum switching capacity 3 V / 1 mA, with a failure rate 10 -7 acc. to IEC 60947-5-4
• built-in surge suppression
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
90 275 125 275 24...60 20...60 1 2 AFS190-30-12-11 1SFL487082R1112 3.000
48...130 48...130 1 2 AFS190-30-12-12 1SFL487082R1212 3.000
100...250 100...250 1 2 AFS190-30-12-13 1SFL487082R1312 3.000
250...500 250...500 1 2 AFS190-30-12-14 1SFL487082R1412 3.000
AFS370-30-12
110 350 150 300 24...60 20...60 1 2 AFS205-30-12-11 1SFL527082R1112 3.000
48...130 48...130 1 2 AFS205-30-12-12 1SFL527082R1212 3.000
100...250 100...250 1 2 AFS205-30-12-13 1SFL527082R1312 3.000
250...500 250...500 1 2 AFS205-30-12-14 1SFL527082R1412 3.000
132 400 200 350 24...60 20...60 1 2 AFS265-30-12-11 1SFL547082R1112 4.675
48...130 48...130 1 2 AFS265-30-12-12 1SFL547082R1212 4.675
100...250 100...250 1 2 AFS265-30-12-13 1SFL547082R1312 4.675
250...500 250...500 1 2 AFS265-30-12-14 1SFL547082R1412 4.675
160 500 250 400 24...60 20...60 1 2 AFS305-30-12-11 1SFL587082R1112 4.675
48...130 48...130 1 2 AFS305-30-12-12 1SFL587082R1212 4.675
100...250 100...250 1 2 AFS305-30-12-13 1SFL587082R1312 4.675
250...500 250...500 1 2 AFS305-30-12-14 1SFL587082R1412 4.675
200 600 300 520 24...60 20...60 1 2 AFS370-30-12-11 1SFL607082R1112 4.675
48...130 48...130 1 2 AFS370-30-12-12 1SFL607082R1212 4.675
100...250 100...250 1 2 AFS370-30-12-13 1SFL607082R1312 4.675
250...500 250...500 1 2 AFS370-30-12-14 1SFL607082R1412 4.675
SECTION B-B A
B 152 5.98" 140 5.51" 180 7.09"
105 4.13" ø 8.5 0.33" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20" 19.5 0.77" ø 10.5 0.41" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20"
94.7 3.73"
33.4 1.31"
83.5 3.29"
29.5 1.16"
225 8.86"
196 7.72"
—
AFS190 ... AFS370 3-pole contactors for safety applications
with built-in PLC interface - 90 to 200 kW
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AFS190 ... AFS370 contactors are designed for machine safety applications. They are delivered with
03
fixed 1 left (1 N.O + 1 N.C.) and 1 right ( 1 N.C.) side mounted auxiliary contact blocks making them
ideal for monitoring and controlling circuits. Mechanically linked contacts make your system safer.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 2 coils to cover control voltages between 100...500 V 50/60
Hz and 100...500 V DC
1SFC101233V0001
kW A hp A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
90 275 125 275 100...250 100...250 1 2 AFS190-30-12-33 1SFL487082R3312 3.000
250...500 250...500 1 2 AFS190-30-12-34 1SFL487082R3412 3.000
110 350 150 300 100...250 100...250 1 2 AFS205-30-12-33 1SFL527082R3312 3.000
250...500 250...500 1 2 AFS205-30-12-34 1SFL527082R3412 3.000
132 400 200 350 100...250 100...250 1 2 AFS265-30-12-33 1SFL547082R3312 4.675
AFS370-30-12
250...500 250...500 1 2 AFS265-30-12-34 1SFL547082R3412 4.675
160 500 250 400 100...250 100...250 1 2 AFS305-30-12-33 1SFL587082R3312 4.675
250...500 250...500 1 2 AFS305-30-12-34 1SFL587082R3412 4.675
200 600 300 520 100...250 100...250 1 2 AFS370-30-12-33 1SFL607082R3312 4.675
250...500 250...500 1 2 AFS370-30-12-34 1SFL607082R3412 4.675
AFS190 ... AFS370 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC.
Control inputs
A
SECTION B-B
140 5.51" 195.5 7.70"
B 152 5.98"
19.5 0.77" ø 10.5 0.41" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20"
105 4.13" ø 8.5 0.33" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20"
94.7 3.73"
33.4 1.31"
83.5 3.29"
29.5 1.16"
225 8.86"
196 7.72"
—
AFS116 ... AFS370 3-pole contactors for safety applications
with 1 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
Contactors and main accessories
03
LW
Terminal
enlargement
AFS contactor
with built-in cable clamps
TF/TA
Thermal overload relay
EF
Electronic overload relay
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Overload relays fitting details (1)
Contactor types Thermal overload relays Electronic overload relays
AFS116 TF140DU (66...142 A) EF146 (54...150 A)
AFS146 – EF146 (54...150 A)
AFS190, AFS205 TA200DU (66...200 A) EF205 (63...210 A)
AFS265 ... AFS370 – EF370 (115...380 A)
The addition of a thermal or electronic overload relay on the contactor does not prevent fitting of many other accessories as shown in "Main accessory fitting details" table.
(1) Direct mounting - No kit required.
3/152 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AFS400 ... AFS750 3-pole contactors for safety applications
200 to 400 kW
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
03
AFS400 ... AFS750 contactors are designed for machine safety applications. They are delivered
with fixed 1 left (1 N.O + 1 N.C.) and 1 right (1 N.C.) side mounted auxiliary contact blocks making
them ideal for monitoring and controlling circuits.
Mechanically linked contacts make your system safer.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V
50/60 Hz and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
1SFC101228V0001
• mirror and mechanically linked contacts, with front marked symbol acc. to IEC60947-5-1, always
guaranteeing the right contactor status
• side-mounted auxiliary contact blocks:
- permanently fixed
AFS460-30-12 - yellow housing for easy identification
- minimum switching capacity 3 V / 1 mA, with a failure rate 10 -7 acc. to IEC 60947-5-4
• built-in surge suppression
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 690 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
V 50/60
kW A hp A Hz V DC kg
200 600 350 550 - 24…60 1 2 AFS400-30-12-68 1SFL577081R6812 (1) 12.000
48…130 48…130 1 2 AFS400-30-12-69 1SFL577081R6912 12.000
100…250 100…250 1 2 AFS400-30-12-70 1SFL577081R7012 12.000
1SFC101226V0001
AFS400...AFS750 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC.
Control inputs
—
AFS400 ... AFS750 3-pole contactors for safety applications
with 1 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
Contactors and main accessories
03
LW
Terminal
enlargement
AFS contactor
VM
Mechanical
interlock
LT
Terminal shroud
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Overload relays fitting details
Contactor types Thermal overload relays Electronic overload relays
AFS400, AFS460 – EF460 (150...500 A) (3)
AFS580, AFS750 – EF750 (250...800 A) (3)
The addition of a thermal or electronic overload relay on the contactor does not prevent fitting of many other accessories as shown in "Main accessory fitting details" table.
(3) Mounting kit required (see "Motor protection").
3/154 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AFS09 ... AFS96 3-pole contactors for safety applications
Technical data
Contactor types AC / DC operated AFS09 AFS12 AFS16 AFS26 AFS30 AFS38 AFS40 AFS52 AFS65 AFS80 AFS96
Standards IEC 60947-1 / 60947-4-1 and EN 60947-1 / 60947-4-1
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 690 V 1000 V
Rated frequency (without derating) 50 / 60 Hz
Conventional free-air thermal current Ith
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, open contactors, θ ≤ 40 °C 35 A 35 A 35 A 50 A 50 A 50 A 105 A 105 A 105 A 130 A 130 A
With conductor cross-sectional area 6 mm² 6 mm² 6 mm² 10 mm² 10 mm² 10 mm² 35 mm² 35 mm² 35 mm² 50 mm² 50 mm²
AC-1 Utilization category
For air temperature close to contactor
Ie / Rated operational current AC-1 θ ≤ 40 °C 25 A 28 A 30 A 45 A 50 A 50 A 70 A 100 A 105 A 125 A 130 A
Ue max. ≤ 690 V, 50/60 Hz θ ≤ 60 °C 25 A 28 A 30 A 40 A 42 A 42 A 60 A 80 A 90 A 100 A 105 A
θ ≤ 70 °C 22 A 24 A 26 A 32 A 37 A 37 A 50 A 70 A 80 A 85 A 90 A
With conductor cross-sectional area 4 mm² 6 mm² 6 mm² 10 mm² 10 mm² 10 mm² 25 mm² 35 mm² 35 mm² 50 mm² 50 mm²
AC-3, AC-3e Utilization category
For air temperature close to contactor θ ≤ 60 °C
Ie / Max. rated operational current AC-3, AC-3e (1)
AC-3e Ue ≤ 690 V 220-230-240 V 9A 12 A 18 A 26 A 33 A 40 A 40 A 53 A 65 A 80 A 105 A
380-400 V 9A 12 A 18 A 26 A 32 A 38 A 40 A 53 A 65 A 80 A 105 A
415 V 9A 12 A 18 A 26 A 32 A 38 A 40 A 53 A 65 A 80 A 96 A
M 440 V 9A 12 A 18 A 26 A 32 A 38 A 40 A 53 A 65 A 80 A 96 A
3-phase motors
500 V 9.5 A 12.5 A 15 A 23 A 28 A 33 A 35 A 45 A 55 A 65 A 80 A
3
690 V 7A 9A 10.5 A 17 A 21 A 24 A 25 A 35 A 39 A 49 A 57 A
1000 V 25 A 30 A
Rated operational power AC-3, AC-3e (1)
AC-3e Ue ≤ 690 V 220-230-240 V 2.2 kW 3 kW 4 kW 6.5 kW 9 kW 11 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 30 kW
380-400 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 55 kW
415 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 9 kW 11 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 45 kW 55 kW
1500 r.p.m. 50 Hz
M 440 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 9 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 45 kW 55 kW
1800 r.p.m. 60 Hz
500 V 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 9 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 45 kW 55 kW
3 3-phase motors
690 V 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 9 kW 15 kW 18.5 kW 22 kW 22 kW 30 kW 37 kW 45 kW 55 kW
1000 V 35 kW 40 kW
Rated making capacity AC-3, AC-3e 10 x Ie AC-3, 12 x Ie AC-3e acc. to IEC 60947-4-1
Rated breaking capacity AC-3, AC-3e 8 x Ie AC-3, 8.5 x Ie AC-3e acc. to IEC 60947-4-1
AC-8a Utilization category
(without thermal overload relay
Ue 400 V 50/60 Hz - θ ≤ 40 °C)
Ie / Rated operational current AC-8a 12 A 16 A 22 A 30 A 40 A 50 A 53 A 70 A 85 A 105 A 120 A
Rated operational power AC-8a 5.5 kW 7.5 kW 11 kW 15 kW 20 kW 25 kW 25 kW 37 kW 45 kW 55 kW 65 kW
Short-circuit protection device for contactors
without thermal overload relay
Motor protection excluded (2)
Ue ≤ 500 V AC - gG type fuse 25 A 32 A 32 A 50 A 63 A 63 A 100 A 125 A 160 A 160 A 200 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw 1s 300 A 300 A 300 A 700 A 700 A 700 A 1000 A 1000 A 1000 A 1200 A 1200 A
at 40 °C ambient temperature, 10 s 150 A 150 A 150 A 350 A 350 A 350 A 600 A 600 A 600 A 780 A 780 A
in free air from a cold state 30 s 80 A 80 A 80 A 225 A 225 A 225 A 350 A 350 A 350 A 450 A 450 A
1 min 60 A 60 A 60 A 150 A 150 A 150 A 250 A 250 A 250 A 300 A 300 A
15 min 35 A 35 A 35 A 50 A 50 A 50 A 110 A 110 A 110 A 140 A 140 A
Maximum breaking capacity
cos φ = 0.45 at 440 V 250 A 250 A 250 A 500 A 500 A 500 A 950 A 950 A 950 A 1150 A 1150 A
at 690 V 106 A 106 A 106 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 600 A 600 A 600 A 750 A 750 A
Power dissipation per pole Ie / AC-1 0.8 W 1W 1.2 W 1.8 W 2.4 W 2.4 W 3W 6.3 W 7W 7.6 W 8.2 W
Ie / AC-3, AC-3e 0.1 W 0.2 W 0.35 W 0.6 W 0.9 W 1.3 W 1W 1.7 W 2.7 W 3W 4.5 W
Max. electrical switching frequency AC-1 600 cycles/h
AC-3, AC-3e 1200 cycles/h
AC-2, AC-4 300 cycles/h 150 cycles/h
B10d - Calculated for 50% of the rated current value Ie 1.3 million operating cycles
at AC-3 / 400 V
(1) For the corresponding kW/A or hp/A values of 1500 r.p.m, 50 Hz or 1800 r.p.m, 60 Hz, 3-phase motors, see "Motor rated operational powers and currents".
(2) For the protection of motor starters against short circuits, see "Coordination with short-circuit protection devices".
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/155
—
AFS116 ... AFS370 3-pole contactors for safety applications
Technical data
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AFS116 AFS146 AFS190 AFS205 AFS265 AFS305 AFS370
Standards IEC 60947-1 / 60947-4-1 and EN 60947-1 / 60947-4-1
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 690 V 1000 V
Rated frequency (without derating) 50 / 60 Hz
Conventional free-air thermal current Ith
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, open contactors, θ ≤ 40 °C 160 A 225 A 275 A 350 A 400 A 500 A 600 A
With conductor cross-sectional area 70 mm² 95 mm² 150 mm² 240 mm² (3) 240 mm² 300 mm² (4) 2 x 185 mm² (4)
AC-1 Utilization category
For air temperature close to contactor
Ie / Rated operational current AC-1 θ ≤ 40 °C 160 A 225 A 275 A 350 A 400 A 500 A 600 A
Ue max. ≤ 690 V, 50/60 Hz θ ≤ 60 °C 145 A 200 A 250 A 300 A 350 A 400 A 500 A
θ ≤ 70 °C 130 A 175 A 200 A 240 A 290 A 325 A 400 A
Ie / Rated operational current AC-1 θ ≤ 40 °C – 225 A 250 A 275 A 350 A 375 A 400 A
Ue max. ≤ 1000 V, 50/60 Hz θ ≤ 60 °C – 200 A 225 A 250 A 300 A 325 A 350 A
θ ≤ 70 °C – 175 A 185 A 200 A 240 A 260 A 290 A
With conductor cross-sectional area 70 mm² 95 mm² 150 mm² 240 mm² (3) 240 mm² 300 mm² (4) 2 x 185 mm² (4)
AC-3, AC-3e Utilization category
For air temperature close to contactor θ ≤ 60 °C
Ie / Max. rated operational current AC-3, AC-3e (1)
220-230-240 V 116 A 146 A 190 A 205 A 265 A 305 A 370 A
380-400 V 116 A 146 A 190 A 205 A 265 A 305 A 370 A
415 V 116 A 146 A 190 A 205 A 265 A 305 A 370 A
M 3-phase motors 440 V 116 A 146 A 190 A 205 A 265 A 305 A 370 A
3 500 V 110 A 130 A 135 A 165 A 250 A 290 A 315 A
690 V 65 A 93 A 135 A 165 A 250 A 290 A 315 A
1000 V – 60 A / 54 A 85 A 100 A 113 A 131 A 141 A
Rated operational power AC-3, AC-3e (1)
220-230-240 V 30 kW 45 kW 55 kW 55 kW 75 kW 90 kW 110 kW
380-400 V 55 kW 75 kW 90 kW 110 kW 132 kW 160 kW 200 kW
1500 r.p.m. 50 Hz 415 V 55 kW 75 kW 90 kW 110 kW 132 kW 160 kW 200 kW
M 1800 r.p.m. 60 Hz 440 V 75 kW 90 kW 110 kW 132 kW 160 kW 160 kW 200 kW
3 3-phase motors 500 V 75 kW 90 kW 90 kW 110 kW 200 kW 200 kW 250 kW
690 V 55 kW 90 kW 132 kW 160 kW 200 kW 250 kW 315 kW
1000 V – 75 kW 110 kW 132 kW 160 kW 185 kW 200 kW
Rated making capacity AC-3, AC-3e 10 x Ie AC-3, 12 x Ie AC-3e acc. to IEC 60947-4-1
Rated breaking capacity AC-3, AC-3e 8 x Ie AC-3, 8.5 x Ie AC-3e acc. to IEC 60947-4-1
Short-circuit protection device for contactors
without thermal overload relay
Motor protection excluded (2)
Ue ≤ 500 V AC - gG type fuse 250 A 315 A 355 A 400 A 500 A 500 A 630 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw 1s 1300 A 1460 A 1900 A 2050 A 2650 A 3050 A 3700 A
at 40 °C ambient temperature, 10 s 928 A 1168 A 1520 A 1640 A 2120 A 2440 A 2960 A
in free air from a cold state 30 s 536 A 674 A 878 A 947 A 1224 A 1409 A 1709 A
1 min 379 A 477 A 621 A 670 A 865 A 996 A 1208 A
15 min 160 A 225 A 275 A 350 A 400 A 500 A 600 A
Maximum breaking capacity
cos φ = 0.45 at 440 V 2000 A 3000 A 3300 A 3500 A 3800 A 4600 A 5000 A
(cos φ = 0.35 for Ie > 100 A) at 690 V 1000 A 1500 A 2200 A 2500 A 3300 A 3800 A 4000 A
Power dissipation per pole Ie / AC-1 12 W 23 W 15 W 25 W 32 W 50 W 72 W
Ie / AC-3 6W 10 W 7W 8W 14 W 19 W 27 W
Maximum electrical switching frequency AC-1 300 cycles/h
AC-3 300 cycles/h
AC-2, AC-4 150 cycles/h
B10d - Calculated for 50% of the rated current value Ie 1.3 million operating cycles
at AC-3 / 400 V
(1) For the corresponding kW/A or hp/A values of 1500 r.p.m, 50 Hz or 1800 r.p.m, 60 Hz, 3-phase motors, see "Motor rated operational powers and currents".
For AC-3e utilization category, please consult your ABB local sales organization AC-3e is valid up to AFS190.
(2) For the protection of motor starters against short circuits, see "Coordination with short-circuit protection devices".
(3) For currents above 275 A use terminal enlargements or terminal extensions.
(4) For currents above 450 A use terminal enlargements or terminal extensions.
3/156 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AFS400 … AFS750 3-pole contactors for safety applications
Technical data
—
AFS09 ... AFS96 3-pole contactors for safety applications
Technical data
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AFS09 AFS12 AFS16 AFS26 AFS30 AFS38 AFS40 AFS52 AFS65 AFS80 AFS96
Standards UL 60947-4-1, CSA-C22.2 No. 60947-4-1
Maximum operational voltage 600 V
NEMA size 00 0 - 1 - - 2 - - 3 -
NEMA continuous amp rating Thermal current 9 A 18 A - 27 A - - 45 A - - 90 A -
NEMA maximum horse power
ratings 1-phase, 60 Hz 115 V AC 1/3 hp 1 hp - 2 hp - - 3 hp - - - -
230 V AC 1 hp 2 hp - 3 hp - - 7.5 hp - - - -
NEMA maximum horse power
ratings 3-phase, 60 Hz 200 V AC 1-1/2 hp 3 hp - 7-1/2 hp - - 10 hp - - 25 hp -
230 V AC 1-1/2 hp 3 hp - 7-1/2 hp - - 15 hp - - 30 hp -
460 V AC 2 hp 5 hp - 10 hp - - 25 hp - - 50 hp -
575 V AC 2 hp 5 hp - 10 hp - - 25 hp - - 50 hp -
UL / CSA general use rating
600 V AC 25 A 28 A 30 A 45 A 50 A 50 A 60 A 80 A 90 A 105 A 115 A
With conductor cross-sectional area AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 8 AWG 8 AWG 8 AWG 6 AWG 4 AWG 3 AWG 2 AWG 2
1 pole 80 V DC 25 A 28 A 30 A 45 A 50 A 50 A 60 A 80 A 90 A 105 A 115 A
2 poles in serie 160 V DC 25 A 28 A 30 A 45 A 50 A 50 A 60 A 80 A 90 A 105 A 115 A
3 poles in serie 240 V DC 25 A 28 A 30 A 45 A 50 A 50 A 60 A 80 A 90 A 105 A 115 A
With conductor cross-sectional area AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 8 AWG 8 AWG 8 AWG 6 AWG 4 AWG 3 AWG 2 AWG 2
UL / CSA maximum 1-phase motor rating
Full load current 120 V AC 13.8 A 16 A 20 A 24 A 24 A 24 A 34 A 34 A 56 A 80 A 80 A
240 V AC 10 A 12 A 17 A 17 A 28 A 28 A 40 A 50 A 68 A 68 A 88 A
Horse power rating 120 V AC 3/4 hp 1 hp 1-1/2 hp 2 hp 2 hp 2 hp 3 hp 3 hp 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 7-1/2 hp
240 V AC 1-1/2 hp 2 hp 3 hp 3 hp 5 hp 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 15 hp 15 hp 20 hp
UL / CSA maximum 3-phase motor rating
Full load current (1) 200-208 V AC 7.8 A 11 A 17.5 A 25.3 A 32.2 A 32.2 A 32.2 A 48.3 A 62.1 A 78.2 A 96 A
220-240 V AC 6.8 A 9.6 A 15.2 A 22 A 28 A 28 A 42 A 54 A 68 A 80 A 96 A
440-480 V AC 7.6 A 11 A 14 A 21 A 27 A 34 A 40 A 52 A 65 A 77 A 96 A
550-600 V AC 9A 11 A 17 A 22 A 27 A 32 A 41 A 52 A 62 A 77 A 77 A
Horse power rating (1) 200-208 V AC 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 10 hp 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp 25 hp 30 hp
220-240 V AC 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp 25 hp 30 hp 40 hp
440-480 V AC 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp 25 hp 30 hp 40 hp 50 hp 60 hp 75 hp
550-600 V AC 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp 25 hp 30 hp 40 hp 50 hp 60 hp 75 hp 75 hp
UL / CSA - DC motor starting - 3 poles in series
Full Load Amps 125 V DC 9.5 A 13.2 A 17 A 25 A 25 A 25 A 40 A 58 A 76 A 76 A 110 A
250 V DC 8.5 A 12.2 A 12.2 A 20 A 29 A 29 A 38 A 55 A 72 A 89 A 106 A
Horse power rating 125 V DC 1 hp 1-1/2 hp 2 hp 3 hp 3 hp 3 hp 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 10 hp 15 hp
250 V DC 2 hp 3 hp 3 hp 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp 25 hp 30 hp
Short-circuit protection device for contactors
without thermal overload relay - Motor
protection excluded
High fault current 100 kA
Fuse rating 30 A 60 A 100 A 150 A 200 A
Fuse type, 600 V J
Maximum electrical switching frequency
For general use 600 cycles/h
For motor use 1200 cycles/h
(1) For the corresponding kW/A or hp/A values of 1500 r.p.m, 50 Hz or 1800 r.p.m, 60 Hz, 3-phase motors, see "Motor rated operational powers and currents".
3/158 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AFS116 ... AFS370 3-pole contactors for safety applications
Technical data
Contactor types AC / DC operated AFS116 AFS146 AFS190 AFS205 AFS265 AFS305 AFS370
Standards UL 60947-1 / 60947-4-1 and CSA C 22.2 N°60947-1 / 60947-4-1
Maximum operational voltage 600 V 1000 V
NEMA size – – – – 5 – –
NEMA continuous amp rating Thermal current – – – – 270 A – –
NEMA maximum
horse power ratings 115 V AC – – – – – – –
1-phase, 60 Hz 230 V AC – – – – – – –
NEMA maximum
horse power ratings 200 V AC – – – – 75 hp – –
3-phase, 60 Hz 230 V AC – – – – 100 hp – –
460 V AC – – – – 200 hp – –
575 V AC – – – – 200 hp – –
UL / CSA general use rating
600 V AC 160 A 200 A 275 A 300 A 350 A 400 A 520 A
With conductor cross-sectional area AWG 2/0 AWG 3/0 MCM 250 MCM 350 (2) MCM 500 2//AWG 3/0 2//MCM 300
1 000 V AC – 200 A 250 A 275 A 300 A 350 A 400 A
With conductor cross-sectional area AWG 2/0 AWG 3/0 MCM 250 MCM 350 (2) MCM 500 2//AWG 3/0 2//MCM 300
1 pole 90 V DC 160 A 200 A – – – – –
100 V DC – – 250 A 350 A – – –
110 V DC – – – – 400 A 500 A 520 A
2 poles in serie 175 V DC 160 A 200 A – – – – –
200 V DC – – 250 A 350 A – – –
225 V DC – – – – 400 A 500 A 520 A
3 poles in serie 260 V DC 160 A 200 A – – – – –
300 V DC – – 250 A 350 A – – –
340 V DC – – – – 400 A 500 A 520 A
With conductor cross-sectional area AWG 2/0 AWG 3/0 MCM 250 MCM 350 (2) MCM 500 2//AWG 3/0 2//MCM 300
UL / CSA maximum 1-phase motor rating
Full load current 120 V AC – – – – – – –
240 V AC – – – – – – –
Horse power rating 120 V AC – – – – – – –
240 V AC – – – – – – –
UL / CSA maximum 3-phase motor rating
Full load current (1) 200-208 V AC 92 A 120 A 150 A 177 A 221 A 285 A 359 A
220-240 V AC 104 A 130 A 154 A 192 A 248 A 312 A 360 A
440-480 V AC 96 A 124 A 156 A 180 A 240 A 302 A 361 A
550-600 V AC 99 A 125 A 144 A 192 A 242 A 289 A 336 A
Horse power rating (1) 200-208 V AC 30 hp 40 hp 50 hp 60 hp 75 hp 100 hp 125 hp
220-240 V AC 40 hp 50 hp 60 hp 75 hp 100 hp 125 hp 150 hp
440-480 V AC 75 hp 100 hp 125 hp 150 hp 200 hp 250 hp 300 hp
550-600 V AC 100 hp 125 hp 150 hp 200 hp 250 hp 300 hp 350 hp
Short-circuit protection device for contactors
without thermal overload relay - Motor protection excluded
High fault current 100 kA
Fuse rating 225 A 250 A 350 A 400 A 500 A 600 A 600 A
Fuse type, 600 V J
Maximum electrical switching frequency
For general use 300 cycles/h
For motor use 300 cycles/h
(1) For the corresponding kW/A or hp/A values of 1500 r.p.m, 50 Hz or 1800 r.p.m, 60 Hz, 3-phase motors, see "Motor rated operational powers and currents".
(2) For conductor cross-sectional area above MCM 300 use terminal enlargements LW205.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/159
—
AFS400 ... AFS750 3-pole contactors for safety applications
Technical data
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AFS400 AFS460 AFS580 AFS750
Standards UL 60947-1 / 60947-4-1 and CSA C 22.2 N°60947-1 / 60947-4-1
Maximum operational voltage 1 0 00 V
NEMA size – 6 – 7
NEMA maximum horse power ratings
1-phase, 60 Hz 115 V AC –
230 V AC –
NEMA maximum horse power ratings
3-phase, 60 Hz 200 V AC – 150 hp – –
230 V AC – 200 hp – 300 hp
460 V AC – 400 hp – 600 hp
575 V AC – 400 hp – 600 hp
UL / CSA general use rating
1000 V AC 550 A 650 A 750 A 900 A
3 poles in serie 600 V DC 550 A 650 A 750 A 900 A
UL / CSA maximum 1-phase motor rating
Full load current 120 V AC – – – –
240 V AC – – – –
Horse power rating 120 V AC – – – –
240 V AC – – – –
UL / CSA maximum 3-phase motor rating
Full load current (1) 200-208 V AC 358.8 A 414 A 552 A 692.3 A
220-240 V AC 360 A 480 A 604 A 722 A
440-480 V AC 414 A 477 A 590 A 722 A
550-600 V AC 382 A 472 A 578 A 672 A
Horse power rating (1) 200-208 V AC 125 hp 150 hp 200 hp 250 hp
220-240 V AC 150 hp 200 hp 250 hp 300 hp
440-480 V AC 350 hp 400 hp 500 hp 600 hp
550-600 V AC 400 hp 500 hp 600 hp 700 hp
Short-circuit protection device for contactors
without thermal overload relay - Motor protection excluded
Fuse rating 1000 A 1200 A
Fuse type, 600 V L
Maximum electrical switching frequency
For general use 300 cycles/h
For motor use 300 cycles/h
(1) For the corresponding kW/A or hp/A values of 1500 r.p.m, 50 Hz or 1800 r.p.m, 60 Hz, 3-phase motors, see “Motor rated operational powers and currents”.
3/160 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AFS09 ... AFS96 3-pole contactors for safety applications
Technical data
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
—
AFS09 ... AFS38 3-pole contactors for safety applications
Technical data
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AFS09 AFS12 AFS16 AFS26 AFS30 AFS38
Coil operating limits AC supply At θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85 x Uc min...1.1 x Uc max.
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 At θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min...Uc max.
DC supply at θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... 1.1 x Uc max
at θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... Uc max
AC control voltage 50/60 Hz
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24 ... 250 V AC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 50 VA
Average holding value 2.2 VA / 2 W
DC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 20 ... 250 V DC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 50 W
Average holding value 2 W
PLC-output control AFS..-30-22-11 not suitable for direct control by PLC-output.
Drop-out voltage ≤ 60 % Uc min.
Operating time
Between coil energization and: N.O. contact closing 40 ... 95 ms
N.C. contact opening 38 ... 90 ms
Between coil de-energization and: N.O. contact opening 11 ... 95 ms (1)
N.C. contact closing 13 ... 98 ms
(1) AFS09 ... AFS38 ≤ 35 ms for 20 °C ≤ θ ≤ 70 °C
Magnet System Characteristics for AFS09Z … AFS38Z contactors 24V DC operated - designed for PLC - coil 30
Contactor types DC operated AFS09Z AFS12Z AFS16Z AFS26Z AFS30Z AFS38Z
Coil operating limits DC supply at θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 at θ ≤ 70 °C Uc
DC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24 V DC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 6 W
Average holding value 1.7 W
PLC-output control ≥ 250 mA 24 V DC for PLCs and safety PLCs using broken wire detection
Drop-out voltage ≤ 60 % Uc min.
Operating time
Between coil energization and: N.O. contact closing 27 ... 53 ms
N.C. contact opening 20 ... 35 ms
Between coil de-energization and: N.O. contact opening 17 ... 29 ms
N.C. contact closing 22 ... 57 ms
3/162 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AFS40 ... AFS96 3-pole contactors for safety applications
Technical data
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
—
AFS400 ... AFS750 3-pole contactors for safety applications
Technical data
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AFS400 AFS460 AFS580 AFS750
Rated insulation voltage Ui
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 1000 V
acc. to UL / CSA 600 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. 8 kV
Electromagnetic compatibility AFS contactors complying with IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 - Environment A
Pollution degree 3
Ambient air temperature close to contactor
Operation Fitted with electronic overload relay -25 ... +70 °C
Without electronic overload relay -40 ... +70 °C
Storage -40 ... +70 °C
Climatic withstand Category B according to IEC 60947-1 Annex Q
Maximum operating altitude (without derating) 3000 m
Mechanical durability
Number of operating cycles 3 millions operating cycles
Max. switching frequency 300 cycles/h
Shock withstand
acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 and EN 60068-2-27
Mounting position 1
C1 Shock direction 1/2 sinusoidal shock for 30 ms: no change in contact position, closed or open position
A 5g
A
ABB
A B1 B2 B1 5g
B2 5g
C1 5g
C2 C2 5g
Vibration withstand
acc to IEC 60068-2-6 0.7 g closed position / 0.7 g open position 13.2…100 Hz
Magnet system characteristics
Contactor types AC / DC operated AFS400 AFS460 AFS580 AFS750
Coil operating limits AC supply At θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... 1.1 x Uc max
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 DC supply At θ ≤ 70 °C 0.80 x Uc min ... 1.1 x Uc max
Rated control circuit voltage Uc
Coil consumption 48...500 V AC, 24...500 V DC
AC control voltage 50/60 Hz
48...130 V AC Average pull-in value 1215 VA 1100 VA
Average holding value 12 VA 12 VA
100...250 V AC Average pull-in value 955 VA 880 VA
Average holding value 12 VA 12 VA
250 … 500 V AC Average pull-in value 950 VA 985 VA
Average holding value 12 VA 12 VA
DC control voltage
24...60 V DC Average pull-in value 900 W 785 W
Average holding value 5W 5.5 W
48...130 V DC Average pull-in value 1150 W 1020 W
Average holding value 5W 5W
100...250 V DC Average pull-in value 895 W 880 W
Average holding value 5W 5W
250 … 500 V DC Average pull-in value 885 W 910 W
Average holding value 7.5 W 7.5 W
Drop-out voltage 55 % of Uc min.
Voltage sag immunity Conditions of use on request
acc. to SEMI F47
Dips withstand ≥ 20 ms
Operating time
Coil supply between A1 - A2
Between coil energization and: Main contact closing 50…120 ms
Between coil de-energization and: Main contact opening 33…70 ms
Control input for PLC's
Between coil energization and: Main contact closing 40…60 ms 40...90 ms
Between coil de-energization and: Main contact opening 10…30 ms
Mounting characteristics and conditions for use
Contactor types AC / DC operated AFS400 AFS460 AFS580 AFS750
Mounting positions
Pos. 2 +30° -30°
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
—
AFS09 ... AFS96 3-pole contactors for safety applications
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AFS09 AFS12 AFS16 AFS26 AFS30 AFS38 AFS40 AFS52 AFS65 AFS80 AFS96
Main terminals
Screw terminals with cable clamp Screw terminals with double Screw terminals with
connector double connector
2 x (9.3 width x 7.9/10.3 depth) 2 x (12.4 width x
9.3/11.1 depth)
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Main conductors (poles)
Rigid Solid (≤ 4 mm²)
Stranded (≥ 1 mm²) } 1 x 1 ... 6 mm²
2 x 1 ... 6 mm²
2.5 ... 10 mm²
2.5 ... 10 mm²
6 ... 35 mm²
6 ... 35 mm²
6 ... 70 mm²
6 ... 50 mm²
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1 x 0.75 ... 6 mm² 1.5 ... 10 mm² 4 ... 35 mm² 6 ... 50 mm²
2 x 0.75 ... 6 mm² 1.5 ... 10 mm² 4 ... 35 mm² 6 ... 50 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 x 0.75 ... 4 mm² 1.5 ... 10 mm² 4 ... 35 mm² 6 ... 50 mm²
2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² 1.5 ... 4 mm² 4 ... 35 mm² 6 ... 50 mm²
L Bars or lugs L < 9.6 mm 12.5 mm 9.2 mm 12.2 mm
6
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16 ... 10 AWG 14 ... 8 AWG 10 ... 2 AWG 6 ... 1
Stripping length 10 mm 14 mm 16 mm 17 mm
Tightening torque 1.5 Nm / 13 lb.in 2.5 Nm / 22 lb.in 4 Nm / 35 lb.in 6 Nm / 53 lb.in
Auxiliary conductors
(built-in auxiliary terminals + coil terminals)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1 x 1 ... 2.5 mm²
2 x 1 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
2 x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm²
L Bars or lugs L < 8 mm
6
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18 ... 14
Stripping length 10 mm
Tightening torque
Coil terminals 1.2 Nm / 11 lb.in
Built-in auxiliary 1.2 Nm / 11 lb.in
terminals
Degree of protection
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1
and IEC 60529 / EN 60529
Main terminals IP20 IP10*
Coil terminals IP20
Built-in auxiliary terminals IP20
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened
Main terminals M3.5 M4 M6 M8
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2 Flat Ø 6.5 / Pozidriv 2 hexagon socket
(s = 4 mm)
Coil terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
Built-in auxiliary terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
—
AFS116 ... AFS370 3-pole contactors for safety applications
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AFS116 AFS146 AFS190 AFS205 AFS265 AFS305 AFS370
Main terminals 13 17.5 19.5
3 5 5
Flat type
10
7
14.3
ø 6.5 ø 8.5 ø 10.5
—
AFS400 ... AFS750 3-pole contactors for safety applications
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
03
ø 10.5 ø 6.5
ø 6.5 ø 12.5
—
AFS09 ... AFS96 3-pole contactors for safety applications
Technical data
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated AFS09 AFS12 AFS16 AFS26 AFS30 AFS38 AFS40 AFS52 AFS65 AFS80 AFS96
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 690 V
Rated frequency (without derating) 50 / 60 Hz
Conventional free air thermal current Ith - θ ≤ 40 °C 16 A
Ie / Rated operational current AC-15
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24-127 V 50/60 Hz 6 A
220-240 V 50/60 Hz 4 A
400-440 V 50/60 Hz 3 A
500 V 50/60 Hz 2 A
690 V 50/60 Hz 2 A
Making capacity AC-15 10 x Ie AC-15 acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
Breaking capacity AC-15 10 x Ie AC-15 acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24 V DC 6 A / 144 W
48 V DC 2.8 A / 134 W
72 V DC 1 A / 72 W
110 V DC 0.55 A / 60 W
125 V DC 0.55 A / 69 W
220 V DC 0.27 A / 60 W
250 V DC 0.27 A / 68 W
400 V DC 0.15 A / 60 W
500 V DC 0.13 A / 65 W
600 V DC 0.1 A / 60 W
Short-circuit protection device gG type fuse 10 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw for 1.0 s 100 A
for 0.1 s 140 A
Minimum switching capacity 12 V / 3 mA
with failure rate acc. to IEC 60947-5-4 10−⁷
Non-overlapping time between N.O. and N.C. contacts ≥ 2 ms
Power dissipation per pole at 6 A 0.1 w
Maximum electrical switching frequency AC-15 1200 cycles/h
DC-13 900 cycles/h
Mechanically linked contacts Built-in N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts and additional N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts (CAL4 aux. contact blocks) are
acc. to annex L of IEC 60947-5-1 mechanically linked contacts.
Mirror contacts Built-in N.C. auxiliary contacts or additional N.C. auxiliary contacts (CAL4 aux. contact blocks) are mirror contacts.
acc. to annex F of IEC 60947-4-1
—
AFS09 ... AFS750 3-pole contactors for safety applications
Terminal marking and positioning
03
13 21 31 43 13 21 31 43
NO NC NC NO
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 22 32 44
NO NC NC NO NO NC NC NO
AFS09 ... AFS96..-30-22
14 22 32 44 14 22 32 44
A1 A2
NO 13X
NC 21X 25X NC
NC 22X 26X NC
NO 14X
A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13X 21X 25X
NO NC NC
NC 22X 26X NC
NO 14X
NO NC NC
2T1 4T2 6T3 A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14X 22X 26X
—
3-pole contactors
Electrical durability and utilization categories
03
General
Utilization categories determine the current making and breaking conditions relating to the characteristics of the loads to
be controlled by the contactors. International standard IEC 60947-4-1 and European standard EN 60947-4-1 are the
standards to be referred to.
If Ic is the current to be broken by the contactor and Ie the rated operational current normally drawn by the load, then:
• Categories AC-1 and AC-3: ....... Ic = Ie
• Category AC-2: ........................... Ic = 2.5 x Ie
• Category AC-4: ........................... Ic = 6 x Ie
Generally speaking Ic = m x Ie where m is a multiple of the load operational current.
On next pages, the curves corresponding to categories AC-1, AC-3 and AC-4 represent the electrical durability variation of
standard contactors in relation to the breaking current Ic.
Electrical durability is expressed in millions of operating cycles.
Electrical durability forecast and contactor selection for mixed duty motor control: AC-3 (Ic = Ie) type switching off while
"motor running" and, occasionally, AC-4 (Ic = 6 x Ie) type switching off while "motor accelerating"
• Note the characteristics of the motor to be controlled:
- Operational voltage .................................................................... Ue
- Current normally drawn while "motor running" ...................... Ie (Ue / Ie / kW relation for motors, see "Motor rated operational
powers and currents")
- Breaking current for AC-3 .......................................................... Ic = Ie
- Breaking current for AC-4 while "motor accelerating"........ Ic = 6 x Ie
- Percentage of AC-4 operating cycles ..................................... K (on the basis of the total number of operating cycles)
• Define the total number of operating cycles N required.
• Note the smallest contactor rating compatible for AC-3 (Ue / Ie) on Main pole utilization characteristic table (see “Technical data”).
• For the selected contactor make a note of the following in relation to the voltage using diagram AC-3 in next pages:
- The number of operating cycles A for Ic = Ie (AC-3)
- The number of operating cycles B for Ic = 6 x Ie (AC-4)
• Calculate the estimated number of cycles N’ (N’ is always below A)
A
N'=
1 + 0.01 K (A/B - 1)
• If N' is too low in relation to the target N, calculate the estimated number of cycles for a higher contactor rating.
—
3-pole contactors for safety applications
Electrical durability
Switching non-inductive or slightly inductive loads. The breaking current Ic for AC-1 is equal to the rated operational current
of the load.
Ambient temperature and maximum electrical switching frequency: see "Technical data".
Millions of
8
6
3
9
operating
FS
FS
50
AF 00
AF 80
60
A
,A
cycles
16
AF 46
90
AF 05
AF 265
AF 05
70
S7
0,
S4
S5
S4
9
AF 6
AF 0
AF 2
AF 65
0
2
S0
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S8
S1
S1
S1
S2
S3
S3
S1
AF
AF
S
S
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
10
3 9
7
5
3
1
2 9
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
0.3 9
7
5
3
1
0.2
1 3 5 7 9 1 59 1 3 5 7 9
1 3 579 1 5 9
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.1
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000
26.5
Breaking current Ic (A)
Example:
Ic / AC-1 = 26.5 A – Electrical durability required = 2 millions operating cycles.
Using the AC-1 curves above select the AFS26 contactor at intersection " " (26.5 A / 2 millions operating cycles).
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/171
—
3-pole contactors for safety applications
Electrical durability
03
Switching cage motors: starting and switching off running motors. The breaking current Ic for AC-3 is equal to the rated
operational current Ie (Ie = motor full load current).
Ambient temperature and maximum electrical switching frequency: see "Technical data".
Millions of
8
6
S3
S9
AF
AF
operating
16
AF 46
AF 90
AF 205
AF 265
AF 05
70
60
80
50
AF 400
0,
0,
AF 6
9
AF 2
AF 5
cycles
S3
S1
S0
S1
S2
S4
S5
S6
S1
S1
S1
S3
S3
S8
S4
S5
S7
S
S
S
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
10
3 9
7
5
3
2 9
1
1.8 7
5
3
1
1
0.5
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 5 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.3
1 3 579
1 3 5 7 9 1 5 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.2
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000
55 Breaking current Ic (A)
Example:
Motor power 30 kW for AC-3 - Ue = 400 V and Ie = 55 A utilization – Electrical durability required = 1.8 million operating cycles.
For AC-3: Ic = Ie. Select the AFS65 contactor at intersection " " (55 A / 1.8 million operating cycles) on the curves
(AC-3 - Ue ≤ 440 V).
3/172 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
3-pole contactors for safety applications
Electrical durability
Switching cage motors: starting and switching off running motors. The breaking current Ic for AC-3 is equal to the rated
operational current Ie (Ie = motor full load current).
Ambient temperature and maximum electrical switching frequency: see "Technical data".
Millions of
operating
8
6
S3
S9
cycles
AF
AF
16
46
AF 90
AF 05
AF 65
05
S4 70
0,
0,
AF 2
6
AF 52
5
9
S1
S1
S3
S8
S2
S4
S6
S1
S1
S1
S2
S2
S3
AF S3
S0
AF 00
AF 60
AF 80
50
S
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
S4
S5
S7
AF
10
3 9
7
5
3
1
2 9
7
1.5 5
3
1
1
0.5
1 3 5 7 9 1 5 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.3
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 579 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 579
1 3 5 7 9
0.2
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000
140
Breaking current Ic (A)
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/173
—
3-pole contactors for safety applications
Electrical durability
03
Ambient temperature ≤ 60 °C for AFS09 ... AFS96
Switching cage motors: starting, reverse operation and step-by-step operation. The breaking current Ic is equal to 2.5 x Ie
for AC-2 and 6 x Ie for AC-4, keeping in mind that Ie is the motor rated operational current (Ie = motor full-load current).
Maximum electrical switching frequency: see "Technical data".
Millions of
38
AF 46
6
S2 90
AF S3 65
S4 FS
operating
1
S9
FS
AF S1
AF S2
AF , A
S 2
S3 05
AF
AF 80
05
50
AF 60
AF 00
AF S5
,A
cycles
AF
6
0
0
2
6
9
AF 65
S5
S2
S7
S3
S4
S1
S1
S4
S0
70
AF
0,
16
S8
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
S1
AF
10
3
2 9
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
0.3
0.2 9
7
5
3
1
0.1
0.05
0.03
0.02 9
7
5
3 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
1
0.01
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.005
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 5000
Breaking current Ic (A)
3/174 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
3-pole contactors for safety applications
Electrical durability
Electrical durability for AC-2 or AC-4 utilization category - 440 V < Ue ≤ 690 V
03
Millions of
16
operating S1
AF
cycles
S4 00
AF 146
AF 90
S2 5
AF 20
AF FS4
AF 30 65
96
S1
S
AF 60
S
AF
FS
S7 0
AF 6
AF S58
S2
9
AF S38
S3 5
S0
S1
S1
S3
50
0,
AF
AF 0
2
5
S4
S5
S6
70
AF
AF
AF
AF
S
S8
AF
AF
AF
10
3
2 9
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
0.3
0.2 9
7
5
3
1
0.1
0.05
0.03
0.02 9
7
5
3
1
0.01 1 3 5 7 9
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.005
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 3000 5000
Breaking current Ic (A)
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/175
03
—
For direct product details information, use product type or order code, ex:
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SBL137001R1310
—
AF and EK 4-pole contactors
3/178 Overview
Ordering details
25 to 125 A AC-1
3/180 AF09 … AF38 AC / DC operated
3/181 AF09Z … AF16Z 24 V DC operated designed for PLC
3/182 AF09Z ... AF38Z AC / DC operated for specific applications
3/183 AF40 … AF80 AC / DC operated
3/184 Contactors and main accessories
160 to 525 A AC-1
3/185 AF116 … AF140 AC / DC operated
3/186 AF190 … AF370 AC / DC operated
3/187 Contactors and main accessories
3/188 AF116 … AF140 AC / DC operated - with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
3/189 AF190 … AF370 AC / DC operated - with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
3/190 Contactors and main accessories
3/191 AF116 … AF140 AC / DC operated - with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C.
3/192 AF190 … AF370 AC / DC operated - with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C.
3/193 Contactors and main accessories
800 to 1000 A AC-1
3/194 EK550, EK1000 AC operated - with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
3/195 EK550, EK1000 DC operated - with 2 N.O. + 1 N.C.
3/196 EK550, EK1000 AC operated - with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C.
3/197 Main accessories
3/199 Technical data
3/211 Electrical durability
3/466 Voltage code table
3/178 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
4-pole contactors
Overview
03
AC / DC Control supply Type AF09 AF16 AF26 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF80
AC Control supply Type AF09 AF16 AF26 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF80
DC Control supply Type AF09 AF16 AF26 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF80
Main accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks Front mounting CA4-10 (1 x N.O.), CA4-01 (1 x N.C.)
Side mounting CAL4-11 (1 x N.O. + 1 x N.C.)
Timers Electronic TEF4-ON
TEF4-OFF
Interlocking units Mechanical VM4 VM96-4
Mechanical / Electrical VEM4
Surge suppressors Varistor + RC (AC / DC) Built-in surge protection
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/179
03
160 200 275 350 400 500 525 800 1000
160 175 230 250 300 350 420 540 —
RC-EH800
3/180 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF09 ... AF38 4-pole contactors
25 to 55 A AC-1
AC / DC operated
AF09 ... AF38 4-pole contactors are mainly used for controlling non-inductive or slightly inductive
03
loads (i.e. resistance furnaces...) and generally for controlling power circuits up to 690 V AC and
440 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 4 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...500 V 50/60 Hz
1SBC101095F0014
and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening.
AF09-40-00 • built-in surge suppression
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational General use voltage contacts
current rating Uc min. … Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C 600 V AC (1 pce)
AC-1
A A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
4 N.O. main poles
25 25 24...60 20...60 (1) 0 0 AF09-40-00-11 1SBL137201R1100 0.270
1SBC101097F0014
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5 0.20"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
5 0.20" 5 0.20"
03
AF09Z ... AF38Z 4 -pole contactors are mainly used for controlling non-inductive or slightly inductive
loads (i.e. resistance furnaces...) and generally for controlling power circuits up to 690 V AC andUc
440 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 4 main poles. A1 A2
• control circuit: 24 V DC operated with electronic coil interface allowing low holding consumption
1SBC101529V0014
CLIC !
L
L L
mm² mm² mm² mm mm mm Assembly - Anbau - Montage - Montering
AF09Z...16Z-...-30 M 3,5 2x 2x 2 x 0,75...2,5 Montaggio - Montaje - -
3 & 4-pole Ø 5,5 L = 10 L < 9,6 _
1,5 N.m 1...6 0,75...6 1 x 0,75...4
AF26Z...38Z-...-30 M 4
Ø 6,5
2x 2x 2 x 1,5...4
L = 14 L < 12,5 _ 35 mm
3-pole 2,5 N.m 2,5...10 1,5...10 1 x 1,5...10
EN/IEC 60715
pozidriv N° 2
AF09Z...16Z-30-10-30
L < 9,6 _
AF09Z...16Z-30-01-30 M 3,5 2x 2x 2 x 0,75...1,5
L = 10
NFZ...-30 1,2 N.m Ø 5,5 1...2,5 0,75...2,5 1 x 0,75... 2,5 2
AF09Z... 38Z-30-22-30 L<8 _
AF26Z... 38Z-30-11-30
Disassembly - Abbau
AF09Z ... 38Z-...-30 M 3,5 Ø 5,5 2x 2x 2 x 0,75....1,5
L = 10 L<8 _ Démontage - Demontering
NFZ...-30 1,2 N.m 1...2,5 0,75...2,5 1 x 0,75... 2,5 Smontaggio - Desmontaje
2
-
A B A B
mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch
Acc. to UL60947-4-1 and
NFZ22E...NFZ40E-30 97 3.82" 91 3.58" NFZ44E...NFZ80E-30 130,5 5.14" 91 3.58"
Main dimensions
AF09Z...38Z-...-30, mm,
AF09Z...16Z-...-30 inches
AF26Z...38Z-...-30 3-pole 106 4.17" 100 3.94"
AF09Z...16Z-30-22-30
139,5 5.49" 100 3.94"
CSA C22.2 NO. 60947-4-1, min. enclosure for :
AF09Z...AF16Z-...-30, NFZ...-30, : 180 x 130 x 175 mm
AF26Z...38Z-30-22-30
6 0.24"
NFZ22E...NFZ80E-30
AF26Z...38Z-30-11-30 131,5 5.18" 100 3.94" AF26Z...38Z-30-...-30 3-pole : 255 x 180 x 175 mm
97 3.82" 130.5 5.14"
35 1.38"
97 91
3.82"
3.58" 91 3.58" 2x
35 1.38" ø 4.2 0.17" M4 8-32 UNC
45 1.77" 5.5 0.22"
91 3.58" 5.5 0.22" 2x
ø 4.2 0.17"
5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC
6 0.24"
80 3.15"
60 2.36"
70 2.76"
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
AF09Z, AF16Z
ABB France
3, rue Jean Perrin AF26Z, AF38Z
69680 Chassieu / France
www.abb.com/lowvoltage
3/182 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF09Z ... AF38Z 4-pole contactors
25 to 55 A AC-1
AC / DC operated for specific applications
AF09Z ... AF38Z 4 -pole contactors are mainly used for controlling non-inductive or slightly induc-
03
tive loads (i.e. resistance furnaces...) and generally for controlling power circuits up to 690 V AC
and 440 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 4 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...250 V 50/60 Hz
1SBC101095F0014
and 12...250 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- allow direct control by PLC-output ≥ 24 V DC 500 mA
- reduced panel energy consumption
AF09Z-40-00
- very distinct closing and opening
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47-0706 conditions of use on request).
• built-in surge suppression
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational General use voltage contacts
current rating Uc min. … Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C 600 V AC (1 pce)
AC-1
A A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
1SBC101097F0014
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5 0.20"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
5 0.20" 5 0.20"
—
AF40 ... AF80 4-pole contactors
70 to 125 A AC-1
AC / DC operated
AF40 ... AF80 4-pole contactors are mainly used for controlling non-inductive or slightly inductive
03
loads (i.e. resistance furnaces...) and generally for controlling power circuits up to 1000 V AC and
440 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 4 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 control voltages ranges covering 24...500 V 50/60 Hz
1SBC101045V0014
and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
AF40-40-00 - can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47-0706 conditions of use on request).
• built-in surge suppression
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational General use voltage contacts
current rating Uc min. … Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C 600 V AC (1 pce)
AC-1
1SBC101048V0014
A A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
6 0.24"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
—
AF09 ... AF80 4-pole contactors
Contactors and main accessories
03
X
Fixing clips AF09...AF52
contactors
AF09...AF80
VM..
contactors
Mechanical
interlock unit
CAT4-11
2-pole
auxiliary contact
WA4
CAL4-11 and A1/A2 coil
Mechanical
2-pole auxiliary TEF4 terminal block
latching
contact block Electronic unit BX4-CA
timer Protective cover
BX4-CA
BX4-CA Protective cover
BX4 CA4 Protective
CA4 4-pole auxiliary
Protective cover
1-pole auxiliary contact block
cover
contact block A2-A2 connection
AF09...AF38
contactors
CAL4-11
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
CA4
CA4 1-pole auxiliary
VEM4 mechanical and electrical interlock set Including: 1-pole auxiliary contact block
- VM4 mechanical interlock unit with 2 fixing clips contact block
- VE4 electrical inlerlock block with A2-A2 connection
VE4
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Many configurations of accessories are possible depending on whether these are front-mounted or side-mounted.
Contactor Main Built-in Front-mounted accessories Side-mounted accessories
types poles auxiliary Auxiliary contact blocks Electronic Mechanical Electrical and Auxiliary contact blocks
contacts timer latching unit mechanical interlock set
(between 2 contactors) 2-pole CAL4-11
1-pole CA4 2-pole CAT4-11 4-pole CA4 TEF4 WA4 (4) VEM4 Left side Right side
—
AF116 … AF140 4-pole contactors
160 to 200 A AC-1
AC / DC operated
AF116 ... AF140 4-pole contactors are mainly used for controlling non-inductive or slightly induc-
03
tive loads (i.e. resistance furnaces...) and generally for controlling power circuits up to 690 V AC
and 350 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 4 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V
1SFC101158V0001
IEC UL / CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational General use voltage contacts (1)
current rating Uc min. ... Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C 600 V AC (1 pce)
AC-1
1SFC101193V0001
A A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
A-A
SECTION SECTION A-A A A SECTION A-A
SECTION A-A
A A
120 4.72"120 4.72" 128 5.04"128 5.04" 120 4.72" 120 4.72" 128 5.04" 128 5.04"
55.5 0.22"
55.5 0.22"
55.5 2.18"
55.5 2.18"
19.5 4.96"
19.5 4.96"
19.5 0.77"
19.5 0.77"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
—
AF190 … AF370 4-pole contactors
275 to 525 A AC-1
AC / DC operated
AF190 ... AF370 4-pole contactors are mainly used for controlling non-inductive or slightly induc-
03
tive loads (i.e. resistance furnaces...) and generally for controlling power circuits up to 1000 V AC
and 440 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 4 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V
50/60 Hz and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
1SFC101160V0001
A
183.75 7.23" 180 7.09"
19.5 0.77" ø 10.5 0.41" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20"
SECTION A-A
A 152.5 6.00"
140 5.51" ø 8.5 0.33" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20"
33.4 1.31"
94.7 3.73"
29.5 1.16"
83.5 3.29"
225 8.86"
196 7.72"
—
AF116 ... AF370 4-pole contactors
Contactors and main accessories
03
CAL19-11B
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
VM CAL19-11B
Mechanical 2-pole auxiliary
interlock contact block
CAL19-11B
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
AF contactor
with bar connections
CAL19-11B AF contactor
2-pole auxiliary with built-in cable clamps
contact block LT
Terminal shroud
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Contactor Main Available Side-mounted accessories
types poles auxiliary Auxiliary contact blocks
contacts
—
AF116 … AF140 4-pole contactors
160 to 200 A AC-1
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AF116 ... AF140 4-pole contactors are mainly used for controlling non-inductive or slightly induc-
03
tive loads (i.e. resistance furnaces...) and generally for controlling power circuits up to 690 V AC
and 350 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 4 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V
1SFC101154V0001
IEC UL / CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational General use voltage contacts (1)
current rating Uc min. ... Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C (1 pce)
AC-1 600 V AC
1SFC101192V0001
A A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
4 N.O. main poles
For connection with built-in cable clamps
160 160 24...60 20...60 1 1 AF116-40-11-11 1SFL427101R1111 2.270
AF140-40-11B 48...130 48...130 1 1 AF116-40-11-12 1SFL427101R1211 2.270
100...250 100...250 1 1 AF116-40-11-13 1SFL427101R1311 2.270
250...500 250...500 1 1 AF116-40-11-14 1SFL427101R1411 2.270
200 175 24...60 20...60 1 1 AF140-40-11-11 1SFL447101R1111 2.270
48...130 48...130 1 1 AF140-40-11-12 1SFL447101R1211 2.270
100...250 100...250 1 1 AF140-40-11-13 1SFL447101R1311 2.270
250...500 250...500 1 1 AF140-40-11-14 1SFL447101R1411 2.270
55.5 0.22"
55.5 2.18"
55.5 2.18"
19.5 4.96"
19.5 4.96"
19.5 0.77"
19.5 0.77"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
30 1.18"
30 1.18" 30 1.18"
30 1.18"
—
AF190 … AF370 4-pole contactors
275 to 525 A AC-1
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AF190 ... AF370 4-pole contactors are mainly used for controlling non-inductive or slightly induc-
03
tive loads (i.e. resistance furnaces...) and generally for controlling power circuits up to 1000 V AC
and 440 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 4 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V
50/60 Hz and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
1SFC101155V0001
A 152.5 6.00"
225 8.86"
196 7.72"
—
AF116 ... AF370 4-pole contactors with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
Contactors and main accessories
03
CAL19-11B
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
VM CAL19-11B
Mechanical 2-pole auxiliary
interlock contact block
CAL19-11B
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
AF contactor
with bar connections
CAL19-11B AF contactor
2-pole auxiliary with built-in cable clamps
contact block
LT
Terminal shroud
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Contactor Main Available Side-mounted accessories
types poles auxiliary Auxiliary contact blocks
contacts
—
AF116 … AF140 4-pole contactors
160 to 200 A AC-1
AC / DC operated with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AF116 ... AF140 4-pole contactors are mainly used for controlling non-inductive or slightly induc-
03
tive loads (i.e. resistance furnaces...) and generally for controlling power circuits up to 690 V AC
and 350 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 4 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
1SFC101159V0001
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V
50/60 Hz and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
AF140-40-22 - can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request).
• built-in surge suppression
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
IEC UL / CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational General use voltage contacts (1)
current rating Uc min. ... Uc max. fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C 600 V AC (1 pce)
AC-1
1SFC101194V0001
A A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
55.5 0.22"
55.5 2.18"
55.5 2.18"
19.5 4.96"
19.5 4.96"
19.5 0.77"
19.5 0.77"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
30 1.18"
30 1.18" 30 1.18"
30 1.18"
—
AF190 … AF370 4-pole contactors
275 to 525 A AC-1
AC / DC operated with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
AF190 ... AF370 4-pole contactors are mainly used for controlling non-inductive or slightly induc-
03
tive loads (i.e. resistance furnaces...) and generally for controlling power circuits up to 1000 V AC
and 440 V DC. These contactors are of the block type design with 4 main poles.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 24...500 V
50/60 Hz and 20...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
1SFC101161V0001
A 152.5 6.00"
225 8.86"
196 7.72"
—
AF116 ... AF370 4-pole contactors with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
Contactors and main accessories
03
CAL19-11B
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
CAL19-11B
2-pole auxiliary AF contactor
contact block with built-in cable clamps
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Contactor Main Available Side-mounted accessories
types poles auxiliary Auxiliary contact blocks
contacts
—
EK550, EK1000 4-pole contactors
800 to 1000 A AC-1
AC operated with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
EK550 4-pole contactors are mainly used for controlling non-inductive or slightly inductive loads
03
(i.e. resistance furnaces...) and generally for controlling power circuits up to 1000 V AC and
600 V DC, EK1000 up to 1000 V AC.
These contactors are of the block type design with:
• 4 main poles
1SFC98099-069
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational General use voltage contacts
current rating Uc fitted Pkg
EK1000-40-11 θ ≤ 40 °C 600 V AC (1) (1 pce)
AC-1
A A V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
800 540 220 220…240 1 1 EK550-40-11 SK827041-EL 17.200
220…230 230…255 1 1 EK550-40-11 SK827041-EM 17.200
400…415 - 1 1 EK550-40-11 SK827041-AR 17.200
1000 - 220 220…240 1 1 EK1000-40-11 SK827044-EL 17.500
220…230 230…255 1 1 EK1000-40-11 SK827044-EM 17.500
400…415 - 1 1 EK1000-40-11 SK827044-AR 17.500
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
1) 1)
11 0.43" 270 10.63" 11 0.43"
244 9.61" 225.5 8.88"
2)
ø 11 0.43"
11 0.43" 1) 270 10.63" 11 0.43"1) 139.5 5.49" 8 0.31"
4)
244 9.61" 23 0.91"
5)
(M10)
ø 11 0.43" 2) 225.5 8.88"
139.5 5.49" 6 0.24"
23 0.91"4) (M10) 5)
223 8.78"
223 8.78"
3)
40
1.57"
0.79"
20
403) 67 40
67 25 12.5 2.64" 1.57"
1.57"
2.64" 0.98" 0.49"
EK550 EK1000
1) Dimension for extra auxiliary contact block.
2) Screw, nut and washer by-packed.
3) Min. distance to uninsulated wall.
4) Damping elements are included.
5) Earthing screw.
—
EK550, EK1000 4-pole contactors
800 to 1000 A AC-1
DC operated with 2 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
EK550 4-pole contactors are mainly used for controlling non-inductive or slightly inductive loads
03
(i.e. resistance furnaces...) and generally for controlling power circuits up to 1000 V AC and 600 V
DC, EK1000 up to 1000 V AC.
These contactors are of the block type design with:
• 4 main poles
• control circuit: DC operated
1SFC98099-069
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
IEC UL / CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational General use voltage contacts
current rating Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C 600 V AC (1 pce)
EK1000-40-21
AC-1
A A V DC kg
800 540 48 2 1 EK550-40-21 SK827041-DD 17.200
110 2 1 EK550-40-21 SK827041-DE 17.200
125 2 1 EK550-40-21 SK827041-DU 17.200
220 2 1 EK550-40-21 SK827041-DF 17.200
1000 - 36 2 1 EK1000-40-21 SK827044-DC 17.500
48 2 1 EK1000-40-21 SK827044-DD 17.500
60 2 1 EK1000-40-21 SK827044-DT 17.500
110 2 1 EK1000-40-21 SK827044-DE 17.500
125 2 1 EK1000-40-21 SK827044-DU 17.500
220 2 1 EK1000-40-21 SK827044-DF 17.500
1)
11 0.43" 296 11.65"
270 10.63"
23 0.91"4) (M10) 5)
223 8.78"
3)
40
1.57"
E0263D8
E1693D
67 25 12.5 403) 67 40 20
2.64" 0.98" 0.49" 1.57" 2.64" 1.57" 0.79"
EK550 EK1000
1) Dimension for extra auxiliary contact block.
2) Screw, nut and washer by-packed.
3) Min. distance to uninsulated wall.
4) Damping elements are included.
5) Earthing screw.
3/196 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
EK550, EK1000 4-pole Contactors
800 to 1000 A AC-1
AC operated with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
EK550 4-pole contactors are mainly used for controlling non-inductive or slightly inductive loads
03
(i.e. resistance furnaces...) and for controlling power circuits up to 1000 V AC and 600 V DC,
EK1000 up to 1000 V AC.
These contactors are of the block type design with:
• 4 main poles
• control circuit: AC operated
1SFC98099-069
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational General use voltage contacts
current rating Uc fitted Pkg
EK1000-40-22 θ ≤ 40 °C 600 V AC (1) (1 pce)
AC-1
A A V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
800 540 220 220…240 2 2 EK550-40-22 SK827043-EL 17.200
220…230 230…255 2 2 EK550-40-22 SK827043-EM 17.200
400…415 - 2 2 EK550-40-22 SK827043-AR 17.200
1000 - 220 220…240 2 2 EK1000-40-22 SK827045-EL 17.500
220…230 230…255 2 2 EK1000-40-22 SK827045-EM 17.500
380 380…415 2 2 EK1000-40-22 SK827045-EP 17.500
380…400 400…440 2 2 EK1000-40-22 SK827045-ER 17.500
400…415 - 2 2 EK1000-40-22 SK827045-AR 17.500
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
1)
11 0.43" 296 11.65"
270 10.63"
244 9.61"
11 0.43"1)
2)
11 0.43" 1) 270 10.63" ø 11 0.43"
225.5 8.88"
244 9.61"
139.5 5.49" 8 0.31"
ø 11 0.43" 2) 225.5 8.88" 4)
23 0.91"
139.5 5.49" 6 0.24" (M10)
5)
23 0.91"4) (M10) 5)
223 8.78"
223 8.78"
3)
40
E1694D
E1693D
403) 1.57"
67 40 20
67 25 12.5 1.57"
1.57" 2.64" 0.79"
2.64" 0.98" 0.49"
EK550 EK1000
1) Dimension for extra auxiliary contact block
2) Screw, nut and washer by-packed
3) Min. distance to uninsulated wall
4) Damping elements are included
5) Earthing screw
—
EK550, EK1000 4-pole contactors with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
and 2 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
03
Mounting positions of the auxiliary contact Auxiliary contact types and connecting diagrams
13 21 31 43 53 61 71 83 35 47
14 22 32 44 54 62 72 84 36 48
EK 4-pole contactors
Contactor Main Available
types poles auxiliary
contacts
Add-on auxiliary contact blocks Mounting and positioning
Factory mounted auxiliary contacts
2-pole CAL16-11 ... Add-on CAL16-11 auxiliary contacts
+ 1 x CAL16-11D
DC operated
EK 4-pole reversing contactors with VH800 mechanical and electrical interlock units
"Left hand" Interlocking "Right hand"
contactors contactors
DC operated
EK550, EK1000 VH800 EK550, EK1000 –
E E
3/198 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
EK550, EK1000 4-pole contactors with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
and 2 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
03
A1 A1
1 3 5 7 7 5 3 1 For contactors Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
2 4 6 8 8 6 4 2 contacts qty (1 pce)
A2 A2
E0747D
kg
BSS550 ... BSS1000
Side-mounted auxiliary contact blocks
EK 1 1 CAL16-11B SK829002-B 1 0.050
1 1 CAL16-11C SK829002-C 1 0.050
1 1 CAL16-11D SK829002-D 1 0.050
1 1 CCL16-11E (2) SK829002-E 1 0.050
A078
Surge suppressors
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty (1 pce)
Uc
V AC DC kg
EK550, EK1000 48...110 – RC-EH800/110 SK829007-C 1 0.015
EK550, EK1000 24...125 – RC-EH800/110 SK829007-C 1 0.015
EK550, EK1000 220...600 – RC-EH800/600 SK829007-D 1 0.015
See "Main accessory fitting details" table.
(2) Mounting of CCL16-11E blocks does not allow an additional second block to be added on top of it.
All DC operated EK contactors are equipped with one CCL16-11E on the right side.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/199
—
AF09 ... AF80 4-pole contactors
Technical data
03
Main pole - Utilization characteristics according to IEC
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF09 AF16 AF26 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF80
Standards IEC 60947-1 / 60947-4-1 and EN 60947-1 / 60947-4-1
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 1000 V
Rated frequency (without derating) 50 / 60 Hz
Conventional free-air thermal current Ith
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, open contactors, θ ≤ 40 °C 35 A 35 A 55 A 55 A 105 A 105 A 125 A
With conductor cross-sectional area 6 mm² 6 mm² 16 mm² 16 mm² 35 mm² 35 mm² 50 mm²
AC-1 Utilization category
For air temperature close to contactor
Ie / Rated operational current AC-1 θ ≤ 40 °C 25 A 30 A 45 A 55 A 70 A 100 A 125 A
Ue max. ≤ 690 V, 50/60 Hz θ ≤ 60 °C 25 A 30 A 40 A 45 A 60 A 80 A 105 A
θ ≤ 70 °C 22 A 26 A 32 A 37 A 50 A 70 A 90 A
With conductor cross-sectional area 4 mm² 6 mm² 10 mm² 16 mm² 25 mm² 35 mm² 50 mm²
AC-3 Utilization category
For air temperature close to contactor θ ≤ 60 °C
Ie / Max. rated operational current AC-3 (1)
3-phase motors 220-230-240 V 9A 18 A 23.2 A 23.2 A 40 A 53 A 80 A
380-400 V 9A 18 A 22 A 22 A 40 A 53 A 80 A
M
415 V 9A 18 A 21.2 A 21.2 A 40 A 53 A 80 A
3 440 V 9A 18 A 20 A 20 A 40 A 53 A 80 A
500 V 9.5 A 15 A 17.6 A 17.6 A 35 A 45 A 65 A
690 V 7A 10.5 A 10.5 A 10.5 A 25 A 35 A 49 A
1000 V 25 A
Rated operational power AC-3 (1)
1500 r.p.m. 50 Hz 220-230-240 V 2.2 kW 4 kW 5.5 kW 5.5 kW 11 kW 15 kW 22 kW
1800 r.p.m. 60 Hz 380-400 V 4 kW 7.5 kW 11 kW (3) 11 kW (3) 18.5 kW 22 kW 37 kW
M 3-phase motors 415 V 4 kW 9 kW 11 kW 11 kW 22 kW 30 kW 45 kW
3 440 V 4 kW 9 kW 11 kW 11 kW 22 kW 30 kW 45 kW
500 V 5.5 kW 9 kW 11 kW 11 kW 22 kW 30 kW 45 kW
690 V 5.5 kW 9 kW 9 kW 9 kW 22 kW 30 kW 45 kW
1000 V 35 kW
Rated making capacity AC-3 10 x Ie AC-3 acc. to IEC 60947-4-1
Rated breaking capacity AC-3 8 x Ie AC-3 acc. to IEC 60947-4-1
Short-circuit protection device for contactors
Without thermal overload relay - Motor protection excluded
Ue ≤ 500 V AC - gG type fuse 25 A 32 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 110 A 160 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw 1s 300 A 300 A 450 A 450 A 1000 A 1000 A 1200 A
At 40 °C ambient temperature, 10 s 150 A 150 A 300 A 300 A 600 A 600 A 780 A
in free air from a cold state 30 s 80 A 80 A 225 A 225 A 350 A 350 A 450 A
1 min 60 A 60 A 150 A 150 A 250 A 250 A 300 A
15 min 35 A 35 A 55 A 55 A 110 A 110 A 140 A
Maximum breaking capacity N.O. main pole at 440 V 250 A 250 A - - 950 A 950 A 1100 A
cos φ = 0.45 at 690 V 106 A 106 A - - 600 A 600 A 750 A
N.C. Main pole at 440 V - - - - 600 A - 900 A
at 690 V - - - - 300 A - 750 A
Power dissipation per pole Ie / AC-1 0.8 W 1.2 W 1.6 W 2.3 W 3W 6.3 W 8W
Ie / AC-3 0.1 W 0.35 W 0.42 W 0.42 W 1W 1.7 W 3.2 W
Max. electrical switching frequency AC-1 600 cycles/h
(1) For the corresponding kW/A values of 1500 r.p.m, 50 Hz or 1800 r.p.m, 60 Hz, 3-phase motors, see "Motor Rated Operational Powers and Currents"
(2) For the protection of motor starters against short circuits, see "Coordination with Short-circuit Protection Devices".
(3) 400 V 3-phase motors only.
3/200 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF116 ... EK1000 4-pole contactors
Technical data
03
—
AF09 ... AF80 4-pole contactors
Technical data
03
Main pole - Utilization characteristics according to UL/NEMA/CSA
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF09 AF16 AF26 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF80
Standards UL 508, CSA C22.2 N°14 UL 60947-4-1, CSA-C22.2 No. 60947-4-1
Max. operational voltage 600 V
UL / CSA general use rating
600 V AC 25 A 30 A 45 A 55 A 60 A 80 A 105 A
With conductor cross-sectional area AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 8 AWG 6 AWG 6 AWG 4 AWG 2
1 pole 80 V DC 25 A (1) 30 A (1) 45 A 55 A 60 A 80 A 105 A
2 poles in serie 160 V DC 25 A (1) 30 A (1) 45 A 55 A 60 A 80 A 105 A
3 poles in serie 240 V DC 25 A 30 A 45 A 55 A 60 A 80 A 105 A
4 poles in serie 320 V DC 25 A 30 A 45 A 55 A 60 A 80 A 105 A
With conductor cross-sectional area AWG 10 AWG 10 AWG 8 AWG 8 AWG 6 AWG 4 AWG 2
Max. electrical switching frequency
For general use 600 cycles/h
Note: 4 -pole contactors fitted with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. main poles, see "General technical data".
(1) 20 A for AF09..-22-00 and AF16..-22-00.
—
AF116 ... EK1000 4-pole contactors
Technical data
03
—
AF09 ... AF80 4-pole contactors
Technical data
03
Rated insulation voltage Ui
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 690 V 1000 V
acc. to UL / CSA 600 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. 6 kV 8 kV
Electromagnetic compatibility Devices complying with IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 - Environment A and B (1)
Pollution degree 3
Ambient air temperature close to contactor
Operation -40...+70 °C
Storage -60...+80 °C
Climatic withstand Category B according to IEC 60947-1 Annex Q
Maximum operating altitude (without derating) 3000 m
Mechanical durability
Number of operating cycles 10 millions operating cycles
Max. switching frequency 3600 cycles/h
Shock withstand
acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 and EN 60068-2-27
Mounting position 1
Shock direction1/2 sinusoidal shock for 11 ms: no change in contact position, closed or open position
4 N.O. A30 g 20 g
Main poles B125 g Closed position / 5 g Open position 20 g Closed position / 5 g Open position
B215 g 10 g
C125 g 20 g
C225 g 20 g
C1 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. A30 g 30 g Closed position / 20 g
Main poles 25 g Open position
A A B1 B2 B125 g Closed position / 25 g Closed position / 20 g Closed position / 20 g Closed
5 g Open position 5 g Open position 5 g Open position position /
4 g Open
C2
position
B2 15 g 15 g Closed position / 10 g
10 g Open position
C1 25 g 25 g Closed position / 20 g
20 g Open position
C2 25 g 25 g Closed position / 20 g
20 g Open position
Vibration withstand 5 ... 300 Hz 5 ... 300 Hz
acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 4 g Closed position / 2 g Open position 3 g Closed position / 2 g Open position
(1) Environment B: all AF09 … AF38 contactors produced since week 08-2013.
AF09 … AF38-..-..-12 (48...130 V 50/60 Hz-DC) compliant to environment A only: for environment B select AF09Z … AF38Z-..-..-22.
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
Remark for 4-pole contactors fitted with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. These contactors are not suitable for a reversing
main poles starter or for controlling a single load from 2 separate
supplies.
1 R3 R5 7 These contactors are suitable for Block diagrams
controlling 2 separate circuits, i.e.
2 loads with 2 separate supplies, or - Single supply - 2 separate supplies
1 circuit comprising 2 separate loads and 2 separate loads and 2 separate loads
with a single supply (see diagrams Supply Main
supply
2 R4 R6 8
beside). When the contactor operates Back-up
supply
there is no mechanical overlapping
between the N.O. poles and the N.C. A1 1 R3 R5 7 A1 1 R3 R5 7
—
AF116 ... EK1000 4-pole contactors
Technical data
03
C2 C1 10 g
C2 10 g
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/205
—
AF09 ... AF80 4-pole contactors
Technical data
03
Magnet system characteristics AF09 ... AF80 AC / DC operated
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF09 AF16 AF26 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF80
Coil operating limits AC supply At θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85 x Uc min...1.1 x Uc max. at θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... 1.1 x Uc max
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 At θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min...Uc max.
DC supply at θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... 1.1 x Uc max at θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... 1.1 x Uc max
at θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... Uc max
AC control voltage 50/60 Hz
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24...500 V AC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 50 VA 40 VA
Magnet System Characteristics AF09Z…AF38Z 24V DC operated designed for PLC - coil 30
Contactor types DC operated AF09Z AF16Z
Coil operating limits DC supply at θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85 ... 1.1x Uc
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 at θ ≤ 70 °C Uc
DC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24 V DC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 6 W
Average holding value 1.7 W
PLC-output control ≥ 250 mA 24 V DC for PLCs and safety PLCs using broken wire detection
Drop-out voltage ≤ 60 % of Uc min.
Voltage sag immunity acc. to SEMI F47-0706 -
Dips withstand -20 °C ≤ θ ≤ +60 °C -
Operating time
Between coil energization and: N.O. contact closing 27 … 53 ms
N.C. contact opening 20 … 35 ms
Between coil de-energization and: N.O. contact opening 17 … 29 ms
N.C. contact closing 22 … 57 ms
Magnet System Characteristics AF09Z…AF38Z AC / DC operated for specific applications - coils 20, 21, 22, 23
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF09Z AF16Z AF26Z AF38Z
Coil operating limits AC supply At θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85 x Uc min...1.1 x Uc max.
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 At θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min...Uc max.
DC supply at θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... 1.1 x Uc max
AC control voltage 50/60 Hz
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24...250 V AC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 16 VA
Average holding value 1.7 VA / 1.5 W
DC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 12...250 V DC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 12 ... 16 W
Average holding value 1.7 W
PLC-output control (AF..Z coil 21) ≥ 500 mA 24 V DC for PLCs - Not suitable for safety PLCs
Drop-out voltage ≤ 60 % of Uc min.
Voltage sag immunity acc. to SEMI F47-0706 (AF..Z coil 21, 22, 23) conditions of use on request
Dips withstand -20 °C ≤ θ ≤ +60 °C (AF..Z coil 21, 22, 23) 20 ms average for Uc ≥ 24 V 50/60 Hz or Uc ≥ 20 V DC
Operating time
Between coil energization and: N.O. contact closing 40...95 ms
N.C. contact opening 38...90 ms
Between coil de-energization and: N.O. contact opening 11...95 ms
N.C. contact closing 13...98 ms
3/206 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF116 ... AF370 4-pole contactors
Technical data
03
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
—
EK550 ... EK1000 4-pole contactors
Technical data
03
Magnet system characteristics
Contactor types AC operated EK550 EK1000
Coil operating limits AC supply At θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min...1.1 x Uc max.
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 Please also refer to "Mounting characteristics and conditions for use"
AC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage 50 Hz 48...500 V
60 Hz 110...600 V
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 50 Hz 3500 VA
60 Hz 4000 VA
50/60 Hz (1) 3800 / 3400 VA
Average holding value 50 Hz 125 VA / 50 W
60 Hz 140 VA / 60 W
50/60 Hz (1) 140 VA /60 W
Drop-out voltage in % of Uc min. approx. 45...65 %
Operating time
Between coil energization and: N.O. contact closing 30...60 ms
N.C. contact opening 25...55 ms
Between coil de-energization and: N.O. contact opening 10...20 ms
N.C. contact closing 13...23 ms
(1) "A" coil voltage: see "Coil voltage code table".
ABB
Position 4
ABB
+30 -30
ABB
Position 5
Position 3
ABB
E1863D1
Position 6
Position 1 Position 1 30
Max. N.O. or N.C. built-in and add-on N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts:
see accessory fitting details for 4-pole contactor EK550, EK1000
Control voltage / Ambient temperature
Mounting 1, 1±30°, 2, 3, 4, 5 at θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85…1.1 x Uc
positions 6 at θ ≤ 70 °C Unauthorized
Mounting distances The contactors can be assembled side by side
Fixing
On rail according to IEC 60715, EN 60715 –
By screws 4 x M6 (2)
(2) Damping elements are supplied.
3/208 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF09 ... AF80 4-pole contactors
Technical data
03
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AF09 AF16 AF26 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF80
Main terminals
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16...10 AWG 16...6 AWG 10...2 AWG 6...1
Stripping length 10 mm 12 mm 16 mm 17 mm
Tightening torque 1.5 Nm / 13 lb.in 2.5 Nm / 22 lb.in 4 Nm / 35 lb.in 6 Nm / 53 lb.in
Auxiliary conductors
(coil terminals)
Rigid solid/stranded 1x 1...2.5 mm²
2x 1...2.5 mm²
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2 x 0.75...1.5 mm²
L Lugs L < 8 mm
6
—
AF116 ... AF370 4-pole contactors
Technical data
03
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC / DC operated AF116 AF140 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370
Main terminals 13 17.5 19.5
3 5 5
Flat type
10
7
14.3
ø 6.5 ø 8.5 ø 10.5
—
EK550 ... EK1000 4-pole contactors
Technical data
03
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC or DC operated EK550 EK1000
Main terminals 15 40
E1868D
E1864D
ø 6.6 ø 11
—
4-pole contactors
Electrical durability and utilization categories
03
General
Utilization categories determine the current making and breaking conditions relating to the characteristics of the loads
to be controlled by the contactors. International standard IEC 60947-4-1 and European standard EN 60947-4-1 are the
standards to be referred to.
If Ic is the current to be broken by the contactor and Ie the rated operational current normally drawn by the load, then:
• Categories AC-1: Ic = Ie
Generally speaking Ic = m x Ie where m is a multiple of the load operational current.
On next pages, the curves corresponding to categorie AC-1 represent the electrical durability variation of standard
contactors in relation to the breaking current Ic.
—
4-pole contactors
Electrical durability
Switching non-inductive or slightly inductive loads. The breaking current Ic for AC-1 is equal to the rated operational
current of the load.
Ambient temperature and maximum electrical switching frequency: see "Technical data".
Millions of
operating
09
16
AF 6
AF 40
2
38
80
52
cycles
AF
AF
AF
AF
AF
10
2 9
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
0.3 9
7
5
3
1
0.2
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
1 3 579
1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
0.1
2 3 5 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000
Breaking current Ic (A)
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/213
—
Notes
03
—
For direct product details information, use product type or order code, ex:
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SBL137001R1310
—
Contactors for DC switching
GF contactors
3/217 Overview
ordering details
3/220 GF875 ... GF1325 AC / DC operated
with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
3/221 Technical data
—
GF contactors for DC switching
The compact and efficient way of DC switching
03
The renewable energy industry is
continuously striving towards increasing
its efficiency in order to compete with
traditional power sources. Photovoltaic
(PV) solar power is one of the sources
leading the way. In moving from
1000 V DC to 1500 V DC, costs of utility-
scale power plants are greatly reduced.
Energy Efficiency
GF contactors offer tailored solutions to enable remote, automatic and energy ef-
ficient switching of 1500 V DC circuits in central PV inverter optimization.
The GF contactors are built with ABB's standard low energy electronic coils for
safe and controlled operation.
Continuous operation
The GF contactor features AF technology with continuous voltage and current
control during the contactors operation. This ensures distinct, safe and energy
efficient operations even in unstable networks. Voltage sags, dips or surges pose
no threat. The GF contactor secures application uptime.
—
GF contactor range
The compact and efficient way of DC switching
03
Easy installation
GF contactors are designed for easy
installation. Coil terminals and PLC
control terminals are easily identified
and accessed from the front of the
contactor.
AF technology
GF contactors feature AF technology that
ensures controlled, distinct and energy
efficient operation of the contactor.
Only two coils to cover
24 ... 60 V AC / DC
and 100 ... 250 V AC / DC.
Up to 1325 A
1500 V DC-PV3
The new GF range of DC contactors
extends up to 1325 A for DC-PV3.
Switching DC in PV Plants
Contactors are typically selected for applications that need automatic remote
control and switching. In a central PV inverter it can be necessary to switch the
DC side in order to disconnect PV strings for output optimization. Grid codes
sometime require a central PV inverter to be used for grid stabilization at night,
this requires all PV panels to be disconnected on the DC side.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/219
03
GF contactors allow remote and energy efficient switching in DC applications.
By bringing contactor switching capabilities to 1500 V DC there are now additional
options for PV inverter manufacturers to solve DC switching.
Together with breakers and switch disconnects, ABB now have the most complete
DC switching portfolio available for PV solar power.
—
PV solar plant
GF contactor
AF contactor
PV strings
Solar PV
central inverter
GRID
DC AC
3/220 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
GF875 ... GF1325 AC / DC operated
875 to 1325 A DC-PV3
AC / DC operated with 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contacts
GF875 ... GF1325 contactors are specifically designed for 1500 V DC PV solar central inverters.
03
These contactors are of the block type design with 2 main poles. The main poles are f itted with
special arcing contacts enabling bi-directional breaking of currents up to 750 V DC per pole.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control
voltage range (e.g. 100...250 V DC), only 2 coils to cover control voltages between
24 ... 60 V AC / DC and 100 ... 250 V AC / DC.
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags.
• built-in surge suppression
GF1050-30-22
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational General use circuit voltage contacts
current rating Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C (1 pce)
θ ≤ 40 °C
1500 V 1500 V DC
DC-PV3
A A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
875 210 24...60 24...60 2 2 GF875-20-22-51 1SFL617731R5122 14.3
100...250 100...250 2 2 GF875-20-22-53 1SFL617731R5322 14.3
1050 210 24...60 24...60 2 2 GF1050-20-22-51 1SFL637731R5122 14.3
100...250 100...250 2 2 GF1050-20-22-53 1SFL637731R5322 14.3
1325 210 24...60 24...60 2 2 GF1325-20-22-51 1SFL647731R5122 14.3
100...250 100...250 2 2 GF1325-20-22-53 1SFL647731R5322 14.3
GF875, GF1050
—
GF875 ... GF1325 contactors
Technical data
03
Contactor types AC / DC operated GF875 GF1050 GF1325
Standards IEC 60947-1 / 60947-4-1 and EN 60947-1 / 60947-4-1
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 1500 V DC
Conventional free-air thermal current Ith
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1
For air temperature close to contactor θ ≤ 60 °C 875 A 1050 A 1325 A
θ ≤ 70 °C 650 A 850 A 1050 A
With conductor cross-sectional area 600 mm² 800 mm² 1000 mm²
DC-PV3 Utilization category for air temperature
close to contactor
Ue max. ≤ 1500, Iscl = 210 A
θ ≤ 60 °C 875 A 1050 A 1325 A
θ ≤ 70 °C 650 A 850 A 1050 A
DC-PV4 Utilization category for air temperature
close to contactor
Ue max. ≤ 1500, Iscl = 256 A 325 A 390 A 490 A
Maximum electrical switching frequency 15 cycles/h
—
GF875 ... GF1325 contactors
Technical data
03
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
—
GF875 ... GF1050 contactors
Technical data
03
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC / DC operated GF875 GF1050
Main terminals 80
40
Flat type
27
10
17
30
10
ø 13
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Main conductors (poles)
ø L Bars or lugs L ≤ 100 mm
Ø > 12 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x busbars only
Tightening torque Recommended 45 Nm /
398 Ib.in
Max. 49 Nm
Auxiliary conductors
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 1…4 mm² (coil terminals : 2.5 mm²)
2x 1…4 mm² (coil terminals : 1.5 mm²)
Flexible with ferrule 1x 0.75…2.5 mm²
2x 0.75…2.5 mm²
l L
Lugs L≤ 8 mm
l> 3.7 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18…14
Tightening torque Recommended 1.00 Nm / 9 lb.in
Max. 1.20 Nm
Degree of protection
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529
Main terminals IP00
Coil terminals IP00
Screw terminals
Main terminals M12
Screws and bolts
Coil terminals (delivered in open position) M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 mm / Pozidriv 2
3/224 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Accessories
The auxiliary contact blocks are used for the operation of auxiliary circuits and control circuits for
03
For clipping onto the right- and/or left-hand side of the contactors.
The CAL20-11B is a second block for mounting in addition to a first CAL20-11 block, right- and/or
left-hand of the GF875 ... GF1050 contactors.
CAL20-11 The auxiliary contact blocks are equipped with screw type connecting terminals delivered open,
protected against accidental direct contact and bear the corresponding function marking.
kg
—
Auxiliary contact blocks for GF875 ... GF1050 contactors
Technical data
03
Type CAL20
Contact utilization characteristics according to IEC
Standards IEC 60947-5-1 and EN 60947-5-1
Rated insulation voltage Ui acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 690 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. 6 kV
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 24...690 V AC
Conventional thermal current Ith - θ ≤ 40 °C 16 A
Rated frequency (without derating) 50/60 Hz
Ie / Rated operational current AC-15
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24-127 V 50/60 Hz 6A
220-240 V 50/60 Hz 4A
380-440 V 50/60 Hz 3A
500-690 V 50/60 Hz 2A
Making capacity acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 10 x Ie AC-15
Breaking capacity acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 10 x Ie AC-15
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24 V DC 3 A / 72 W
48 V DC 1.5 A / 72 W
72 V DC 1 A / 72 W
110 V DC 0.55 A / 60 W
125 V DC 0.55 A / 69 W
220 V DC 0.3 A / 69 W
250 V DC 0.3 A / 75 W
Short-circuit protection device gG type fuse 10 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw for 1.0 s 100 A
θ = 40 °C for 0.1 s 140 A
Minimum switching capacity 24 V / 50 mA
with failure rate acc. to IEC 60947-5-4 ≤ 10-6
Power dissipation per pole at 6 A 0.15 W
Mechanical durability Number of operating cycles 3 millions
Max. switching frequency 300 cycles/h
Max. electrical switching frequency AC-15 300 cycles/h
DC-13 300 cycles/h
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 1...4 mm²
2x 1...4 mm²
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2 x 0.75...2.5 mm²
l L
Lugs L ≤ 8 mm
l > 3.7 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG18...14
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torque 1 Nm
Degree of protection
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529 IP20
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened
All terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
3/226 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
GAF contactors
The compact efficient way to switch DC loads
03
DC
—
GAF contactors
The compact efficient way to switch DC loads
03
Optimised for central inverters
ABB offers the widest range of compact contactors for DC load switching in low
voltage power distribution applications. Due to their breaking performance for
DC circuits, GAF contactors can switch DC loads of up to 2050 A 1000 V DC-1.
—
PV solar plant
Block contactor
type GAF
Block contactor
PV strings type AF
Solar PV
central inverter
DC AC
Grid side
3/228 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Contactors for DC switching applications
DC-1, DC-3, DC-5 applications according to IEC 60947-4-1
03
The circuit switching on DC is more difficult than on AC, as alternating current go to zero according to the frequency of the
supply source while DC current has a continuous value.
The main parameters to be considered for selecting a contactor are the current, the voltage and the L/R time constant of the
controlled load.
The higher the time constant value is, the more difficult it is to break the arc.
The addition of a resistor in parallel with an inductive winding helps in the elimination of the arcs, by reducing the time con-
stant.
Operational voltage
• The higher the operational voltage value is, the more difficult it is to break the arc.
• The use of main poles connected in series will allow to increase the value of switched voltage.
However, the maximum switched voltage must be within the max operational voltage of the contactor.
All the poles required for breaking must be connected in series between the load and the source polarity not linked to earth
(or chassis) (see recommended connection diagrams).
ABB offer a large choice of possibilities for DC switching applications (see selection tables):
• Standard 3-pole or 4-pole contactors with either 1- pole breaking or breaking with poles connected in series.
• Special contactors designed for DC breaking with permanent magnets fitted on the main poles for use with the 3 poles
connected in series and considered as 1-pole devices:
- GA75 and GAE75 contactors: the 3 poles are connected in series via two supplied and fitted insulated connections (25
mm²)
- GAF145 … GAF2050 contactors: the 3 poles must be connected in series by the user according to conductor cross-sec-
tional area (refer to main pole technical data) or by using LP connection bars to be ordered separately.
Selection tables
The enclosed selection tables will guide your choice through all contactor variants according to utilization category, for op-
erational voltage up to 1000 V DC-1 and operational current up to 2050 A in ambient temperatures from -25 °C up to 40 °C.
For higher values of current or voltage or heavy DC switching applications see bar mounted R contactors.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/229
—
Connection diagrams
Connection diagrams
03
Recommended connection
In the example below, the 3 poles are connected in series without the load in between.
This connection is recommended in systems according to the following configurations.
+ -
Load
+
Points to consider
The above relates to power circuit switching. The SCPD (Short Circuit Protection Device) must comply with applicable
protection rules.
Polarity:
For all GA, GAE, GAF types, connection polarities must be respected.
(See instruction leaflet and see markings on the main terminals or the contactor front)
3/230 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF09 ... AF96 contactors
DC circuit switching
General
03
Selection table
Contactor types AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96
3 or 4-pole 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 3-pole 4-pole 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole 3-pole
—
AF116 ... AF2650 contactors
DC circuit switching
03
Selection table
Contactor types AF116 AF140 AF146 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370 AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050 AF2650
3 or 4-pole 3-pole 3 or 4-pole 3-pole
≤ 72 V 160 200 200 250 350 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A 2650 A
90 V 160 200 200 250 350 400 500 520 - - - - - - - - -
100 V - - - 250 350 400 500 520 - - - - - - - - -
110 V - - - - - 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A 2650 A
≤ 72 V 160 200 200 250 350 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A 2650 A
110 V 160 200 200 250 350 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A 2650 A
175 V 160 200 200 250 350 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A - - - - -
200 V - - - 250 350 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A - - - - -
220 V - - - - - 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A - - - - -
(1) ≤ 72 V 160 200 200 250 350 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A 2650 A
110 V 160 200 200 250 350 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A 2650 A
220 V 160 200 200 250 350 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A 2650 A
260 V 160 200 200 250 350 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A 2650 A
300 V - - - 250 350 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A 2650 A
340 V - - - - - 400 500 520 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A 2650 A
440 V - - - - - - - - 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A 2650 A
600 V - - - - - - - - 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A 2650 A
780 V - - - - - - - - 600 A 700 A 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A 2650 A
850 V - - - - - - - - - - 800 A 1050 A 1250 A 1350 A 1650 A 2050 A 2650 A
< 350 V 200 200 - 250 350 400 500 520 - - - - - - - - -
400 V - - - 250 350 400 500 520 - - - - - - - - -
440 V - - - - - 400 500 520 - - - - - - - - -
(1) AF2650 at 780 V DC = 2650 A
—
EK550, EK1000 contactors
DC circuit switching
03
Selection table
Contactor types EK550 EK1000
≤ 72 V A 550 –
110 V A 550 –
≤ 72 V A 800 –
110 V A 800 –
A 830D
220 V A 800 –
≤ 72 V A 800 –
110 V A 800 –
A 831D
220 V A 800 –
440 V A 650 –
600 V A 650 –
≤ 72 V A 800 –
110 V A 800 –
A 832D
220 V A 800 –
440 V A 650 –
600 V A 650 –
≤ 72 V A 550 –
≤ 72 V A 650 –
110 V A 650 –
A 830D
220 V A 650 –
≤ 72 V A 650 –
110 V A 650 –
A 831D
220 V A 650 –
440 V A 650 –
600 V A 650 –
≤ 72 V A 650 –
110 V A 650 –
A 832D
220 V A 650 –
440 V A 650 –
600 V A 650 –
220 V A 650 –
≤ 72 V A 650 –
110 V A 650 –
A 831D
220 V A 650 –
440 V A 650 –
600 V A 650 –
≤ 72 V A 650 –
110 V A 650 –
A 832D
220 V A 650 –
440 V A 650 –
600 V A 650 –
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/233
—
Notes
03
3/234 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
GA75 1-pole contactors
100 A DC-1
AC operated
GA75 contactors are designed for controlling shunt or series motors and resistive or slightly
03
• main poles arc chutes fitted with permanent magnets specially designed for DC breaking.
The connection polarities must be respected.
• control circuit: AC operated
GA75-10-11
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
IEC UL / CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational General use rating voltage contacts
current Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 55 °C (1) (1 pce)
440 V 440 V DC
DC-1
A A V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
100 100 24 24 0 0 GA75-10-00 1SBL411025R8100 1.220
1 1 GA75-10-11 1SBL411025R8111 1.260
48 48 0 0 GA75-10-00 1SBL411025R8300 1.220
1 1 GA75-10-11 1SBL411025R8311 1.260
110 110…120 0 0 GA75-10-00 1SBL411025R8400 1.220
1 1 GA75-10-11 1SBL411025R8411 1.260
220…230 230…240 0 0 GA75-10-00 1SBL411025R8000 1.220
1 1 GA75-10-11 1SBL411025R8011 1.260
230…240 240…260 0 0 GA75-10-00 1SBL411025R8800 1.220
1 1 GA75-10-11 1SBL411025R8811 1.260
380…400 400…415 0 0 GA75-10-00 1SBL411025R8500 1.220
1 1 GA75-10-11 1SBL411025R8511 1.260
400…415 415…440 0 0 GA75-10-00 1SBL411025R8600 1.220
1 1 GA75-10-11 1SBL411025R8611 1.260
(1) Other control voltages see voltage codes table.
108 4.25"
0.43"
70 2.76" 72 2.83"
6 6.5
0.24" 0.26"
110 4.33"
4
0.16"
11 0.43"
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
10 0.39" 10
12 0.47" 72 2.83" 0.39"
GA75-10-11
—
GAE75 1-pole contactors
100 A DC-1
DC operated
GAE75 contactors are designed for controlling shunt or series motors and resistive or slightly
03
inductive loads up to 1000 V DC.
These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles delivered connected in serie.
1SBC586554F0301
• main poles arc chutes fitted with permanent magnets specially designed for DC breaking.
The connection polarities must be respected.
• control circuit: DC operated with double winding coil (and factory mounted lagging contact
for "holding" winding insertion)
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories
GAE75-10-11
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational General use rating voltage contacts
current Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 55 °C (1) (1 pce)
440 V 440 V DC
DC-1
A A V DC kg
100 100 12 0 0 GAE75-10-00 1SBL419025R8000 1.260
1 1 GAE75-10-11 1SBL419025R8011 1.300
24 0 0 GAE75-10-00 1SBL419025R8100 1.260
1 1 GAE75-10-11 1SBL419025R8111 1.300
48 0 0 GAE75-10-00 1SBL419025R8300 1.260
1 1 GAE75-10-11 1SBL419025R8311 1.300
110 0 0 GAE75-10-00 1SBL419025R8600 1.260
1 1 GAE75-10-11 1SBL419025R8611 1.300
125 0 0 GAE75-10-00 1SBL419025R8700 1.260
1 1 GAE75-10-11 1SBL419025R8711 1.300
220 0 0 GAE75-10-00 1SBL419025R8800 1.260
1 1 GAE75-10-11 1SBL419025R8811 1.300
240 0 0 GAE75-10-00 1SBL419025R8900 1.260
1 1 GAE75-10-11 1SBL419025R8911 1.300
(1) Other control voltages see voltage codes table.
108 4.25"
0.43"
82 3.23"
11
72 2.83"
6 6.5
0.24" 0.26"
110 4.33"
4
0.16"
11 0.43"
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
10 0.39" 10
12 0.47" 72 2.83" 0.39"
GAE75-10-11
—
GAF185 ... GAF300 1-pole (3-pole in serie) contactors
250 to 400 A DC-1
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
GAF185 ... GAF300 contactors are designed for controlling resistive or slightly inductive loads up
03
to 1000 V DC.
These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles for connection in series by the
user according to conductor cross-sectional area or by using LP connection bars to be ordered
separately.
1SFC101098F0001
• main poles arc chutes fitted with permanent magnets specially designed for DC breaking. The
connection polarities must be respected.
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 3 coils to cover control voltages between 48...250 V
50/60 Hz and 20...250 V DC
GAF185-10-11
- can manage large control voltage variations
- reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request).
• built-in surge suppression
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
IEC UL / CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational General use voltage contacts
Uc
1SFC101099F0001
0.4"
17.5 ø 8.5 0.33" 35.5 5 0.2"
0.69" 1.4"
14 0.55"
219 8.62"
187 7.36"
227 8.94"
196 7.72"
35 43.75 1.72"
1.38"
GAF185 GAF300
—
GAF460 ... GAF750 1-pole (3-pole in serie) contactors
600 to 875 A DC-1
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
GAF460 ... GAF750 contactors are designed for controlling resistive or slightly inductive loads up
03
to 1000 V DC.
These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles for connection in series by the
user according to conductor cross-sectional area or by using LP connection bars to be ordered
separately.
• main poles arc chutes fitted with permanent magnets specially designed for DC breaking. The
1SFC101100F0001
IEC UL / CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational General use voltage contacts
current rating Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 55 °C θ ≤ 40 °C (1 pce)
1SFC101102F0001
1000 V 1000 V DC
DC-1
A A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
600 650 - 24…60 1 1 GAF460-10-11 (1) 1SFL597025R6811 12.000
GAF750-10-11 48…130 48…130 1 1 GAF460-10-11 1SFL597025R6911 12.000
100…250 100…250 1 1 GAF460-10-11 1SFL597025R7011 12.000
250…500 250…500 1 1 GAF460-10-11 1SFL597025R7111 12.000
875 900 - 24…60 1 1 GAF750-10-11 (1) 1SFL637025R6811 15.000
48…130 48…130 1 1 GAF750-10-11 1SFL637025R6911 15.000
100…250 100…250 1 1 GAF750-10-11 1SFL637025R7011 15.000
250…500 250…500 1 1 GAF750-10-11 1SFL637025R7111 15.000
(1) The connection polarities indicated close to the coil terminals must be respected: A1 for the positive pole and A2 for the negative
pole.
GAF460 ... GAF750 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC.
Control inputs
242 9.53"
11.5 0.45"
210 8.27"
11.5 0.45"
283 11.14"
268 10.55"
63 2.48" 72 2.83"
GAF460 GAF750
—
GAF1250 ... GAF2050 1-pole (3-pole in serie) contactors
1040 to 1750 A DC-1
AC / DC operated with 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
GAF1250 ... GAF2050 contactors are designed for controlling resistive or slightly inductive loads
03
up to 1000 V DC.
These contactors are of the block type design with 3 main poles for connection in series by the
user according to conductor cross-sectional area or by using LP connection bars to be ordered
separately.
• main poles arc chutes fitted with permanent magnets specially designed for DC breaking. The
connection polarities must be respected.
1SFC101004F0201
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC), only 4 coils to cover control voltages between 48...500 V
50/60 Hz and 24...500 V DC
- can manage large control voltage variations
GAF1250-10-11 - reduced panel energy consumption
- very distinct closing and opening
- can withstand short voltage dips and voltage sags (SEMI F47 conditions of use on request).
• built-in surge suppression
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
IEC UL / CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational General use voltage contacts
current rating Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 55 °C θ ≤ 40 °C (1 pce)
1000 V 1000 V
1SFC101004F0201
DC-1
A A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
1040 1210 - 24…60 1 1 GAF1250-10-11 1SFL647025R6811 16.000
48…130 48…130 1 1 GAF1250-10-11 1SFL647025R6911 16.000
100…250 100…250 1 1 GAF1250-10-11 1SFL647025R7011 16.000
GAF1650-10-11 250…500 250…500 1 1 GAF1250-10-11 1SFL647025R7111 16.000
1450 1650 100…250 100…250 1 1 GAF1650-10-11 1SFL677025R7011 35.000
1750 2050 100…250 100…250 1 1 GAF2050-10-11 1SFL707025R7011 35.000
GAF1250 ... GAF2050 are equipped with low voltage inputs for control, for example by a PLC
Control inputs
40 1.57"
27
ø 13 40
40 1.57"
40 1.57" 1.06"
0.51" 1.57"
27 27 17 0.67"
13 0.51" 17 0.67"
ø 13 ø 13 40 40
1.06" 1.06" 30 1.18" 13
0.51" 0.51" 1.57" 1.57" 30 1.18"
10 0.39" 0.51"
17 0.67"
17 0.67" 17 0.67"
17 0.67" 10 0.39"
13 0.51"
13 0.51"
30 1.18"
30AF1350,
1.18"
13 AF1650
13 AF2050
10 0.39"
10
GAF1650
0.51" 0.51"
0.39"
30 1.18" GAF2050
30 1.18"
136 5.35" 136105.35" 10 0.39"
0.39"
AF1350,AF1350,
AF1650AF1650 AF2050AF2050
50 1.97"
27 72 2.83" ø 7 0.28" 242 9.53"
136 5.35"
136 5.35"
136 5.35"
136 5.35"
1.06"
392 15.43"
312 12.28"
392 15.43"
392 15.43"
312 12.28"
312 12.28"
344 13.54"
313 12.32"
263 10.35"
249 9.8"
438 17.24"
80 80 136 5.35"
136 5.35"ø9 0.35"
ø9 0.35" 47 47
10 0.39"
10 0.39"
72 2.83" 72 2.83" 46.5 8 0.31" 3.15" 3.15" 1.85" 1.85"
ø13 0.51"
210 8.27" 18.3"
101 101 244 9.61"
244 9.61"
3.98" 3.98"
438 17.24"
438 17.24"
—
GA75 ... GAF2050 contactors
Technical data
03
Main pole - Utilization characteristics according to IEC
Contactor types AC operated GA75
DC operated GAE75
AC / DC operated GAF185 GAF300 GAF460 GAF750 GAF1250 GAF1650 GAF2050
Standards IEC 60947-1 / 60947-4-1 and EN 60947-1 / 60947-4-1
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 1000 V DC
DC-1 Utilization category, L/R ≤ 1 ms
For air temperature close to contactor
Ie / Rated operational current DC-1
θ ≤ 40 °C 220 V 120 A 275 A 500 A 700 A 1050 A 1250 A 1650 A 2050 A
440 V 100 A 275 A 500 A 700 A 1050 A 1250 A 1650 A 2050 A
600 V 75 A 275 A 500 A 700 A 1050 A 1250 A 1650 A 2050 A
1000 V 35 A 275 A 500 A 700 A 1050 A 1250 A 1650 A 2050 A
θ ≤ 55 °C 220 V 100 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 875 A 1040 A 1450 A 1750 A
440 V 100 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 875 A 1040 A 1450 A 1750 A
600 V 75 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 875 A 1040 A 1450 A 1750 A
1000 V 35 A 250 A 400 A 600 A 875 A 1040 A 1450 A 1750 A
θ ≤ 70 °C 220 V 85 A 180 A 325 A 480 A 720 A 875 A 1270 A 1500 A
440 V 85 A 180 A 325 A 480 A 720 A 875 A 1270 A 1500 A
600 V 75 A 180 A 325 A 480 A 720 A 875 A 1270 A 1500 A
1000 V 35 A 180 A 325 A 480 A 720 A 875 A 1270 A 1500 A
With conductor cross-sectional area (3) (1) 150 mm² 300 mm² 2x 2x 2x 3x 4x
(2) 240 mm² 50x8 mm² 100x5 mm² 100x5 mm² 100x5 mm²
DC-3 Utilization category, L/R ≤ 2 ms
Ie / Rated operational current DC-3
θ ≤ 55 °C 220 V 100 A -
440 V 85 A -
DC-5 Utilization category, L/R ≤ 7.5 ms
Ie / Rated operational current DC-5
θ ≤ 55 °C 220 V 85 A -
440 V 35 A -
Maximum electrical switching frequency 300 cycles/h
(1) Refer to IEC 60947-1, table 9.
(2) For currents up to 370 A, use 2 x LP300 kits.For higher currents, use 300 mm² conductors of minimum length 500 mm together with terminal extension/enlargement
(LX300/LW300).
(3) To minimize terminal temperature for GAF185 ... GAF2050, length of connection should be at least 0.5 m per pole.
—
GA75 and GAE75 contactors
Technical data
03
—
GAF185 ... GAF2050 contactors
Technical data
03
General technical data
Contactor types AC / DC operated GAF185 GAF300 GAF460 GAF750 GAF1250 GAF1650 GAF2050
Rated insulation voltage Ui
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 1000 V
acc. to UL 1000 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. 8 kV
Pollution degree 3
Ambient air temperature close to contactor
Operation -40 to +70 °C
Storage -40 to +70 °C
Climatic withstand acc. to IEC 60068-2-30
Maximum operating altitude (without derating) 3000 m
Mechanical durability
Number of operating cycles 5 millions operating cycles 0.5 millions 0.5 millions operating cycles
Max. switching frequency 300 cycles/h 60 cycles/h
Shock withstand
acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 and EN 60068-2-27
Mounting position 1
C1
Shock direction 1/2 sinusoidal shock for 30 ms: no change in contact position, closed or open position
A 5g -
A
ABB
A B1 B2
B1 5g -
B2 5g -
C1 5g -
C2
C2 5g -
3/242 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
GA75 and GAE75 contactors
Technical data
03
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
—
GAF185 ... GAF2050 contactors
Technical data
03
Magnet system characteristics
Contactor types AC / DC operated GAF185 GAF300 GAF460 GAF750 GAF1250 GAF1650 GAF2050
Coil operating limits AC or DC supply At θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min...1.1 x Uc max.
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 Please also refer to "Mounting characteristics and conditions for use"
AC control voltage 50/60 Hz
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 48...250 V AC 48…500 V AC 100…250 V AC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 430 VA 470 VA 890 VA 850 VA 1900 VA
Average holding value 12 VA / 3.5 W 10 VA / 2.5 W 12 VA / 4 W 12 VA / 4.5 W 48 VA / 17 W
DC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 20…250 V DC 24…500 V DC 100…250 V DC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 500 W 520 W 990 W 950 W 1700 W
Average holding value 2 W 4W 4.5 W 16 W
Drop-out voltage 55 % of Uc min.
Dips withstand
-20 °C ≤ θ ≤ +60 °C ≥ 20 ms
Operating time
Coil supply between A1 - A2
Between coil energization and: N.O. contact closing 30…115 ms 50…120 ms 50…80 ms
N.C. contact opening 30…115 ms 50…120 ms 50…80 ms
Between coil de-energization and: N.O. contact opening 25…80 ms 33…70 ms 35…55 ms
N.C. contact closing 25…80 ms 33…70 ms 35…55 ms
Control input for PLC's
Between coil energization and: N.O. contact closing - 40…60 ms 40...90 ms 40…65 ms
N.C. contact opening - 40…60 ms 40...90 ms 40…65 ms
Between coil de-energization and: N.O. contact opening - 10…30 ms 10…30 ms
N.C. contact closing - 10…30 ms 10…30 ms
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
—
GA75 and GAE75 contactors
Technical data
03
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC operated GA75
DC operated GAE75
Main terminals
—
GAF185 ... GAF2050 contactors
Technical data
03
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC / DC operated GAF185 GAF300 GAF460 GAF750 GAF1250 GAF1650 GAF2050
Main terminals 17.5 20 25 50 80
5 5 6 27 10
Flat type 22.5
8 40
17
15.5
ø 8.5 ø 10.2 ø 10.5 ø 6.5
ø 13
40
25
GAF1250 GAF2050
40
80
22.5
6 40
27
10
17
ø 6.5 ø 12.5
GAF750
30
10
ø 13
GAF1650
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Main conductors (poles)
Rigid with Single for Cu cable 6…185 mm² 16…240 mm² 240 mm² 300 mm² –
connector Single for Al/Cu cable 25…150 mm² 120…240 mm² 240 mm² 300 mm² –
Double for Al/Cu cable – 2 x 95…120 mm² 2 x 240 mm² 3 x 185 mm² –
ø L Bars or lugs L ≤ 24 mm 32 mm 47 mm 52 mm 100 mm
Ø > 8 mm 10 mm 10 mm 12 mm 12 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x 6 - 250 MCM 4 - 500 MCM 2//250 - 500 MCM 3// 2/0 - 500 MCM 1/0 - 750 MCM
Tightening torque Recommended 18 Nm / 28 Nm / 35 Nm / 45 Nm / 45 Nm /
160 Ib.in 247 lb.in 310 Ib.in 398 lb.in 398 lb.in
Max. 20 Nm 30 Nm 40 Nm 49 Nm 49 Nm
Auxiliary conductors
(coil terminals)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 1…4 mm²
2x 1…4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1x 0.75…2.5 mm²
2x 0.75…2.5 mm²
l L
Lugs L≤ 8 mm
l> 3.7 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18…14
Tightening torque Recommended 1.00 Nm / 9 lb.in
Max. 1.20 Nm
Degree of protection
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529
Main terminals IP00
Coil terminals IP20
Screw terminals
Main terminals M8 M10 M10 M12
Screws and bolts
Coil terminals (delivered in open position) M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 mm / Pozidriv 2
—
For direct product details information, use product type or order code, ex:
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SBL137001R1310
—
Contactors for capacitor switching
3/248 Overview
UA16..RA up to UA110..RA - Unlimited peak current Î
3/250 Ordering details
3/253 Main accessories
3/254 Technical data
UA16 up to UA110
Peak current Î ≤ 100 times the rms current
3/256 Ordering details
3/259 Main accessories
3/260 Technical data
3/466 Voltage code table
3/248 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Contactors for capacitor switching
AC-6b utilization category according to IEC 60947-4-1
In Low Voltage industrial installations, capacitors are mainly used for reactive energy correction (raising the power factor). When
these capacitors are energized, overcurrents of high amplitude and high frequencies (3 to 15 kHz) occur during the transient period
(1 to 2 ms).
The amplitude of these current peaks, also known as "inrush current peaks", depends on the following factors:
• The network inductances.
• The transformer power and short-circuit voltage.
• The type of power factor correction.
There are 2 types of power factor correction: fixed or automatic.
Fixed power factor correction consists of inserting, in paral- An automatic power factor correction system, on the other
lel on the network, a capacitor bank whose total power is hand, consists of several capacitor banks of identical or dif-
provided by the assembly of capacitors of identical or differ- ferent ratings (several steps), energized separately accord-
ent ratings. ing to the value of the power factor to be corrected.
The bank is energized by a contactor that simultaneously An electronic device automatically determines the power of
supplies all the capacitors (a single step). the steps to be energized and activates the relevant contac-
The inrush current peak, in the case of fixed correction, can tors.
reach 30 times the nominal current of the capacitor bank. The inrush current peak, in the case of automatic correction,
depends on the power of the steps already on duty, and can
reach 100 times the nominal current of the step to be ener-
gized.
E1178D
E1179D
Multi-step capacitor bank scheme
Use the UA... or UA..RA contactor ranges.
—
Contactors for capacitor switching
The ABB solutions
03
ABB offers 2 contactor versions according to the value of the inrush current peak and the power of the capacitor bank.
UA..RA contactors for capacitor switching (UA16..RA to UA110..RA) with insertion of damping resistors
The insertion of damping resistors protects the contactor and the capacitor from the highest inrush currents.
1SBC591444F0302
1SBC587764F0301
1SBC587774F0301
1SBC587794F0301
Maximum permissible peak current Î ≤ 100 times the nominal rms current of the switched capacitor.
1SBC591694F0303
1SBC580093F0303
1SBC580783F0303
1SBC580105F0303
3/250 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
UA16..RA … UA30..RA 3-pole contactors for capacitor switching
12.5 to 30 kvar - Unlimited peak current Î
AC operated
UA..RA contactors for capacitor switching can be used for installations in which the peak current
03
far exceeds 100 times nominal rms current. The contactors are delivered complete with their
damping resistors and must be used without additional inductances.
The capacitors must be discharged (maximum residual voltage at terminals ≤ 50 V) before being
re-energized when the contactors are making.
1SBC587794F0301
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational Rated operational voltage contacts
power power Uc fitted Pkg
(1) (1 pce)
θ ≤ 40 °C θ ≤ 40 °C
400 V 480 V
AC-6b
1SBC587774F0301
5.5 0.22"
4.72" +.394"
+.394"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
120 +10 4.72" +.394"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
90 3.54"
90 3.54"
47 1.85"
47 1.85"
47 1.85"
+10
120
54 2.13"
44 1.73" 54 2.13"
—
UA50..RA … UA75..RA 3-pole contactors for capacitor switching
40 to 60 kvar - Unlimited peak current Î
AC operated
UA..RA contactors for capacitor switching can be used for installations in which the peak current
03
far exceeds 100 times nominal rms current. The contactors are delivered complete with their
damping resistors and must be used without additional inductances.
The capacitors must be discharged (maximum residual voltage at terminals ≤ 50 V) before being
re-energized when the contactors are making.
These contactors are of the block type design with:
1SBC587764F0301
• 3 main poles
• the UA..RA contactors are fitted with a special front-mounted block, which ensures the serial
insertion of 3 damping resistors into the circuit to limit the current peak on energization of the
capacitor bank
- their connection also ensures capacitor precharging in order to limit the second current peak
occurring upon making of the main poles
- the insertion of resistors allows to damp the highest current peak of the capacitor when
UA75-30-00 RA
switching on, whatever its level.
• control circuit: AC operated
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational Rated operational voltage contacts
power power Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C θ ≤ 40 °C (1) (1 pce)
400 V 480 V
AC-6b
kvar kvar V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
40 50 24 24 0 0 UA50-30-00RA 1SBL351024R8100 1.350
110 110…120 0 0 UA50-30-00RA 1SBL351024R8400 1.350
220…230 230…240 0 0 UA50-30-00RA 1SBL351024R8000 1.350
230…240 240…260 0 0 UA50-30-00RA 1SBL351024R8800 1.350
380…400 400…415 0 0 UA50-30-00RA 1SBL351024R8500 1.350
400…415 415…440 0 0 UA50-30-00RA 1SBL351024R8600 1.350
50 55 24 24 0 0 UA63-30-00RA 1SBL371024R8100 1.350
110 110…120 0 0 UA63-30-00RA 1SBL371024R8400 1.350
220…230 230…240 0 0 UA63-30-00RA 1SBL371024R8000 1.350
230…240 240…260 0 0 UA63-30-00RA 1SBL371024R8800 1.350
380…400 400…415 0 0 UA63-30-00RA 1SBL371024R8500 1.350
400…415 415…440 0 0 UA63-30-00RA 1SBL371024R8600 1.350
60 64 24 24 0 0 UA75-30-00RA 1SBL411024R8100 1.350
110 110…120 0 0 UA75-30-00RA 1SBL411024R8400 1.350
220…230 230…240 0 0 UA75-30-00RA 1SBL411024R8000 1.350
230…240 240…260 0 0 UA75-30-00RA 1SBL411024R8800 1.350
380…400 400…415 0 0 UA75-30-00RA 1SBL411024R8500 1.350
400…415 415…440 0 0 UA75-30-00RA 1SBL411024R8600 1.350
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
140.4 5.53"
35 mm x 15 EN/IEC 60715
101.5 4"
10 0.39"
5.91" +10"
110 4.33"
114 4.49"
47 1.85"
4 0.16"
+10
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
150
6 0.24"
70 2.76"
—
UA95..RA … UA110..RA 3-pole contactors for capacitor switching
70 to 80 kvar - Unlimited peak current Î
AC operated
UA..RA contactors for capacitor switching can be used for installations in which the peak current
03
far exceeds 100 times nominal rms current. The contactors are delivered complete with their
damping resistors and must be used without additional inductances.
The capacitors must be discharged (maximum residual voltage at terminals ≤ 50 V) before being
re-energized when the contactors are making.
These contactors are of the block type design with:
1SBC591444F0302
• 3 main poles
• the UA..RA contactors are fitted with a special front-mounted block, which ensures the serial
insertion of 3 damping resistors into the circuit to limit the current peak on energization of the
capacitor bank
- their connection also ensures capacitor precharging in order to limit the second current peak
occurring upon making of the main poles
- the insertion of resistors allows to damp the highest current peak of the capacitor when
UA110-30-00 RA switching on, whatever its level.
• control circuit: AC operated
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational Rated operational voltage contacts
power power Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C θ ≤ 40 °C (1) (1 pce)
400 V 480 V
AC-6b V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
70 80 24 24 0 0 UA95-30-00RA 1SFL431024R8100 2.000
110 110…120 0 0 UA95-30-00RA 1SFL431024R8400 2.000
220…230 230…240 0 0 UA95-30-00RA 1SFL431024R8000 2.000
230…240 240…260 0 0 UA95-30-00RA 1SFL431024R8800 2.000
380…400 400…415 0 0 UA95-30-00RA 1SFL431024R8500 2.000
400…415 415…440 0 0 UA95-30-00RA 1SFL431024R8600 2.000
80 95 24 24 0 0 UA110-30-00RA 1SFL451024R8100 2.000
110 110…120 0 0 UA110-30-00RA 1SFL451024R8400 2.000
220…230 230…240 0 0 UA110-30-00RA 1SFL451024R8000 2.000
230…240 240…260 0 0 UA110-30-00RA 1SFL451024R8800 2.000
380…400 400…415 0 0 UA110-30-00RA 1SFL451024R8500 2.000
400…415 415…440 0 0 UA110-30-00RA 1SFL451024R8600 2.000
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
155.6 6.13"
114.4 4.5"
6 0.24"
170 +10 6.69" +10"
155.3 6.11"
148 5.83"
47 1.85"
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
10 0.39"
90 3.54"
UA95..RA, UA100..RA
—
UA..RA 3-pole contactors for capacitor switching
Unlimited peak current Î
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
03
Many configurations of accessories are possible depending on whether these are front-mounted or side-mounted.
Contactor Main Available Front-mounted accessories Side-mounted accessories
types poles auxiliary Auxiliary contact blocks Auxiliary contact blocks
contacts
—
UA16..RA … UA110..RA 3-pole contactors for capacitor switching
Unlimited peak current Î
Technical data
03
Operating principle
The front-mounted block mechanism of the UA..RA contactors ensures:
• early making of the auxiliary "PA" poles with respect to the main "PP" poles
• automatic return to the open position of the auxiliary "PA" poles after the main poles are closed.
When the coil is energized, the early making auxiliary poles connect the capacitor to the network via the set of 3 resistors.
The damping resistors attenuate the first current peak and the second inrush current when the main contacts begin to make.
Once the main poles are in the closed position, the auxiliary poles automatically break.
When the coil is de-energized, the main poles break ensuring the breaking of the capacitor bank.
The contactor can then begin a new cycle.
Coil voltage
Uc
R Aux. poles
PA
A1 PP PA
Main poles
A2 PP
R
Total
C closing time
The insertion of resistors allows to damp the highest current peak of the capacitor when switching on, whatever its level.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/255
—
UA16..RA … UA110..RA 3-pole contactors for capacitor switching
Unlimited peak current Î
Technical data
03
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC operated UA16..RA UA26..RA UA30..RA UA50..RA UA95..RA
UA63..RA UA110..RA
UA75..RA
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Main conductors (poles)
Rigid Solid (≤ 4 mm²) 1x 1...4 mm² 1.5...6 mm² 2.5...16 mm² 6...50 mm² 10...95 mm²
Stranded (≥ 6 mm²) 2x - - 2.5...16 + 2.5...6 mm² 6…25 + 6…16 mm² 6...35 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm² 1.5...4 mm² 2.5...10 mm² 6...35 mm² 10...70 mm²
2x - - 2.5...10 + 2.5...4 mm² 6...16 + 6...10 mm² 6...35 mm²
l L
Bars or lugs L≤ 7.7 mm 10 mm - - -
l> 3.7 mm 4.2 mm - - -
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18...10 AWG 12...8 AWG 8...4 AWG 8...1 AWG 6...2/0
Tightening torque Recommended 1 Nm / 9 Ib.in 1.7 Nm / 15 Ib.in 2.3 Nm / 20 Ib.in 4 Nm / 35 Ib.in 8 Nm / 53 Ib.in
Max. 1.2 Nm 2.2 Nm 2.6 Nm 4.5 Nm 9 Nm
Auxiliary conductors
(built-in auxiliary terminals + coil terminals)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 1...4 mm² 0.75…2.5 mm²
2x 1...4 mm² 0.75…2.5 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm² 1…2.5 mm² 0.75…2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
l L
Lugs Coil terminals L≤ 8 mm
l> 3.7 mm
Built-in auxiliary L≤ 7.7 mm 10 mm 8 mm - -
terminals l> 3.7 mm 4.2 mm 3.7 mm - -
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18...14
Tightening torque
Coil terminals Recommended 1 Nm / 9 Ib.in
Max. 1.2 Nm
Built-in auxiliary terminals Recommended 1 Nm / 9 Ib.in
Max. 1.2 Nm
Degree of protection
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1
and IEC 60529 / EN 60529
Main terminals IP20 IP10
Coil terminals IP20
Built-in auxiliary terminals IP20 - -
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened
Main terminals M 3.5 M4 M5 M6 M8
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2 Flat Ø 6.5 / Pozidriv 2 Hexagon socket
(s = 4 mm)
Coil terminals M 3.5
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
Built-in auxiliary terminals M 3.5 M4 M 3.5 - -
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2 - -
Other technical characteristics are the same as those of standard A contactors.
3/256 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
UA16 … UA30 3-pole contactors for capacitor switching
12.5 to 27.5 kvar - Peak current Î ≤ 100 times the rms current
AC operated
UA contactors can be used for the switching of capacitor banks whose inrush current peaks are
03
90 3.54"
74 2.91"
93.6 3.69"
UA26
Main dimensions mm, inches
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/257
—
UA50 … UA75 3-pole contactors for capacitor switching
33 to 50 kvar - Peak current Î ≤ 100 times the rms current
AC operated
UA contactors can be used for the switching of capacitor banks whose inrush current peaks are
03
less than or equal to 100 times nominal rms current.
The capacitors must be discharged (maximum residual voltage at terminals ≤ 50 V) before being
re-energized when the contactors are making.
These contactors are of the block type design with:
1SBC580783F0303
• 3 main poles
• control circuit: AC operated
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
UA50-30-00
Rated Max Rated voltage contacts
operational peak operational Uc fitted Pkg
power current power (1) (1 pce)
θ ≤ 40 °C θ ≤ 40 °C
400 V 480 V
AC-6b Î
kvar kA kvar V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
33 5 40 24 24 0 0 UA50-30-00 1SBL351022R8100 1.160
48 48 0 0 UA50-30-00 1SBL351022R8300 1.160
110 110…120 0 0 UA50-30-00 1SBL351022R8400 1.160
220…230 230…240 0 0 UA50-30-00 1SBL351022R8000 1.160
230…240 240…260 0 0 UA50-30-00 1SBL351022R8800 1.160
380…400 400…415 0 0 UA50-30-00 1SBL351022R8500 1.160
400…415 415…440 0 0 UA50-30-00 1SBL351022R8600 1.160
45 6.5 - 24 24 0 0 UA63-30-00 1SBL371022R8100 1.160
48 48 0 0 UA63-30-00 1SBL371022R8300 1.160
110 110…120 0 0 UA63-30-00 1SBL371022R8400 1.160
220…230 230…240 0 0 UA63-30-00 1SBL371022R8000 1.160
230…240 240…260 0 0 UA63-30-00 1SBL371022R8800 1.160
380…400 400…415 0 0 UA63-30-00 1SBL371022R8500 1.160
400…415 415…440 0 0 UA63-30-00 1SBL371022R8600 1.160
50 7.5 55 24 24 0 0 UA75-30-00 1SBL411022R8100 1.160
48 48 0 0 UA75-30-00 1SBL411022R8300 1.160
110 110…120 0 0 UA75-30-00 1SBL411022R8400 1.160
220…230 230…240 0 0 UA75-30-00 1SBL411022R8000 1.160
230…240 240…260 0 0 UA75-30-00 1SBL411022R8800 1.160
380…400 400…415 0 0 UA75-30-00 1SBL411022R8500 1.160
400…415 415…440 0 0 UA75-30-00 1SBL411022R8600 1.160
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
35 mm x15 EN/IEC 60715
108 4.25"
4
0.16"
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
—
UA95 ... UA110 3-pole contactors for capacitor switching
65 to 75 kvar - Peak current Î ≤ 100 times the rms current
AC operated
UA contactors can be used for the switching of capacitor banks whose inrush current peaks are
03
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
voltage contacts
Rated Max Rated Uc fitted Pkg
UA110-30-00 operational peak operational (1) (1 pce)
power current power
θ ≤ 40 °C Î θ ≤ 40 °C
400 V 480 V
AC-6b
kvar kA kvar V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
65 9.3 70 24 24 0 0 UA95-30-00 1SFL431022R8100 2.000
48 48 0 0 UA95-30-00 1SFL431022R8300 2.000
110 110…120 0 0 UA95-30-00 1SFL431022R8400 2.000
220…230 230…240 0 0 UA95-30-00 1SFL431022R8000 2.000
230…240 240…260 0 0 UA95-30-00 1SFL431022R8800 2.000
380…400 400…415 0 0 UA95-30-00 1SFL431022R8500 2.000
400…415 415…440 0 0 UA95-30-00 1SFL431022R8600 2.000
75 10.5 80 24 24 0 0 UA110-30-00 1SFL451022R8100 2.000
48 48 0 0 UA110-30-00 1SFL451022R8300 2.000
110 110…120 0 0 UA110-30-00 1SFL451022R8400 2.000
220…230 230…240 0 0 UA110-30-00 1SFL451022R8000 2.000
230…240 240…260 0 0 UA110-30-00 1SFL451022R8800 2.000
380…400 400…415 0 0 UA110-30-00 1SFL451022R8500 2.000
400…415 415…440 0 0 UA110-30-00 1SFL451022R8600 2.000
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
123.5 4.86"
6.5 0.26"
6 0.24"
148 5.83"
20 0.79"
90 3.54" 10 0.39"
UA95, UA110
—
UA... 3-pole contactors for capacitor switching
Peak current Î ≤ 100 times the rms current
03
Many configurations of accessories are possible depending on whether these are front-mounted or side-mounted.
Contactor Main Available Front-mounted accessories Side-mounted accessories
types poles auxiliary Auxiliary contact blocks Auxiliary contact blocks
contacts
—
UA16 … UA110 3-pole contactors for capacitor switching
Peak current Î ≤ 100 times the rms current
Technical data
03
—
UA16 … UA110 3-pole contactors for capacitor switching
Peak current Î ≤ 100 times the rms current
Technical data
03
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC operated UA16 UA26 UA30 UA50 UA95
UA63 UA110
UA75
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Main conductors (poles)
Rigid Solid (≤ 4 mm²) 1x 1...4 mm² 1.5...6 mm² 2.5...16 mm² 6...50 mm² 10...95 mm²
Stranded (≥ 6 mm²) 2x 1...4 mm² 1.5...6 mm² 2.5...16 mm² 6...25 mm² 6...35 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm² 0.75...4 mm² 2.5...10 mm² 6...35 mm² 10...70 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm² 0.75...4 mm² 2.5...10 mm² 6...16 mm² 6...35 mm²
l L
Bars or lugs L≤ 7.7 mm 10 mm - - -
l> 3.7 mm 4.2 mm - - -
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18...10 AWG 12...8 AWG 8...4 AWG 8...1 AWG 6...2/0
Tightening torque Recommended 1 Nm / 9 Ib.in 1.7 Nm / 15 Ib.in 2.3 Nm / 20 Ib.in 4 Nm / 35 Ib.in 8 Nm / 71 Ib.in
Max. 1.2 Nm 2.2 Nm 2.6 Nm 4.5 Nm 9 Nm
Auxiliary conductors
(built-in auxiliary terminals + coil terminals)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 1...4 mm² 0.75…2.5 mm²
2x 1...4 mm² 0.75…2.5 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm² 1…2.5 mm² 0.75…2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
l L
Lugs Coil terminals L≤ 8 mm
l> 3.7 mm
Built-in auxiliary L≤ 7.7 mm 10 mm 8 mm - -
terminals l> 3.7 mm 4.2 mm 3.7 mm - -
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA AWG 18...14
Tightening torque
Coil terminals Recommended 1 Nm / 9 Ib.in
Max. 1.2 Nm
Built-in auxiliary terminals Recommended 1 Nm / 9 Ib.in
Max. 1.2 Nm
Degree of protection
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1
and IEC 60529 / EN 60529
Main terminals IP20 IP10
Coil terminals IP20
Built-in auxiliary terminals IP20 - -
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened
Main terminals M3.5 M4 M5 M6 M8
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2 Flat Ø 6.5 / Pozidriv 2 Hexagon socket
(s = 4 mm)
Coil terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
Built-in auxiliary terminals M3.5 M4 M3.5 - -
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2 - -
Other technical characteristics are the same as those of standard A contactors.
3/262 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF 3-pole contactors for capacitor switching
Single step - Peak current Î ≤ 30 times the rms curent
The AF116 … AF1650 3-pole contactors are suited for capacitor bank switching for the peak current and power values in the table
03
below.
The capacitors must be discharged (maximum residual voltage at terminals ≤ 50 V) before being re-energized when the contactors
are making.
In this conditions, electrical durability of contactors is equal to 100 000 operating cycles.
03
—
For direct product details information, use product type or order code, ex:
• www.abb.com/productdetails/AF09-30-10-13
• or www.abb.com/productdetails/1SBL137001R1310
—
NF 4-pole and
8-pole contactor relays
—
NF 4-pole contactor relays
AC / DC operated
NF contactor relays are used for switching auxiliary and control circuits.
03
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC)
- can manage large control voltage variations
- only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...500 V 50/60 Hz and 20...500 V DC
- reduced panel energy consumption
NF22E
- very distinct closing and opening.
• built-in surge suppression
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories.
77 3.03"
35 1.38"
45 1.77" 71 2.80"
2x
ø 4.2 0.17"
5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
10 0.39"
5 0.20"
— A1
U
03
CAL4-11 are of the block type design with: 1
• 4 poles. Contactor relays have mechanically linked auxiliary contact elements (side-marked symbol)
CA4 -10
-01
• control circuit: 24 V DC operated with electronic coil interface allowing low holding consump-
1SBC101104F0014
Number of contacts Rated control circuit Type Order code Weight NFZ...-30,
CA4-40/22/31/04
voltage 3 AF09Z...38Z-
TF42 Uc Pkg
AF09Z ... 38Z-..-..-30 TF42 AF09Z...38Z TF42 AF26Z...38Z (1 pce)
NFZ40E-30 V DC NFZ40E-30 kg
Pos. 2 AF09Z...16Z-30-10-30 AF09Z...16Z-30-10-30 + max 4 aux contacts / 3NC
+ max 4 aux contacts / 4NC +30° -30°
AF09Z...16Z-40-00-30 AF09Z...16Z-40-00-30
AF26Z...38Z-30-00-30
4-pole contactor relays AF26Z...38Z-30-00-30
CA4-04
Pos. 1 NO NC NO NO
Pos. 1 ± 30° Pos. 5
AF26Z...38Z-30-11-30 + max 1 x CAL4-11 A2- 14 22 34 44 AF26Z...38Z-30-11-30 + max 1 x CAL4-11 A1
24 NFZ40E-30 1SBH136001R3040 0.430
+
A1+ 13 23 33 43
A1 Uc= 24VDC
NO NOAccording to UL60947-4-1 and CSA C22.2 NO. 60947-4-1, for use on a circuit capable of delivering not
NO NO
more than the max. symmetrical amperes at the max. voltage shown in the table below.
AF09Z...38Z-..-30 NO NOWARNING
NO NO : if opening of BCP, controller shall be examined and replaced if damaged.
-
A2- 14 24 34 44
NFZ...-30 Max Short- AF26 AF30 AF38 Uc
A2 AF09, AF12 AF16
Max Short-
Note:
circuit
NFZ contactor
at
max Fuserelays with
maxDC
circuit24atV DC need
control voltage
Fuse
maxtoFuse max
respect the Fuse
connection max Fuse
polarities
480V, 600V 60A/RK5 60A/J 100A/RK5 100A/J 100A/RK5 100A/J
indicated close to the coil 1
terminals: A1+ for the positive pole and A2- for the negative pole.
480V, 600V 30A/RK5 30A/J 60A/RK5 60A/J (kA) 5 100 5 100 5 100
(kA) 5 100 5 100 AF26/AF30/AF38 AF26/AF30/AF38 AF26/AF30/AF38
AF09/12/16 Max Short- Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker LDC4 A1
Max Short- circuit at
Circuit-Breaker T4V250 + TM250 XT1H125 + TM100 XT2V125 + TM100
circuit at
480V, 600V
(kA)
XT2V125 + TM60 480V (kA) 35 65 65
2
10 600V (kA) 25 - 42
H
CLIC !
L
L L
mm² mm² mm² mm mm mm Assembly - Anbau - Montage - Monte
AF09Z...16Z-...-30 M 3,5 2x 2x 2 x 0,75...2,5 Montaggio - Montaje - -
3 & 4-pole Ø 5,5 L = 10 L < 9,6 _
1,5 N.m 1...6 0,75...6 1 x 0,75...4
AF26Z...38Z-...-30 M 4
Ø 6,5
2x 2x 2 x 1,5...4
L = 14 L < 12,5 _ 35 mm
3-pole 2,5 N.m 2,5...10 1,5...10 1 x 1,5...10
EN/IEC
pozidriv N° 2
AF09Z...16Z-30-10-30
L < 9,6 _
AF09Z...16Z-30-01-30 M 3,5 2x 2x 2 x 0,75...1,5
L = 10
NFZ...-30 1,2 N.m Ø 5,5 1...2,5 0,75...2,5 1 x 0,75... 2,5 2
AF09Z... 38Z-30-22-30 L<8 _
AF26Z... 38Z-30-11-30
Disassembly - Abbau
AF09Z ... 38Z-...-30 M 3,5 Ø 5,5 2x 2x 2 x 0,75....1,5
L = 10 L<8 _ Démontage - Demontering
NFZ...-30 1,2 N.m 1...2,5 0,75...2,5 1 x 0,75... 2,5 Smontaggio - Desmontaje
2
-
A B A B
mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch
Acc. to UL60947-4-1 and
NFZ22E...NFZ40E-30 97 3.82" 91 3.58" NFZ44E...NFZ80E-30 130,5 5.14" 91 3.58"
AF09Z...16Z-...-30 AF09Z...16Z-30-22-30 CSA C22.2 NO. 60947-4-1, min. enclo
AF09Z...38Z-...-30, 106 4.17" 100 3.94" AF09Z...AF16Z-...-30, NFZ...-30, : 180
AF26Z...38Z-...-30 3-pole AF26Z...38Z-30-22-30 139,5 5.49" 100 3.94"
6 0.24"
NFZ22E...NFZ80E-30
AF26Z...38Z-30-11-30 131,5 5.18" 100 3.94" AF26Z...38Z-30-...-30 3-pole : 255 x 1
97 3.82" 130.5 5.14"
35 1.38"
97
91 3.82"
3.58" 91 3.58"
35 1.38" ø 4.2 0.17" M4
45 1.77" 5.5 0.22"
91 3.58" 5.5 0.22"
2x
ø 4.2 0.17"
5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC
6 0.24"
80 3.15"
60715
60 2.36"
70 2.76"
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22"
5.5 0.22"
35mm EN/EC
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
e Jean Perrin
0 Chassieu / France
.abb.com/lowvoltage
3/268 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
NFZ 4-pole contactor relays
AC / DC operated for specific applications
NFZ contactor relays are used for switching auxiliary and control circuits.
03
77 3.03"
35 1.38"
45 1.77" 71 2.80"
2x
ø 4.2 0.17"
5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
10 0.39"
5 0.20"
—
NF 4-pole contactor relays
Contactor relays and main accessories
03
NF
contactor relay
CAL4-11
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
WA4
Mechanical
TEF4
latching unit
Electronic
timer
BX4-CA
BX4-CA Protective cover
CA4
BX4 CA4 Protective cover
4-pole auxiliary
Protective cover 1-pole auxiliary contact block
contact block
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Many configurations of accessories are possible depending on whether these are front-mounted or side-mounted.
Contactor relay Main Front-mounted accessories Side-mounted accessories
types poles Auxiliary contact blocks Electronic timer Mechanical latching Auxiliary contact blocks
unit
2-pole CAL4-11
1-pole CA4 4-pole CA4 TEF4 WA4 (3) Left side Right side
NF(Z)
NF 2 2 E (1) 4 max. or 1 or 1 or 1 + 1 –
3 1 E (1) 2 max. – or 1 or 1 + 1 +1
4 0 E (2)
—
NF 8-pole contactor relays
AC / DC operated
NF contactor relays are used for switching auxiliary and control circuits.
03
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
110.5 4.35"
45 1.77" 71 2.80" 10 0.39" 35 1.38"
2x
5.5 0.22" ø 4.2 0.17" M4 8-32 UNC
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
NF44E, NF53E, NF62E, NF71E, NF80E, NF33/11, NF51/11
— Uc
A1 A2
NFZ 8-pole contactor relays
24 V DC operated designed for PLC
30 AF09Z...16Z-30-22-30 AF26Z...38Z-30-22-30 AF26Z...38Z-30-11
NFZ...-30,
NFZ44E...80E-30
AF09Z...38Z-..-30
NFZ contactor relays are used for switching auxiliary and control circuits. These contactor relays
03
are of the block type design with:
CAL4-11 1
• 8 poles with a permanently fixed 4-pole auxiliary contact block. Contactor relays have mechani-
cally linked auxiliary contact elements (side-marked symbol)
• control circuit: 24 V DC operated with electronic coil interface allowing low holding consumption
1SBC101535V0014
NFZ40E-30
V DC 4 kg
+30° -30° AF09Z...16Z-30-10-30 + max 4 aux contacts / 3NC
max 4 aux contacts / 4NC 8-poleAF09Z...16Z-40-00-30
contactor relays CA4-04
AF26Z...38Z-30-00-30
A1+ 13 23 33 43
NO
51 61
NO
71 81
NO NO NC NC NC NC
24 NFZ44E-30 CLIC !
1SBH136001R3044 0.490
max 4 aux contacts / 3NC NFZ31E-30, NFZ22E-30 + max 4 aux contacts / 2NC
NOAF09Z...16Z-30-01-30
CA4-04
NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
CA4-04
A2- 14 24 34 44 52 62 72 82
AF09Z...16Z-22-00-30 NFZ...-30, AF09Z...38Z-..-30 + LDC4
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
71
NC
81
NC 24 NFZ53E-30 1SBH136001R3053 0.490
480V, 600V
(kA)
XT2V125 + TM60 480V (kA) 35 65 65
2
10 600V (kA)
Note: NFZ contactor25 relays with DC control
- voltage 2442 V DC need to respect the connection polarities indicated close to the coil
terminals: A1+ for the positive pole and A2- for the negative pole.
H
CLIC !
L
L L
mm² mm² mm² mm mm mm Assembly - Anbau - Montage - Montering
AF09Z...16Z-...-30 M 3,5 2x 2x 2 x 0,75...2,5 Montaggio - Montaje - -
3 & 4-pole Ø 5,5 L = 10 L < 9,6 _
1,5 N.m 1...6 0,75...6 1 x 0,75...4
AF26Z...38Z-...-30 M 4
Ø 6,5
2x 2x 2 x 1,5...4
L = 14 L < 12,5 _ 35 mm
3-pole 2,5 N.m 2,5...10 1,5...10 1 x 1,5...10
EN/IEC 60715
pozidriv N° 2
AF09Z...16Z-30-10-30
L < 9,6 _
AF09Z...16Z-30-01-30 M 3,5 2x 2x 2 x 0,75...1,5
L = 10
NFZ...-30 1,2 N.m Ø 5,5 1...2,5 0,75...2,5 1 x 0,75... 2,5 2
AF09Z... 38Z-30-22-30 L<8 _
AF26Z... 38Z-30-11-30
Disassembly - Abbau
AF09Z ... 38Z-...-30 M 3,5 Ø 5,5 2x 2x 2 x 0,75....1,5
L = 10 L<8 _ Démontage - Demontering
NFZ...-30 1,2 N.m 1...2,5 0,75...2,5 1 x 0,75... 2,5 Smontaggio - Desmontaje
2
-
A B A B
mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch
Acc. to UL60947-4-1 and
NFZ22E...NFZ40E-30 97 3.82" 91 3.58" NFZ44E...NFZ80E-30 130,5 5.14" 91 3.58"
AF09Z...16Z-...-30 AF09Z...16Z-30-22-30 CSA C22.2 NO. 60947-4-1, min. enclosure for :
AF09Z...38Z-...-30, 106 4.17" 100 3.94" AF09Z...AF16Z-...-30, NFZ...-30, : 180 x 130 x 175 mm
AF26Z...38Z-...-30 3-pole AF26Z...38Z-30-22-30 139,5 5.49" 100 3.94"
6 0.24"
NFZ22E...NFZ80E-30
AF26Z...38Z-30-11-30 131,5 5.18" 100 3.94" AF26Z...38Z-30-...-30 3-pole : 255 x 180 x 175 mm
97 3.82" 130.5 5.14"
35 1.38"
91 3.58" 91 110.5
3.58" 4.35" 2x
45 1.77" 71 2.80" 10 0.39" ø 4.2 0.17" M4 8-32 UNC
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22" 35 1.38"
2x
5.5 0.22" ø 4.2 0.17" M4 8-32 UNC
6 0.24"
80 3.15"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35mm EN/EC 60715
60 2.36"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
70 2.76"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
2 0.08" 2 0.08"
45 1,77" 10 0.39" 10 0.39" 5 0.20"
5 0.20"
NFZ44E, NFZ53E, NFZ62E, NFZ71E, NFZ80E
—
NFZ 8-pole contactor relays
AC / DC operated for specific applications
NFZ contactor relays are used for switching auxiliary and control circuits.
03
A2
NO
14
NO
24
NO
34
NO
44
NO
54
NC
62
NO
74
NO
84 48...130 48...130 NFZ71E-22 1SBH136001R2271 0.360
100...250 100...250 NFZ71E-23 1SBH136001R2371 0.360
A1 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
63
NO
73
NO
83
NO - 12...20 NFZ80E-20 1SBH136001R2080 0.360
24...60 20...60 NFZ80E-21 1SBH136001R2180 0.360
NFZ51/11
A2
NO
14
NO
24
NO
34
NO
44
NO
54
NO
64
NO
74
NO
84 48...130 48...130 NFZ80E-22 1SBH136001R2280 0.360
100...250 100...250 NFZ80E-23 1SBH136001R2380 0.360
110.5 4.35"
45 1.77" 71 2.80" 10 0.39" 35 1.38"
2x
5.5 0.22" ø 4.2 0.17" M4 8-32 UNC
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
NFZ44E, NFZ53E, NFZ62E, NFZ71E, NFZ80E, NFZ33/11, NFZ51/11
—
NF 8-pole contactor relays
Contactor relays and main accessories
03
NF contactor relay
CAL4-11
2-pole auxiliary
BX4-CA
contact block
Protective cover
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Contactor relay Main Side-mounted accessories
types poles Auxiliary contact blocks
2-pole CAL4-11 (1)
—
NF contactor relays
Technical data
03
—
NF contactor relays
Technical data
03
Magnet System Characteristics - NF contactor relays AC / DC operated
Contactor relay types AC / DC operated NF
Coil operating limits AC supply At θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85 x Uc min...1.1 x Uc max.
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 At θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min...Uc max.
DC supply at θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... 1.1 x Uc max
at θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... Uc max
AC control voltage 50/60 Hz
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24...500 V AC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 50 VA
Average holding value 2.2 VA / 2 W
DC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 20...500 V DC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 50 W
Average holding value 2 W
PLC-output control Not suitable for direct control by PLC-output
Drop-out voltage ≤ 60 % of Uc min.
Voltage sag immunity acc. to SEMI F47-0706 –
Dips withstand
-20 °C ≤ θ ≤ +60 °C –
Operating time
Between coil energization and: N.O. contact closing 40...95 ms
N.C. contact opening 38...90 ms
Between coil de-energization and: N.O. contact opening 11...95 ms
N.C. contact closing 13...98 ms
Magnet System Characteristics - NFZ contactor relays 24V DC operated - designed for PLC - coil 30
Contactor relay types DC operated NFZ
Coil operating limits DC supply at θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85 ... 1.1x Uc
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 at θ ≤ 70 °C Uc
DC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24 V DC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 6 W
Average holding value 1.7 W
PLC-output control ≥ 250 mA 24 V DC for PLCs and safety PLCs using broken wire detection
Drop-out voltage ≤ 60 % of Uc min.
Operating time
Between coil energization and: N.O. contact closing 27 … 53 ms
N.C. contact opening 20 … 35 ms
Between coil de-energization and: N.O. contact opening 17 … 29 ms
N.C. contact closing 22 … 57 ms
Magnet System Characteristics - NFZ... contactor relays - for specific applications - coils 20, 21, 22, 23
Contactor relay types AC / DC operated NFZ
Coil operating limits AC supply at θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... 1.1 x Uc max
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 at θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... Uc max
DC supply at θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... 1.1 x Uc max
AC control voltage 50/60 Hz
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24...250 V AC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 16 VA
Average holding value 1.7 VA / 1.5 W
DC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 12...250 V DC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 12 ... 16 W
Average holding value 1.7 W
PLC-output control (NFZ coil 21) ≥ 500 mA 24 V DC for PLCs - Not suitable for safety PLCs
Drop-out voltage ≤ 60 % of Uc min.
Voltage sag immunity acc. to SEMI F47-0706 Conditions of use on request
Dips withstand
-20 °C ≤ θ ≤ +60 °C (NFZ coil 21, 22, 23) 20 ms average for Uc ≥ 24 V 50/60 Hz or Uc ≥ 20 V DC
Operating time
Between coil energization and: N.O. contact closing 40...95 ms
N.C. contact opening 38...90 ms
Between coil de-energization and: N.O. contact opening 11...95 ms
N.C. contact closing 13...98 ms
3/276 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
NF contactor relays
Technical data
Mounting characteristics
Contactor relay types AC / DC operated NF
Mounting positions Pos. 2 +30° -30°
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
Connecting characteristics
Contactor relay types AC / DC operated NF
Main terminals
—
NF..K contactor relays - with Push-in Spring terminals
AC / DC operated
NF..K contactor relays are used for switching auxiliary and control circuits.
03
These contactor relays are of the block type design with:
• 4 poles and 8 poles with a permanently fixed 4-pole auxiliary contact block.
Contactor relays have mechanically linked auxiliary contact elements (side-marked symbol)
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC)
- can manage large control voltage variations
1SBC101568V0014
10.5 0.41"
82 3.22"
45 1.77"
10 0.39"
10 0.39"
—
NFZ..K contactor relays - with Push-in Spring terminals
24 V DC operated designed for PLC
NFZ contactor relays are used for switching auxiliary and control circuits.
03
These contactor relays are of the block type design with 4 poles or 8 poles (with a permanently
fixed 4-pole auxiliary contact block).
• contactor relays have mechanically linked auxiliary contact elements (side-marked symbol)
• control circuit: 24 V DC operated with electronic coil interface allowing low holding consumption
up to 1.7 W and reduced panel energy consumption
- allow direct control by PLC-output ≥ 250 mA 24 V DC
1SBC101649V0014
NFZ22EK-30 Number of contacts Rated control circuit Type Order code Weight
voltage
Uc min. … Uc max. Pkg
(1 pce)
V DC kg
NO NC NC NO
A2- 14 22 32 44
A1+ 13
NO
21
NC
33
NO
43
NO
24 NFZ31EK-30 1SBH136005R3031 0.435
NO NC NO NO
A2- 14 22 34 44
1SBC101651V0014
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
24 NFZ40EK-30 1SBH136005R3040 0.435
NO NO NO NO
A2- 14 24 34 44
NFZ44EK-30
8-pole contactor relays
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
51
NC
61
NC
71
NC
81
NC
24 NFZ44EK-30 1SBH136005R3044 0.490
NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
A2- 14 24 34 44 52 62 72 82
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
71
NC
81
NC 24 NFZ53EK-30 1SBH136005R3053 0.490
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC
A2- 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 82
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
71
NC
83
NO 24 NFZ62EK-30 1SBH136005R3062 0.490
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
A2- 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
73
NO
83
NO 24 NFZ71EK-30 1SBH136005R3071 0.490
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO
A2- 14 24 34 44 54 62 74 84
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
63
NO
73
NO
83
NO 24 NFZ80EK-30 1SBH136005R3080 0.490
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
A2- 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84
Note: NFZ contactor relays with 24 V DC control voltage need to respect the connection polarities indicated close to the coil
terminals: A1+ for the positive pole and A2- for the negative pole.
For product availability, please consult your ABB local sales organization.
10.5 0.41"
82 3.22"
45 1.77"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
—
NFZ..K contactor relays - with Push-in Spring terminals
AC / DC operated for specific applications
NFZ..K contactor relays are used for switching auxiliary and control circuits.
03
These contactor relays are of the block type design with:
• 4 poles and 8 poles with a permanently fixed 4-pole auxiliary contact block.
Contactor relays have mechanically linked auxiliary contact elements (side-marked symbol)
• control circuit: AC or DC operated with electronic coil interface accepting a wide control voltage
range (e.g. 100...250 V AC and DC)
- can manage large control voltage variations
- only 4 control voltage ranges covering 24...250 V 50/60 Hz and 12...250 V DC
1SBC101568V0014
10.5 0.41"
82 3.22"
45 1.77"
10 0.39"
10 0.39"
—
NF..K contactor relays - with Push-in Spring terminals
Contactor relays and main accessories
03
TEF4S
CAL4-11K Electronic timer
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
BX4-CA
BX4-CA Protective cover
CA4..K
Protective cover
CA4..K 4-pole
1-pole auxiliary auxiliary
BX4 contact block
protective cover contact block
CAL4-11K
2-pole auxiliary
contact block
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Many configurations of accessories are possible depending on whether these are front-mounted or side-mounted.
Contactor relay Main Front-mounted accessories Side-mounted accessories
types poles Auxiliary contact blocks Electronic timer Auxiliary contact blocks
2-pole CAL4-11K
1-pole CA4..K 4-pole CA4..K TEF4S Left side Right side
NF(Z)
NF 2 2 EK (1) 4 max. or 1 or 1 + 1 -
3 1 EK (1) 2 max. - or 1 + 1 +1
4 0 EK (2)
NF 4 4 EK - - - - + 1 -
5 3 EK
6 2 EK
7 1 EK
8 0 EK
(1) Including add-on contacts: 3 N.C. max. on positions 1, 2, 3, 4 and 2 N.C. max. on positions 1 ±30°, 5
(2) Including add-on contacts: 4 N.C. max. on positions 1, 2, 3, 4 and 3 N.C. max. on positions 1 ±30°, 5
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/281
—
NF..K contactor relays - with Push-in Spring terminals
Technical data
03
Contactor relay types AC / DC operated NF..K
Standards IEC 60947-1 / 60947-5-1 and EN 60947-1 / 60947-5-1
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 690 V
Rated frequency (without derating) 50 / 60 Hz
Conventional free air thermal current Ith - θ ≤ 40 °C 16 A
Ie / Rated operational current AC-15
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24-127 V 50/60 Hz 6A
220-240 V 50/60 Hz 4A
400-440 V 50/60 Hz 3A
500 V 50/60 Hz 2A
690 V 50/60 Hz 2A
Making capacity AC-15 10 x Ie AC-15 acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
Breaking capacity AC-15 10 x Ie AC-15 acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24 V DC 6 A / 144 W
48 V DC 2.8 A / 134 W
72 V DC 1 A / 72 W
110 V DC 0.55 A / 60 W
125 V DC 0.55 A / 69 W
220 V DC 0.27 A / 60 W
250 V DC 0.27 A / 68 W
400 V DC 0.15 A / 60 W
500 V DC 0.13 A / 65 W
600 V DC 0.1 A / 60 W
Short-circuit protection device gG type fuse 10 A
Conditional short-circuit current 1 kA
Rated short-time withstand for 1.0 s 100 A
current Icw for 0.1 s 140 A
Minimum switching capacity 12 V / 3 mA
with failure rate acc. to IEC 60947-5-4 10 -7
Non-overlapping time between
N.O. and N.C. contacts ≥ 2 ms
Power dissipation per pole at 6 A 0.1 W
Maximum electrical switching AC-15 1200 cycles/h
frequency DC-13 900 cycles/h
Mechanically linked contacts Built-in N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts and additional N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts
acc. to annex L of IEC 60947-5-1 (CA4, CAL4 aux. contact blocks) are mechanically linked contacts
—
NF..K contactor relays - with Push-in Spring terminals
Technical data
Mounting characteristics
Contactor relay types AC / DC operated NF..K
Mounting positions Pos. 2 +30° -30°
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
Max. add-on N.C. auxiliary contacts: see accessory fitting details for a NF contactor relay
Mounting distances The contactor relays can be assembled side by side
Fixing
On rail according to IEC 60715, EN 60715 35 x 7.5 mm or 35 x 15 mm
By screws (not supplied) 2 x M4 screws placed diagonally
Connecting characteristics
Contactor relay types AC / DC operated NF..K
Main terminals
—
NF..K contactor relays - with Push-in Spring terminals
Technical data
03
Contactor relay types AC / DC operated NF..K
Coil operating limits AC supply at θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... 1.1 x Uc max
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 at θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... Uc max
DC supply At θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... 1.1 x Uc max
At θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... Uc max
AC control voltage 50/60 Hz
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24 ... 500 V AC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 50 VA
Average holding value 2.2 VA / 2 W
DC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 20 ... 500 V DC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 50 W
Average holding value 2W
PLC-output control Not suitable for direct control by PLC-output
Drop-out voltage ≤ 60 % of Uc min.
Voltage sag immunity according to SEMI F47-0706 –
Dips withstand –
-20 °C ≤ θ ≤ +60°C
Operating time
Between coil energization and:
N.O. contact closing 40 ... 95 ms
N.C. contact opening 38 ... 90 ms
Between coil de-energization and:
N.O. contact opening 11 ... 95 ms
N.C. contact closing 13 ... 98 ms
Magnet System Characteristics for NFZ..K contactor relays 24V DC operated - designed for PLC - coil 30
Contactor relay types AC / DC operated NFZ..K
Coil operating limits DC supply At θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 At θ ≤ 70 °C Uc
DC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24 V DC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 6W
Average holding value 1.7 W
PLC-output control ≥ 250 mA 24 V DC for PLCs and safety PLCs using broken wire detection
Drop-out voltage ≤ 60 % of Uc min.
Operating time
Between coil energization and:
N.O. contact closing 27 … 53 ms
N.C. contact opening 20 … 35 ms
Between coil de-energization and:
N.O. contact opening 17 … 29 ms
N.C. contact closing 22 … 57 ms
Magnet System Characteristics for NFZ..K contactor relays - for specific applications - coils 20, 21, 22, 23
Contactor relay types AC / DC operated NFZ..K
Coil operating limits AC supply At θ ≤ 60 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... 1.1 x Uc max
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 At θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... Uc max
DC supply At θ ≤ 70 °C 0.85 x Uc min ... 1.1 x Uc max
AC control voltage 50/60 Hz
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24 ... 250 V AC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 16 VA
Average holding value 1.7 VA / 1.5 W
DC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 12 ... 250 V DC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 12 ... 16 W
Average holding value 1.7 W
PLC-output control (AF..Z coil 21) ≥ 500 mA 24 V DC for PLCs - Not suitable for safety PLCs
Drop-out voltage ≤ 60 % of Uc min.
Voltage sag immunity according to SEMI F47-0706 (NFZ coil 21, 22, 23) conditions of use on request
Dips withstand
-20 °C ≤ θ ≤ +60°C (NFZ coil 21, 22, 23) 20 ms average for Uc ≥ 24 V 50/60 Hz or Uc ≥ 20 V DC
Operating time
Between coil energization and:
N.O. contact closing 40 ... 95 ms
N.C. contact opening 38 ... 90 ms
Between coil de-energization and:
N.O. contact opening 11 ... 95 ms
N.C. contact closing 13 ... 98 ms
—
For direct product details information, use product type or order code, ex:
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SBL137001R1310
—
Accessories
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SBL137001R1310
—
Accessories for
AF09 … AF2850 3-pole contactors,
AF09 ... AF370 4-pole contactors
and NF contactor relays
—
Auxiliary contact blocks for AF09 ... AF96 contactors and NF contactor relays
The auxiliary contact blocks are used for the operation of auxiliary circuits and control circuits for
03
kg
Front-mounted auxiliary contact blocks with N.O. leading contact and N.C. lagging contact
AF09 ... AF96 – – 1 0 CC4-10 1SBN010111R1010 1 0.014
4-pole NF – – 0 1 CC4-01 1SBN010111R1001 1 0.014
Note: 1 max CC4-10 and 1 max CC4-01.
CC4-01 use: on each "Accessory fitting details" table, the allowed number of N.C. add-on and built-in contacts including CC4-01, is
decreased by one.
—
Auxiliary contact blocks for AF09 ... AF96 contactors and NF contactor relays
Technical data
03
Types 1-pole CA4, 1-pole CC4, 4-pole CA4, 2-pole CAT4, 2-pole CAL4
Standards IEC 60947-5-1 and EN 60947-5-1
Rated insulation voltage Ui acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 690 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. 6 kV
Pollution degree 3
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 24...690 V
Conventional thermal current Ith - θ ≤ 40 °C 16 A
Rated frequency (without derating) 50/60 Hz
Ie / Rated operational current AC-15 24-127 V 50/60 Hz 6A
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 220-240 V 50/60 Hz 4A
400-440 V 50/60 Hz 3A
500 V 50/60 Hz 2A
690 V 50/60 Hz 2A
Making capacity acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 10 x Ie AC-15
Breaking capacity acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 10 x Ie AC-15
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24 V DC 6 A / 144 W
48 V DC 2.8 A / 134 W
72 V DC 1 A / 72 W
110 V DC 0.55 A / 60 W
125 V DC 0.55 A / 69 W
220 V DC 0.27 A / 60 W
250 V DC 0.27 A / 68 W
400 V DC 0.15 A / 60 W
500 V DC 0.13 A / 65 W
600 V DC 0.1 A / 60 W
Short-circuit protection device gG type fuse 10 A
Conditional short-circuit current 1 kA
Rated short-time withstand current Icw for 1.0 s 100 A
θ = 40 °C for 0.1 s 140 A
Minimum switching capacity 12 V / 3 mA
with failure rate acc. to IEC 60947-5-4 10 -7
Power dissipation per pole at 6 A 0.1 W
Mechanical durability Number of operating cycles 10 millions operating cycles
Max. switching frequency 3600 cycles/h
Max. electrical switching frequency AC-15 1200 cycles/h
DC-13 900 cycles/h
Mechanically linked contacts acc. to annex L of IEC 60947-5-1 Additional N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA4, CAL4, CAT4) are mechanically linked contacts
Mirror contacts acc. to annex F of IEC 60947-4-1 Additional N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA4, CAL4, CAT4) are mirror contacts
Connecting characteristics
Types 1-pole CA4, 1-pole CC4, 4-pole CA4, 2-pole CAT4, 2-pole CAL4
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 1...2.5 mm²
2x 1...2.5 mm²
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2 x 0.75...1.5 mm²
L Lugs L < 8 mm
6
—
Auxiliary contact blocks with Push-in Spring terminals
The auxiliary contact blocks are used for the operation of auxiliary circuits and control circuits for
1SBC100080V0014
03
kg
—
Auxiliary contact blocks for AF09 ... AF96 contactors and NF contactor relays
with Push-in Spring terminals
Technical data
03
Contactor relay types 1-pole CA4..K, 4-pole CA4..K, 2-pole CAL4..K
Standards IEC 60947-1 / 60947-4-1 and EN 60947-1 / 60947-4-1
Rated insulation voltage Ui acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 690 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. 6 kV
Pollution degree 3
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 690 V
Conventional thermal current Ith - θ ≤ 40 °C 16 A
Rated frequency (without derating) 50 / 60 Hz
Ie / Rated operational current 24-127 V 50/60 Hz 6A
AC-15 acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 220-240 V 50/60 Hz 4A
400-440 V 50/60 Hz 3A
500 V 50/60 Hz 2A
690 V 50/60 Hz 2A
Making capacity acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 10 x Ie AC-15
Breaking capacity acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 10 x Ie AC-15
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24 V DC 6 A / 144 W
48 V DC 2.8 A / 134 W
72 V DC 1 A / 72 W
110 V DC 0.55 A / 60 W
125 V DC 0.55 A / 69 W
220 V DC 0.27 A / 60 W
250 V DC 0.27 A / 68 W
400 V DC 0.15 A / 60 W
500 V DC 0.13 A / 65 W
600 V DC 0.1 A / 60 W
Short-circuit protection device gG type fuse 10 A
Conditional short-circuit current 1 kA
Rated short-time withstand current Icw for 1.0 s 100 A
θ = 40 °C for 0.1 s 140 A
Minimum switching capacity 12 V / 3 mA
with failure rate acc. to IEC 60947-5-4 10 -7
Power dissipation per pole at 6 A 0.1 W
Mechanical Number of operating cycles 10 million operating cycles
durability Max. switching frequency 3600 cycles/h
Max. electrical switching frequency AC-15 1200 cycles/h
DC-13 900 cycles/h
Mechanically linked contacts Additional N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA4, CAL4) are mechanically linked contacts.
acc. to annex L of IEC 60947-5-1
Mirror contacts acc. to annex F of IEC 60947-4-1 Additional N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA4, CAL4) are mirror contacts.
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid solid 1x 1 ... 2.5 mm²
2x 1 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1x 1 (push-in) / 0.5 (spring) ... 2.5 mm²
2x 1 (push-in) / 0.5 (spring) ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 1 (push-in) / 0.5 (spring) ... 1.5 mm²
2 x 1 (push-in) / 0.5 (spring) ... 1.5 mm²
Flexible without ferrule 1 x (spring) 0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
2 x (spring) 0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18 ... 14
Stripping length 10 mm
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1
and IEC 60529 / EN 60529 IP20
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 3 mm x 0.5 mm
3/292 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Auxiliary contact blocks for severe industrial environments
for AF09 ... AF96 contactors and NF contactor relays
The auxiliary contact blocks are used for the operation of auxiliary circuits and control circuits for
03
kg
AF09 ... AF96 1 0 – – CE5-10D0.1 1SBN010015R1010 1 0.020
NF 0 1 – – CE5-01D0.1 1SBN010015R1001 1 0.020
1 0 – – CE5-10D2 1SBN010017R1010 1 0.020
0 1 – – CE5-01D2 1SBN010017R1001 1 0.020
1 0 – – CE5-10W0.1 1SBN010016R1010 1 0.020
0 1 – – CE5-01W0.1 1SBN010016R1001 1 0.020
1 0 – – CE5-10W2 1SBN010018R1010 1 0.020
0 1 – – CE5-01W2 1SBN010018R1001 1 0.020
(1) For each contactor type, refer to "Accessory fitting details" table.
Note: For use with 24 V DC operated AF..Z contactor and NFZ contactor relay (coil 30), please consult your ABB local sales organization.
A 1-pole CE5 on A
AF09 ... AF16..-30-xx 1 stack 103.5 mm / 4.07"
AF09, AF16..-40/22-00
NF..E 1-stack
AF26 ... AF38..-30-00 112.5 mm / 4.43"
AF26, AF38..-40/22-00 127.5 mm / 5.02"
47 1.85"
—
Auxiliary contact blocks for severe industrial environments
Technical data
03
Front mounted
Types 1-pole CE5-..0.1 1-pole CE5-..2
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x1...4 mm²
2x1...4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1x0.75...2.5 mm²
2x0.75...2.5 mm²
l L
Lugs L≤7.7 mm
l>3.7 mm
Connecting capacity acc. to UL / CSA 1 or 2 x
AWG 18...14
Stripping length 10 mm
Tightening torque 1 Nm
Degree of protection Terminals IP20
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and Microswitches IP40 for CE5-..D0.1 IP40 for CE5-..D2
IEC 60529 / EN 60529 IP67 for CE5-..W0.1 IP67 for CE5-..W2
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened
All terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
(1) HRC fuses for very fast action (6.3 x 32 mm size).
3/294 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Auxiliary contact blocks for severe industrial environments
For AF09 ... AF96 3-pole contactors and AF09 ... AF80 4-pole contactors
For AF contactors
03
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Many configurations of accessories are possible depending on whether these are front-mounted or side-mounted.
Contactor Main Built-in Front-mounted accessories Side-mounted accessories
types poles auxiliary Auxiliary contact blocks Electrical and Auxiliary contact blocks
contacts mechanical interlock set
(Between 2 contactors) Left side Right side
1-pole CE5 1-pole CA4 VEM4 2-pole CAL4-11
On positions 1, 2, 3, 4 ; Max. N.C. built-in and add-on N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA4, CAL4, VEM4): 2 max. with 1 CE5, none with 2 CE5
AF09 ... AF16 3 0 0 1 1 + 3 max. – + 1 –
AF09 ... AF16 3 0 1 0 2 + 2 max. – – –
AF26 ... AF38 3 0 0 0 1 + 3 max. – + 1 –
1 + 1 max. – + 1 +1
1 + 2 max. +1 + 1 –
On positions 1 ±30°, 5 ; Max. N.C. built-in or add-on N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA4, CAL4, VEM4): 1 max. with 1 CE5
AF09 ... AF16 3 0 0 1 1 + 3 max. – – –
AF09 ... AF16 3 0 1 0 1 + 3 max. – + 1 –
AF26 ... AF38 3 0 0 0 1 + 2 max. +1 – –
On positions 1, 1 ±30°, 2, 3, 4, 5 ; Max. add-on N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA4, CAL4): 4 max. with 1 CE5, 2 max. with 2 CE5
AF40 ... AF96 3 0 0 0 2 + 2 max. – + 1 +1
1 + 3 max. – + 1 +1
On positions 1, 2, 3, 4 ; Max. add-on N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA4, CAL4, VEM4): 2 max. with 1 CE5, none with 2 CE5
AF09, AF16 4 0 0 0 2 + 2 max. – – –
1 + 3 max. – + 1 –
1 + 1 max. – + 1 +1
1 + 2 max. +1 + 1 –
On positions 1, 2, 3, 4 ; Max. add-on N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA4, CAL4, VEM4): 1 max. with 1 CE5
AF26, AF38 4 0 0 0 1 + 3 max. – + 1 –
1 + 2 max. +1 – –
AF09 ... AF38 2 2 0 0 1 + 3 max. – + 1 –
On positions 1 ±30°, 5 ; Max. add-on N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA4, CAL4, VEM4): 1 max. with 1 CE5
AF09, AF16 4 0 0 0 1 + 3 max. – + 1 –
1 + 2 max. +1 – –
On positions 1, 1 ±30°, 2, 3, 4, 5 ; Max. add-on N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA4, CAL4): 4 max. with 1 CE5, 2 max. with 2 CE5
AF40 ... AF80 4 0 0 0 2 + 2 max. – + 1 +1
1 + 3 max. – + 1 +1
—
Auxiliary contact blocks for severe industrial environments
03
Main accessory fitting details - for ordering details, technical data and other accessories: see section accessories
Many configurations of accessories are possible depending on whether these are front-mounted or side-mounted.
Contactor relay Main Front-mounted accessories Side-mounted accessories
types poles Auxiliary contact blocks Auxiliary contact blocks
Left side Right side
1-pole CE5 1-pole CA4 2-pole CAL4-11
On positions 1, 2, 3, 4 ; Max. add-on N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA4, CAL4): 1 max. with 1 CE5
NF 2 2 E 1 + 3 max. – + 1 –
3 1 E
On positions 1, 2, 3, 4 ; Max. add-on N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA4, CAL4): 2 max. with 1 CE5, none with 2 CE5
NF 4 0 E 2 + 2 max. – – –
1 + 3 max. – + 1 –
1 + 1 max. – + 1 +1
On positions 1 ±30°, 5 ; Max. add-on N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA4): none with 1 CE5
NF 2 2 E 1 + 3 max. – – –
3 1 E
On positions 1 ±30°, 5 ; Max. add-on N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA4, CAL4): 1 max. with 1 CE5
NF 4 0 E 1 + 3 max. – + 1 –
3/296 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Auxiliary contact blocks for AF116 ... AF2850 contactors
for severe industrial environments
The auxiliary contact blocks are used for the operation of auxiliary and control circuits for severe
03
industrial environments.
Types of auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting:
• CEL 1-pole block, with built-in microswitch IP67 degree of protection (IP20 on terminals).
Instantaneous N.O. or N.C. contact.
1SFC101214V0001
For clipping onto the right- and/or left-hand side of the contactors.
The auxiliary contact blocks are equipped with screw type connecting terminals delivered open,
CEL19 protected against accidental direct contact and bear the corresponding function marking.
kg
1SFC101083V0001
—
Auxiliary contact blocks for AF116 ... AF2850 contactors
Technical data
03
Types CAL18 CAL19
Contact utilization characteristics according to IEC
Standards IEC 60947-5-1 and EN 60947-5-1
Rated insulation voltage Ui acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 690 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp. 6 kV
Pollution degree 3
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 24...690 V AC
Conventional thermal current Ith - θ ≤ 40 °C 16 A
Rated frequency (without derating) 50/60 Hz
Ie / Rated operational current AC-15
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24-127 V 50/60 Hz 6A
220-240 V 50/60 Hz 4A
380-440 V 50/60 Hz 3A
500-690 V 50/60 Hz 2A
Making capacity acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 10 x Ie AC-15
Breaking capacity acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 10 x Ie AC-15
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24 V DC 6 A / 144 W 3 A / 72 W
48 V DC 2.8 A / 134 W 1.5 A / 72 W
72 V DC 1 A / 72 W 1 A / 72 W
110 V DC 0.55 A / 60 W 0.55 A / 60 W
125 V DC 0.55 A / 69 W 0.55 A / 69 W
220 V DC 0.3 A / 66 W 0.3 A / 69 W
250 V DC 0.3 A / 75 W 0.3 A / 75 W
Short-circuit protection device gG type fuse 10 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw for 1.0 s 100 A
θ = 40 °C for 0.1 s 140 A
Minimum switching capacity 24 V / 50 mA (0.5 million of operating cycles) 24 V / 50 mA
with failure rate acc. to IEC 60947-5-4 ≤ 10-6
Power dissipation per pole at 6 A 0.15 W
Mechanical durability Number of operating cycles 3 millions (A/AF400 ... AF750)
0.5 million (AF1250 ... AF2050) 5 millions operating cycles
Max. switching frequency 3600 cycles/h 300 cycles/h
Max. electrical switching frequency AC-15 1200 cycles/h 300 cycles/h
DC-13 900 cycles/h 300 cycles/h
Mirror contacts acc. to annex F of IEC 60947-4-1 N.C. auxiliary contacts are mirror contacts (1)
(1) CAL19: for 3-pole contactors only.
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 1...4 mm²
2x 1...4 mm²
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2 x 0.75...2.5 mm²
l L
Lugs L ≤ 8 mm
l > 3.7 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG18...14
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torque 1 Nm
Degree of protection
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529 IP20
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened
All terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
3/298 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Auxiliary contact blocks for AF116 ... AF2850 contactors
for severe industrial environments
The auxiliary contact blocks are used for the operation of auxiliary and control circuits for severe
03
industrial environments.
Types of auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting:
• CEL 1-pole block, with built-in microswitch IP67 degree of protection (IP20 on terminals).
Instantaneous N.O. or N.C. contact.
1SFC101214V0001
For clipping onto the right- and/or left-hand side of the contactors.
The auxiliary contact blocks are equipped with screw type connecting terminals delivered open,
CEL19 protected against accidental direct contact and bear the corresponding function marking.
kg
1SFC101083V0001
—
Auxiliary contact blocks for AF116 ... AF2850 contactors
for severe industrial environments
Technical data
03
Types CEL18, CEL19
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x1...4 mm²
2x1...4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1x0.75...2.5 mm²
2x0.75...2.5 mm²
l L
Lugs L≤7.7 mm
l>3.7 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x
AWG 18...14
Tightening torque 1 Nm
Degree of protection Terminals IP20
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529 Microswitches IP20
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened
All terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
(1) or HRC fuses for very fast action (6.3 x 32 mm size).
(2) For CEL19, please consult us.
3/300 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Auxiliary contact blocks for AF09 ... AF96 contactors
and NF contactor relays
Electrical durability
2 Example:
1 Breaking current = 1 A
0.5 On the opposite curve at intersection "O" 1 A the
0.3 corresponding value for the electrical durability
0.2 is approximately 2 millions operating cycles.
0.1
0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 10
Breaking current (A)
30
NF contactor relays.
20
(For add on auxiliary contacts see curve above).
10
5
3
Million operating cycles
0.5
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 10
Breaking current (A)
20
6
10.10 cycles Example:
10
Control of DC electro-magnet:
5 Ue voltage = 72 V DC and breaking power = 70 W.
On the opposite curve at intersection "O" 72 V / 70 W
2 the corresponding value for the electrical durability is
approximately 2 millions operating cycles.
1
10 20 24 50 72 100 200 250 500
Voltage (V)
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/301
—
Auxiliary contact blocks for AF116 ... AF2850 contactors
Electrical durability
03
AC-15 utilization category according to IEC 60947-5-1 / EN 60947-5-1:
• making current: 10 x Ie with cos ϕ = 0.7 and Ue
• breaking current: Ie with cos ϕ = 0.4 and Ue.
This curves represent the electrical durability of the add-on auxiliary contacts, in relation to the breaking current.
The curves have been drawn for resistive and inductive loads up to 690 V, 40...60 Hz.
5 Example:
3 Breaking current = 1.2 A
Million operating cycles
2.7
2
On the opposite curve at intersection "O" 1.2 A the
1 corresponding value for the electrical durability is approxi-
0.5
mately 2.7 millions operating cycles.
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 10
1.2
Breaking current (A)
3/302 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Electronic timers
TEF4 frontal electronic timers are used for realizing timing function and are available in ON-delay
03
For contactors, Time delay Delay Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
contactor relays range type circuit voltage contacts Pkg
selected by Uc (1 pce)
switch
1SBC101394F0014
V 50/60 Hz or DC kg
With screw terminals
AF09 ... AF96 0.1...1 s ON-delay 24...240 1 1 TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 0.065
NF 1...10 s OFF-delay 24...240 1 1 TEF4-OFF 1SBN020114R1000 0.065
TEF4S-ON
10...100 s
With spring terminals
AF09 ... AF96 0.1...1 s ON-delay 24...240 1 1 TEF4S-ON 1SBN020113R1000 0.065
NF 1...10 s OFF-delay 24...240 1 1 TEF4S-OFF 1SBN020115R1000 0.065
1SBC101394F0014
10...100 s
TEF4S-OFF
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/303
—
Electronic timers
Technical data
03
Contact utilization characteristics according to IEC
Types TEF4-ON TEF4-OFF
Standards IEC 60947-5-1 and EN 60947-5-1
Rated insulation voltage Ui acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 400 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV
Pollution degree 3
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 240V AC / 24 V DC
Rated frequency (without derating) 50 / 60 Hz
Conventional thermal current Ith - θ ≤ 40 °C 5 A
Ie / Rated operational current AC-15
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24-127 V 50/60 Hz 3 A
220-240 V 50/60 Hz 1.5 A
Making capacity acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 10 x Ie AC-15
Breaking capacity acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 10 x Ie AC-15
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24 V DC 1 A / 24 W
Short-circuit protection device gG type fuse 10 A
Conditional short-circuit current 1 kA
Rated short-time withstand current Icw for 1.0 s 8 A
θ = 40 °C for 0.1 s 8 A
Minimum switching capacity 12 V / 3 mA
with failure rate acc. to IEC 60947-5-4 24 V DC 10 -7
Power dissipation per pole at 3 A 0.1 W
Function diagram ON-delay OFF-delay
150 ms 1s
min. min.
Uc (A1 - A2) Uc (A1 - A2)
100 ms 100 ms
min. min.
N.O. (67 - 68) N.O. (67 - 68)
t t
—
Electronic timers
Technical data
03
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 1...2.5 mm²
2x 1...2.5 mm²
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm² (0.75 ... 1.5 mm² with spring terminals)
2 x 0.75...1.5 mm² (0.75 ... 1.5 mm² with spring terminals)
l L
Lugs L ≤ 8 mm (1)
l > 3.7 mm (1)
Connection capacity acc. to UL / CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18...14
Stripping length 10 mm
Tightening torque 1.2 N.m / 11 lb.in (1)
Degree of protection
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529 IP20
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals should be tightened
All terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
Spring terminals
Screwdriver type Ø 3.5
Terminal Marking 55 NC 67 NO 55 NC 67 NO
A1 A1
KM1 KM1
A2 A2
56 NC 68 NO 56 NC 68 NO
(1) Not applicable for TEF4S-ON and TEF4S-OFF with spring terminals.
DC-13 utilization category according to IEC 60947-5-1 / EN 60947-5-1: making and breaking current Ie and Ue.
100
1.10 6 cycles
Breaking power (W)
10
1
10 100 240 1000
Voltage
(V)
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/305
—
Interlocks
03
1SBC100010V0014
The VM mechanical interlock units are designed for the interlocking of two AF contactors.
When mounted between two contactors, the VM mechanical interlock unit prevents one of the
contactors from closing as long as the other contactor is closed.
The mechanical interlock units VM4 and VM96-4 include 2 fixing clips (BB4).
VM4
For contactors Mounting Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
AF190, AF205
AF265 ... AF370
AF116 ... AF146 and VM140/190 1SFN034403R1000 1 0.088
AF190, AF205
VM19 AF190, AF205 and VM205/265 1SFN035203R1000 1 0.090
AF265 ... AF370
AF265 ... AF370 and VM370/400H 1SFN035403R1000 1 0.100
AF400 ... AF460
AF400 ... AF1250 VM750H 1SFN035700R1000 1 0.200
AF1350 ... AF2650 Plate included VM1650H 1SFN036503R1001 1 6.000
Mechanical interlock units for two contactors mounted one above the other
AF400 ... AF1250 Additional plate (not supplied) VM750V 1SFN035701R1000 1 0.200
VEM4 mechanical and electrical interlock set for the interlocking of two AF contactors.
VEM4 set includes a mechanical interlock unit VM4 with 2 fixing clips (BB4) and a VE4 electrical
interlock block with A2-A2 connection.
Fixing the electrical interlock block to the contactor front face connects the 2 built-in N.C.
interlocking contacts with the two coils. VE4 block must be used with A2-A2 connection to
respect the electrical connection diagram.
1SBC100011V0014
kg
01 NC 01NC
Mechanical and electrical interlock set
For same size contactors: 0 2 VEM4 1SBN030111R1000 1 0.035
AF09 ... AF16..-30-..
AF26 ... AF38..-30-00
KM1 KM2 AF09, AF16..-40-00
A2 A2
AF26, AF38..-40-00
Fixing clips
AF09 ... AF96 BB4 1SBN110120W1000 50 0.002
Note: VEM4 not suitable for AF..Z contactors with DC control voltage 12...20 V DC (coil 20) and 24 V DC (coil 30).
1SBC100013V0014
BB4
3/306 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Interlocks
VM4 mechanical interlock unit is designed for the interlocking of two AF contactors.
When mounted between two contactors, the VM4 mechanical interlock unit prevents one of the
contactors from closing as long as the other contactor is closed. The mechanical interlock unit
VM4 includes 2 fixing clips (BB4).
kg
AF09 ... AF38 VM4 1SBN030105T1000 10 0.005
VM4
VE4K block must be used with A2-A2 connection to respect the electrical connection.
01 NC 01NC kg
AF09..K .. AF16..K 1 1 VEM4K 1SBN030113R1000 0.030
AF26..K .. AF38..K
KM1 KM2
A2 A2 Fixing clips
AF09 ... AF96 BB4 1SBN110120W1000 50 0.002
1SBC100013V0014
Note: VEM4K not suitable for AF..Z..K contactors with DC control voltage 12...20 V DC (coil 20) and 24 V DC (coil 30).
BB4
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/307
—
Interlocks
Technical data
03
Types VM4, VM96 VM19 ... VM750 VM1650H
Mechanical durability Number of operating cycles 5 millions operating cycles 1 million operating cycles 500 000 operating cycles
Max. mechanical switching frequency 1800 cycles/h 300 cycles/h
Connecting characteristics
Types VEM4
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 1...2.5 mm²
2x 1...2.5 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2 x 0.75...1.5 mm²
L Lugs L < 8 mm
6
Connecting characteristics
Types VEM4K
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid solid 1x 1 ... 2.5 mm²
2x 1 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1x 1 (push-in) / 0.5 (spring) ... 2.5 mm²
2x 1 (push-in) / 0.5 (spring) ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 1 (push-in) / 0.5 (spring) ... 1.5 mm²
2 x 1 (push-in) / 0.5 (spring) ... 1.5 mm²
Flexible without ferrule 1 x (spring) 0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
2 x (spring) 0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18 ... 14
Stripping length 10 mm
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1
and IEC 60529 / EN 60529 IP20
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 3 mm x 0.5 mm
3/308 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Impulse contact blocks
Impulse contact blocks are designed for use in enclosures, in association with an adjustable
03
kg
AF09 ... AF96 1 – CB5-10 1SBN010013R1010 1 0.012
– 1 CB5-01 1SBN010013R1001 1 0.012
36 1.42"
CB5-10 CB5-01
—
RA4 interface relays
RA4 interface relay is designed to receive 24 V DC signals delivered by PLC’s or other sources with
03
a low output power and to restore them with sufficient power to operate the coils of the relevant
AF09 ... AF96 contactors or the NF contactor relays. RA4 interface relay is made up of a miniature
electromechanical relay equipped with a N.O. contact and with a low consumption 24 V DC coil.
1SBC101065V0014
The interface relay coil is controlled by the PLC while the N.O. contact ensures switching of the
power contactor.
Coil switching gives rise to overvoltages which have adverse effects on the electronic devices,
insulators and, more generally, on component lifetime. The RA4 is protected from surge thanks
RA4 to the built-in surge protection of AF09 ... AF96. Furthermore, the RA4 is protected against relay
pole reversal by a diode inserted between the E1 and E2 input terminals.
Connection
The "E1+" and "E2–" input terminals must be connected, according to their polarity, to the
PLC-output.
The RA4 is equipped with two terminal pads for connection to the A1 and A2 terminals of the
contactor coil.
This coil is supplied between the A0 and A2 terminals of the RA4.
Mounting
Remove the coil terminal block from the contactor and clip the interface relay without any
screwing operation.
For contactors Coil voltages Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
(1) (2) voltage qty (1 pce)
Uc
V AC 50/60 Hz (4) V DC kg
AF09 ... AF96 24 ... 250 24 RA4 1SBN060100R1000 1 0.040
NF
(1) LDC4 additional terminal blocks and CAT4 auxiliary contact blocks not suitable with RA4.
(2) Main use with contactor coils 41, 11, 12, 13.
C
44.8 1.76" 40 1.57"
PLC
0.91"
23
Output
- +
B
Uc 24 V DC
≤250 V AC
=
A0 A2 E2- E1+
A
RA4
=
A1
RA4 mounted on AF09 ... AF38 AF40 ... AF96
KM1
A 80 mm / 3.15" 119.5 mm / 4.70"
A2 B 63 mm / 2.48" 83 mm / 3.27"
C 45 mm / 1.77" 40 mm / 1.57"
—
RA4 interface relays
Technical data
03
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 1 ... 2.5 mm²
2x 1 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
2x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
2 x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm²
l L
Lugs L < 8 mm
Working data
Surge suppression
For interface relay coil Included inside AF built-in surge protection
Protection against polarity reversal between terminals E1 and E2 Diode
Interface relay operating time Closing and drop-out ≤10 ms
Total operating time
interface relay + contactor (1)
Between energization and: N.O. contact closing 42 ... 95 ms (AF09 … AF38, NF)
44 ... 105 ms (AF40 … AF96)
N.C. contact opening 40 ... 90 ms (AF09 … AF38, NF)
40 ... 100 ms (AF40 … AF96)
Between de-energization and: N.O. contact opening 15 ... 57 ms (AF09 … AF38, NF)
21 ... 107 ms (AF40 … AF96)
N.C. contact closing 17 ... 60 ms (AF09 … AF38, NF)
23 ... 112 ms (AF40 … AF96)
(1) For contactor coils 41, 11, 12, 13.
—
Mechanical latching unit
The WA4 mechanical latching unit for AF09 ... AF96 contactors and NF contactor relays ensures that
03
the contactor or contactor relay remains switched on even if there is a lack or a failure of voltage.
Standard contactors can be easily converted into compact latched contactors.
The WA4 block contains a mechanical latching device with electromagnetic impulse unlatching (AC
or DC) or manual unlatching.
1SBC101058V0014
Operation
After closing, the contactor continues to be held in the closed position by the latching mechanism
WA4
should the supply voltage fail at the contactor coil terminals.
Contactor opening can be controlled:
• electrically by an impulse (AC or DC) on the WA4 block coil (the coil is not designed to be perma-
nently energized)
• manually by pressing the pushbutton on the front face of the WA4 block.
Mounting
The WA4 block is clipped onto the front face of the 1-stack contactor where it takes up two slots in
central position (see fig. below).
The two other slots may accept CA4 single pole auxiliary contacts (1 block on each side of the
E1 mechanical latch).
Additional CAL4 can be fitted on the side of the contactor in respect to the total number of built-in
A1 E2 or additional N.O. and N.C. auxiliary contacts as described in the accessory fitting details part of
each contactor type.
A2
For contactors and Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
Wiring diagram contactor relays voltage Uc qty (1 pce)
V AC 50/60 Hz V DC kg
AF09 ... AF65, 4-pole NF 24...60 24...60 WA4-11 1SBN040100R1011 1 0.080
48...130 48...130 WA4-12 1SBN040100R1012 1 0.080
100...250 100...250 WA4-13 1SBN040100R1013 1 0.080
250...500 250...500 WA4-14 1SBN040100R1014 1 0.080
AF80, AF96 24...60 24...60 WA4-96-11 1SBN040200R1011 1 0.080
48...130 48...130 WA4-96-12 1SBN040200R1012 1 0.080
100...250 100...250 WA4-96-13 1SBN040200R1013 1 0.080
250...500 250...500 WA4-96-14 1SBN040200R1014 1 0.080
B
10
For contactors and A B
0.39" contactor relays mm in. mm in.
AF09 ... 16(Z)-30-.. 45 1.77" 133.5 5.25"
AF09 ... 16(Z)-40/22-00
NF(Z)
AF26 ... 38(Z)-30-00 45 1.77" 142.5 5.61"
41
1.61" AF26 ... 38(Z)-40/22-00 45 1.77" 157.5 1.77"
AF40 ... 65-30-00 55 2.16" 167 6.57"
AF40-40/22-00 70 2.75" 170 6.70"
3 AF52-40-00 70 2.75" 170 6.70"
0.12"
60 2.36" AF80, 96-30-00 70 2.75" 172 6.77"
A 5.5 0.22" AF80-40/22-00 90 3.54" 172 6.77"
—
Mechanical latching unit
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 1 ... 2.5 mm²
2x 1 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
2x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
2 x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm²
L Lugs L < 8 mm
6
—
Other accessories
03
qty (1 pce)
1SBC100020V0014
kg
LDC4
or contactor relays.
Protective covers
Sealable and transparent protective covers BX4 and non-removable BX4-CA to protect the devices against
1SBC100023V0014
accidental contact.
BX4 AF09 ... AF96 1-stack contactors and NF contactor relays BX4 1SBN110108T1000 10 0.006
4-pole CA4, 2-pole CAT4 auxiliary contact blocks and BX4-CA 1SBN110109W1000 50 0.001
TEF4 electronic timer
BX4-CA
Note: BX4 produced since 13045 (day 045 - year 2013) are suitable for AF40 ... AF96.
Function markers designed to be clipped onto the front face of the contactor, manual motor
starter or overload relays to identify them. Details can be added to these markers using a ball
point pen, indelible felt-tip pen or pentel white.
Self-adhesive labels (not supplied) can also be added to them.
- BA4 : box with 16 blank cards (16 markers by card).
BA4 Marker dimensions: 7 x 20 mm (.276" x .787").
- BA5 : set of 50 pieces. Marker dimensions: 7 x 19 mm (.276" x .748").
1SBC100044V0014
AF09 ... AF370 contactors, TF thermal overload relays, EF BA4 1SNA235156R2700 16 0.011
electronic overload relays and MS116, MS132 manual motor
starters
AF400 ... AF2850 and accessories BA5-50 1SBN110000R1000 1 0.017
BA5-50
44.8 1.76"
6
0.24"
28 1.10"
BX4
—
Other accessories
1SBC100022V0014
qty (1 pce)
kg
Test block
1SBC100041V0014
BDT4
For AF80 ... AF96
78 3.07"
13 0.51"
60 2.36"
10 0.39"
45 1.77"
100 3.94"
147.7 5.81"
90 3.54"
119.5 4.70"
136 5.35"
126 4.96"
4.6 0.18"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
90 3.54"
ø 6.2 0.24"
M6 1/4-20 UNC
4.6 0.18"
ø 4.2 0.17"
5 0.20"
M4 8-32 UNC
5 0.20"
ø 6.2 0.24"
5 0.20" 5 0.20" M6 1/4-20 UNC
54 2.13" 70 2.76" 90 3.54"
—
Terminal shrouds
03
The auxiliary contact blocks and coils are designed to provide an IP 20 degree of protection.
1SBC100073V0014
The main terminals, equipped with compression lugs or cable clamps, can be protected against
accidental direct contact after wiring (EN 50274) by the addition of terminal shrouds (see table
below).
LT65-30
For contactors Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
3-pole contactors
1SFC101038V0001
4-pole contactors
LT460-AC
AF40, AF52 LT52-40 1SBN123402R1000 1 0.020
AF80 LT80-40 1SBN123902R1000 1 0.025
AF116 … AF140, with compression lugs LT140-40L 1SFN124203R2000 2 0.090
1SBC100075V0014
LT205-40
Connection capacity acc. to UL / CSA 1 x AWG 10…6 or AWG 4..2 AWG 6 or AWG 4..1
2 x AWG 10…6 or AWG 4..2 AWG 6 or AWG 2..1
Stripping length 18 mm 18 mm
Tightening torque
Recommended 4 Nm / 35 lb.in 6 Nm / 53 lb.in
Degree of protection
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529
Main terminals equipped with LT IP20
Screw terminals
Main terminals M6 M8
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 6.5 / Pozidriv 2 hexagon socket (s = 4 mm)
3/316 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Additional terminal blocks
The LD terminal block is designed to increase the connecting capacity of 3-pole AF26 ... AF38
03
1SBC100038V0014
contactors on which it is fitted and for preparation of the wiring before final connection to the
contactor. LD38-4 blocks are 3-pole terminal blocks with tunnel terminals.
Technical data
Types LD38-4
Rated insulation voltage Ui
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 690 V
acc. to UL / CSA 600 V
Pollution degree 3
Main terminals
30 1.18"
125 4.92"
102 4.02"
—
Terminals for control lead connections
Terminal designed to connect the control conductors to the main poles of the AF40 ... AF96
03
contactors and derivative versions.
1SBC100109V0014
Accessory clipped into the slots placed above each power terminal connector.
The LK96-4F is fitted with a pin designed to hold them in place until the connector has been fully
clamped with its power cable.
LK96-4F
For contactors Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
AF40 ... AF96 LK96-4F 1SBN073452R2000 2 0.005
Note : LK96 not compatible with LT Terminal shrouds
Technical data
Types LK96-4..
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid 1x 1...2.5 mm²
2x 1...2.5 mm²
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2 x 0.75...1.5 mm²
l L
Lugs L ≤ 8 mm
LK positioning
19 0.75’’
125.8 4.95"
126.8 4.99"
—
Connections
Terminal enlargements
03
Enlargement pieces designed to increase the width of the contactor terminal pads in order to al-
1SFC101050V0001
LW140
mm mm kg
3-pole contactors
AF116 ... AF146 6.5 13 x 3 LW140 1SFN074207R1000 1 0.115
AF190, AF205 10.5 17.5 x 5 LW205 1SFN074807R1000 1 0.260
AF265 ... AF370 10.5 25 x 5 LW370 1SFN075407R1000 1 0.340
AF400, AF460 10.5 25 x 5 LW460 1SFN075707R1000 1 0.730
AF580, AF750 13 40 x 6 LW750 1SFN076107R1000 1 1.230
AF1250 13 50 x 10 LW1250 1SFN076407R1000 1 2.000
4-pole contactors
LW205-40
Connection sockets
Connection socket can be used to replace built-in cable clamps in AF116 ... AF146.
1SFC101049V0001
4-pole contactors
AF116 … AF140 LL146-40 1SFN074211R2000 8 0.132
AF190 … AF205 LL205-40 1SFN074811R2000 2 0.216
AF265 … AF370 LL370-40 1SFN075411R2000 2 0.224
1SFC101073V0001
Connection module
Connection module can be fixed on AF116 ... AF146 delivered with bar terminals.
3-pole contactors
AF116 ... AF146 LD146-30 1SFN074208R1000 2 0.165
4-pole contactors
AF116 … AF140 LD146-40 1SFN074208R2000 2 0.225
1SFC101046V0001
LD146-30
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/319
—
Terminal connecting strips and shorting bars
03
• To obtain a star point (3 parallel-connected poles)
• To connect poles in parallel and thus increase the AC load passing through the flow path made
up of the parallel-connected poles: LP, LY, LH, LF, LG.
LY16-4 The relevant cable cross-sectional area may limit the maximum permissible current. Consult
information in table below
• To connect poles in series and thus increase the DC voltage controlled by the poles: LP, LY (only
LY16-4 and LY38-4 secable strips).
Types for connection of "n" poles with terminal insulated
1SFC101088V0001
LP n=2 no no (1)
LY n = 2 (secable LY16-4, LY38-4 connecting strips) no yes
n=3 no yes (1)
LH n=2 yes no
LF n=3 yes yes
LY185 LG n=4 yes yes
(1) LP460 ... LP750, LY185 ... LY750 not insulated. Use terminal shrouds.
For contactors max. nominal continuous current Cable Type Order code Pkg Weight
1SBC100035V0014
AF26 81 – – 25
AF30, AF38 90 – – 25
AF09 62 – 16 LF16-4 1SBN071305R1000 2 0.020
AF12 70 – 25
AF16 75 – 25
LG16-4 AF26 112 – 35 LF38-4 1SBN072305R1000 2 0.040
AF30, AF38 125 – 50
AF09 – – 70 – 25 LG16-4 1SBN071306R1000 2 0.025
AF12 – – 78 – 25
AF16 – – 84 – 25
Main dimensions
3/320 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
03
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/321
—
Connection accessories for starting solutions
03
1SBC100014V0014
The BEA insulated 3-pole connecting links are used to connect AF09 ... AF65 contactors with
the MS116 or MS132 or MS165 manual motor starters. The BEA insulated 3-pole connecting links
ensure the electrical and mechanical connection between the contactor and the associated
manual motor starter. BPR65-4 35 mm rail hooks used with BEA65-4 connecting link, allow
BEA16-4 direct mounting on 2 rails 35 mm of MS165 manual motor starters with AF40 ... AF65 contactors.
For 3-pole contactors Manual motor starter Type Order code Pkg Weight
1SBC100078V0014
qty (1 pce)
kg
AF09 ... AF16 MS116-0.16 … MS116-25, BEA16-4 1SBN081306T1000 10 0.025
MS132-0.16… MS132-25
BPR65-4 AF26 ... AF38 MS116-0.16 … MS116-16, BEA26-4 1SBN082306T1000 10 0.025
MS132-0.16 ... MS132-10
MS116-20 … MS116-32, BEA38-4 1SBN082306T2000 10 0.030
MS132-12 ... MS132-32
AF40 ... AF65 MS165-16 … MS165-65 BEA65-4 1SBN083406R1000 1 0.090
MS165-16 … MS165-65 (1) BPR65-4 (2) 1SBN113405R1000 1 0.007
1SBC100016V0014
Note: B
EA16-4, BEA26-4 and BEA38-4 used with the PMS38-4 adapting plate, are suitable for AF..Z contactors with DC control
voltage 24 V DC (coil 30).
(1) Applicable for MS165 manufactured after week 31, 2016 (date code > 16214).
(2) Use one BPR65-4 for each contactor AF40 … AF65.
BER16-4
BEP140-30
3/322 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
A1 A1
1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 kg
2 4 6 8 2 4 6 8
A2 A2 3-pole contactors
E0743D
4-pole contactors
AF116 ... AF140 BEP140-40 1SFN084214R2000 1 0.420
AF190 ... AF205 BEP205-40 1SFN084814R2000 1 0.710
AF265 ... AF370 BEP370-40 1SFN085414R2000 1 1.230
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/323
—
Connection accessories for starting solutions with Push-in Spring terminals
03
1SBC101673V0014
The BEA..-4KF insulated 3-pole connecting links are used to connect AF09..K ... AF38..K contactors
with the MS132-K manual motor starters. The BEA..-4KF insulated 3-pole connecting links ensure
the electrical and mechanical connection between the contactor and the associated manual
motor starter.
BEA16-4KF
For 3-pole Manual motor starter Type Order code Pkg Weight
contactors qty (1 pce)
kg
AF09..K ... AF16..K MS132-0.16 … MS132-25 BEA16-4KF 1SBN081325T1000 10 0.052
AF26..K ... AF38..K MS132-0.16 … MS132-32 BEA38-4KF 1SBN082325T2000 10 0.057
PMS38-4
1SBC100128V0014
A1 A1
1 3 5 1 3 5
2 4 6 2 4 6
A2 A2
BER
Reversing connections
BEY16-4KF
Suitable for Rated No. of Number Type Order code Pkg Weight
A1 A1 A1
1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5 operational manual of lateral qty (1 pce)
A2
2 4 6
A2
2 4 6
A2
2 4 6
current motor auxiliary
A starter contacts
BEY kg
Line-delta-star connection MS132K, 65 2 0 PS1-2-0-65K 1SAM301903R1002 1 0.091
MS132-KT 65 3 0 PS1-3-0-65K 1SAM301903R1003 1 0.116
65 4 0 PS1-4-0-65K 1SAM301903R1004 1 0.140
65 5 0 PS1-5-0-65K 1SAM301903R1005 1 0.165
65 2 1 PS1-2-1-65K 1SAM301903R1012 1 0.094
65 3 1 PS1-3-1-65K 1SAM301903R1013 1 0.123
65 4 1 PS1-4-1-65K 1SAM301903R1014 1 0.151
65 5 1 PS1-5-1-65K 1SAM301903R1015 1 0.178
PS 1-3-1-65K busbar
with Push-in Spring terminals
3/324 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Connection accessories for starting solutions
Connection sets for start-delta starter
The BEY and BED connection sets are used to connect the main poles of the Line, Delta and Star
03
For 3-pole line, delta & star Interlock unit between delta & Type Order code Pkg Weight
contactors star contactors qty (1 pce)
kg
AF09 ... AF16 With or without VM4 or VEM4 BEY16-4 1SBN081313R2000 1 0.050
AF26 ... AF38 With or without VM4 or VEM4 BEY38-4 1SBN082713R2000 1 0.110
A1 A1 A1
AF40 ... AF65 With or without VM96-4 BEY65-4 1SBN083413R2000 1 0.200
1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5
2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4 6
AF80, AF96 With or without VM96-4 BEY96-4 1SBN083913R2000 1 0.250
A2 A2 A2
AF116 ... AF146 With or without VM19 BEY140-4 1SFN084413R1000 1 1.040
AF190 ... AF205 (line and delta) With or without VM140/190 BEY190-4 1SFN084813R1000 1 1.154
AF09 ... AF370
AF116 ... AF146 (star)
Line-delta-star connection
AF190, AF205 With or without VM19 BEY205-4 1SFN085213R1000 1 1.205
AF265 ... AF370 (line and delta) With or without VM205/265 BEY265-4 1SFN085413R1000 1 2.020
AF190 ... AF205 (star)
AF265 ... AF370 With or without VM19 BEY370-4 1SFN085813R1000 1 2.110
AF400 ... AF460 With or without VM750H BED460 1SFN085703R1000 1 4.700
AF580 ... AF750 (line and delta) With or without VM750H BED580 1SFN085903R1000 1 6.300
AF400 ... AF460 (star)
A1 A1 A1
1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5
AF580 ... AF750 With or without VM750H BED750 1SFN086103R1000 1 7.700
2 4 6 2 4 6 2 4 6
A2 A2 A2
—
Connection bars
03
These connection sets are solid copper bars.
1SFC101061V0001
Note: For XT5, Use back shield code 1SDA112971R1, to be ordered separately.
Alternatively, use an insulate back panel if the enclosure is bare metal
For 3-pole contactors Switch fuse Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
Vertical assembly
AF400, AF460 OESA400 BEF460/OESA400 1SFN085708R1000 1 0.340
AF460 ... AF750 OESA630 to OESA800 BEF750/OESA800 1SFN086108R1000 1 0.740
Horizontal assembly
AF400, AF460 OESA400...LR OESA460H/OESA400 1SFN085709R1000 1 1.250
Note: The BEF connection bars provided for the A145 ... A300 contactors can be used for the AF145 ... AF300 contactors.
3/326 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Adapter plates
kg
A95, AF95, A110, AF110 AF116, AF140, AF146 PR146-1 1SFN094200R1000 1 0.300
EH150, EH160, EH175, EH210, EG160 AF190, AF205 PR210-1 1SFN094900R1000 1 0.440
EH250, EH260, EH300 AF265, AF305, AF370 PR300-1 1SFN095300R1000 1 0.560
EH370, EH550, EG315 AF400, AF460, AF580 PR460-1 1SFN095700R1000 1 0.900
PR146-1 EH700, EH800 AF750 PR750-1 1SFN096100R1000 1 0.500
OKYM150, OKYM175 AF190 PR185-2 1SFN095100R1001 1 0.500
OKYM200, OKYM250 AF265, AF305, AF370 PR300-2 1SFN095300R1001 1 0.500
OKYM315 AF400, AF460 PR400-2 1SFN095700R1002 1 0.820
OKYM400 AF400, AF460 PR460-2 1SFN095700R1001 1 0.800
OKYM500 AF580 PR580-2 1SFN096100R1002 1 0.700
EH550, EG630, OKYM630 AF580, AF750 PR750-2 1SFN096100R1001 1 1.100
l Dimensions (mm)
L
Type of the plate Dimensions Fixing holes
L I h mm
PR146-1 150 90 15 4 x ø 6.5
E2119D
—
Low Voltage Ride Through (LVRT) modules
RU19 is designed to meet the Low Voltage Ride Through (LVRT) requirements for grid connections
03
by staying operational during voltage dips preventing disturbances on the grid it self.
The RU19 is a separate module connected to the contactors coil connection A1-A2 creating a delay
function of the opening of the contactor. When controlled by PLC, the contactor is operated di-
rectly whitout delay functionality. The RU19 can be screw or DIN rail mounted.
RU19/120
AF116 ... AF1250
A1 A2
X3 X4
RU19
X1 X2
Control inputs
49 1.93"
171 6.73"
DIN-rail
mounting
RU19/240
—
Spare parts contactors
Contactor coils, main contact sets and arc chutes
Contactor coils
03
For contactors Rated control circuit voltage Type Order code Pkg Weight
Uc min. ... Uc max. qty (1 pce)
1SFC101007F0201
V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
AF400, AF460 - 24…60 ZAF460 1SFN155770R6806 1 0.525
48…130 48…130 ZAF460 1SFN155770R6906 1 0.525
100…250 100…250 ZAF460 1SFN155770R7006 1 0.525
ZAF1650
250…500 250…500 ZAF460 1SFN155770R7106 1 0.525
AF580 ... AF1250 - 24…60 ZAF750 1SFN156170R6806 1 1.335
48…130 48…130 ZAF750 1SFN156170R6906 1 1.335
100…250 100…250 ZAF750 1SFN156170R7006 1 1.335
250…500 250…500 ZAF750 1SFN156170R7106 1 1.335
AF1350 ... AF2050 100…250 100…250 ZAF1650 (1) 1SFN156570R7026 1 set 0.900
ZP1650 (2) 1SFN166521R1070 1 0.300
AF2650 100...250 100...250 ZAF2650 (1) 1SFN156670R7026 1 set 0.900
ZP2650 (2) 1SFN166621R1070 1 0.300
ZAF460, ZAF750 : printed circuit board included.
(1) One set of two coil.
(2) Printed circuit board.
kg
3-pole contactors
AF116 ZL116 1SFN164203R1000 1 0.410
ZL1650
AF140 ZL140 1SFN164403R1000 1 0.410
AF146 ZL146 1SFN164603R1000 1 0.410
AF190 ZL190 1SFN164803R1000 1 1.093
AF205 ZL205 1SFN165203R1000 1 1.093
AF265 ZL265 1SFN165403R1000 1 2.010
AF305 ZL305 1SFN165803R1000 1 2.010
AF370 ZL370 1SFN166003R1000 1 2.010
AF400 ZL400 1SFN165703R1000 1 1.320
AF460 ZL460 1SFN165903R1000 1 1.320
AF580 ZL580 1SFN166103R1000 1 1.840
AF750 ZL750 1SFN166303R1000 1 1.840
AF1250 ZL1250 1SFN166403R1000 1 1.840
AF1350 For contactors produced before 2014-01-13, ZL1350 1SFN166503R1000 1 2 500
with serial number before 1S16010051403xxxx
For contactors produced since 2014-01-13, ZL1350-1 1SFN166503R1001 1 4 500
with serial number above 1S16010051403xxxx
AF1650 For contactors produced before 2014-01-13, ZL1650 1SFN166703R1000 1 3 500
with serial number before 1S16010051403xxxx
For contactors produced since 2014-01-13, ZL1650-1 1SFN166703R1001 1 4 500
with serial number above 1S16010051403xxxx
AF2050 For contactors produced before 2014-01-13, ZL2050 1SFN167003R1000 1 3 500
with serial number before 1S16010051403xxxx
For contactors produced since 2014-01-13, ZL2050-1 1SFN167003R1001 1 4 500
with serial number above 1S16010051403xxxx
AF2650 (3) ZL2650 1SFN166603R1000 1 1.200
4-pole contactors
AF116 ZLT116 1SFN164204R1000 1 0.435
AF140 ZLT140 1SFN164404R1000 1 0.435
AF190 ZLT190 1SFN164804R1000 1 2.038
AF205 ZLT205 1SFN165204R1000 1 2.038
AF265 ZLT265 1SFN165404R1000 1 2.222
AF305 ZLT305 1SFN165804R1000 1 2.222
AF370 ZLT370 1SFN166004R1000 1 2.222
(3) Does not include fixed contacts and screws.
Note: Only suitable for AF116...AF370 contactors "Made in Sweden" produced after 2018-09-01 (010918).
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/329
—
Spare parts contactors
Contactor coils, main contact sets and arc chutes
03
Coil modules replacement kit for 3-pole contactors. Includes coil, electronic module, fasteners,
damping and terminal cover.
Rated contol circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
Voltage Uc qty (1 pce)
V 50/60Hz V DC kg
3-pole contactors
AF116 24…60 20…60 ZAF116-11 1SFN154270R1106 1 0.324
48…130 48…130 ZAF116-12 1SFN154270R1206 1 0.313
100…250 100…250 ZAF116-13 1SFN154270R1306 1 0.288
250…500 250…500 ZAF116-14 1SFN154270R1406 1 0.040
AF140 24…60 20…60 ZAF140-11 1SFN154470R1106 1 0.324
48…130 48…130 ZAF140-12 1SFN154470R1206 1 0.313
100…250 100…250 ZAF140-13 1SFN154470R1306 1 0.288
250…500 250…500 ZAF140-14 1SFN154470R1406 1 0.298
AF146 24…60 20…60 ZAF146-11 1SFN154670R1106 1 0.324
48…130 48…130 ZAF146-12 1SFN154670R1206 1 0.313
100…250 100…250 ZAF146-13 1SFN154670R1306 1 0.288
250…500 250…500 ZAF146-14 1SFN154670R1406 1 0.298
AF190, AF205 24…60 20…60 ZAF205-11 1SFN154870R1106 1 0.856
48…130 48…130 ZAF205-12 1SFN154870R1206 1 0.831
100…250 100…250 ZAF205-13 1SFN154870R1306 1 0.823
250…500 250…500 ZAF205-14 1SFN154870R1406 1 0.818
AF265, AF305, AF370 24…60 20…60 ZAF370-11 1SFN155470R1106 1 1.262
48…130 48…130 ZAF370-12 1SFN155470R1206 1 1.316
100…250 100…250 ZAF370-13 1SFN155470R1306 1 1.036
250…500 250…500 ZAF370-14 1SFN155470R1406 1 1.006
AF400, AF460 - 24…60 ZAF460 1SFN155770R6806 1 0.525
48…130 48…130 ZAF460 1SFN155770R6906 1 0.525
100…250 100…250 ZAF460 1SFN155770R7006 1 0.525
250…500 250…500 ZAF460 1SFN155770R7106 1 0.525
AF580 ... AF1250 - 24…60 ZAF750 1SFN156170R6806 1 1.335
48…130 48…130 ZAF750 1SFN156170R6906 1 1.335
100…250 100…250 ZAF750 1SFN156170R7006 1 1.335
250…500 250…500 ZAF750 1SFN156170R7106 1 1.335
AF1350 ... AF2050 100…250 100…250 ZAF1650 (1) 1SFN156570R7026 1 set 0.900
ZP1650 (2) 1SFN166521R1070 1 0.300
AF2650 100...250 100...250 ZAF2650 (1) 1SFN156670R7026 1 set 0.900
ZP2650 (2) 1SFN166621R1070 1 0.300
3-pole contactors with built-in PLC interface
AF116 100…250 100…250 ZAF116-33 1SFN154270R3306 1 0.310
250…500 250…500 ZAF116-34 1SFN154270R3406 1 0.324
AF140 100…250 100…250 ZAF140-33 1SFN154470R3306 1 0.310
250…500 250…500 ZAF140-34 1SFN154470R3406 1 0.324
AF146 100…250 100…250 ZAF146-33 1SFN154670R3306 1 0.310
250…500 250…500 ZAF146-34 1SFN154670R3406 1 0.324
AF190 100…250 100…250 ZAF190-33 1SFN154870R3306 1 0.893
250…500 250…500 ZAF190-34 1SFN154870R3406 1 0.878
AF205 100…250 100…250 ZAF205-33 1SFN155270R3306 1 0.893
250…500 250…500 ZAF205-34 1SFN155270R3406 1 0.878
AF265 100…250 100…250 ZAF265-33 1SFN155470R3306 1 1.124
250…500 250…500 ZAF265-34 1SFN155470R3406 1 1.094
AF305 100…250 100…250 ZAF305-33 1SFN155870R3306 1 1.124
250…500 250…500 ZAF305-34 1SFN155870R3406 1 1.094
AF370 100…250 100…250 ZAF370-33 1SFN156070R3306 1 1.124
250…500 250…500 ZAF370-34 1SFN156070R3406 1 1.094
Note: Only suitable for AF116...AF370 contactors "Made in Sweden" produced after 2018-09-01 (010918).
3/330 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Spare parts contactors
Contactor coils, main contact sets and arc chutes
Coil modules replacement kit for 3-pole contactors. Includes coil, electronic module, fasteners,
damping and terminal cover.
Rated contol circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
Voltage Uc qty (1 pce)
V 50/60Hz V DC kg
4-pole contactors
AF116 24…60 20…60 ZAF116-40-11 1SFN154270R1146 1 0.340
48…130 48…130 ZAF116-40-12 1SFN154270R1246 1 0.331
100…250 100…250 ZAF116-40-13 1SFN154270R1346 1 0.308
250…500 250…500 ZAF116-40-14 1SFN154270R1446 1 0.320
AF140 24…60 20…60 ZAF140-40-11 1SFN154470R1146 1 0.340
48…130 48…130 ZAF140-40-12 1SFN154470R1246 1 0.331
100…250 100…250 ZAF140-40-13 1SFN154470R1346 1 0.308
250…500 250…500 ZAF140-40-14 1SFN154470R1446 1 0.320
AF190, AF205 24…60 20…60 ZAF205-40-11 1SFN154870R1146 1 0.864
48…130 48…130 ZAF205-40-12 1SFN154870R1246 1 0.841
100…250 100…250 ZAF205-40-13 1SFN154870R1346 1 0.839
250…500 250…500 ZAF205-40-14 1SFN154870R1446 1 0.834
AF265, AF305, AF370 24…60 20…60 ZAF370-40-11 1SFN155470R1146 1 1.272
48…130 48…130 ZAF370-40-12 1SFN155470R1246 1 1.328
100…250 100…250 ZAF370-40-13 1SFN155470R1346 1 1.052
250…500 250…500 ZAF370-40-14 1SFN155470R1446 1 1.032
Note: Only suitable for AF116...AF370 contactors "Made in Sweden" produced after 2018-09-01 (010918).
Electronic Modules
Control circuit electronic module spare part.
Rated contol circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
Voltage Uc qty (1 pce)
V 50/60Hz V DC kg
3-pole contactors
AF116 24…60 20…60 ZP116-11 1SFN164223R1011 1 0.133
48…130 48…130 ZP116-12 1SFN164223R1012 1 0.131
100…250 100…250 ZP116-13 1SFN164223R1013 1 0.133
250…500 250…500 ZP116-14 1SFN164223R1014 1 0.143
AF140 24…60 20…60 ZP140-11 1SFN164423R1011 1 0.133
48…130 48…130 ZP140-12 1SFN164423R1012 1 0.131
100…250 100…250 ZP140-13 1SFN164423R1013 1 0.133
250…500 250…500 ZP140-14 1SFN164423R1014 1 0.143
AF146 24…60 20…60 ZP146-11 1SFN164623R1011 1 0.133
48…130 48…130 ZP146-12 1SFN164623R1012 1 0.131
100…250 100…250 ZP146-13 1SFN164623R1013 1 0.133
250…500 250…500 ZP146-14 1SFN164623R1014 1 0.143
AF190, AF205 24…60 20…60 ZP205-11 1SFN164823R1011 1 0.610
48…130 48…130 ZP205-12 1SFN164823R1012 1 0.610
100…250 100…250 ZP205-13 1SFN164823R1013 1 0.610
250…500 250…500 ZP205-14 1SFN164823R1014 1 0.620
AF265, AF305, AF370 24…60 20…60 ZP370-11 1SFN165423R1011 1 0.696
48…130 48…130 ZP370-12 1SFN165423R1012 1 0.704
100…250 100…250 ZP370-13 1SFN165423R1013 1 0.694
250…500 250…500 ZP370-14 1SFN165423R1014 1 0.694
3-pole contactors with built-in PLC interface
AF116 100…250 100…250 ZP116-33 1SFN164223R1033 1 0.155
250…500 250…500 ZP116-34 1SFN164223R1034 1 0.169
AF140 100…250 100…250 ZP140-33 1SFN164423R1033 1 0.155
250…500 250…500 ZP140-34 1SFN164423R1034 1 0.169
AF146 100…250 100…250 ZP146-33 1SFN164623R1033 1 0.155
250…500 250…500 ZP146-34 1SFN164623R1034 1 0.169
AF190 100…250 100…250 ZP190-33 1SFN164823R1033 1 0.680
250…500 250…500 ZP190-34 1SFN164823R1034 1 0.680
AF205 100…250 100…250 ZP205-33 1SFN165223R1033 1 0.680
250…500 250…500 ZP205-34 1SFN165223R1034 1 0.680
AF265 100…250 100…250 ZP265-33 1SFN165423R1033 1 0.782
250…500 250…500 ZP265-34 1SFN165423R1034 1 0.782
AF305 100…250 100…250 ZP305-33 1SFN165823R1033 1 0.782
250…500 250…500 ZP305-34 1SFN165823R1034 1 0.782
AF370 100…250 100…250 ZP370-33 1SFN166023R1033 1 0.782
250…500 250…500 ZP370-34 1SFN166023R1034 1 0.782
Note: Only suitable for AF116...AF370 contactors "Made in Sweden" produced after 2018-09-01 (010918).
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/331
—
Spare parts contactors
Contactor coils, main contact sets and arc chutes
Electronic Modules
03
Control circuit electronic module spare part.
V 50/60Hz V DC kg
4-pole contactors
AF116 24…60 20…60 ZPT116-11 1SFN164224R1011 1 0.149
48…130 48…130 ZPT116-12 1SFN164224R1012 1 0.149
100…250 100…250 ZPT116-13 1SFN164224R1013 1 0.153
250…500 250…500 ZPT116-14 1SFN164224R1014 1 0.165
AF140 24…60 20…60 ZPT140-11 1SFN164424R1011 1 0.149
48…130 48…130 ZPT140-12 1SFN164424R1012 1 0.149
100…250 100…250 ZPT140-13 1SFN164424R1013 1 0.153
250…500 250…500 ZPT140-14 1SFN164424R1014 1 0.165
AF190, AF205 24…60 20…60 ZPT205-11 1SFN165224R1011 1 0.618
48…130 48…130 ZPT205-12 1SFN165224R1012 1 0.620
100…250 100…250 ZPT205-13 1SFN165224R1013 1 0.626
250…500 250…500 ZPT205-14 1SFN165224R1014 1 0.636
AF265, AF305, AF370 24…60 20…60 ZPT370-11 1SFN166024R1011 1 0.706
48…130 48…130 ZPT370-12 1SFN166024R1012 1 0.716
100…250 100…250 ZPT370-13 1SFN166024R1013 1 0.710
250…500 250…500 ZPT370-14 1SFN166024R1014 1 0.720
Note: Only suitable for AF116...AF370 contactors "Made in Sweden" produced after 2018-09-01 (010918).
Arc chutes
For contactors Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
AF400, AF460 ZW460 1SFN165710R1000 1 1.380
AF580, AF750, AF1250 ZW750 1SFN166110R1000 1 1.500
AF1350, AF1650, AF2050 ZW1650 1SFN166510R1001 1 4.560
AF2650 ZW2650 1SFN166610R1000 1 4.000
—
For direct product details information, use product type or order code, ex:
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SBL137001R1310
—
Accessories for
UA, UA..RA contactors and
GA75, GAE75, GAF contactors
—
Auxiliary contact blocks
The auxiliary contact blocks are used for the operation of auxiliary circuits and control circuits for
03
1SBC580992F0301
protected against accidental direct contact and bear the corresponding function marking.
CA5-40E kg
CAL18-11
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/335
—
Auxiliary contact blocks
Technical data
03
Front mounted Side mounted
Types 1-pole CA5, 1-pole CC5, 4-pole CA5 CAL5-11 CAL18-11, CAL18-11B
Contact utilization characteristics according to IEC
Standards IEC 60947-5-1 and EN 60947-5-1
Rated insulation voltage Ui acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 690 V
Pollution degree 3
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 24...690 V AC
Conventional thermal current Ith - θ ≤ 40 °C 16 A
Ie / Rated operational current AC-15
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24-127 V 50/60 Hz 6A
220-240 V 50/60 Hz 4A
380-440 V 50/60 Hz 3A
500-690 V 50/60 Hz 2A
Making capacity acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 10 x Ie AC-15
Breaking capacity acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 10 x Ie AC-15
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24 V DC 6 A / 144 W
48 V DC 2.8 A / 134 W
72 V DC 1 A / 72 W
110 V DC 0.55 A / 60 W
125 V DC 0.55 A / 69 W
220 V DC 0.3 A / 66 W
250 V DC 0.3 A / 75 W
Short-circuit protection device gG type fuse 10 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw for 1.0 s 100 A
θ = 40 °C for 0.1 s 140 A
Minimum switching capacity
A40 … A75 contactors 17 V / 1 mA –
with failure rate acc. to IEC 60947-5-4 ≤ 10 -7 –
A95 … A110 contactors 24 V / 50 mA – 24 V / 50 mA (0.5 million of operating cycles)
with failure rate acc. to IEC 60947-5-4 – – ≤ 10-6
Power dissipation per pole at 6 A 0.1 W 0.15 W
Mechanical durability Number of operating cycles 10 millions (UA16 … UA75) 10 millions 5 millions (UA95 ... UA110)
3 millions (UA95 … UA110) 3 millions (GAF185 ... GAF750)
0.5 million (GAF1250 ... GAF2050)
Max. switching frequency 3600 cycles/h
Electrical durability Number of operating cycles see "Electrical durability" curves
Max. switching frequency AC-15 1200 cycles/h
DC-13 900 cycles/h
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x
1...4 mm²
2x
1...4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1x
0.75...2.5 mm²
2x
0.75...2.5 mm²
l L
Lugs L≤
7.7 mm 8 mm
l>
3.7 mm 3.7 mm
Stripping length 10 mm -
Tightening torque 1 Nm
Degree of protection Terminals IP20
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened
All terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
3/336 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Auxiliary contact blocks for severe industrial environments
The auxiliary contact blocks are used for the operation of auxiliary and control circuits for severe
03
industrial environments.
Types of auxiliary contact blocks for front mounting:
• CE5 1-pole block, instantaneous with N.O. contact or N.C. contact, designed in 2 protection
1SBC581011F0301
versions:
- CE5-.. D with built-in microswitch IP40, degree of protection (IP20 on terminals)
- CE5-.. W with built-in microswitch IP67, degree of protection (IP20 on terminals).
Types of auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting:
CE5-01W • CEL18 1-pole block with built-in microswitch IP67 degree of protection (IP20 on terminals).
Instantaneous N.O. or N.C. contact.
For clipping onto the right- and/or left-hand side of the contactors.
The auxiliary contact blocks are equipped with screw type connecting terminals delivered open,
protected against accidental direct contact and bear the corresponding function marking.
kg
—
Auxiliary contact blocks
Technical data
03
Front-mounted Side-mounted
Types 1-pole CE5-..0.1 1-pole CE5-..2 CEL18-10, CEL18-01
Contact utilization characteristics according to IEC
Standards IEC 60947-5-1 and EN 60947-5-1
Rated insulation voltage Ui acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 250 V
Pollution degree 3
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 125 V 250 V 125 V
Conventional thermal current Ith - θ ≤ 40 °C 0.1 A 2A 0.1 A
Ie / Rated operational current AC-14 AC-15 AC-14
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24-127 V 50/60 Hz 0.1 A 2A 0.1 A
220-240 V 50/60 Hz – 2A –
Making capacity acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 6 x Ie AC-14 10 x Ie AC-15 6 x Ie AC-14
Breaking capacity acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 6 x Ie AC-14 10 x Ie AC-15 6 x Ie AC-14
Ie / Rated operational current DC-12
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24 V DC 0.1 A 2A 0.1 A
48 V DC 0.1 A 1A 0.1 A
72 V DC 0.1 A 0.3 A 0.1 A
110 V DC 0.1 A 0.2 A 0.1 A
125 V DC – 0.2 A –
220 V DC – 0.1 A –
Short-circuit protection device 0.1 A (FF type fuses) (1) 10 A (FF type fuses) (1) 0.1 A (FF type fuses) (1)
Minimum switching capacity
A40 … A75 contactors 3 V / 1 mA 17 V / 1 mA 3 V / 1 mA
With failure rate acc. to IEC 60947-5-4 – ≤ 10-7 –
A95 … A110 contactors 3 V / 1 mA 17 V / 1 mA –
With failure rate acc. to IEC 60947-5-4 – ≤ 10-7 –
Mechanical durability Number of operating cycles 5 millions for CE5-..D0.1 5 millions for CE5-..D2 1 million
2.5 millions for CE5-..W0.1 2.5 millions for CE5-..W2 –
Max. switching frequency 3600 cycles/h 1200 cycles/h
Electrical durability Number of operating cycles 2.5 millions for CE5-..D0.1 1 million for CE5-..D2 0.7 millions
0.7 millions for CE5-..W0.1 0.3 millions for CE5-..W2
Max. switching frequency AC-14, 1200 cycles/h
AC-15
DC-12 900 cycles/h
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x1...4 mm²
2x1...4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1x0.75...2.5 mm²
2x0.75...2.5 mm²
l L
Bars or lugs L≤7.7 mm
l>3.7 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x
AWG 18...14
Tightening torque 1 Nm
Degree of protection Terminals IP20
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 Microswitches IP40 for CE5-..D0.1 IP40 for CE5-..D2 IP67
and IEC 60529 / EN 60529 IP67 for CE5-..W0.1 IP67 for CE5-..W2
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened
All terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
(1) or HRC fuses for very fast action (6.3 x 32 mm size).
3/338 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Auxiliary contacts
Electrical durability
30
• 1-pole and 4-pole CA5,
20
1-pole CC5,
10
2-pole CAL5 and CAL18 add-on auxiliary contacts.
5
3
Million operating cycles
2.7
2 Example:
1
Breaking current = 1.2 A
On the opposite curve at intersection "O" 1.2 A
0.5
0.3
the corresponding value for the electrical durability is
0.2 approximately 2.7 millions operating cycles.
0.1
0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 10
1.2
Breaking current (A)
20
6
10.10 cycles Example:
10 Control of DC electro-magnet: Ue voltage = 72 V DC and
5 breaking power = 70 W.
On the opposite curve at intersection "O" 72 V / 70 W
2 the corresponding value for the electrical durability is
1 approximately 2 millions operating cycles.
10 20 24 50 72 100 200 250 500
Voltage (V)
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/339
—
Add-on auxiliary contacts
Terminal marking and positioning
03
-1 -3
-1 -3
NC NO
NC NO
-2 -4
-2 -4
-5 -7
NC NO
-6 -8
CC5-01 CC5-10
NO NC NC NO
NO NC NC NO
CCL5-11 CCL5-11
(Left-side (Right-side mounted)
mounted)
11 21 31 41 21 31 41 51
NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC
12 22 32 42 22 32 42 52
CA5-04E CA5-04M
13 21 31 43 21 31 43 53
NO NC NC NO NC NC NO NO
14 22 32 44 22 32 44 54
CA5-22E CA5-22M
13 21 33 43 21 33 43 53
NO NC NO NO NC NO NO NO
14 22 34 44 22 34 44 54
CA5-31E CA5-31M
13 23 33 43 21 31 41 53
NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NO
14 24 34 44 22 32 42 54
CA5-40E CA5-13M
13 21 35 47 21 33 45 57
NO NC NC NO NC NO NC NO
14 22 36 48 22 34 46 58
CA5-11/11E CA5-11/11M
3/340 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Electronic timers
TEF5 frontal electronic timers are used for realizing timing function and are available in ON-delay
03
For contactors, Time delay Delay Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
contactor relays range type circuit voltage contacts
selected by Uc Pkg
switch (1 pce)
V 50/60 Hz or DC kg
UA16 ... UA75 0.1...1 s ON-delay 24...240 1 1 TEF5-ON 1SBN020312R1000 0.065
GA75, GAE75 1...10 s OFF-delay 24...240 1 1 TEF5-OFF 1SBN020314R1000 0.065
10...100 s
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/341
—
Electronic timers
Technical data
03
Types TEF5-ON TEF5-OFF
Standards IEC 60947-5-1 and EN 60947-5-1
Rated insulation voltage Ui
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 400 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV
Pollution degree 3
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 240 V
Rated frequency (without derating) 50 / 60 Hz
Conventional thermal current Ith - θ ≤ 40 °C 5 A
Ie / Rated operational current AC-15
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24-127 V 50/60 Hz 3 A
220-240 V 50/60 Hz 1.5 A
Making capacity 10 x Ie AC-15 acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
Breaking capacity 10 x Ie AC-15 acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24 V DC 1 A / 24 W
t t
—
Electronic timers
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
03
KM1 KM1
A2 A2
56 NC 68 NO 56 NC 68 NO
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/343
—
Notes
03
3/34 4 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Mechanical and electrical interlock units
When mounted between two contactors, the mechanical interlock unit prevents one of the con-
03
Mechanical and electrical interlock units for two horizontal mounted contactors
VE5-2 GA75, GAE75 Rail mounting VE5-2 1SBN030210R1000 1 0.146
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/345
—
Mechanical and electrical interlock units
Technical data
03
Types VE5-2
Contact utilization characteristics according to IEC
Standards IEC 60947-5-1 and EN 60947-5-1
Rated insulation voltage Ui acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 690 V
Pollution degree 3
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 24...690 V
Conventional thermal current Ith - θ ≤ 40 °C 16 A
Ie / Rated operational current AC-15
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24-127 V 50/60 Hz 6A
220-240 V 50/60 Hz 4A
380-440 V 50/60 Hz 3A
500-690 V 50/60 Hz 2A
Making capacity acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 10 x Ie AC-15
Breaking capacity acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 10 x Ie AC-15
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24 V DC 6A
48 V DC 2.8 A
72 V DC 1A
125 V DC 0.55 A
250 V DC 0.3 A
Short-circuit protection device - gG type fuse 10 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw for 1.0 s 100 A
θ = 40 °C for 0.1 s 140 A
Power dissipation per pole at 6 A 0.15 W
Mechanical durability
Number of operating cycles 5 millions operating cycles
Max. switching frequency 600 cycles/h
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 1...4 mm²
2x 1...4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
l L
Lugs L< 8 mm
l> 3.5 mm
Stripping length 10 mm
Tightening torque
Recommended 1 Nm
Max. 1.2 Nm
Degree of protection IP20
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529
Screw terminals delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened
All terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
Terminal marking 01 01
NC NC
E0085D1
02 02
Technical note: when, during switching, the arc time is estimated to more than 40 ms, the closing signal of one of the two contactors must be delayed with respect to the open-
ing signal of the other contactor in order to prevent a short-circuit.
Use a TEF5 electronic timer according to application use with time lapse for GA75, GAE75 contators.
3/346 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
CA5, CE5, CAL, CEL18 and TEF5 fitting details
03
Many configurations are possible depending on whether these are front-mounted or side-mounted.
Contactor Main Built-in Front-mounted accessories Electronic timer Side-mounted accessories
types poles auxiliary Auxiliary contact blocks Auxiliary contact blocks Interlock unit
contacts
UA contactors
UA16 ... UA26 3 0 1 0 1 to 4 x CA5 or 1 x 4-pole CA5 or 1 x TEF5 + 1 to 2 x CAL5-11 –
1 to 2 x CE5 max. (1) + 1 x 1-pole CA5 or CE5 (1) + 1 x 1-pole CA5 – –
UA30 3 0 1 0 1 to 5 x CA5 or 1 x 4-pole CA5 or 1 x TEF5 + 1 to 2 x CAL5-11 –
1 to 3 x CE5 max. (1) + 1 x 1-pole CA5 or CE5 (1) + 1 x 1-pole CA5 – –
UA50 ... UA75 3 0 0 0 1 to 6 x CA5 or 1 x 4-pole CA5 or 1 x TEF5 + 1 to 2 x CAL5-11 –
1 to 5 x CE5 max. (2) + 2 x 1-pole CA5 or CE5 (1) + 2 x 1-pole CA5 – –
3 0 1 1 1 to 6 x CA5 or 1 x 4-pole CA5 or 1 x TEF5 + 1 x CAL5-11 –
1 to 5 x CE5 max. (2) + 2 x 1-pole CA5 or CE5 (1) + 2 x 1-pole CA5 – –
UA95, UA110 3 0 0 0 1 to 6 x CA5 or 1 x 4-pole CA5 – + 1 to 2 x CAL18-11 –
1 to 5 x CE5 max. (2) + 2 x 1-pole CA5 or CE5 (1) – or 1 to 2 x CEL18 –
3 0 1 1 1 to 6 x CA5 or 1 x 4-pole CA5 – + 1 x CAL18-11 –
1 to 5 x CE5 max. (2) + 2 x 1-pole CA5 or CE5 (1) – or 1 x CEL18 –
UA..RA contactors
UA16-30-10RA 3 0 1 0 – – – + 1 x CAL5-11 –
UA26-30-10RA 3 0 1 0
UA30-30-10RA 3 0 1 0 1 x CA5 – – + 1 to 2 x CAL5-11 –
1 x CE5
UA50-30-00RA 3 0 0 0 1 to 2 x CA5 – – + 1 to 2 x CAL5-11 –
UA63-30-00RA 3 0 0 0 1 to 2 x CE5
UA75-30-00RA 3 0 0 0
UA95-30-00RA 3 0 0 0 1 to 2 x CA5 – – + 1 to 2 x CAL18-11 –
UA110-30-00RA 3 0 0 0 1 to 2 x CE5 – – or 1 to 2 x CEL18 –
—
Function markers
Mounting piece
03
Set of 50 function markers designed to be clipped onto the front face of devices. Details can be
added to these markers using a ball point pen, indelible felt-tip pen or pentel white.
Self-adhesive labels (not supplied) can also be added to them.
Marker dimensions: 7 x 19 mm (0.276" x 0.748").
qty (1 pce)
kg
UA, UA..RA and accessories BA5-50 1SBN110000R1000 1 0.017
BA5-50 GA75, GAE75
3/348 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Surge suppressors for contactor coils
(V) The operation of inductive circuits causes overvoltages, in particular on opening of the contactor coil.
03
1000
The electromagnetic energy stored in the coil during contactor closing is restored on opening in
T (µs)
0 100
the form of surges, the slope and amplitude of which may rise to several kilovolts. A number of
1000
drawbacks are observed ranging from interference on the electronic devices to breakdown of in-
sulators and even destruction of certain sensitive components.
0 100 The graph opposite reproduces the oscillogram showing voltage discharges at the terminals of a
42 V / 50 Hz coil without peak clipping. The coil was switched by 8 series-connected poles of a
A 884D
contactor relay.
Following a burst of discharges with a very steep slope a damped oscillation emerges with a peak
value of 3500 V.
Overvoltage Factor
The overvoltage factor k is defined as the ratio of the maximum overvoltage peak value Ûs to the
peak value Ûc of the coil rated control voltage Uc:
Ûs max. Ûs max. Ûs max.
1SBC574001F0301
k = in DC: k = or in AC: k =
Ûc Uc Uc√2
3500
For example the following is obtained for the above graph: k = ≈ 60
RV5/50 42 √2
To reduce the harmful effects of these overvoltages, ABB has developed a range of surge suppres-
sors designed to reduce the k factor defined above and to limit or even completely eliminate the
high pre-damping voltage frequencies.
Each case is different, but the technical data tolerances and the generous sizing of parts have en-
abled us to reduce the number of variants.
We have chosen the following solutions: transil diodes, varistors and RC blocks.
Note: A varistor is a resistor whose value decreases to a very large extent when a certain voltage is
1SBC573891F0301
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty
RC5-1/50
Uc (1 pce)
V AC DC kg
UA, UA..RA 24...50 ● ● RV5/50 1SBN050010R1000 2 0.015
GA75, GAE75 50...133 ● ● RV5/133 1SBN050010R1001 2 0.015
110...250 ● ● RV5/250 1SBN050010R1002 2 0.015
250...440 ● ● RV5/440 1SBN050010R1003 2 0.015
UA16...UA30, UA16RA...UA30RA 24...50 ● – RC5-1/50 1SBN050100R1000 2 0.012
50...133 ● – RC5-1/133 1SBN050100R1001 2 0.012
110...250 ● – RC5-1/250 1SBN050100R1002 2 0.012
250...440 ● – RC5-1/440 1SBN050100R1003 2 0.012
UA50...UA110, UA50RA...UA110RA 24...50 ● – RC5-2/50 1SBN050200R1000 2 0.015
GA75 50...133 ● – RC5-2/133 1SBN050200R1001 2 0.015
110...250 ● – RC5-2/250 1SBN050200R1002 2 0.015
250...440 ● – RC5-2/440 1SBN050200R1003 2 0.015
GAE75 12...32 – ● RT5/32 1SBN050020R1000 2 0.015
25...65 – ● RT5/65 1SBN050020R1001 2 0.015
50...90 – ● RT5/90 1SBN050020R1002 2 0.015
77...150 – ● RT5/150 1SBN050020R1003 2 0.015
150...264 – ● RT5/264 1SBN050020R1004 2 0.015
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/349
—
Surge suppressors for contactor coils
Technical data
03
Varistor RV5/50 RV5/133 RV5/250 RV5/440
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24...50 V AC 50...133 V AC 110...250 V AC 250...440 V AC
24...50 V DC 50...133 V DC 110...250 V DC 250...440 V DC
Residual overvoltage (clipping voltage) 132 V AC 270 V AC 480 V AC 825 V AC
132 V DC 270 V DC 480 V DC 825 V DC
Opening time growth factor 1.1...1.5
Operating temperature -20...+70 °C
Connection to the coil terminals (parallel mounting) Clip-on for both fixing and connection.
Fixing Clipped onto the top part of the contactor base without change in contactor overall dimensions.
Advantages High energy absorption: good damping - Unpolarized system.
Drawback Clipping as from Uvdr*, thus voltage front up to this point.
*Uvdr = Varistor operating voltage (voltage dependent resistor), tolerance ± 10 %.
RC5-1/50 RC5-1/133 RC5-1/250 RC5-1/440
RC type RC5-2/50 RC5-2/133 RC5-2/250 RC5-2/440
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24...50 V AC 50...133 V AC 110...250 V AC 250...440 V AC
Residual overvoltage (clipping voltage) 2 to 3 x Uc max.
Opening time growth factor 1.2...1.3
Operating temperature -20...+70 °C
Connection to the coil terminals (parallel mounting) Clip-on for both fixing and connection.
Fixing Clipped onto the top part of the contactor base without change in contactor overall dimensions.
Advantages Very fast clipping - Attenuation of steep fronts and thus of high frequencies. No operating delays.
Wiring diagrams
A1 A1 A1
E0735D
E0734D
E0733D
A2 A2 A2
Varistor RC type Transil diode
Dimensions
—
Interface relays
RA5-1 interface relay is designed to receive 24 V DC signals delivered by PLC’s or other sources
03
1SBC101005F0014
with a low output power and to restore them with sufficient power to operate the coils of the
relevant contactors.
RA5-1 interface relay is made up of a miniature electromechanical relay equipped with a
N.O. contact and with a low consumption 24 V DC coil.
The interface relay coil is controlled by the PLC while the N.O. contact ensures switching of the
power contactor.
RA5-1
Coil switching gives rise to overvoltages which have adverse effects on the electronic devices,
insulators and, more generally, on component lifetime. The RA5-1 is equipped with surge
suppressors:
• on the 24 V DC relay coil via a diode,
• on the power contactor coil via a varistor.
Furthermore, the RA5-1 is protected against relay pole reversal by a diode inserted between the E1
and E2 input terminals.
For contactors Coil voltages Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty (1 pce)
Uc
V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
UA, UA..RA 24...250 24 RA5-1 1SBN060300R1000 1 0.050
GA75 RA5-1 1SBN060300T1000 10 0.050
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/351
—
Interface relays
Technical data
03
Type RA5-1
Utilization characteristics according to IEC
Standards IEC 60255-5
Rated insulation voltage Ui acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 250 V AC
Pollution degree 3
Ambient air temperature
In free air operation at Uc = 24 V DC (between E1 and E2) -25…+70 °C
from 0.85 to 1.1 x Uc -25…+55 °C
Storage -40…+70 °C
Climatic withstand Complies with that of associated contactors
Maximum operating altitude 3000 m
Mounting positions No limitation
Fixing Using the contactor A1 and A2 teminal connecting parts
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 1...4 mm²
2x 1...4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
l L
Lugs L< 8 mm
l> 3.5 mm
Stripping length (all terminals) 10 mm
Tightening torque
Recommended 1 Nm
Max. 1.2 Nm
Degree of protection Protection against direct contact in acc. with EN 50274
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529 RA5-1 wired and mounted on the associated contactor
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened
All terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
Working data
Surge suppression
For contactor coil Varistor
For interface relay coil Diode
Protection against polarity reversal between terminals E1 and E2 Diode
Interface relay operating time Closing and drop-out ≤ 10 ms
Total operating time, interface relay + contactor
Between energization and: N.O. contact closing 20…37 ms
N.C. contact opening 17…32 ms
Between de-energization and: N.O. contact opening 17…25 ms
N.C. contact closing 20…28 ms
Electrical input data
Control voltage (E1 and E2 terminals) Uc
Rated value 24 V DC
Max. range at ambient temperature 20 °C 19…30 V DC
Max. consumption for Uc = 24 V DC, θ = 20 °C 0.3 W
"0" status (relay open) for Uc ≤ 2.4 V DC
for Ic < 1 mA
"1" status (relay closed) for Uc ≥ 19 V DC
Max. short supply interruption immunity time 2 ms
Electrical output data
Switching voltage (A0 and A2 terminals) ≤ 250 V AC
Electrical durability
Number of operating cycles 2 millions (600 cycles/h) on UA16(RA) ... UA75(RA), GA75 contactors
0.5 million (600 cycles/h) on UA95(RA) and UA110(RA) contactors
Connection
PLC The "E1+" and "E2-" input terminals must be connected, according to their polarity, to the PLC output.
Output
Uc – + The RA5-1 is equipped with two terminal pads for connection to the A1 and the A2 terminals of the
≤ 250 V AC 24 V DC
A0 A2 E2 – E1 +
contactor coil.
RA 5-1
This coil is supplied between the A0 and the A2 terminals of the RA 5-1.
Mounting: terminals pads clamped inside the contactor coil terminals.
A1
KM1
E0742DG
A2
3/352 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Mechanical latching units
The WB75-A block contains a mechanical latching device with electromagnetic impulse unlatching
1SBC565483F0301
E1 E2
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty (1 pce)
Terminal marking Uc
V 50 Hz or DC V 60 Hz kg
UA16 ... UA75, 24 24...28 WB75-A FPTN372726R1001 1 0.120
GA75, GAE75 42 42...48 WB75-A FPTN372726R1002 1 0.120
48 48...55 WB75-A FPTN372726R1003 1 0.120
110 110...127 WB75-A FPTN372726R1004 1 0.120
220...230 220...255 WB75-A FPTN372726R1006 1 0.120
230...240 230...277 WB75-A FPTN372726R1005 1 0.120
380...415 380...440 WB75-A FPTN372726R1007 1 0.120
415...440 440...480 WB75-A FPTN372726R1008 1 0.120
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/353
—
Mechanical latching units
Technical data
03
Type WB75-A
Utilization characteristics according to IEC
Rated insulation voltage Ui acc. to IEC 60947-1 690 V
Pollution degree 3
Max. electrical impulse time
On AC coil (with load factor 5 %) 20 s
On DC coil (with load factor 3 %) 8s
Min. electrical impulse time
For latching (energizing of the contactor coil) AC 50 ms (UA, GA contactors)
DC 50 ms (GAE contactors)
For pull-out (energizing of the WB block coil) AC 30 ms (UA, GA contactors)
DC 50 ms (GAE contactors)
Coil operating limits AC or DC supply 0.85…1.1 x Uc
AC control voltage 50/60 Hz
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24…480 V AC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 90 VA
Average holding value 60 VA
DC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24…440 V DC
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 110 W
Average holding value 110 W
On contactor closing (latching)
Between coil energization and:
N.O. contact closing No difference with the operation of a contactor without mechanical latching unit
N.C. contact opening No difference with the operation of a contactor without mechanical latching unit
On contactor opening (unlatching)
Between WB coil energization and: N.O. contact opening 5…25 ms
N.C. contact closing 7…28 ms
Mechanical durability
Number of operating cycles 1 million operating cycles
Max. switching frequency 3600 cycles/h with on-load factor of 8 %
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 1...4 mm²
2x 1...4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
l L
Lugs L< 8 mm
l> 3.5 mm
Stripping length 10 mm
Tightening torque Recommended 1 Nm
Max. 1.2 Nm
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened
All terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
3/354 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Additional terminal blocks and other accessories
1SBC580742F0301
Terminal blocks
03
The LD terminal blocks are designed to increase the connecting capacity of the contactor on
which they are fitted and for preparation of the wiring before final connection on the contactor.
LD75 The LD blocks are 3-pole terminal blocks with tunnel terminals.
The LD75 terminal blocks are fixed in the 3 independent slots located above the built-in connectors.
Technical data
Types LD75
Rated insulation voltage Ui
acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 690 V
acc. to UL / CSA 600 V
Pollution degree 3
Main terminals
LD75
Possible cross section of rigid cable in the contactor terminals 50 mm²
Terminal enlargements
Enlargement pieces designed to increase the width of the contactor terminal pads in order to
allow larger connections to be mounted.
Sets containing 3 tin plated copper bars fixed by an isolating spacer.
1SFT98000-011C3
—
Terminals for control lead connections
1SBC575763F0301
03
Terminals designed to connect the control conductors to the main poles of the UA and
GA contactors and derivative versions.
Accessories clipped into the slots placed above each power terminal connector.
The LK75 are fitted with a pin designed to hold them in place until the connector has been fully
LK75-L clamped with its power cable.
• Degree of protection IP20
• Connecting terminal delivered in open position: cable clamp and M3.5 (+,-) pozidriv 2 screw.
• Cable cross-sectional area:
- 1 or 2 rigid conductors............................................ 1...4 mm²
1SBC575773F0301
LK75-F
For contactors Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty (1 pce)
kg
Right and left on: LK75-L 1SBN073552R1003 2 0.006
UA50(RA) ... UA75(RA)
GA75, GAE75
Opposite on: LK75-F 1SBN073552R1002 2 0.006
UA50(RA) ... UA75(RA)
GA75, GAE75
Note: The LK terminals provided for the UA contactors can be used with the AM types.
LK positioning
11 0.43"
LK75-L LK75-F
—
Connection bar for contactor
1SFC101114F0001
qty (1 pce)
kg
LP2050
Maximum continuous current with two parrallel connection strips per pole
Connexion kit (includes 4 pcs of connection strips) Ie max
2 x LP185 220 A
2 x LP300 370 A
1 x LP460 600 A
1 x LP750 800 A
1 x LP1250 900 A
1 x LP2050 1650 A
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/357
—
Contactor coils and main contact sets
Contactor coils
03
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
qty
1SBC573802F0302
voltage (1 pce)
Uc
V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
UA16, 24 24 ZA16 1SBN151410R8106 1 0.093
110 110…120 ZA16 1SBN151410R8406 1 0.093
ZA16
220…230 230…240 ZA16 1SBN151410R8006 1 0.093
230...240 240…260 ZA16 1SBN151410R8806 1 0.093
380…400 400…415 ZA16 1SBN151410R8506 1 0.093
400…415 415…440 ZA16 1SBN151410R8606 1 0.093
UA26, UA30, 24 24 ZA40 1SBN152410R8106 1 0.148
110 110…120 ZA40 1SBN152410R8406 1 0.148
220…230 230…240 ZA40 1SBN152410R8006 1 0.148
230...240 240…260 ZA40 1SBN152410R8806 1 0.148
380…400 400…415 ZA40 1SBN152410R8506 1 0.148
400…415 415…440 ZA40 1SBN152410R8606 1 0.148
UA50 … UA75 24 24 ZA75 1SBN153510R8106 1 0.166
GA75 110 110…120 ZA75 1SBN153510R8406 1 0.166
220…230 230…240 ZA75 1SBN153510R8006 1 0.166
230...240 240…260 ZA75 1SBN153510R8806 1 0.166
380…400 400…415 ZA75 1SBN153510R8506 1 0.166
400…415 415…440 ZA75 1SBN153510R8606 1 0.166
UA95, UA110 24 24 ZA110 1SFN154310R8106 1 0.170
110 110…120 ZA110 1SFN154310R8406 1 0.170
220…230 230…240 ZA110 1SFN154310R8006 1 0.170
230...240 240…260 ZA110 1SFN154310R8806 1 0.170
380…400 400…415 ZA110 1SFN154310R8506 1 0.170
400…415 415…440 ZA110 1SFN154310R8606 1 0.170
GAF460 - 24…60 ZAF460 1SFN155770R6806 1 0.525
48…130 48…130 ZAF460 1SFN155770R6906 1 0.525
100…250 100…250 ZAF460 1SFN155770R7006 1 0.525
1SFC101007F0201
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SBL137001R1310
—
Accessories for
EK550, EK1000 4-pole contactors
—
Auxiliary contact blocks
The auxiliary contact blocks are used for the operation of auxiliary circuits and control circuits.
03
protected against accidental direct contact, and bear the corresponding function m
arking.
Mounting positions of the CAL16-11 Mounting: Screwed onto the right and / or lefthand side of the EK550, EK1000 contactors.
For contactors Number Auxiliary contacts Type Order code Pkg Weight
of blocks qty (1 pce)
kg
—
Auxiliary contact blocks
Technical data
03
Types 2-pole CAL 16-11, 2-pole CCL 16-11
Contact utilization characteristics according to IEC
Standards IEC 60947-5-1 and EN 60947-5-1
Rated insulation voltage Ui acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 690 V
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 24...690 V
Conventional thermal current Ith - θ ≤ 40 °C 10 A
Rated frequency (without derating) 50/60 Hz
Ie / Rated operational current AC-15
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24-127 V 6A
220-240 V 6A
380-440 V 4A
500-690 V 1A
Making capacity acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 10 x Ie AC-15
Breaking capacity acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 10 x Ie AC-15
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24 V DC 6A
48 V DC 6A
72 V DC 4A
125 V DC 1.8 A
250 V DC 0.6 A
Short-circuit protection device gG type fuse 10 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw for 1.0 s 50 A
θ = 40 °C for 0.1 s 100 A
Minimum switching capacity 0.25 VA / 12 V or 0.25 VA / 5 mA
with failure rate acc. to IEC 60947-5-4
Power dissipation per pole at 6 A 0.2 W
Mechanical durability Number of operating cycles 10 millions operating cycles
Max. switching frequency 3600 cycles/h
Electrical durability Number of operating cycles see "Electrical durability" curves
Max. switching frequency 1200 cycles/h
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 0.5...2.5 mm²
2x 0.5...2.5 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1x 0.5...2.5 mm²
2x 0.5...2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.5...1.5 mm²
2 x 0.5...1.5 mm²
L Lugs L ≤ 8 mm
6 l > 3.7 mm
Tightening torque Recommended 1.00 Nm
Max. 1.20 Nm
Degree of protection IP20
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened
All terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Pozidriv 2
3/362 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Auxiliary contacts
Electrical durability
30
20
10
5
3
Million operating cycles
0.5
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 10
Breaking current (A)
Example:
100 Control of d.c. electro-magnet: Ue voltage = 72 V d.c. and
70 6
1.10 cycles breaking power = 70 W.
50
On the opposite curve at intersection "O" 72 V / 70 W the
6
3.10 cycles correspon-ding value for the electrical durability is approx-
Breaking power (W)
20
6
imately 2 millions cycles.
10.10 cycles
10
1
10 20 24 50 72 100 200 250 500
Voltage (V)
—
Add-on auxiliary contacts
Terminal marking and positioning
03
13 21 31 43 53 61 71 83 35 47
NO NC NC NO NO NC NC NO NC NO
14 22 32 44 54 62 72 84 36 48
—
Mechanical interlock units, terminal shrouds and connection sets
The mechanical interlock unit prevents one of the contactors from closing as long as the other
contactor is closed.
VH800 interlock unit is used for the mechanical interlocking of two horizontal mounted EK550,
A090C4
Terminal shrouds
The use of terminal shrouds on the main terminals of EK contactors is required in electrical panels
or cubicles to be built in compliance with the rules for protection against direct contact with live
parts in acc. with EN 50274.
On EK550, EK1000 contactors:
• The auxiliary contact blocks and coils are designed to provide an IP20 degree of protection
• The main terminals, equipped with lugs or connectors, can be protected against accidental di-
rect contact after wiring (EN 50274) by the addition of terminal shrouds (see table below).
Each terminal shroud protects all the terminals on one side of the contactor. Two terminal shrouds
should be provided for each separate contactor.
Connection sets
A1
1 3 5 7 7 5 3 1
A1 Connection between the main poles of two 4-pole contactors mounted side by side so that they
2 4 6 8 8 6 4 2
operate as source reversing contactors.
A2 A2
These sets are made up of four downstream connections.
E0747D
Mechanical and electrical interlock units for two horizontal mounted contactors
EK550 BSS550 SK829090-E 1 3.300
EK1000 BSS1000 SK829090-H 1 5.500
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/365
—
Surge suppressors for contactor coils
(V) The operation of inductive circuits causes overvoltages, in particular on opening of the contactor
03
1000 coil.
T (s)
0 100
The electromagnetic energy stored in the coil during contactor closing is restored on opening in
1000
the form of surges, the slope and amplitude of which may rise to several kilovolts. A number of
drawbacks are observed ranging from interference on the electronic devices to breakdown of in-
0 100 sulators and even destruction of certain sensitive components.
The graph opposite reproduces the oscillogram showing voltage discharges at the terminals of a
A 884D
42 V / 50 Hz coil without peak clipping. The coil was switched by 8 series-connected poles of a
contactor relay.
Following a burst of discharges with a very steep slope a damped oscillation emerges with a peak
value of 3500 V.
Overvoltage Factor
A078
The overvoltage factor k is defined as the ratio of the maximum overvoltage peak value Ûs to the
peak value Ûc of the coil rated control voltage Uc:
Ûs max. Ûs max. Ûs max.
RC-EH
k = in DC: k = or in AC: k =
Ûc Uc Uc√2
3500
For example the following is obtained for the above graph: k = ≈ 60
42 √2
To reduce the harmful effects of these overvoltages, ABB has developed a range of surge suppres-
sors designed to reduce the k factor defined above and to limit or even completely eliminate the
high pre-damping voltage frequencies.
Each case is different, but the technical data tolerances and the generous sizing of parts have en-
abled us to reduce the number of variants.
We have chosen the following solutions: transil diodes, varistors and RC blocks.
Note: A varistor is a resistor whose value decreases to a very large extent when a certain voltage is
applied at its terminals.
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty (1 pce)
Uc
V AC DC kg
EK550, EK1000 48...110 ● – RC-EH800/110 SK829007-C 1 0.015
EK550, EK1000 24...125 – ● RC-EH800/110 SK829007-C 1 0.015
EK550, EK1000 220...600 ● – RC-EH800/600 SK829007-D 1 0.015
3/366 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Surge suppressors for contactor coils
Technical data
03
Wiring diagrams
A1
U
E0736D
A2
Varistor + RC
Main dimensions mm
30
175
57.5
E0845D
15
RC-EH
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/367
—
Main contact sets
Arc chutes
03
The contact sets for 4-pole contactors consist of eight fixed contacts, four moving contacts, springs
and the necessary screws. In addition, the sets include four moving arcing contacts for EK550,
EK1000 contactors.
1SBC586473F0304
KZK
kg
EK550 KZK550 SK827204-B 1 2.400
EK1000 KZK1000 SK827204-F 1 3.000
Arc chutes
The arc chutes sets for EK 4-pole contactors contain 8 pieces.
—
Contactor coils
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
1SBC273813F0302
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage qty (1 pce)
Uc
(1)
V DC kg
EK550, EK1000 110 KP800 SK828150-DE 1 set 1.060
125 KP800 SK828150-DU 1 set 1.060
220 KP800 SK828150-DF 1 set 1.060
(1) Other control voltages, see voltage code table.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/369
—
Notes
03
—
For direct product details information, use product type or order code, ex:
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SBL137001R1310
—
Contactors and contactor relays
Terminal marking and positioning,
Dimensions
—
AF09 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
Terminal marking and positioning
03
NO NC
AF09 ... AF16..-30-10 (1) AF09 ... AF16..-30-01 (1) AF26 ... AF96..-30-00 (1) AF09 ... AF16..-30-10 (1) AF09 ... AF16..-30-01 (1) AF26 ... AF96..-30-00 (1)
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2
1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3 NO 1L1 3L2 5L3
NO NC NC NO NO NC
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 22 32 44 A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 22
13X
13 21 31 43 13 21 31 43 13 21 21X AF09 ... AF96..-30-22 AF26 ... AF38..-30-11
NC
NO NC NC NO NO NC NC NO NO NC
NC
A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13X 21X
14 22 32 44 14 22 32 44 14 22 22X NO NC
14X
2T1 4T2 6T3 2T1 4T2 6T3 2T1 4T2 6T3 NO 2T1 4T2 6T3
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 NO NC
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14X 22X
AF09 ... AF16..-30-22 AF26 ... AF96..-30-22 AF26 ... AF38..-30-11 AF40 ... AF96..-30-11 AF40 ... AF96..-30-11
Other possible contact combinations with auxiliary contacts added by the user
NO NO
21 2- -1 13 21 1- 2- -3 -1 NO NC
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 22
NC = + NC NO NC = + NO + NC Combination 11
22 2- -2 14 22 1- 2- -4 -2
NO NO
2T1 4T2 6T3 14 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 2T1 4T2 6T3 2T1 4T2 6T3
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2
Combination 11 = AF09 ... AF16..-30-10 + CA4 -01 (1) Combination 11 = AF26 ... AF96..-30-00 + CA4 -10 + CA4 -01 (1)
NO NO NO NO
A1 21 33 A1 21 33 21 31 43 53 21 31 43 53 NO NC NO
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 22 34
NC NO = + NC NO NC NC NO NO = + NC NC NO NO
Combination 21
2T1 4T2 6T3 14 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 2T1 4T2 6T3 14
A1 A2 A1 A2
NO NC NC NO NO
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 22 32 44 54
Combination 21 = AF09 ... AF16..-30-10 + CAT4 -11M Combination 32 = AF09 ... AF16..-30-10 + CA4 -22M (1)
Combination 32
A1 A2 A1 A2
NO 1L1 3L2 5L3 13 NO 1L1 3L2 5L3 13
13X NO 13X NO
21X 21X
NC NC
NC
= NC
+
A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13 13X 21X
22X 22X NO NO NC
14X NO 14X NO
Note: only AF..Z contactor with DC control voltages 12...20 V DC (coil 20) and 24 V DC (coil 30) need to respect the connection polarities indicated close to the coil terminals:
A1+ for the positive pole and A2- for the negative pole.
(1) For AF09..K ... AF38..K contactors with Push-in Spring terminals, terminal marking and positioning are the same.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/373
—
AF116 ... AF370 3-pole contactors
Terminal marking and positioning
03
AF116 ... AF370 contactors - AC / DC operated
Standard devices without addition of auxiliary contacts
A1 A2
A1 A2 A1 A2
NO 13X NO 13X 43X NO
NC 21X NC 21X 31X NC
A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13X 21X A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13X 21X 31X 43X
NO NC NO NC NC NO
AF116 ... AF370-30-11 AF116 ... AF370-30-22 AF116 ... AF370-30-11 AF116 ... AF370-30-22
3/374 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF400 ... AF2850 3-pole contactors
Terminal marking and positioning
03
A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13X 21X A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13X 21X 31X 43X
NO NC NO NC NC NO
NO NC NO NC NC NO
2T1 4T2 6T3 2T1 4T2 6T3 A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14X 22X A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14X 22X 32X 44X
AF400 ... AF1250-30-11 AF400 ... AF1250-30-22 AF400 ... AF1250-30-11 AF400 ... AF1250-30-22
E2693DG
A1 2
NO NC
COMMON
3
E2139D3
NO NC
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14X 22X AF1350, AF1650
AF1350, AF1650-30-11
NO 13X AF1350 ... AF2850-30-11
NC 21X
NO 22X when used with transistor output
NO 14X
Supply voltage
0V 24V
+ A1 A2
A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13X 21X 31X 43X X5 Contactor
NO NC NC NO
ON
ON
1
E2138D3
NO NC NC NO 2
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14X 22X 32X 44X
COMMON
3
AF1350 ... AF2850-30-11 AF1350,...AF1650-30-22
AF1350 AF2850-30-22
AF1350, AF1650
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/375
—
AFS09 ... AFS750 3-pole contactors for safety applications
Terminal marking and positioning
03
AFS09 ... AFS96 contactors - AC / DC operated
Standard devices
13 21 31 43 13 21 31 43
NO NC NC NO
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14 22 32 44
NO NC NC NO NO NC NC NO
AFS09 ... AFS96..-30-22
14 22 32 44 14 22 32 44
A1 A2
NO 13X
NC 21X 25X NC
NC 22X 26X NC
NO 14X
A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13X 21X 25X
NO NC NC
NC 22X 26X NC
NO 14X
NO NC NC
2T1 4T2 6T3 A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14X 22X 26X
—
AF09 ... AF80 4-pole contactors
Terminal marking and positioning
03
A1 A2 A1 A2
1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4 1 R3 R5 7
AF09 ... AF80..-40-00 AF09 ... AF40..-22-00 AF09 ... AF80..-40-00 AF09 ... AF40..-22-00
AF80-22-00 AF80-22-00
Other possible contact combinations with auxiliary contacts added by the user
13 1- -3 13 21 1- 2- -3 -1
NO
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 14
NO = + NO NO NC = + NO + NC Combination 10
2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2
NO NC
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 14 22
Combination 10 = AF09 ... AF80..-40-00 + CA4 -10 Combination 11 = AF09 ... AF80..-4 0-00 + CA4 -10 + CA4 -01 Combination 11
13 21 31 43 13 21 31 43
A1 13 21 A1 13 21 NO NC
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 14 22
NO NC NC NO = + NO NC NC NO
Combination 11
NO NC = + NO NC
14 22 32 44 14 22 32 44
14 22 A2 14 22 A2 A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4 13 21 31 43
NO NC NC NO
2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4
2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 A1 A2 A1 A2
NO NC NC NO
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 14 22 32 44
Combination 11 = AF09 ... AF80..-40-00 + CAT4 -11E Combination 22 = AF09 ... AF80..-40-00 + CA4 -22E
Combination 22
A1 A2 A1 A2
NO 1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4 NO 1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4
13X 13X
21X 21X
NC NC
NC
= NC
+
A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4 13X 21X
22X 22X NO NC
14X 14X
NO 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 NO 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4
A1 A2 A1 A2 NO NC
A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 14X 22X
Note: only AF..Z contactor with DC control voltages 12...20 V DC (coil 20) and 24 V DC (coil 30) need to respect the connection polarities indicated close to the coil terminals:
A1+ for the positive pole and A2- for the negative pole.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/37 7
—
AF116 ... AF370 4-pole contactors
Terminal marking and positioning
03
AF116 ... AF370 contactors - AC / DC operated
Standard devices without addition of auxiliary contacts
A1 A2
NO NC
A1 A2 A1 A2 A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 14X 22X
NO 13X NO 13X 43X NO
NC 21X NC 21X 31X NC AF116 ... AF370-40-11
—
Add-on auxiliary contacts for AF09 ... AF370 contactors
Terminal marking and positioning
-1 -3 -5 -7
NC NO NC NO
-2 -4 -6 -8
NO NC NC NO NC NO NO NC NO NC
14X / 22X / 22 34 14 22 -4 -2
43X 31X
32X / 44X /
21X 13X
NO NC NC NO NO NC NC NO
13 23 33 43 21 31 41 53 -3 -3 -3 -3 53 61 71 81
NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC
14 24 34 44 22 32 42 54 -4 -4 -4 -4 54 62 72 82
13 21 33 43 21 33 43 53 3 1 3 3 53 63 73 83
NO NC NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO
14 22 34 44 22 34 44 54 4 2 4 4 54 64 74 84
13 21 31 43 21 31 43 53 3 1 1 3 53 61 73 83
NO NC NC NO NC NC NO NO NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO
14 22 32 44 22 32 44 54 4 2 2 4 54 62 74 84
11 21 31 41 21 31 41 51 53 61 71 83
NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NO NC NC NO
12 22 32 42 22 32 42 52 54 62 72 84
51 61 71 81
NC NC NC NC
52 62 72 82
CA4-04N (1)
(1) available with Push-in Spring terminals
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/379
—
EK 4-pole contactors
Terminal marking and positioning
03
EK550, EK1000 contactors - AC operated
Standard devices
21 21 31
22 22 32
A1 1 3 5 7 13 21 A1 1 3 5 7 13 21 31 43
14 14 44
2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4
A2 2 4 6 8 14 22 A2 2 4 6 8 14 22 32 44
Other possible contact combinations with auxiliary contacts added by the user
61 21 31 71 21 31 61 71
62 22 32 72 22 32 62 72
54 14 44 84 14 44 54 84
2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4
A1 1 3 5 7 13 21 31 43 53 61 71 83 A1 1 3 5 7 13 21 31 43 53 61 71 83
A2 2 4 6 8 14 22 32 44 54 62 72 84 A2 2 4 6 8 14 22 32 44 54 62 72 84
21 35
22 36
14 48
{
2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4
V DC
R1
A1 A2
EK550, EK1000-40-21 35 36 13 14
21 22
47 48
1 L1 2 T1
A1 1 3 5 7 13 21 47 3 L2 4 T2
5 L3 6 T3
7 L4 8 T4
A2 2 4 6 8 14 22 48
Other possible contact combinations with auxiliary contacts added by the user
61 21 35 21 35 61
62 22 36 22 36 62
54 14 48 14 48 54
2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4
A2 2 4 6 8 14 22 48 54 62 A2 2 4 6 8 14 22 48 54 62
—
UA..RA contactors
Terminal marking and positioning
03
A1 A2 A1 A2
1L1 3L2 5L3 13 1L1 3L2 5L3 13 1L1 3L2 5L3
NO NO
27 37 47 27 37 47 5-
A1 27 37 47
NO NO NO NO NO NO 13
NO NO NO NO
28 38 48 28 38 48 5- 14 28 38 48
NO NO
A2
A1 A2
1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3
1- 27 37 47
5-
A1 27 37 47
NO NO NO
NO NO NO
1- 28 38 48 5-
28 38 48
A2
—
UA... contactors
Terminal marking and positioning
03
UA... contactors - AC operated
Standard devices without addition of auxiliary contacts
A1 A2
1L1 3L2 5L3 13
NO
A1 A2
1L1 3L2 5L3
A1 A2
1L1 3L2 5L3
NO 13X
NC 21X
NC 22X
A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13X 21X
NO 14X NO NC
—
NF contactor relays
Terminal marking and positioning
03
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 13 21 31 43 A1 13 21 33 43
NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO
13 21 31 43 13 21 33 43 13 23 33 43 13 23 33 43
NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO
51 61 71 81 A2 14 22 32 44 A2 14 22 34 44
NF..22E NF..31E
NC NC NC NC
52 62 72 82 A1 13 23 33 43 A1 13 23 33 43 51 61 71 81
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
14 22 32 44 14 22 34 44 14 24 34 44 14 24 34 44
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
A2 14 24 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 52 62 72 82
A1 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 81 A1 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 83
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
13 23 33 43 13 23 33 43 13 23 33 43 13 23 33 43
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
53 61 71 81 53 61 71 83 53 61 73 83 53 63 73 83 A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 82 A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84
NO NC NC NC NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO
NF..53E NF..62E
54 62 72 82 54 62 72 84 54 62 74 84 54 64 74 84 A1 13 23 33 43 53 61 73 83 A1 13 23 33 43 53 63 73 83
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
14 24 34 44 14 24 34 44 14 24 34 44 14 24 34 44
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 74 84 A2 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84
A1 13 23 33 41 51 61 75 87 A1 13 23 33 43 53 61 75 87
A1 A2 A1 A2 NO NO NO NC NC NC NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
13 23 33 41 13 23 33 43
NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
51 61 75 87 53 61 75 87 A2 14 24 34 42 52 62 76 88 A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 76 88
52 62 76 88 54 62 76 88
NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO
14 24 34 42 14 24 34 44
A1 A2 A1 A2
Other possible contact combinations with auxiliary contacts added by the user
A1 13 21 33 43 53
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 NO NC NO NO NO
13 21 33 43 13 21 33 43 13 23 33 43 13 23 33 43
NO NC NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO
53 5- -3 51 61 5- 6- -1 -1 A2 14 22 34 44 54
NO NO NC NC NC NC
Combination 41 E
= + = + +
54 5- -4 52 62 5- 6- -2 -2 A1 13 23 33 43 51 61
NO NC NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC
14 22 34 44 14 22 34 44 14 24 34 44 14 24 34 44
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 NO NO NO NO NC NC
A2 14 24 34 44 52 62
A1 13 23 33 43 13X 21X
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 NO NO NO NO NO NC
13X 13 23 33 43 13X 13 23 33 43 13 23 33 43 13 23 33 43
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC
21X 21X 53 61 71 83 53 61 71 83 A2 14 24 34 44 14X 22X
NC NC Combination 51 E
= + NO NC NC NO = + NO NC NC NO
NC NC
22X 22X 54 62 72 84 54 62 72 84 A1 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 83
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
14X 14 24 34 44 14X 14 24 34 44 14 24 34 44 14 24 34 44
A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84
Note: only NFZ contactor relays with DC control voltages 12...20 V DC (coil 20) and 24 V DC (coil 30) need to respect the connection polarities indicated close to the coil terminals:
A1+ for the positive pole and A2- for the negative pole.
(1) Not available with Contactor relays with Push-in Spring terminals.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/383
—
NF add-on auxiliary contacts
Terminal marking and positioning
03
1-pole auxiliary contacts
-1 -3 -5 -7
NC NO NC NO
-2 -4 -6 -8
13X / 21X /
44X 32X
31X / 43X /
22X 14X
NO NC NC NO
14X / 22X /
43X 31X
32X / 44X /
21X 13X
CAL4-11 CAL4-11
(Left side-mounted) (Right side-mounted)
53 61 71 81
NO NC NC NC
54 62 72 82
CA4-13N
53 63 73 83
NO NO NO NO
54 64 74 84
CA4-40N
53 61 73 83
NO NC NO NO
54 62 74 84
CA4-31N
53 61 71 83
NO NC NC NO
54 62 72 84
CA4-22N
51 61 71 81
NC NC NC NC
52 62 72 82
CA4-04N
3/384 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AF09, AF12, AF16 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
77 3.03"
77 3.03"
03
35 1.38"
45 1.77" 71 2.80" 35 1.38"
45 1.77" 71 2.80" 2x
2 øx 4.2 0.17"
5.5 0.22" ø 4.2 0.17" M4 8-32 UNC
5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
10 0.39"
10 0.39"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
10 0.39"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
5.5 0.22"
1.1 0.04"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
40.5 1.59"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
43 1.69"
5 0.20"
(1) Note: For AF09 ... AF16 contactors, lateral distance to grounded component 2 mm 0.08" min.
24 V DC operated contactor (coil 30) depth + 20 mm + 0.79".
—
AF09, AF12, AF16 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
102.5 4.04"
03
90 3.54"
71 2.80" 10 0.39"
102.5 4.04" 80 3.15" 2x
90 3.54" 5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC
71 2.80" 10 0.39"
80 3.15" 2x
5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
91.5 3.60"
60 2.36"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
43 1.69"
91.5 3.60"
70 2.76"
5.5 0.22"
60 2.36"
43 1.69"
70 2.76"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
ø 4.2 0.17" 5 0.20"
77 3.03"
45 1.77" 71 2.80" 10 77 3.03" 35 1.38"
2x 35 1.38"
0.39"
45 1.77"
5.5 0.22" 71 2.80" ø 4.2 0.17" M4 8-32 UNC 2x
ø 4.2 0.17"
5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
6 0.24"
60 2.36"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
70 2.76"
5.5 0.22"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
156.1 6.15"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
6.2
0.24" 10 0.39"
5 0.20"
72.7 2.86"
76.8 3.02"
77 3.03"
45 1.77" 71 2.80" 10 0.39"
5.5 0.22"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
152.4 6.00"
17.4 0.69"
73.3 2.89"
76.8 3.02"
(1) Note: For AF09 ... AF16 contactors, lateral distance to grounded component 2 mm 0.08" min.
24 V DC operated contactor (coil 30) depth + 20 mm + 0.79".
—
AF26, AF30, AF38 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
86 3.39" 77 3.03"
03
35 1.38"
45 1.77" 45 1.77" 80 3.15" 71 2.80" 35 1.38"
2x 2x
ø 4.2 0.17" ø 4.2 0.17"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC M4 8-32 UNC
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
5.5 0.22"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
10 0.39"
10 0.39" 5 0.20" 5 0.20"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
80 3.15"
5.5 0.22"
43 1.69"
80 3.15"
10 0.39"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
43 1.69"
1.1 0.04"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
40.5 1.59"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
5.5 0.22"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
(1) Note: For AF26 ... AF38 contactors, lateral distance to grounded component 2 mm (0.08") min.
24 V DC operated contactor (coil 30) depth + 20 mm (+ 0.79").
—
AF26, AF30, AF38 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
111.5
111.54.39"
4.39"
03
90903.54"
3.54"
80803.15"
3.15" 10100.39"
0.39" 80803.15"
3.15" 22xx
5.5
5.50.22"
0.22" M48-32
M4 8-32 UNC
UNC
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
91.5 3.60"
91.5 3.60"
60 2.36"
60 2.36"
43 1.69"
43 1.69"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
5.5
5.50.22"
0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
øø
4.2
4.20.17"
0.17" 5 50.20"
0.20"
86 3.39" 86 3.39"
45 1.77" 45
80 1.77"
3.15" 10 35 1.38"
80 3.15" 10 35 1.38"
2x 2x
5.5 0.22" 0.39"5.5 0.22" ø 4.2 0.17" M4 0.39"
8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17" M4 8-32 UNC
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
60 2.36"
5 0.20"
158.9 6.26"
158.9 6.26"
5 0.20" 5 0.20"
9.2 9.2
AF26, AF30, AF38
0.36" 0.36"
+ TF42, EF19, EF45
86 3.39" 86 3.39"
45 1.77" 80 3.15" 10 0.39" 45 1.77" 80 3.15" 10 0.39"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
172.3 6.78"
20.4 0.80"
76.3 3.00"
79.8 3.14"
82.5 3.25"
AF26 3-pole contactors 86 3.39"
+ EF19 electronic overload relay
AF26, AF30, AF38 3-pole contactors
+ EF45 electronic overload relay
(1) Note: For AF26 ... AF38 contactors, lateral distance to grounded component 2 mm (0.08") min.
24 V DC operated contactor (coil 30) depth + 20 mm (+ 0.79").
—
AF40 ... AF65 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
55 2.17"
7 0.28" ø 6.4 0.25" M6 ¼-20 UNC
2x
6 0.24"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
5.5 0.22"
4.6 0.18"
10 0.39"
5 0.20"
144 5.67"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
5.5 0.22"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
10 0.39"
AF40, AF52, AF65 AF40, AF52, AF65-30-00 + CAL4 -11 2-pole auxiliary contact block
+ CA4, CC4 1-pole auxiliary contact block AF40, AF52, AF65-30-11
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
43 1.69"
43 1.69"
6 0.24"
1.1 0.04"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
40.5 1.59"
43 1.69"
—
AF40 ... AF65 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
03
7 0.28" 100 3.94" M6 ¼-20 UNC
6 0.24"
M4 8-32 UNC
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
100 3.94"
110 4.33"
5.5 0.22"
4.6 0.18"
ø 4.2 0.17"
10 0.39"
ø 6.4 0.25" 5 0.20"
AF40, AF52, AF65
+ VM96-4 mechanical interlock unit AF40, AF52, AF65
+ VM96-4 mechanical interlock set
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
237 9.33"
5.4 0.21"
4 0.16"
106.8 4.20"
110.6 4.35"
45 1.77"
2x
ø 6.4 0.25" M6 ¼-20 UNC
2x
ø 4.2 0.17" M4 8-32 UNC
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
4.6 0.18"
5 0.20"
—
AF80 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
5.5 0.22"
4.6 0.18"
10 0.39"
5 0.20"
149 5.87"
116 4.57" 10 116 4.57"
70 2.76" 12 0.47" 70 2.76"
0.39" 7 0.28"
7 0.28"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
5.5 0.22"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
10 0.39"
AF80, AF96 AF80, AF96-30-00 + CAL4 -11 2-pole auxiliary contact block
+ CA4, CC4 1-pole auxiliary contact block AF80, AF96-30-11
149 5.87"
116 4.57" 10
70 2.76"
7 0.28" 0.39"
6 0.24"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
AF80, AF96
+ CA4 4-pole auxiliary contact block
1.1 0.04"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
40.5 1.59"
119.5 4.70"
43 1.69"
—
AF80 ... AF96 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
116 4.57"
140 5.51"
03
7 0.28" 130 5.12" M6 ¼-20 UNC
6 0.24"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
5.5 0.22"
4.6 0.18"
10 0.39"
ø 6.4 0.25" 5 0.20"
AF80, AF96
+ VM96-4 mechanical interlock unit
AF80, AF96
+ VM96-4 mechanical interlock set
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
211 8.31"
237 9.33"
5.4 0.21"
4 0.16"
106.8 4.20"
110.9 4.37"
AF80, AF96
+ EF96 electronic overload relay
60 2.36"
2x
ø 6.4 0.25" M6 ¼-20 UNC
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
4.6 0.18"
5 0.20"
AF80, AF96
+ TF96, EF96
—
AF116, AF140, AF146 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
SECTION D-D
03
14.2 0.56"
20 0.79"
3 0.12"
14.2 0.56"
14.2 0.56"
SECTION E-E
E
30 1.18" M4 8-32 UNC
10 0.39" 90 3.54" 126 4.96"
D D
55.5 0.22"
19.5 4.96"
100 3.94"
150 5.91"
30 1.18"
AF116, AF140, AF146-30-00 + CAL19 2-pole auxiliary contact block AF116, AF140, AF146-30-..(B)
AF116, AF140, AF146-30-11
SECTION D-D
22.8 0.90"
ø 6.5 0.26"
5.5 0.22"
E SECTION E-E
D D
55.5 2.18"
19.5 0.77"
150 5.91"
30 1.18"
—
AF116, AF140, AF146 3-pole contactors With built-in PLC interface (coil code 33, 34)
Dimensions
SECTION D-D
03
14.2 0.56"
20 0.79"
3 0.12"
14.2 0.56"
14.2 0.56"
SECTION E-E
E
10 0.39" 90 3.54" 138.5 5.45"
D D
55.5 0.22"
19.5 4.96"
150 5.91"
100 3.94"
30 1.18"
22.8 0.90"
ø 6.5 0.26"
5.5 0.22"
E SECTION E-E
D D
55.5 2.18"
19.5 0.77"
150 5.91"
30 1.18"
—
AF116, AF140, AF146 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
29.5 1.16"
7.5 0.3"
03
24 0.94"
24 0.94"
8 0.31"
8 0.31"
90 3.54" 90 3.54"
17 0.67" 3 0.12" 15 0.59" ø 6.4 0.25" 17 0.67" 3 0.12"
17 0.67" 3 0.12"
13 0.51" ø 6.4 0.25" 13 0.51" ø 6.4 0.25"
228 8.98"
233 9.17"
226 8.90"
226 8.90"
AF..-30-11B
AF..-30-11
8x
180 7.09" 180 7.09" 126 4.96" 126 4.96" 30 1.18" 60 2.36" 30 1.18" M4 8-32 UNC
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
100 3.94"
—
AF116, AF140, AF146 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
126 4.96" 4x
03
30 1.18" M4 8-32 UNC
90 3.54" 17 0.67" 3 0.12"
100 3.94"
259 10.20"
45 1.77"
4x
M5 10-24 UNC
82.3 3.24"
6 0.24"
8 0.31" 37 1.46"
50 1.97"
6x
126 4.96" 30 1.18" M4 8-32 UNC
90 3.54" 17 0.67" 3 0.12"
100 3.94"
270 10.63"
46 1.81"
21.5
0.85"
94.7 3.73"
37 1.46" 2x
105 4.13" M5 10-24 UNC
—
AF190, AF205 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
SECTION B-B
03
B 152 5.98"
4X
10 0.39" 105 4.13" ø 8.5 0.33" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20" 35 1.38" M5 10-24 UNC
29.5 1.16"
83.5 3.29"
196 7.72"
165 6.50"
35 1.38"
27 1.06"
10 0.37"
10 0.39"
299 11.77"
299 11.77"
35 1.38" 45 1.77"
—
AF190, AF205 3-pole contactors With built-in PLC interface (coil code 33, 34)
Dimensions
SECTION B-B
03
B 165 6.49"
10 0.39" 105 4.13" ø 8.5 0.33" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20"
29.5 1.16"
83.5 3.29"
196 7.72"
35 1.38"
4X
35 1.38" M5 10-24 UNC
165 6.50"
AF190, AF205
—
AF190, AF205 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
196 7.727"
AF190, AF205-30-11
+ VM19 mechanical interlocking unit
6X
35 1.38" 70 2.76" 35 1.38" M5 10-24 UNC
165 6.50"
AF190, AF205
+ VM19 mechanical interlocking unit
—
AF190, AF205 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
152 5.98"
03
105 4.13" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20" 8x
35 1.39" M5 10-24 UNC
165 6.50"
312.5 12.3"
25.5
1.0"
82 3.23"
21 0.83"
11 0.43"
37 1.46"
—
AF190, AF205 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
152 5.98"
03
165 6.50"
342 13.46"
0.81"
20.5
112 4.42"
10 0.39"
35 1.38"
35 1.39"
—
AF265, AF305, AF370 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
03
10 0.39" 140 5.51" 180 7.09"
19.5 0.77" ø 10.5 0.41" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20"
33.4 1.31"
94.7 3.73"
225 8.86"
43.75 1.72"
4X
43.75 1.72" M5 10-24 UNC
187 7.36"
—
AF265, AF305, AF370 3-pole contactors with built-in PLC interface (coil code 33, 34)
Dimensions
A
03
33.4 1.31"
94.7 3.73"
225 8.86"
43.75 1.72"
4X
43.75 1.72" M5 10-24 UNC
187 7.36"
—
AF265, AF305, AF370 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
03
20 0.79" ø 10.5 0.41" 20 0.79" 25ø 0.98"
10.5 0.41"
30.5 1.20" 5 0.20" ø 10.5 0.41" 30.5 1.20" 30.5 1.20"
5 0.20" 5 0.20"
31.2 1.23"
32.0 1.28"
32.0 1.28"
12.5 0.49"
12.5 0.49"
12.5 0.49"
354.5 13.96"
354.5 20.02"
354.5 20.02"
—
AF265, AF305, AF370 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
225 8.86"
8X
43.75 1.72" 96.25 3.79" 43.75 1.72" M5 10-24 UNC
187 7.36"
—
AF265, AF305, AF370 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
180 7.09"
03
140 5.51" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20" 8x
M5 10-24 UNC
187 7.36"
385 15.16"
29 1.14"
112 4.41"
ø 11 0.43"
14 0.55"
35 1.38"
44 1.73"
43.75 1.72"
123 4.84"
AF265, AF305, AF370-30-11 AF265, AF305, AF370
+ EF370 electronic overload relay + EF370 electronic overload relay
—
AF400 and AF460 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
11.5 0.45"
186 7.32" 216 8.5"
03
278 10.94"
268 10.55"
248 9.76"
M5 10-24 UNC
63 2.48"
0.47"
33 1.3"
0.45"
11.5
63 2.48" 78 3.07"
—
AF400 and AF460 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
216 8.5"
03
402 15.83"
25 0.98" ø10.5 0.41" 30 48.5 1.91" 6 0.24"
1.18"
268 10.55"
278 10.94"
63 2.48"
AF400, AF460-30-11
+ VM750H mechanical interlock unit
M5 10-24 UNC
AF400, AF460
+ VM750H mechanical interlock unit
—
AF400 and AF460 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
63 2.48" 63 2.48"
25 0.98" ø10.5 48.5 1.91" 6 0.24"
0.41"
248 9.76"
454.5 17.89"
449.5 17.7"
M5 10-24 UNC
63 2.48"
6.5 0.26" 6.5 0.26"
83 3.27"
55 2.17"
11.5 0.45"
—
AF580 and AF750 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
242 9.53"
11.5 0.45"
210 8.27"
03
40 1.57" 22.5 ø6.5 ø12.5 48.5 1.91" 6 0.24"
0.89" 0.26" 0.49"
273 10.75"
283 11.14"
72 2.83"
72 2.83"
249 9.8"
M6 1/4-20 UNC
—
AF580 and AF750 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
0.45"
11.5
40 1.57" 22.5 ø13 0.51" 43 1.69" 6 0.24"
0.89"
35.5
1.4"
105 4.13"
9.6 0.38"
141.5 5.57"
483 19.02"
72 2.83"
—
AF580 and AF750 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
11 0.43"
245 9.65" 242 9.53"
03
40 1.57" ø13 0.51" 43 1.69" 6 0.24"
1.38"
35
9.6 0.38"
141.5 5.57"
483 19.02"
92 3.62"
—
AF580 and AF750 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
210 8.27"
03
242 9.53"
11.5 0.45"
72 2.83" 72 2.83"
40 1.57" ø12.5 48.5 1.91" 6 0.24" 72 2.83"
0.49"
249 9.8"
466.6 18.37"
471.5 18.56"
M6 1/4-20 UNC
5 0.2" 5 0.2"
79 3.11"
80 3.15"
0.45"
11.5
—
AF580 and AF750 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
450
03
242
25 ø12.5 30
48.5 6
273
283
E2041D
E2042D
72
240 72
249
(M6) (M6)
E2043D
—
AF1250 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
50 1.97"
03
249 9.8"
1SFC101125F0001
1SFC101124F0001
AF1250-30-11
72 2.83"
249 9.8"
1SFC101130F0001
M6 1/4-20 UNC
AF1250
—
AF1250 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
72 2.83"
03
ø13 0.51" 53.8 2.12" 50 1.97" 242 9.53"
15 0.59"
443 17.44"
479 18.86"
263 10.35"
249 9.8"
1.34"
34
240 9.45"
AF1250-30-11
+ LW1250 terminal enlargement
—
AF1350, AF1650, AF2050 and AF2850 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
40 1.57" 40 1.57"
03
27 27
ø 13 40 ø 13 40
1.06" 1.06"
0.51" 1.57" 0.51" 1.57"
17 0.67" 17 0.67" 17 0.67" 17 0.67"
13 0.51" 13 0.51"
30 1.18" 13 30 1.18" 13
30 1.18" 30 1.18"
10 0.39" 0.51" 10 0.39" 0.51"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
312 12.28"
392 15.43"
392 15.43"
312 12.28"
312 12.28"
1.57"
1.57"
40
40
ø 13 40 ø 13 40
0.51" 1.57" 0.51" 1.57"
17 0.67" 17 0.67"
40 1.57" 40 1.57"
AF2650 AF2650
244 9.61" 244 9.61"
136 5.35" 136 5.35"136 5.35" 136 5.35" 136 5.35"
53 25 0.98" 53 25 0.98"
2.09" 2.09"
312 12.28"
422 16.61"
422 16.61"
312 12.28"
312 12.28"
1.57"
1.57"
40
40
AF2850-30-11
—
AF1350, AF1650, AF2050 and AF2850 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
244 9.61"
03
438 17.24" 47 1.85" 10 0.39" M8 5/16-18 UNC 136
5.35"
312 12.28"
674 26.54"
3.46"
88
170 6.69"
20 0.79" M6 1/4-20 UNC
425 16.73"
10 0.39"
30 1.18"
13 0.51"
17 0.67"
27 1.06"
AF1350 and AF1650-30-11
+ EF1250DU-1250 electronic O/L relay 40 1.57"
441 17.36"
M8 5/16-18 UMC
—
AF09..K, AF12..K, AF16..K 3-pole contactors - with Push-in Spring terminals
Dimensions
77 3.03" 77 3.03"
03
71 2.80" 35 1.38"
45 1.77" 71 2.80"
2x
45 1.77" 5.5 0.22" ø 4.2 0.17"
5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
10.5 0.41"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22"
82 3.22"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
5 0.20"
77 3.03"
10.5 0.41"
110.5 4.35"
71 2.80" 71 2.80"
45 1.77" 5.5 0.22" 12 0.47" 45 1.77" 5.5 0.22"
10.5 0.41"
82 3.22"
72 2.83"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
41.5 1.63"
82 3.22"
45 1.77"
82 3.22"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
Note: For AF09..K ... AF16..K contactors, lateral distance to grounded component 2 mm 0.08" min
24 V DC operated contactor (coil 30) depth + 20 mm (0.79").
—
AF26..K, AF30..K, AF38..K 3-pole contactors - with Push-in Spring terminals
Dimensions
77 3.03"
03
86 3.39" 35 1.38"
45 1.77" 80 3.15" 71 2.80"
2x
ø 4.2 0.17"
45 1.77" 5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
10.5 0.41"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22"
82 3.22"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
10 0.39"
15 0.59" 5 0.20"
119.5 4.70"
86 3.39"
10.5 0.41"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
45 1.77" 5.5 0.22"
12 0.47" 45 1.77" 5.5 0.22"
10.5 0.41"
45 1.77"
72 2.83"
82 3.22"
15 0.59" 15 0.59"
10.5 0.41"
35mm EN/EC 60715
41.5 1.63"
82 3.22"
45 1.77"
82 3.22"
15 0.59"
15 0.59"
AF26..K, AF30..K, AF38..K
AF26..K, AF30..K, AF38..K
+ TEF4S electronic timer
+ CA4..K 4-pole auxiliary contact block
Note: For AF26..K ... AF38..K contactors, lateral distance to grounded component 2 mm 0.08" min
24 V DC operated contactor (coil 30) depth + 20 mm (0.79").
—
AF09, AF16 4-pole contactors
77 3.03" 77 3.03"
03
35 1.38" 35 1.38"
45 1.77" 45 1.77" 71 2.80" 71 2.80"
2x 2x
ø 4.2 0.17" ø 4.2 0.17"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC M4 8-32 UNC
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
5 0.20" 5 0.20"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
10 0.39"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
—
AF09, AF16 4-pole contactors
03
35 1.38"
45 1.77" 45 1.77"71 2.80" 10 0.39" 71 2.80"
2x
ø 4.2 0.17"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC
1.1 0.04"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
40.5 1.59"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
10 0.39"
5 0.20"
AF09, AF16
+ TEF4 electronic timer AF09, AF16
102.5 4.04"
102.5 4.04"
90 3.54" 90 3.54"
71 2.80" 71 2.80" 10 0.39" 10 0.39"
80 3.15" 80 3.15" 2x 2x
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC
M4 8-32 UNC
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
91.5 3.60"
91.5 3.60"
60 2.36"
60 2.36"
43 1.69"
43 1.69"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
ø 4.2 0.17"
ø 4.2 0.17"
5 0.20" 5 0.20"
AF09..-40-00, AF16..-40-00
+ VEM4 mechanical and electrical interlock set AF09..-40-00, AF16..-40-00
+ VEM4 mechanical and electrical interlock set
—
AF26, AF38 4-pole contactors
Dimensions
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
60 2.36"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
5 0.20" 5 0.20"
101 3.98"
134.5 5.30"
95 3.74"
45 1.77" 95 3.74" 10 0.39" 12 0.47" 45 1.77"
5.5 0.22"
5.5 0.22"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
10 0.39"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
43 1.69"
Note: For AF26 and AF38 contactors, lateral distance to grounded component 2 mm 0.08" min.
24 V DC operated contactor (coil 30) depth + 20 mm 0.79″.
—
AF26, AF38 4-pole contactors
Dimensions
03
45 1.77" 45 1.77" 95 3.74" 95
10 3.74"
0.39" 35 1.38"
2x
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22" ø 4.2 0.17" M4 8-32 UNC
1.1 0.04"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
40.5 1.59"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
10 0.39"
5 0.20"
126.5 4.98"
126.5 4.98"
90 3.54" 90 3.54" 95 3.74" 95 3.74" 10 0.39" 10 0.39"
80 3.15" 80 3.15" 2x 2x
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC
M4 8-32 UNC
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
91.5 3.60"
91.5 3.60"
60 2.36"
60 2.36"
43 1.69"
43 1.69"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
ø 4.2 0.17"
ø 4.2 0.17"
5 0.20" 5 0.20"
(1) Note: For AF26 and AF38 contactors, lateral distance to grounded component 2 mm 0.08" min.
—
AF40, AF52 4-pole contactors
Dimensions
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
5.5 0.22"
4.6 0.18"
10 0.39"
5 0.20"
147 5.79"
113.5 4.47" 10 113.5 4.47"
70 2.76" 12 0.47" 70 2.76"
0.39" 7 0.28"
7 0.28"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
5.5 0.22"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
10 0.39"
6 0.24"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
43 1.69"
43 1.69"
—
AF40, AF52 4-pole contactors
Dimensions
169.7 6.68"
03
113.5 4.47" 10 60 2.36"
70 2.76" 2x
7 0.28" 0.39" ø 6.4 0.25" M6 ¼-20 UNC
6 0.24"
1.1 0.04"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
40.5 1.59"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
5.5 0.22"
4.6 0.18"
5 0.20"
113.5 4.47"
140 5.51" 2x
7 0.28" 130 5.12" M6 ¼-20 UNC
6 0.24"
119.5 4.70"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
5.5 0.22"
4.6 0.18"
10 0.39"
ø 6.4 0.25" 5 0.20"
—
AF80 4-pole contactors
Dimensions
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
5.5 0.22"
4.6 0.18"
10 0.39"
5 0.20"
AF80 AF80
149 5.87"
116 4.57" 10 116 4.57"
90 3.54" 12 0.47" 90 3.54"
0.39"
7 0.28" 7 0.28"
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
5.5 0.22"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
10 0.39"
AF80 AF80
+ CA4, CC4 1-pole auxiliary contact block + CAL4 -11 2-pole auxiliary contact block
6 0.24"
1.1 0.04"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
119.5 4.70"
119.5 4.70"
40.5 1.59"
43 1.69"
AF80 AF80
+ CA4 4-pole auxiliary contact block + TEF4 Electronic timer
—
AF80 4-pole contactors
Dimensions
116 4.57" 2x
180 7.09"
03
170 6.69" M6 ¼-20 UNC
7 0.28"
6 0.24"
119.5 4.70"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
5.5 0.22"
4.6 0.18"
10 0.39"
ø 6.4 0.25" 5 0.20"
AF80 AF80
+ CA4, CC4 1-pole auxiliary contact block + VM96-4 mechanical interlock unit
—
AF116, AF140 4-pole contactors
Dimensions
SECTION A-A
03
A
10 0.39" 120 4.72" 128 5.04" 60 2.36" M4 8-32 UNC
55.5 0.22"
19.5 4.96"
150 5.91"
100 3.94"
30 1.18"
A SECTION A-A
19.5 0.77"
150 5.91"
30 1.18"
240240
9.45"
9.45" 128128
5.04"
5.04" M4 8-32 UNC
60 2.36" 60 2.36" 60 2.36"
150 5.91"
150 5.91"
100 3.94"
—
AF190, AF205 4-pole contactors
Dimensions
SECTION A-A
03
4X
A 152.5 6.00" 70 2.76" M5 10-24 UNC
29.5 1.16"
83.5 3.29"
165 6.50"
196 7.72"
35 1.38"
45 1.77"
AF190, AF205-40-11
+ LW205-40 terminal enlargement
—
AF190, AF205 4-pole contactors
Dimensions
196 7.72"
AF190, AF205-40-11
+ VM19 mechanical interlocking unit
4X
70 2.76" 70 2.76" 70 2.76" M5 10-24 UNC
165 6.50"
AF190, AF205
+ VM19 mechanical interlocking unit
—
EK550, EK1000 4-pole contactors AC operated
Dimensions
03
0.43" 0.43"
244 9.61" 225.5 8.88"
ø 11 0.43" 2) 139.5 5.49" 6 0.24"
23 4) M10 5)
0.91" 3/8-16 UNC
200 7.87"
272 10.71"
EK550
1) 1)
11 270 10.63" 11
0.43" 0.43"
244 9.61" 225.5 8.88"
2)
ø11 0.43" 139.5 5.49" 8 0.31"
4)
23 0.91"
1) Dimension for extra auxiliary contact block
M10 5)
3/8-16 UNC 2) Screw, nut and washer by-packed
3) Min. distance to uninsulated wall
4) Damping elements are included
5) Earthing screw
223 8.78"
3)
40 1.57"
67 2.64" 40 1.57"
EK1000
F1
EK1000
—
EK550, EK1000 4-pole contactors DC operated
Dimensions
296 11.65"
03
23 4) M10 5)
0.91" 3/8-16 UNC
200 7.87"
272 10.71"
223 8.78"
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 8/T4
EK550
1)
11 296 11.65"
0.43"
270 10.63"
244 9.61" 225.5 8.88"
2)
ø 11 0.43" 139.5 5.49" 8 0.31"
4)
23 0.91"
1) Dimension for extra auxiliary contact block
M105)
3/8-16 UNC
2) Screw, nut and washer by-packed
3) Min. distance to uninsulated wall
4) Damping elements are included
5) Earthing screw
223 8.78"
3)
40
1.57"
67 2.64" 40 1.57"
EK1000
F1
a) Min. dim.
b) Includes space for two auxiliary contact blocks
and the dc-unit between the contactors
200 7.87"
EK1000
—
GA75 ... GAF2050 contactors
Terminal marking and positioning
03
Standard devices without addition of auxiliary contacts
A1 A2 A1 A2
1L1 + 1L1 +
NC 22X
NO 14X
2T1 – 2T1 – A2 A2
A2 A2 2T1 – 2T1 – 14X 22X
A1 A2 A1 A2
1L1 + 1L1 +
35X 35X
NO 13X
C NC 21X
C 35X 1L1 + 35X 1L1 + 13X 21X
D D
A1 A1
L L
5 NC 22X 5
NO 14X
36X 36X
2T1 – 2T1 – A2 A3 A2 A3
A3 A3
36X 36X
2T1 – 2T1 – 14X 22X
+
GAF2050-10
Ith=2050A Ui = 1000V DC
Ie DC-1 = 2050A Ue = 1000V DC
IEC 60947-4-1
EN 60947-4-1
1G1129
A2
Connection bars are sold separately 2T1 – 14X 22X
—
GA75, GAE75 1-pole contactor
Dimensions
03
108 4.25"
0.43"
0.43"
11
70 2.76" 72 2.83"
ø 6.2 0.24"
6 6.5
M6 1/4-20 UNC
0.24" 0.26"
100 3.94"
110 4.33"
110 4.33"
90 3.54"
4
0.16"
11 0.43"
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
0.43"
11
10 0.39" 10 5 60 2.36" 5
0.39" 0.2" 0.2"
70 2.76" 12 0.47" 72 2.83"
108 4.25"
0.43"
0.43"
82 3.23"
11
72 2.83"
ø 6.2 0.24"
6 6.5
0.24" 0.26" M6 1/4-20 UNC
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
110 4.33"
90 3.54"
4
0.16"
11 0.43"
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
0.43"
11
10 0.39" 10 5 60 2.36" 5
0.39" 0.2" 0.2"
82 3.23" 12 0.47" 72 2.83"
—
GAF185, GAF300 3-pole contactor
Dimensions
12 111.5 4.39"
03
0.47"
105 4.13" 160 6.3"
10 0.39"
17.5 ø 8.5 0.33" 35.5 5 0.2" 35
0.69" 1.4" 1.38"
187 7.36"
196 7.72"
165 6.5"
M5 10-24 UNC
35
1.38"
GAF185-30-11 GAF185-30-11
227 8.94"
187 7.36"
M5 10-24 UNC
43.75 1.72"
GAF300-30-11 GAF300-30-11
—
GAF460 3-pole contactor
Dimensions
11.5 0.45"
186 7.32" 216 8.5"
03
278 10.94"
268 10.55"
63 2.48"
GAF460-30-11
63 2.48"
248 9.76"
M5 10-24 UNC
—
GAF750 3-pole contactor
Dimensions
03
11.5 0.45"
210 8.27" 242 9.53"
283 11.14"
72 2.83"
GAF750-30-11
72 2.83"
249 9.8"
M6 1/4-20 UNC
—
GAF1250 3-pole contactor
Dimensions
50 1.97"
03
249 9.8"
1SFC101125F0001
1SFC101124F0001
GAF1250-30-11
72 2.83"
249 9.8"
1SFC101130F0001
M6 1/4-20 UNC
—
GAF1650, GAF2050 3-pole contactor
Dimensions
40 1.57"
03
27 40 1.57"
ø 13 40
1.06" 27
0.51" 1.57" ø 13 40
17 0.67" 1.06" 170.51"
0.67" 1.57"
13 0.51"
30 1.18" 17 0.67" 17 0.67"
13 0.51" 13
30 1.18"
10 0.39" 0.51" 30 1.18" 13
10 0.39" 30 1.18"
10 0.39" 0.51"
GAF1650 GAF2050
10 0.39"
AF1350, AF1650 AF2050
AF1350, AF1650 AF2050
136 5.35" 136 5.35"
136 5.35" 136 5.35"
392 15.43"
312 12.28"
392 15.43"
312 12.28"
136 5.35"
312 12.28"
M8 5/16-18 UMC
—
UA..RA 3-pole contactors for capacitor switching
Unlimited peak current Î
03
107 4.21"
68 2.68"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
47 1.85"
60 2.36"
50 1.97"
4 0.16"
44 1.73" 4.5 4.5
0.18" 0.18"
UA16..RA
126.3 4.97"
87.3 3.44"
9 0.35" 45 1.77"
ø 4.2 0.17"
M4 8-32 UNC
4.72" +.394"
90 3.54"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
47 1.85"
70 2.76"
80 3.15"
+10
120
141 5.55"
102 4.02"
9 0.35" 45 1.77"
ø 4.2 0.17"
M4 8-32 UNC
90 3.54"
+.394"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
47 1.85"
70 2.76"
80 3.15"
54 2.13" 4 0.16"
4.5 4.5
0.18" 0.18"
UA30..RA
140.4 5.53"
35 mm x 15 EN/IEC 60715
101.5 4"
114 4.49"
5.91" +10"
47 1.85"
100 3.94"
90 3.54"
4 0.16"
+10
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
150
70 2.76" 6 0.24"
5 60 2.36" 5
0.2" 0.2"
UA50..RA, UA63..RA, UA75..RA
—
UA..RA 3-pole contactors for capacitor switching
Unlimited peak current Î
155.6 6.13"
03
114.4 4.5" 78 3.07"
ø 6.2 0.24"
M6 1/4-20 UNC
155.3 6.11"
148 5.83"
6 0.24"
126 4.96"
136 5.35"
47 1.85"
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
UA95..RA, UA110..RA
—
UA.. 3-pole contactors for capacitor switching
Dimensions
74 2.91"
03
68 2.68"
35 1.38"
5.5
ø 4.5 0.18"
0.22"
M4 8-32 UNC
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
50 1.97"
74 2.91"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
90 3.54"
70 2.76"
80 3.15"
90 3.54"
108 4.25"
35 mm x15 EN/IEC 60715
ø 6.2 0.24"
6 0.24" 6.5 0.26"
M6 1/4-20 UNC
110 4.33"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
90 3.54"
74 2.91"
4
0.16"
75 mm EN/IEC 60715
78 3.07"
ø 6.2 0.24"
123.5 4.86" M6 1/4-20 UNC
6.5 0.26"
6
126 4.96"
136 5.35"
0.24"
148 5.83"
148 5.83"
74 2.91"
—
NF contactor relays
Dimensions
77 3.03" 77 3.03"
03
35 1.38" 35 1.38"
45 1.77" 45 1.77" 71 2.80" 71 2.80"
2x 2x
ø 4.2 0.17" ø 4.2 0.17"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22" M4 8-32 UNC M4 8-32 UNC
6 0.24"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
5 0.20" 5 0.20"
NF..22E, NF..31E, NF..40E NF
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
10 0.39"
NF..22E, NF..31E, NF..40E NF..22E, NF..31E, NF..40E
+ CA4, CC4 1-pole auxiliary contact block + CAL4 -11 2-pole auxiliary contact block
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
80 3.15"
80 3.15"
43 1.69"
70 2.76"
5.5 0.22"
43 1.69"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
NF..22E, NF..31E, NF..40E NF..44E, NF..53E, NF..62E, NF..71E, NF..80E, NF..33/11, NF..51/11
+ CA4 4-pole auxiliary contact block
133.5 5.26"
1.1 0.04"
6 0.24"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
40.5 1.59"
80 3.15"
5.5 0.22"
(1) Note: contactor relay lateral distance to grounded component 2 mm 0.08" min.
24 V DC operated contactor relay (coil 30) depth + 20 mm 0.79".
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SBL137001R1310
—
Other contactor application data
Contactor selection
3/446 Control of three-phase slip-ring motors
3/448 Autotransformer starters
3/449 Three-phase transformer switching
3/451 Lighting circuit switching
3/460 Parallel connection of main poles
3/461 Temporary or intermittent duty
3/462 Influence of the length of conductors used in contactor
control circuit
3/466 Voltage code table
3/470 Questionnaire for product specifications
3/4 46 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Control of three-phase slip-ring motors
Contactor selection
General
03
Three kinds of contactors are used to control three-phase slip-ring motors: the stator contactor, the acceleration contactor(s) and
the rotor short-circuit contactor. Refer to the diagram opposite.
The selection tables below concern complete smooth starting, excluding specific cases, such as: intermittent operation, regenera-
tive current, controlled slipping, etc. for which you need to consult our specialised departments.
The starting and breaking technical data for slip-ring motors are defined in standard IEC 60947-4-1 in the AC-2 utilization category.
The load factor is defined by the equation:
Operating cycle
L.F. (%) = x 100
Cycle time (Operating cycle + Rest cycle)
Stator contactor
Closing of the starting current, conditioned by the value of the rotor resistances: it may reach 1.5 to 4 times rated motor operational
current.
Breaking of the rated operational current, or of the starting current, with possible regenerative current.
The following table gives the permissible values of the Ie / AC-2 rated operational stator current, as a function of load factor.
Temperature of 60 °C for AF09 ... AF370 and 55 °C for AF400 ... AF1650 maximum near the contactor.
Maximum switching frequency and electrical durability in AC-2 category: see "Technical data".
Contactor types AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96
Load factor 15 % Ie / AC-2 A 18 24 33 52 64 76 79 106 124 154 184
25 % Ie / AC-2 A 15 20 31 44 54 65 68 90 111 136 163
40 % Ie / AC-2 A 13 17 26 38 46 55 58 77 94 116 139
60 % Ie / AC-2 A 11 14 22 31 38 46 48 64 78 96 115
S7 acc. to IEC 60034-1: periodical A 9 12 18 26 32 38 40 53 65 80 96
continuous duty with electrical breaking
Acceleration contactors
The sizing of these contactors is based on the AC-1 rated operational current (see "Technical data") that we recall below for the max-
imum ambient temperature of 60 °C for AF09 to AF370 and 55 °C for AF400 to AF1650.
The table below lists the factors to be applied to the AC-1 current of the contactors in order to obtain the maximal permissible value
of the rotor current after contactor closing for star connection. If delta connection is used, increase by 50 % this current. This table
takes into account the number of cycles an hour (without inching) and the current flow time per cycle, in the contactor.
Contactors AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96
Rated operational current Ie / AC-1 A 25 28 30 40 42 42 60 80 90 100 105
for air temperature near the contactor ≤ 60 °C
Contactor types AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96
Load factor 15 % Ie A 63 71 76 102 107 107 152 203 228 254 266
25 % Ie A 57 64 69 92 96 96 137 183 206 229 241
40 % Ie A 49 55 59 78 82 82 117 157 176 196 206
60 % Ie A 43 48 51 68 72 72 103 137 154 171 180
S7 acc. to IEC 60034-1: periodical A 36 41 44 58 61 61 87 116 131 145 152
continuous duty with electrical breaking
Rated operational rotor voltage:
- Maximum values for starting V 1380 (1600 in star connection) 2000
and breaking (2300 in star connection)
- Maximum values for starting V 690 (730 in star connection) 690
and electrical braking (730 in star connection)
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/4 47
—
Control of three-phase slip-ring motors
Contactor selection
03
Rotor short-circuit Acceleration
• The first stroke corresponds to energization of the motor by Stator contactor contactor
contactor
the stator contactor: all the resistances are operational in the
rotor circuit
• At the second stroke, the acceleration contactor short-circuits
the first resistance stack R2 R1
Contactor types AF116 AF140 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370 AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1350 AF1650
Load factor 15 % Ie / AC-2 A 220 335 360 425 530 625 750 850 950 1150 1500 1720 2100
25 % Ie / AC-2 A 185 270 300 350 440 515 620 680 780 975 1250 1430 1750
40 % Ie / AC-2 A 150 215 250 300 370 430 515 580 650 800 1050 1200 1470
60 % Ie / AC-2 A 135 180 220 255 315 370 430 480 550 700 900 1030 1250
S7 acc. to IEC 60034-1: periodical A 116 140 190 210 265 305 370 400 460 580 750 860 1050
continuous duty with electrical breaking
Contactors AF116 AF140 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370 AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1350 AF1650
Rated operational current Ie / AC-1 A 145 175 250 300 350 400 500 500 600 700 800 1150 1450
for air temperature near the contactor
≤ 60 °C (AF116-AF370) ≤ 55 °C
(AF400-AF1650)
Contactor types AF116 AF140 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370 AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1350 AF1650
Load factor 15 % Ie A 330 540 580 750 830 950 1050 1200 1400 1650 1900 2400 2800
25 % Ie A 300 490 530 650 725 830 915 1050 1250 1450 1650 2100 2500
40 % Ie A 260 425 460 575 630 720 800 950 1100 1300 1450 1850 2200
60 % Ie A 230 375 400 500 575 650 700 810 975 1150 1300 1650 1950
S7 acc. to IEC 60034-1: periodical A 200 300 350 380 480 550 640 700 840 980 1150 1500 1800
continuous duty with electrical breaking
Rated operational rotor voltage:
- Maximum values for starting V 2200 3000
and breaking (2600 in star connection) (3600 in star connection)
- Maximum values for starting V 690
and electrical braking (730 in star connection)
3/4 48 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Autotransformer starters
Contactor selection
General
03
Electrical distribution
Selection Table (Id starting current / In nominal current < 8 - Acceleration time ≤ 20s - 30 cycles / h max.)
kW motor ratings 50/60 Hz Contactors
KM1 KM2 KM3
line autotransformer taps: star
220/240 V 380/400 V 415 V 440 V 690 V 90 % 80 % 70 % 60 %
4 7.5 7.5 7.5 9 AF16 AF16 AF12 AF09 AF09 AF09
6.5 11 11 11 15 AF26 AF26 AF16 AF16 AF09 AF16
11 18.5 18.5 18.5 22 AF38 AF30 AF26 AF26 AF16 AF26
15 22 30 30 30 AF52 AF52 AF38 AF30 AF26 AF30
18.5 30 37 37 37 AF65 AF52 AF40 AF30 AF26 AF38
22 37 45 45 45 AF80 AF65 AF52 AF40 AF30 AF40
25 45 55 55 55 AF96 AF80 AF65 AF52 AF38 AF52
30 55 55 75 55 AF116 AF116 AF80 AF65 AF52 AF65
37 75 75 90 75 AF140 AF140 AF96 AF80 AF65 AF65
45 75 75 90 90 AF146 AF140 AF96 AF80 AF65 AF65
55 90 90 110 132 AF190 AF146 AF116 AF96 AF65 AF80
55 110 110 132 160 AF205 AF190 AF140 AF116 AF80 AF96
75 132 132 160 200 AF265 AF265 AF190 AF140 AF96 AF116
90 160 160 160 250 AF305 AF265 AF205 AF190 AF116 AF140
110 200 200 200 315 AF370 AF370 AF265 AF190 AF140 AF190
132 250 250 250 355 AF460 AF400 AF305 AF265 AF190 AF205
160 315 355 355 500 AF580 AF580 AF400 AF305 AF205 AF305
220 400 425 450 600 AF750 AF750 AF580 AF400 AF305 AF400
257 475 500 560 900 AF1350 AF750 AF580 AF460 AF400 AF460
315 560 600 670 1000 AF1650 AF1350 AF750 AF580 AF460 AF580
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/4 49
—
Three-phase transformer switching
Contactor selection
AC-6a Utilization category according to IEC 60947-4-1
General
03
Switching the primary of 3-phase transformers, on energization of the transformer, is characterized by high current peaks due to
the magnetization phenomena.
Selection Table
The tables below show the operational ratings for:
• current peaks up to 20 to 30 times the transformer nominal current
• maximum switching frequency of 60 operating cycles per hour
• air ambient temperature ≤ 40 °C.
AC / DC operated contactors AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96
Operational power at Ue: 50/60 Hz - according to AC-6a
220 / 240 V kVA 4 5 6 10 13 14 15 19 21 23 25
380 / 400 V kVA 7 8 10 17 22 25 26 33 36 39 44
415 / 440 V kVA 8 9 11 18 24 27 28.5 36 40 43 48
500 V kVA 9 11 13 22 28 32 34.5 43 48 52 57
660 / 690 V kVA 12.5 14 18 29 37 43 45.5 57 64 68 75
Max. permissible Îpeak A 350 400 500 800 1000 1200 1250 1550 1750 1900 2100
AC / DC operated contactors AF116 AF140 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370 AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1350 AF1650
Operational power at Ue: 50/60 Hz - according to AC-6a
220 / 240 V kVA 26 30 42 45 55 63 76 95 100 110 130 160 190
380 / 400 V kVA 46 52 73 75 94 108 132 165 170 190 240 275 350
415 / 440 V kVA 50 57 80 80 103 118 144 180 190 210 270 325 390
500 V kVA 60 68 96 100 124 143 173 220 230 250 320 – –
660 / 690 V kVA 80 90 127 130 164 188 228 290 300 310 410 – –
Max. permissible Îpeak A 2100 2400 3300 3500 4300 4900 6000 7700 8400 9300 12000 – –
3/450 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Notes
03
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/451
—
Lighting circuit switching
Contactor selection
General
03
Contactor selection criteria for control of lighting circuits are as follows:
• type, power rating and number of lamps
• connection mode
• current values on closing and in steady state
• power factor
• presence or not of correction capacitors.
Lighting circuits
In a given circuit, the number and power rating of lamps are defined and cannot result in overload. Only short-circuit protec-
tion has to be provided. gG fuses or modular circuit-breakers will be chosen for this purpose.
The lamps have very specific technical data, according to their construction type.
• Incandescent lamps have a very high current on closing: more than 15 times nominal current.
They do not introduce a large phase displacement between current and voltage
• Fluorescent tubes are equipped with a ballast whose purpose is two-fold: contribute to ignition and limit current to nomi-
nal value once steady state is reached. This ballast is a reactor that considerably lowers the power factor. It may or may not
be compensated.
S S
Selection of contactors
The following tables indicate, for each contactor type, the maximum permissible number of lamps per phase. Air tempera-
ture, near the contactor, must be limited to 60 °C. Numbers are given for a 230 V voltage distributed between phase and neu-
tral: single-phase (phase + neutral) or three-phase (3 phases + neutral) distribution, lamps are wired in star connection. In
the case of a three-phase supply without neutral, 230 V phase-to-phase, the permissible number of lamps per phase will be
that given in the tables multiplied by 0.58.
Example:
120 x 100 W / 230 V incandescent lamps - 400 V three-phase network with distributed neutral.
Calculate the number of lamps per phase: 120 : 3 = 40. On the 100 W line of the incandescent lamp table, contactor AF09 is
limited to 38 lamps per phase, you must thus select contactor AF12 which accepts up to 43 lamps per phase.
3/452 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Lighting circuit switching
Contactor selection AF09 ... AF146 3-pole contactors
03
Selection table
3-pole AC / DC operated contactors AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96 AF116 AF140 AF146
Lamp characteristics Maximum permissible number of lamps per phase
W A μF
Incandescent and halogen lamps according to AC-5b
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
60 0.27 - 64 72 77 103 129 148 177 207 233 259 277 430 519 541
100 0.45 - 38 43 46 62 77 89 106 124 140 155 166 258 311 324
200 0.91 - 19 21 23 30 38 44 52 61 69 77 82 127 154 160
300 1.37 - 12 14 15 20 25 29 35 41 46 51 54 85 102 107
500 2.28 - 7 8 9 12 15 17 21 24 27 30 33 51 61 64
1000 4.55 - 3 4 4 6 7 8 10 12 13 15 16 25 31 32
Fluorescent lamps without compensation - Fluorescent lamps with electronic starter according to AC-5a
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
20 0.38 - 46 51 55 73 84 92 126 147 157 184 210 305 368 384
40 0.45 - 38 43 46 62 71 77 106 124 133 155 177 258 311 324
65 0.70 - 25 27 30 40 45 50 68 80 85 100 114 166 200 209
80 0.80 - 21 24 26 35 40 43 60 70 75 87 100 145 175 183
100 1.15 - 15 16 18 24 27 30 41 48 52 60 69 101 122 127
110 1.20 - 14 16 17 23 26 29 40 46 50 58 66 97 117 122
Fluorescent lamps with parallel compensation according to AC-5a
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
20 0.18 5 53 53 53 155 168 176 266 309 325 388 444 644 778 811
40 0.26 5 53 53 53 107 123 134 184 215 230 269 307 446 538 562
65 0.42 7 37 37 37 66 76 83 114 133 142 166 190 276 333 348
80 0.52 7 33 37 37 53 61 67 92 107 115 134 153 223 269 281
100 0.65 16 16 16 16 43 49 53 73 86 92 107 123 178 215 225
110 0.70 18 14 14 14 40 45 49 68 80 85 100 114 166 200 209
Fluorescent lamps in dual mounting according to AC-5a
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
2 x 20 2 x 0.14 - 62 69 75 100 114 125 171 200 214 250 285 414 500 521
2 x 40 2 x 0.25 - 35 39 42 56 64 70 96 112 120 140 160 232 280 292
2 x 65 2 x 0.40 - 21 24 26 35 40 43 60 70 75 87 100 145 175 183
2 x 80 2 x 0.48 - 18 20 21 29 33 36 50 58 62 72 83 121 146 152
2 x 100 2 x 0.60 - 14 16 17 23 26 29 40 46 50 58 66 97 117 122
2 x 110 2 x 0.65 - 13 15 16 21 24 26 36 43 46 53 61 89 108 112
Compact fluorescent lamps according to AC-5a
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
5 0.045 - 388 433 466 622 711 777 1066 1244 1333 1555 1777 2578 3111 3244
7 0.075 - 233 260 280 373 426 466 640 746 800 933 1066 1547 1867 1947
11 0.105 - 166 185 200 266 304 333 457 533 571 666 761 1105 1333 1390
15 0.135 - 129 144 155 207 237 259 355 414 444 518 592 859 1037 1081
20 0.160 - 109 121 131 175 200 218 300 350 375 437 500 725 875 913
23 0.180 - 97 108 116 155 177 194 266 311 333 388 444 644 778 811
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/453
—
Lighting circuit switching
Contactor selection AF190 ... AF2650 3-pole contactors
03
Selection table
3-pole AC / DC operated contactors AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370 AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050 AF2650
Lamp characteristics Maximum permissible number of lamps per phase
W A μF
Incandescent and halogen lamps according to AC-5b
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
60 0.27 - 704 759 981 1130 1370 1481 1704 2148 2778 3009 3250 3972 4935 6380
100 0.45 - 422 456 589 678 822 889 1022 1289 1667 1806 1950 2383 2961 3828
200 0.91 - 209 225 291 335 407 440 505 637 824 893 964 1179 1464 1893
300 1.37 - 139 150 193 223 270 292 336 423 547 593 641 783 973 1257
500 2.28 - 83 90 116 134 162 175 202 254 329 356 385 470 584 755
1000 4.55 - 42 45 58 67 81 88 101 127 165 179 193 236 293 379
Fluorescent lamps without compensation - Fluorescent lamps with electronic starter according to AC-5a
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
20 0.38 - 500 539 697 803 974 1053 1211 1526 1974 2138 2309 2822 3507 4533
40 0.45 - 422 456 589 678 822 889 1022 1289 1667 1806 1950 2383 2961 3828
65 0.70 - 271 293 379 436 529 571 657 829 1071 1161 1254 1532 1904 2461
80 0.80 - 238 256 331 381 463 500 575 725 938 1016 1097 1341 1666 2153
100 1.15 - 165 178 230 265 322 348 400 504 652 707 763 933 1159 1498
110 1.20 - 158 171 221 254 308 333 383 483 625 677 731 894 1110 1435
Fluorescent lamps with parallel compensation according to AC-5a
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
20 0.18 5 1056 1139 1472 1694 2056 2222 2556 3222 4167 4514 4875 5958 7403 9569
40 0.26 5 731 788 1019 1173 1423 1538 1769 2231 2885 3125 3375 4125 5125 6625
65 0.42 7 452 488 631 726 881 952 1095 1381 1786 1935 2089 2554 3173 4101
80 0.52 7 365 394 510 587 712 769 885 1115 1442 1563 1688 2063 2563 3313
100 0.65 16 292 315 408 469 569 615 708 892 1154 1250 1350 1650 2050 2650
110 0.70 18 271 293 379 436 529 571 657 829 1071 1161 1254 1532 1904 2461
Fluorescent lamps in dual mounting according to AC-5a
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
2 x 20 2 x 0.14 - 679 732 946 1089 1321 1429 1643 2071 2679 2902 3134 3830 4759 6152
2 x 40 2 x 0.25 - 380 410 530 610 740 800 920 1160 1500 1625 1755 2145 2665 3445
2 x 65 2 x 0.40 - 238 256 331 381 463 500 575 725 938 1016 1097 1341 1666 2153
2 x 80 2 x 0.48 - 198 214 276 318 385 417 479 604 781 846 914 1117 1388 1794
2 x 100 2 x 0.60 - 158 171 221 254 308 333 383 483 625 677 731 894 1110 1435
2 x 110 2 x 0.65 - 146 158 204 235 285 308 354 446 577 625 675 825 1025 1325
Compact fluorescent lamps according to AC-5a
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
5 0.045 - 4222 4556 5889 6778 8222 8889 10222 12889 16667 18056 19500 23833 29611 38278
7 0.075 - 2533 2733 3533 4067 4933 5333 6133 7733 10000 10833 11700 14300 17767 22967
11 0.105 - 1810 1952 2524 2905 3524 3810 4381 5524 7143 7738 8357 10214 12690 16405
15 0.135 - 1407 1519 1963 2259 2741 2963 3407 4296 5556 6019 6500 7944 9870 12759
20 0.160 - 1188 1281 1656 1906 2313 2500 2875 3625 4688 5078 5484 6703 8328 10766
23 0.180 - 1056 1139 1472 1694 2056 2222 2556 3222 4167 4514 4875 5958 7403 9569
3/454 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Lighting circuit switching
Contactor selection AF09 ... AF146 3-pole contactors
03
Selection table
3-pole AC / DC operated contactors AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96 AF116 AF140 AF146
Lamp characteristics Maximum permissible number of lamps per phase
W A μF
Low pressure sodium vapour lamps without compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
35 1.4 - 9 10 12 15 15 16 23 31 35 39 42 70 85 89
55 1.4 - 9 10 12 15 15 16 23 31 35 39 42 70 85 89
90 2.1 - 6 7 8 10 10 10 15 20 23 26 28 47 57 59
135 3.1 - 4 4 5 6 7 7 10 14 15 17 19 32 38 40
180 3.1 - 4 4 5 6 7 7 10 14 15 17 19 32 38 40
Low pressure sodium vapour lamps with parallel compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
35 0.6 20 12 12 12 35 36 38 55 73 81 91 100 164 198 207
55 0.6 20 12 12 12 35 36 38 55 73 81 91 100 164 198 207
90 0.9 25 10 10 10 23 24 25 36 48 55 61 66 110 132 138
135 0.9 45 5 5 5 18 18 19 34 34 36 57 59 110 132 138
180 0.9 45 5 5 5 18 18 19 34 34 36 57 59 110 132 138
High pressure sodium vapour lamps without compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
150 1.8 - 7 8 9 11 12 12 18 24 27 30 33 45 54 57
250 3.0 - 4 5 5 7 7 7 11 14 16 18 20 27 33 34
400 4.4 - 3 3 3 4 5 5 7 10 11 12 13 18 22 23
600 6.2 - 2 2 2 3 3 3 5 7 7 8 9 13 16 16
1000 10.3 - 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 8 10 10
High pressure sodium vapour lamps with parallel compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
150 1.0 20 12 12 12 21 22 23 33 43 49 55 60 93 112 117
250 1.5 36 7 7 7 14 14 15 22 29 33 36 40 62 75 78
400 2.5 48 5 5 5 8 8 9 13 17 19 22 24 37 45 47
600 3.3 65 3 3 3 6 6 6 10 13 15 16 18 28 34 35
1000 6.2 100 2 2 2 3 3 3 5 7 7 8 9 15 18 19
High pressure mercury vapour lamps without compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
50 0.60 - 22 25 28 35 36 38 55 73 82 91 100 152 190 214
80 0.80 - 16 18 21 26 27 28 41 55 61 68 75 114 143 160
125 1.15 - 11 13 14 18 19 20 28 38 43 47 52 79 99 112
250 2.15 - 6 6 7 9 10 10 15 20 23 25 27 42 53 60
400 3.25 - 4 4 5 6 6 7 10 13 15 16 18 28 35 39
700 5.40 - 2 2 3 3 4 4 6 8 9 10 11 17 21 24
1000 7.50 - 1 2 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 12 15 17
Voltage: 380/415 V AC
2000 8.00 - 1 1 2 2 2 2 4 5 6 6 7 11 14 16
High pressure mercury vapour lamps with compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
50 0.28 7 36 36 36 75 78 82 117 157 176 196 214 326 407 458
80 0.43 8 31 31 31 48 51 53 76 102 115 127 139 212 265 298
125 0.66 10 20 22 25 31 33 34 50 66 75 83 90 138 173 194
250 1.28 18 10 11 13 16 17 17 25 34 38 42 46 71 89 100
400 2.05 25 6 7 8 10 10 11 16 21 24 26 29 44 56 63
700 3.55 40 3 4 4 5 6 6 9 12 13 15 16 26 32 36
1000 4.83 60 2 3 3 4 4 4 6 9 10 11 12 19 24 27
Voltage: 380/415 V AC
2000 5.45 35 2 2 3 3 4 4 6 8 9 10 11 17 21 24
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/455
—
Lighting circuit switching
Contactor selection AF190 ... AF2650 3-pole contactors
03
Selection table
3-pole AC / DC operated contactors AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370 AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050 AF2650
Lamp characteristics Maximum permissible number of lamps per phase
W A μF
Low pressure sodium vapour lamps without compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
35 1.4 - 115 124 161 185 225 243 279 352 455 493 533 651 809 1046
55 1.4 - 115 124 161 185 225 243 279 352 455 493 533 651 809 1046
90 2.1 - 77 83 107 123 150 162 186 235 304 329 355 434 539 697
135 3.1 - 52 56 73 84 101 110 126 159 206 223 241 294 365 472
180 3.1 - 52 56 73 84 101 110 126 159 206 223 241 294 365 472
Low pressure sodium vapour lamps with parallel compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
35 0.6 20 269 290 375 432 524 567 652 822 1063 1151 1243 1519 1888 2440
55 0.6 20 269 290 375 432 524 567 652 822 1063 1151 1243 1519 1888 2440
90 0.9 25 179 194 250 288 349 378 434 548 708 767 829 1013 1258 1627
135 0.9 45 179 194 250 288 349 378 434 548 708 767 829 1013 1258 1627
180 0.9 45 179 194 250 288 349 378 434 548 708 767 829 1013 1258 1627
High pressure sodium vapour lamps without compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
150 1.8 - 74 80 103 119 144 156 179 226 292 313 338 413 513 663
250 3.0 - 44 48 62 71 86 93 107 135 175 188 203 248 308 398
400 4.4 - 30 33 42 49 59 64 73 92 119 128 138 169 210 271
600 6.2 - 21 23 30 34 42 45 52 65 85 91 98 120 149 192
1000 10.3 - 13 14 18 21 25 27 31 39 51 55 59 72 90 116
High pressure sodium vapour lamps with parallel compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
150 1.0 20 152 164 212 244 296 320 368 464 600 625 675 825 1025 1325
250 1.5 36 101 109 141 163 197 213 245 309 400 417 450 550 683 883
400 2.5 48 61 66 85 98 118 128 147 186 240 250 270 330 410 530
600 3.3 65 46 50 64 74 90 97 112 141 182 189 205 250 311 402
1000 6.2 100 25 26 34 39 48 52 59 75 97 101 109 133 165 214
High pressure mercury vapour lamps without compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
50 0.60 - 261 333 380 475 570 570 665 760 998 1188 1283 1568 1948 2518
80 0.80 - 196 249 285 356 428 428 499 570 748 891 962 1176 1461 1888
125 1.15 - 136 173 198 248 297 297 347 397 520 620 669 818 1016 1313
250 2.15 - 73 93 106 133 159 159 186 212 278 331 358 437 543 703
400 3.25 - 48 61 70 88 105 105 123 140 184 219 237 289 360 465
700 5.40 - 29 37 42 53 63 63 74 84 111 132 143 174 216 280
1000 7.50 - 21 27 30 38 46 46 53 61 80 95 103 125 156 201
Voltage: 380/415 V AC
2000 8.00 - 20 25 29 36 43 43 50 57 75 89 96 118 146 189
High pressure mercury vapour lamps with compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
50 0.28 7 560 713 814 1018 1221 1221 1425 1629 2138 2545 2748 3359 4173 5395
80 0.43 8 365 464 530 663 795 795 928 1060 1392 1657 1790 2187 2717 3513
125 0.66 10 238 302 345 432 518 518 605 691 907 1080 1166 1425 1770 2289
250 1.28 18 122 156 178 223 267 267 312 356 468 557 601 735 913 1180
400 2.05 25 76 97 111 139 167 167 195 222 292 348 375 459 570 737
700 3.55 40 44 56 64 80 96 96 112 128 169 201 217 265 329 425
1000 4.83 60 32 41 47 59 71 71 83 94 124 148 159 195 242 313
Voltage: 380/415 V AC
2000 5.45 35 29 37 42 52 63 63 73 84 110 131 141 173 214 277
3/456 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Lighting circuit switching
Contactor selection AF09 ... AF146 3-pole contactors
03
Selection table
3-pole AC / DC operated contactors AF09 AF12 AF16 AF26 AF30 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF65 AF80 AF96 AF116 AF140 AF146
Lamp characteristics Maximum permissible number of lamps per phase
W A μF
Metal halide vapour lamps without compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
250 3 - 4 5 5 7 7 7 11 14 16 18 20 27 33 38
400 4 - 3 3 4 5 5 5 8 11 12 13 15 20 25 28
1000 9.5 - 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 4 5 5 6 8 11 12
2000 16.5 - 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 5 6 7
Voltage: 380/415 V AC
2000 10.5 - 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 4 4 5 5 8 10 11
Metal halide vapour lamps with compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
250 1.32 33 7 7 7 15 16 17 25 33 37 41 45 69 86 97
400 2.22 45 5 5 5 9 9 10 14 19 22 24 27 41 51 58
1000 5.14 85 2 2 3 4 4 4 6 8 9 10 11 18 22 25
2000 11.5 148 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 4 5 8 10 11
Voltage: 380/415 V AC
2000 6.10 60 2 2 2 3 3 3 5 7 8 9 9 15 19 21
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/457
—
Lighting circuit switching
Contactor selection AF190 ... AF2650 3-pole contactors
03
Selection table
3-pole AC / DC operated contactors AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370 AF400 AF460 AF580 AF750 AF1250 AF1350 AF1650 AF2050 AF2650
Lamp characteristics Maximum permissible number of lamps per phase
W A μF
Metal halide vapour lamps without compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
250 3 - 46 58 67 83 100 100 117 133 175 208 225 275 342 442
400 4 - 34 44 50 63 75 75 88 100 131 156 169 206 256 331
1000 9.5 - 14 18 21 26 32 32 37 42 55 66 71 87 108 139
2000 16.5 - 8 11 12 15 18 18 21 24 32 38 41 50 62 80
Voltage: 380/415 V AC
2000 10.5 - 13 17 19 24 29 29 33 38 50 60 64 79 98 126
Metal halide vapour lamps with compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
250 1.32 33 119 151 173 216 259 259 302 345 453 540 583 713 885 1144
400 2.22 45 71 90 103 128 154 154 180 205 270 321 347 424 526 680
1000 5.14 85 30 39 44 55 67 67 78 89 116 139 150 183 227 294
2000 11.5 148 14 17 20 25 30 30 35 40 52 62 67 82 102 131
Voltage: 380/415 V AC
2000 6.10 60 26 33 37 47 56 56 65 75 98 117 126 154 192 248
3/458 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Lighting circuit switching
Contactor selection AF09 ... AF370 4-pole contactors
03
Selection table
4-pole AC / DC operated contactors AF09 AF16 AF26 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF80 AF116 AF140 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370
Lamp characteristics Maximum permissible number of lamps per phase
W A μF
Incandescent and halogen lamps according to AC-5b
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
60 0.27 - 64 77 103 114 177 207 259 430 519 704 759 981 1130 1370
100 0.45 - 38 46 62 68 106 124 155 258 311 422 456 589 678 822
200 0.91 - 19 23 30 34 52 61 77 127 154 209 225 291 335 407
300 1.37 - 12 15 20 22 35 41 51 85 102 139 150 193 223 270
500 2.28 - 7 9 12 13 21 24 30 51 61 83 90 116 134 162
1000 4.55 - 3 4 6 6 10 12 15 25 31 42 45 58 67 81
Fluorescent lamps without compensation - Fluorescent lamps with electronic starter according to AC-5a
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
20 0.38 - 46 55 73 81 126 147 184 305 368 500 539 697 803 974
40 0.45 - 38 46 62 68 106 124 155 258 311 422 456 589 678 822
65 0.70 - 25 30 40 44 68 80 100 166 200 271 293 379 436 529
80 0.80 - 21 26 35 38 60 70 87 145 175 238 256 331 381 463
100 1.15 - 15 18 24 26 41 48 60 101 122 165 178 230 265 322
110 1.20 - 14 17 23 25 40 46 58 97 117 158 171 221 254 308
Fluorescent lamps with parallel compensation according to AC-5a
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
20 0.18 5 53 53 110 110 266 309 309 644 778 1056 1139 1472 1694 2056
40 0.26 5 53 53 107 110 184 215 269 446 538 731 788 1019 1173 1423
65 0.42 7 37 37 66 73 114 133 166 276 333 452 488 631 726 881
80 0.52 7 33 37 53 59 92 107 134 223 269 365 394 510 587 712
100 0.65 16 16 16 34 34 73 86 96 178 215 292 315 408 469 569
110 0.70 18 14 14 30 30 68 80 86 166 200 271 293 379 436 529
Fluorescent lamps in dual mounting according to AC-5a
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
2 x 20 2 x 0.14 - 62 75 100 110 171 200 250 414 500 679 732 946 1089 1321
2 x 40 2 x 0.25 - 35 42 56 62 96 112 140 232 280 380 410 530 610 740
2 x 65 2 x 0.40 - 21 26 35 38 60 70 87 145 175 238 256 331 381 463
2 x 80 2 x 0.48 - 18 21 29 32 50 58 72 121 146 198 214 276 318 385
2 x 100 2 x 0.60 - 14 17 23 25 40 46 58 97 117 158 171 221 254 308
2 x 110 2 x 0.65 - 13 16 21 23 36 43 53 89 108 146 158 204 235 285
Compact fluorescent lamps according to AC-5a
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
5 0.045 - 388 466 622 688 1066 1244 1555 2578 3111 4222 4556 5889 6778 8222
7 0.075 - 233 280 373 413 640 746 933 1547 1867 2533 2733 3533 4067 4933
11 0.105 - 166 200 266 295 457 533 666 1105 1333 1810 1952 2524 2905 3524
15 0.135 - 129 155 207 229 355 414 518 859 1037 1407 1519 1963 2259 2741
20 0.160 - 109 131 175 193 300 350 437 725 875 1188 1281 1656 1906 2313
23 0.180 - 97 116 155 172 266 311 388 644 778 1056 1139 1472 1694 2056
Low pressure sodium vapour lamps without compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
35 1.4 - 9 12 15 16 23 31 39 70 85 115 124 161 185 225
55 1.4 - 9 12 15 16 23 31 39 70 85 115 124 161 185 225
90 2.1 - 6 8 10 10 15 20 26 47 57 77 83 107 123 150
135 3.1 - 4 5 6 7 10 14 17 32 38 52 56 73 84 101
180 3.1 - 4 5 6 7 10 14 17 32 38 52 56 73 84 101
Low pressure sodium vapour lamps with parallel compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
35 0.6 20 12 12 27 27 55 73 77 164 198 269 290 375 432 524
55 0.6 20 12 12 27 27 55 73 77 164 198 269 290 375 432 524
90 0.9 25 10 10 22 22 36 48 61 110 132 179 194 250 288 349
135 0.9 45 5 5 12 12 34 34 34 110 132 179 194 250 288 349
180 0.9 45 5 5 12 12 34 34 34 110 132 179 194 250 288 349
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/459
—
Lighting circuit switching
Contactor selection AF09 ... AF370 4-pole contactors
03
Selection table
4-pole AC / DC operated contactors AF09 AF16 AF26 AF38 AF40 AF52 AF80 AF116 AF140 AF190 AF205 AF265 AF305 AF370
Lamp characteristics Maximum permissible number of lamps per phase
W A μF
High pressure sodium vapour lamps without compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
150 1.8 - 7 9 11 12 18 24 30 45 54 74 80 103 119 144
250 3,0 - 4 5 7 7 11 14 18 27 33 44 48 62 71 86
400 4.4 - 3 3 4 5 7 10 12 18 22 30 33 42 49 59
600 6.2 - 2 2 3 3 5 7 8 13 16 21 23 30 34 42
1000 10.3 - 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 8 10 13 14 18 21 25
High pressure sodium vapour lamps with parallel compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
150 1,0 20 12 12 21 23 33 43 55 93 112 152 164 212 244 296
250 1.5 36 7 7 14 15 22 29 36 62 75 101 109 141 163 197
400 2.5 48 5 5 8 9 13 17 22 37 45 61 66 85 98 118
600 3.3 65 3 3 6 6 10 13 16 28 34 46 50 64 74 90
1000 6.2 100 2 2 3 3 5 7 8 15 18 25 26 34 39 48
High pressure mercury vapour lamps without compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
50 0.60 - 22 28 35 38 55 73 91 152 190 261 333 380 475 570
80 0.80 - 16 21 26 28 41 55 68 114 143 196 249 285 356 428
125 1.15 - 11 14 18 20 28 38 47 79 99 136 173 198 248 297
250 2.15 - 6 7 9 10 15 20 25 42 53 73 93 106 133 159
400 3.25 - 4 5 6 7 10 13 16 28 35 48 61 70 88 105
700 5.40 - 2 3 3 4 6 8 10 17 21 29 37 42 53 63
1000 7.50 - 1 2 2 3 4 5 7 12 15 21 27 30 38 46
Voltage: 380/415 V AC
2000 8 - 1 2 2 2 4 5 6 11 14 20 25 29 36 43
High pressure mercury vapour lamps with compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
50 0.28 7 36 36 75 79 117 157 196 326 407 560 713 814 1018 1221
80 0.43 8 31 31 48 53 76 102 127 212 265 365 464 530 663 795
125 0.66 10 20 25 31 34 50 66 83 138 173 238 302 345 432 518
250 1.28 18 10 13 16 17 25 34 42 71 89 122 156 178 223 267
400 2.05 25 6 8 10 11 16 21 26 44 56 76 97 111 139 167
700 3.55 40 3 4 5 6 9 12 15 26 32 44 56 64 80 96
1000 4.83 60 2 3 4 4 6 9 11 19 24 32 41 47 59 71
Voltage: 380/415 V AC
2000 5,45 35 2 3 3 4 6 8 10 17 21 29 37 42 52 63
Metal halide vapour lamps without compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
250 3 - 4 5 7 7 11 14 18 27 33 46 58 67 83 100
400 4 - 3 4 5 5 8 11 13 20 25 34 44 50 63 75
1000 9.5 - 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 8 11 14 18 21 26 32
2000 16.5 - 0 1 1 1 2 2 3 5 6 8 11 12 15 18
Voltage: 380/415 V AC
2000 10.5 - 1 1 2 2 3 4 5 8 10 13 17 19 24 29
Metal halide vapour lamps with compensation
Voltage: 220/240 V AC
250 1.32 33 7 7 15 16 25 33 41 69 86 119 151 173 216 259
400 2.22 45 5 5 9 10 14 19 24 41 51 71 90 103 128 154
1000 5.14 85 2 3 4 4 6 8 10 18 22 30 39 44 55 67
2000 11.5 148 1 1 1 2 2 3 4 8 10 14 17 20 25 30
Voltage: 380/415 V AC
2000 6.10 60 2 2 3 3 5 7 9 15 19 26 33 37 47 56
3/460 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Parallel connection of main poles
General
03
Purpose: Increasing the AC resistive load by wiring connection of main poles in parallel.
Remarks:
• Parallel connection of main poles to increase the DC resistive load is not acceptable
• Parallel connection of main poles does not increase the breaking capacity.
The table below shows the uprating factor for Ie / AC-1 max. in relation to the number of poles wired connected in parallel and for a
maximum switching frequency.
Note: The poles can be connected in parallel via following connecting strips. See details and permissible current in "Accessory" part.
• LP, LH, LY and LF for parallel connection of 2 or 3 poles
• LG for parallel connection of 4 poles.
L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2
L3 L3 L3
A826D
A827D
A825D
N N N
Contactors Factor to be applied to the rated operational current Ie / AC-1 to obtain the permissible current
AC operated DC operated Cycles / h Ie / AC-1 with "n" poles in parallel
3-pole contactors
AF09 ... AF96 AF09 ... AF96 600 1.6 2.2 –
AF116 … AF1250 AF116 … AF1250 300 1.6 2.2 –
AF1350 … AF2650 AF1350 … AF2650 30 1.6 2.2 –
4-pole contactors
AF09 ... AF38 AF09 ... AF38 600 1.6 2.2 2.6
A45 ... A75
AF45 ... AF75 AE45 ... AE75 300 1.6 2.2 2.6
TAE45 ... TAE75
AF45 ... AF75
EK EK 300 1.6 2.2 2.8
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/461
—
Temporary or intermittent duty
03
Utilization of contactors for temporary / intermittent duty
The table below shows the factor (known as "On-load factor") to be applied to the rated operational current Ie / AC-1 to obtain the
permissible operational current Ie / AC-1 in relation to the switching frequency and the current flow time per cycle.
Example:
AF09 contactor (intermittent duty, resistive load)
Rated operational current Ie / AC-1 at 60 °C
(see "Technical data: main pole utilization characteristics") 25 A
Switching frequency 2 operating cycles/h
Current flow time per cycle 20 s
Factor to be applied to the current Ie / AC-1 2.7
Permissible current: 2.7 x 25 = 67 A
3/462 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Influence of the length of conductors used in contactor control circuit
Under certain conditions the excessive length of the control circuit conductors may prevent the
03
The graph has been drawn for a max. line voltage drop of 5 %.
Coil pull-in consumption (average value)
1SFC101133V0001
Permissible single length for the control circuit conductors on contactor closing:
Depending on the coil pull-in power consumption on the supply voltage and on the control circuit conductor cross-sectional area.
30000 20000
10000
20000 5000
10000
5000
3000
10000 66
5000 2900 2000 0V
-6
5000 90
3000 50 V
1000 38 0V
0V
3000 2000 -4
1000 00
2000 500 V
1000 22
0V
500 300 -2
1000 30
500 300 200 V
500 200 11
300
100 0V
300 200
100
200 50 60
100 V
50
30 48
100 V
50 30 20
50 30 20 24
10 V
30 20
10
20 5
10
5 3
10
5 3 2
5 3 2 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
4 2.5 1.5 1
4 2.5 1.5 1 1 2 3 5 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 500 1000 2000 5000 10000
Example AF09 contactor: Coil voltage: 230 V 50 Hz, contactor coil pull-in power consumption: 50 VA, control circuit conductor
cross-sectional area: Cu 1.5 mm². Max. permissible length: 2900 m.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/463
—
Influence of the length of conductors used in contactor control circuit
Single control line length Contactor Opening (contactor with AC operated coil)
03
Under certain conditions, an AC operated contactor does not open when the control circuit is
de-energized.
This is due to a critical capacity of the excessively long control circuit line and the type of contactor
coil control layout (see diagrams A and B opposite). This may be caused by the following factors:
A841D
Permissible single length for the control circuit conductors on contactor opening:
Depending on the coil holding power consumption, on the supply voltage and on the control circuit conductor capacity.
1700 2000 2500 3300 5000 10000
Single line length in m
2000 V
1000 2000 24
3000
1000 5000
V
1000 2000
48
500 1000 3000 V
500
60
500 1000 2000
300
300 500 0V
200 300 11
200 500 1000 V
300 30
200 -2
100 200 0V
300
500
22 V
100
00
100 200
-4
50 100 300 0V
38
50 V
100 200 0V 90
-6
50
30 50
30 50 0V
20 30
66
20 50 100
30
20
10 20 30
10 50
10
17
5 10 30
5
5 10 20
3
3 5
2 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 5 7 9
1.7 2 2.5 3.3 5 10
0.60 0.50 0.40 0.30 0.20 0.10 1 2 3 5 7 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000
2.2 Coil holding consumption in VA
Line capacitance in μF/km
Example AF16 contactor: Coil voltage Uc = 500 V, 50 Hz, 2.2 VA contactor coil holding consumption, control type: diagram A, via
maintained pushbutton, and 2-core cable with a capacity of 0.2 μF/km. Max. permissible length: 17 m.
3/464 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Voltage code table
03
The below tables indicate the available coil voltages and corresponding digits for order codes. When placing an order, please
give the order code. Select a standard contactor from ordering detail pages. Change the coil voltage code in the order code
according to the table below. Example: for contactor AF400-30-11 and coil 100...250 V 50/60 Hz, the order code is:
1SFL577001R7011.
A F0 9 - 3 0 - 10 - 1 3 1 S B L 1 3 70 01R 1 3 10
AC coil code DC coil code
50/60 Hz
N.O. N.C. 41 24...60 V -
Main contacts 11 24...60 V 20...60 V
12 48...130 V 48...130 V
13 100...250 V 100...250 V
14 250...500 V 250...500 V
Contactor type
AF.. AC / DC operated Coil 41: not available for AF116 ... AF370
A F4 0 0 - 3 0 - 11 1 S FL 57 70 01R 6 9 11
AC coil code DC coil code
50/60 Hz
N.O. N.C.
68 - 24...60 V
Main contacts
69 48...130 V 48...130 V
70 100...250 V 100...250 V
71 250...500 V 250...500 V
AF.. Contactor type Coil 68, 69, 71: not available for AF1350 ... AF2650
AC / DC operated
A F0 9 Z - 3 0 - 10 - 2 1 1 S B L 1 3 6 0 01R 2 1 10
AC coil code DC coil code
50/60 Hz
N.O. N.C. 20 - 12...20 V
Main contacts 21 24...60 V 20...60 V
22 48...130 V 48...130 V
23 100...250 V 100...250 V
Contactor type
AF..
AC / DC operated
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/465
—
Voltage code table
03
NF contactor relays
Type Order code
NF 22 E - 13 1SBH137001R 13 22
AC coil code DC coil code
50/60 Hz
N.O. N.C. 41 24...60 V -
Number contacts 11 24...60 V 20...60 V
12 48...130 V 48...130 V
13 100...250 V 100...250 V
Contactor type 14 250...500 V 250...500 V
NF AC / DC operated
NF 33 / 11 - 13 1SBH137001R 13 39
AC coil code DC coil code
50/60 Hz
N.O. N.C. 41 24...60 V -
Number contacts 11 24...60 V 20...60 V
12 48...130 V 48...130 V
13 100...250 V 100...250 V
Contactor type 14 250...500 V 250...500 V
NF AC / DC operated
NF Z 22 E - 21 1SBH136001R 21 22
AC coil code DC coil code
50/60 Hz
N.O. N.C. 20 - 12...20 V
Number contacts 21 24...60 V 20...60 V
22 48...130 V 48...130 V
23 100...250 V 100...250 V
Contactor type
NF AC / DC operated
NF Z 33 / 11 - 21 1SBH136001R 21 39
AC coil code DC coil code
50/60 Hz
N.O. N.C. 20 - 12...20 V
Number contacts 21 24...60 V 20...60 V
22 48...130 V 48...130 V
23 100...250 V 100...250 V
Contactor type
NF AC / DC operated
3/466 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Voltage code table
03
GA contactors
GAF185 - 10 - 11 1SFL497025R 69 11
AC coil code DC coil code
50/60 Hz
N.O. N.C. 72 - 20...60 V
Main contacts 69 48...130 V 48...130 V
70 100...250 V 100...250 V
Contactor type
GAF
AC / DC operated
GAF460 - 10 - 11 1SFL597025R 69 11
AC coil code DC coil code
50/60 Hz
N.O. N.C. 68 - 24...60 V
Main contacts 69 48...130 V 48...130 V
70 100...250 V 100...250 V
71 250...500 V 250...500 V
Contactor type
GAF
AC / DC operated
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/467
—
Voltage code table
03
GAF1650, GAF2050 contactors
Auxiliary contacts
N.O. N.C.
Type Order code
GAF1650 - 10 - 11 1SFL677025R 70 11
AC coil code DC coil code
50/60 Hz
N.O. N.C. 70 100...250 V 100...250 V
Main contacts
UA..RA contactors
Auxiliary contacts
N.O. N.C.
Contactors: UA..RA
Type Order code AC coil code
50 Hz 60 Hz
UA16 - 30 - 10 RA 1SBL181024R 84 10 81 24 V 24 V
84 110 V 110...120 V
89 110...115 V 115...127 V
N.O. N.C. 36 190 V 220 V
Main contacts 80 220...230 V 230...240 V
88 230...240 V 240...260 V
85 380...400 V 400...415 V
Contactor type 86 400...415 V 415...440 V
UA..RA Capacitor switching - AC operated 75 200 V 200...220 V
UA contactors
Auxiliary contacts
N.O. N.C. Contactors: UA
Type Order code AC coil code
50 Hz 60 Hz
UA16 - 30 - 10 1SBL181022R 83 10 81 24 V 24 V
83 48 V 48 V
84 110 V 110...120 V
N.O. N.C. 89 110...115 V 115...127 V
Main contacts 36 190 V 220 V
80 220...230 V 230...240 V
88 230...240 V 240...260 V
Contactor type 42 230...240 V 277 V
UA Capacitor switching - AC operated 85 380...400 V 400...415 V
86 400...415 V 415...440 V
75 200 V 200...220 V
—
Voltage code table
03
Contactor type
EK AC operated or DC operated DC coil code
DD 48 V
DE 110 V
DU 125 V
DF 220 V
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/469
03
3/470 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Questionnaire for product specifications:
Block contactors
Segments: Date:
Application
Type: No of phases:
Control circuit
Utilisation category (AC/DC): % AC4 if any: Rated control Uc voltage: V DC AC f: Hz
Rated operational voltage Ue: V Cos j: Minimum / maximum: V to V
Surge suppressor: type:
Frequency: Hz L/R: ms Interface with PLC: mA V DC
Nominal current In: A Accessories:
Making current: A Breaking current: A Number of auxiliary contacts: N.O.: N.C.:
Duty: continuous temporary intermittent Low level contacts: mA V DC AC
Load factor (% of ON time): %
Number of cycles per hour: or per year:
Expected durability: operating cycles
Number of main poles N.O.: N.C.:
Other information:
Protection
Short circuit protection:
Type: Fuse Circuit breaker Manual motor starter
Max short circuit current: A
Motor protection: Overload relay Manual Motor
Starter Electronic overload relay
Installation
Ambient temperature:
Ambient environment:
Humidity: % Logistic and packaging
Chemical pollution:
Quantity by batch:
Other:
Delivery order:
Mounting position, see drawing below (Position 6:
Expected quantity: per year
please consult factory):
Expected first delivery date: and Qty:
Quantity on first 6 month: on first year:
Pos. 2 +30° -30°
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
Approvals and other requirements
Pos. 1 Pos. 1 ± 30° Pos. 5 Pos. 6
Reference standards:
Required approvals:
Wiring: Clamping screws or cage connectors
Customer specifications:
Cable lugs (ring tongue)
Shock and vibrations:
Other: Cross section:
Specific quality assurance clauses:
Additional comments:
Other comments:
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 3/471
—
Questionnaire for product specifications:
Block contactors
Other comments:
03
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Operating cycle
Includes one making operation and one breaking operation.
Electrical Durability
Number of on-load operating cycles that the contactor is able to carry out. It depends on the utilization category.
Mechanical Durability
Number of no-current operating cycles that the contactor is able to carry out
Load Factor
Ratio of the on-load operating time to the total cycle time x 100 (%).
Intermittent Duty
Duty during which the contactor is successively closed or open for periods which are too short to enable the contactor to achieve
thermal balance.
Temporary Duty
Duty in which the main contacts of the contactor remain closed for periods insufficient to allow the equipment to reach stabilized
temperature, the unload periods being separated by off-load periods of sufficient duration to restore the ambient temperature
Continuous Duty
Duty in which the main contacts of the contactor remain closed, with a continuous current during enough time to reach thermal sta-
bilization, but no more than eight hours without interruption.
Ambient Temperature
Air temperature close to the contactor.
Mounting Position
Comply with the manufacturer's instructions. Restrictions could be taken into account for certain mounting positions.
A contactor's duty is characterized by the utilization category together with the rated operational voltage and current indicated:
www.abb.com/productdetails/GJL1213001R0107
—
B, M mini contactors
K, M mini contactor relays
www.abb.com/productdetails/GJL1213001R0107
—
B mini contactors
K mini contactor relays
4/5 Presentation
4/8 Overview
With screw terminals
4/10 3-pole contactors AC and DC operated
4/12 3-pole reversing contactors AC and DC operated
4/16 3-pole low consumption contactors DC operated
4/17 4-pole contactors AC and DC operated
4/19 Contactor relays AC and DC operated
4/21 Low consumption contactor relays DC operated
With soldering pins
4/22 3-pole contactors AC and DC operated
4/24 3-pole reversing contactors AC and DC operated
4/28 3-pole low consumption contactors DC operated
4/29 Contactor relays AC and DC operated
4/31 Low consumption contactor relays DC operated
With flat pin connection
4/32 3-pole contactors AC and DC operated
4/34 3-pole reversing contactors AC and DC operated
4/38 3-pole low consumption contactors DC operated
4/39 Contactor relays AC and DC operated
4/41 Low consumption contactor relays DC operated
4/42 Technical data
4/49 Accessories
4/52 Terminal marking and positioning
4/53 Dimension drawings
4/4 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
04
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 4/5
—
B mini contactors
Flexibility in small spaces
04
B mini contactors are ideally Space-saving
suited for applications where Designed to be mini
This type of contactor is a specialist for applica-
reliability is a must and space is at tions in small spaces. It comes with three differ-
a premium. The dimensions, ent terminal types. Side or front auxiliary contact
blocks can be mounted to match the require-
technical features and the variety ments of width or depth limitations.
of the assortment provide
customers a high flexibility in a Optimum interface
Great flexibility
wide-range of applications. B mini contactors offer many possibilities to
adapt to any project. It offers screw terminals,
soldering pins or flat pin connectors and different
coil versions. This makes this contactor a perfect
fit and simplifies the installation greatly.
—
B mini contactors
Smart - flexibility and diversity in a small size
04
AC
or
DC
Mountable in just about any place Save assembly time Perfect fit
According to the available space, auxil- This range offers reversing starters B mini contactors match manual motor
iary contacts can be mounted on the delivered as one piece from the factory. starters or overload relays. This
front or at the side of the B mini. Also, It avoids mounting mistakes and creates a space-saving and easy to
additional surge protection can be fit- secures o peration. It is also available install motor starting solution for a
ted on any side of the contactor. with m echanical interlock for special complete protection and control of
demands. your devices.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 4/7
—
B mini contactors
Compact - a tiny specialist for specific needs
04
control by PLC. Dedicated relay versions for control functions or for small loads
are also a
vailable.
Marine applications
B mini contactors are covered by the most im-
portant marine approvals in order to ensure their
suitability also for applications close to the see.
4/8 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
B mini contactors
Screw terminals
AC Control supply
3-pole contactors Coil consumption 3.5 VA Type B6 B7 - -
3-pole reversing contactors Coil consumption 3.5 VA Type - - VB6 VB7
04
DC Control supply
3-pole contactors Coil consumption 3.5 W Type BC6 BC7 - -
B7D (1)
3-pole reversing contactors Coil consumption 3.5 W Type - - VBC6 VBC7
VBC6A (2) VBC7A (2)
3-pole low consumption contactors Coil consumption 1.4 ... 2.8 W Type BC6 BC7 (3) (3)
B6S (1) B7S (1)
4-pole contactors Coil consumption 3.5 W Type BC6 B7D (3) (3)
IEC Rated operational power AC-3 220-230-240 V kW 2.2 3 2.2 3
380-400 V kW 4 5.5 4 5.5
Rated operational current AC-1 400 V, θ ≤ 40 °C A 20 20 20 20
UL/CSA 3-phase motor rating 220-240 V AC hp 2 3 2 3
440-480 V AC hp 3 5 3 5
General use rating A 12 (300 V) 16 (600 V) 12 (300 V) 16 (600 V)
Main accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks Front mounting CAF6
Side mounting CA6 -
Connection sets For reversing contactors BSM6-30
Surge suppressors Varistor (AC/DC) RV-BC6
Overload relays
Thermal overload relays Class 10 T16
Thermal and phase failure protection, with single setup possible
Electronic overload relays Class 10E, 20E, 30E E16DU
With single setup possible
—
K mini contactor relays
Screw terminals
AC Control supply
4-pole contactor relays Coil consumption 3.5 VA Type K6
DC Control supply
4-pole contactor relays Coil consumption 3.5 W Type KC6
4-pole low consumption contactor relays Coil consumption 1.4 ... 2.8 W Type KC6, K6S (1)
IEC Rated operational current AC-15 220-230-240 V A 4
380-400 V A 3
Rated operational current DC-13 24 V A 2.5
Main accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks Front mounting CAF6
Side mounting CA6-11K
(1) With integrated surge suppressor
(2) With safety blocking function
(3) Please visit: https://new.abb.com/low-voltage/products/motor-protection/3-pole-contactors-and-overload-relays-for-motor-starting/mini-contactors
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 4/9
04
VB6A...P (2) VB7A...P (2) VB6A...F (2) VB7A...F (2)
(3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3)
- -
CA6-11K-P - CA6-11K-F -
- -
- -
- -
- -
K6...P K6...F
KC6...P KC6...F
KC6...P KC6...F
4 4
3 3
2.5 2.5
- -
CA6-11K-P CA6-11K-F
4/10 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
B6, B7 3-pole mini contactors – with screw terminals
4 to 5.5 kW
AC operated
B6, B7 3-pole mini contactors are compact control products mainly used for switching resistive or
motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These contactors are designed with 3 main poles and one built-in auxiliary contact:
• control circuit: AC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 VA at pull-in and at holding)
2CDC211001F0010
• hum-free coil
• contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
04
of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
B6-30-10 • add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories
• suitable for rail or wall mounting
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use Uc fitted
2CDC211014F0011
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating 50 Hz 60 Hz
400 V 480 V
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp V AC V AC kg
B7-30-10
B6 mini contactors
4 20 3 300 V / 24 24 1 0 B6-30-10-01 GJL1211001R0101 10 0.175
12 A 0 1 B6-30-01-01 GJL1211001R0011 10 0.175
48 48 1 0 B6-30-10-03 GJL1211001R0103 10 0.175
0 1 B6-30-01-03 GJL1211001R0013 10 0.175
110 … 127 110 … 127 1 0 B6-30-10-84 GJL1211001R8104 10 0.175
0 1 B6-30-01-84 GJL1211001R8014 10 0.175
220 … 240 220 … 240 1 0 B6-30-10-80 GJL1211001R8100 10 0.175
0 1 B6-30-01-80 GJL1211001R8010 10 0.175
380 … 415 380 … 415 1 0 B6-30-10-85 GJL1211001R8105 10 0.175
0 1 B6-30-01-85 GJL1211001R8015 10 0.175
B7 mini contactors
5.5 20 5 600 V / 24 24 1 0 B7-30-10-01 GJL1311001R0101 10 0.175
16 A 0 1 B7-30-01-01 GJL1311001R0011 10 0.175
48 48 1 0 B7-30-10-03 GJL1311001R0103 10 0.175
0 1 B7-30-01-03 GJL1311001R0013 10 0.175
110 … 127 110 … 127 1 0 B7-30-10-84 GJL1311001R8104 10 0.175
0 1 B7-30-01-84 GJL1311001R8014 10 0.175
220 … 240 220 … 240 1 0 B7-30-10-80 GJL1311001R8100 10 0.175
0 1 B7-30-01-80 GJL1311001R8010 10 0.175
380 … 415 380 … 415 1 0 B7-30-10-85 GJL1311001R8105 10 0.175
0 1 B7-30-01-85 GJL1311001R8015 10 0.175
Other types on request
1.78"
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
4.5 0.18"
B6, B7
—
BC6, BC7, B7D 3-pole mini contactors – with screw terminals
4 to 5.5 kW
DC operated
BC6, BC7, B7D 3-pole mini contactors are compact control products mainly used for switching
resistive or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These contactors are designed with 3 main poles and one built-in auxiliary contact:
2CDC211040F0011
• control circuit: DC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 W at pull-in and at holding)
• hum-free coil
• contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
04
of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
BC6-30-10 • add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories
• suitable for rail or wall mounting
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
2CDC211013F0011
1.78"
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
4.5 0.18"
—
VB6, VB7 3-pole mini reversing contactors – with screw terminals
4 to 5.5 kW
AC operated
VB6, VB7 3-pole compact design reversing contactors are space optimized control products
2CDC211006F0011
mainly used for switching resistive or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These reversing contactors are designed with:
• built-in mechanical interlock. The coils must be mutually interlocked electrically and coils must
be de-energised for 50 ms at least to prevent phase to phase short circuit on the arc
• control circuit: AC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 VA at pull-in and at holding)
04
• hum-free coil
VB7-30-10 • contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front mounting
• suitable for rail or wall mounting
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use Uc fitted
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating 50 Hz 60 Hz
400 V 480 V
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp V AC V AC kg
46.7 1.84"
4.5 0.18"
VB6, VB7
—
VBC6, VBC7 3-pole mini reversing contactors – with screw terminals
4 to 5.5 kW
DC operated
VBC6, VBC7 3-pole compact design reversing contactors are space optimized control products
mainly used for switching resistive or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These reversing contactors are designed with:
2CDC211042F0011
• built-in mechanical interlock. The coils must be mutually interlocked electrically and coils must
be de-energised for 50 ms at least to prevent phase to phase short circuit on the arc
• control circuit: DC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 W at pull-in and at holding)
04
• hum-free coil
VBC6-30-10
• contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front mounting
• suitable for rail or wall mounting
2CDC211001F0011
46.7 1.84"
4.5 0.18"
VBC6, VBC7
—
VB6A, VB7A 3-pole mini reversing contactors – with screw terminals
4 to 5.5 kW
AC operated – with safety blocking function
VB6A, VB7A 3-pole compact design reversing contactors are space optimized control products
mainly used for switching resistive or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These reversing contactors are designed with:
2CDC211037F0011
• built-in mechanical interlock and safety blocking function. The safety blocking function is trig-
gered if the voltage is applied to the coil of the contactor to be switched on before the contactor
to be switched off has dropped out. The contactor coils are designed for continuous operation
04
when the contactor is de-energised i.e. the coil is not damaged if the mechanical interlock pre-
vents switch-on of the contactor with the coil voltage applied
VB6A-30-10
• control circuit: AC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 VA at pull-in and at holding)
• hum-free coil
• contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
2CDC211008F0011
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
VB7A-30-10 Uc fitted
power current motor use
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating
400 V 480 V 50 Hz 60 Hz
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp V AC V AC kg
46.7 1.84"
4.5 0.18"
VB6A, VB7A
—
VBC6A, VBC7A 3-pole mini reversing contactors – with screw terminals
4 to 5.5 kW
DC operated – with safety blocking function
VBC6A, VBC7A 3-pole compact design reversing contactors are space optimized control products
mainly used for switching resistive or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These reversing contactors are designed with:
2CDC211044F0011
• built-in mechanical interlock and safety blocking function. The safety blocking function is trig-
gered if the voltage is applied to the coil of the contactor to be switched on before the contac-
tor to be switched off has dropped out. The contactor coils are designed for continuous opera-
04
tion when the contactor is de-energised i.e. the coil is not damaged if the mechanical interlock
VBC6A-30-10 prevents switch-on of the contactor with the coil voltage applied
• control circuit: DC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 W at pull-in and at holding)
• hum-free coil
• contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
2CDC211007F0011
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
VBC7A-30-10 Uc fitted
power current motor use
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating
400 V 480 V
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp V DC kg
46.7 1.84"
4.5 0.18"
VBC6A, VBC7A
—
BC6, BC7 3-pole mini contactors – with screw terminals
4 to 5.5 kW
DC operated - low consumption
BC6, BC7 3-pole mini contactors are compact control products mainly used for s
witching resistive
or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These contactors are designed with 3 main poles and one built-in auxiliary contact:
2CDC211040F0011
• contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
BC6-30-10 of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
• no auxiliary contact block permitted for mounting
• suitable for rail or wall mounting
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
2CDC211013F0011
DC operation 24 V / 1.4 W
4 20 3 300 V / 24 1 0 BC6-30-10-1.4-81 GJL1213001R8101 10 0.175
12 A 0 1 BC6-30-01-1.4-81 GJL1213001R8011 10 0.175
5.5 20 5 600 V / 24 1 0 BC7-30-10-1.4-81 GJL1313001R8101 10 0.175
16 A 0 1 BC7-30-01-1.4-81 GJL1313001R8011 10 0.175
DC operation 17 … 32 V / 2.4 W
4 20 3 300 V / 17 ... 32 1 0 BC6-30-10-2.4-51 GJL1213001R5101 10 0.175
12 A 0 1 BC6-30-01-2.4-51 GJL1213001R5011 10 0.175
5.5 20 5 600 V / 17 ... 32 1 0 BC7-30-10-2.4-51 GJL1313001R5101 10 0.175
16 A 0 1 BC7-30-01-2.4-51 GJL1313001R5011 10 0.175
DC operation 24 V / 1.7 W
4 20 3 300 V / 24 1 0 B6S-30-10-1.7-71 GJL1213001R7101 10 0.175
12 A 0 1 B6S-30-01-1.7-71 GJL1213001R7011 10 0.175
5.5 20 5 600 V / 24 1 0 B7S-30-10-1.7-71 GJL1313001R7101 10 0.175
16 A 0 1 B7S-30-01-1.7-71 GJL1313001R7011 10 0.175
DC operation 17 … 32 V / 2.8 W
4 20 3 300 V / 17 ... 32 1 0 B6S-30-10-2.8-72 GJL1213001R7102 10 0.175
12 A 0 1 B6S-30-01-2.8-72 GJL1213001R7012 10 0.175
5.5 20 5 600 V / 17 ... 32 1 0 B7S-30-10-2.8-72 GJL1313001R7102 10 0.175
16 A 0 1 B7S-30-01-2.8-72 GJL1313001R7012 10 0.175
Other types on request
1.78"
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
4.5 0.18"
BC6, BC7
—
B6, B7 4-pole mini contactors – with screw terminals
4 to 5.5 kW
AC operated
B6, B7 4-pole mini contactors are compact control products mainly used for switching resistive
loads up to 690 V AC.
These contactors are designed with 4 main poles:
• control circuit: AC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 VA at pull-in and at holding)
2CDC211028F0011
• hum-free coil
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories
04
• suitable for rail or wall mounting
B6-22-00
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational General use circuit voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
current rating Uc fitted
θ ≤ 40 °C 50/60 Hz
AC-1
A V AC kg
1.78"
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
4.5 0.18"
B6, B7
—
BC6, BC7, B7D 4-pole mini contactors – with screw terminals
4 to 5.5 kW
DC operated
B6, B7, B7D 4-pole mini contactors are compact control products mainly used for switching resis-
tive loads up to 690 V AC.
These contactors are designed with 4 main poles:
• control circuit: DC operated, low coil consumption (3.5 W at pull-in and at holding)
2CDC211032F0011
• hum-free coil
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories
04
1.78"
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
4.5 0.18"
BC6, B7D
—
K6 4-pole mini contactor relays – with screw terminals
AC operated
K6 4-pole mini-contactor relays are space optimized control products mainly used for control
functions or for small loads up to AC-15 4 A / 240 V.
These contactors are designed with 4 poles with various contact combinations:
• control circuit: AC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 VA at pull-in and at holding)
2CDC211012F0011
• hum-free coil
• contacts configurations 22 and 31 fulfill the requirements for Mechanically linked contacts acc.
04
to annex L of IEC/EN 60947-5-1
K6-22Z • add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting and a wide range of accessories
• suitable for rail or wall mounting
V AC V AC kg
1.78"
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
4.5 0.18"
K6
—
KC6 4-pole mini contactor relays – with screw terminals
DC operated
KC6 4-pole mini-contactor relays are space optimized control products mainly used for control
functions or for small loads up to AC-15 4 A / 240 V.
These contactors are designed with 4 poles with various contact combinations:
• control circuit: DC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 W at pull-in and at holding)
2CDC211016F0011
• hum-free coil
• contacts configurations 22 and 31 fulfill the requirements for Mechanically linked contacts acc.
04
1.78"
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
4.5 0.18"
KC6
—
KC6 4-pole mini contactor relays – with screw terminals
DC operated - low consumption
KC6 4-pole mini-contactor relays are space optimized control products mainly used for control
functions or for small loads up to AC-15 4 A / 240 V.
These contactors are designed with 4 poles with various contact combinations:
• control circuit: DC operated
2CDC211017F0011
• coil with very low energy consumption; suitable for direct control by PLC outputs
• hum-free coil
04
• contacts configurations 22 and 31 fulfill the requirements for Mechanically linked contacts acc.
KC6-31Z to annex L of IEC/EN 60947-5-1
• no auxiliary contact block permitted for mounting
• suitable for rail or wall mounting
DC operation 24 V / 1.4 W
24 KC6-31Z-1.4-81 GJH1213001R8311 10 0.175
24 KC6-40E-1.4-81 GJH1213001R8401 10 0.175
DC operation 24 V / 1.7 W
24 K6S-22Z-1.7-71 GJH1213001R7221 10 0.175
24 K6S-31Z-1.7-71 GJH1213001R7311 10 0.175
24 K6S-40E-1.7-71 GJH1213001R7401 10 0.175
1.78"
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
4.5 0.18"
KC6
—
B6, B7 3-pole mini contactors – with soldering pins
4 to 5.5 kW
AC operated
B6..P and B7..P 3-pole mini contactors are compact control products mainly used for switching
resistive or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These contactors are designed with 3 main poles and one built-in auxiliary contact:
2CDC211003F0010
• control circuit: AC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 VA at pull-in and at holding)
• hum-free coil
• contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
04
of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
B6-30-10-P
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting
• suitable for soldering on PCB boards
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use Uc fitted
2CDC211011F0011
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating 50 Hz 60 Hz
400 V 480 V
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp V AC V AC kg
B7-30-10-P
B6 mini contactors
4 12 3 300 V / 24 24 1 0 B6-30-10-P-01 GJL1211009R0101 10 0.170
8A 0 1 B6-30-01-P-01 GJL1211009R0011 10 0.170
48 48 1 0 B6-30-10-P-03 GJL1211009R0103 10 0.170
0 1 B6-30-01-P-03 GJL1211009R0013 10 0.170
110 … 127 110 … 127 1 0 B6-30-10-P-84 GJL1211009R8104 10 0.170
0 1 B6-30-01-P-84 GJL1211009R8014 10 0.170
220 … 240 220 … 240 1 0 B6-30-10-P-80 GJL1211009R8100 10 0.170
0 1 B6-30-01-P-80 GJL1211009R8010 10 0.170
380 … 415 380 … 415 1 0 B6-30-10-P-85 GJL1211009R8105 10 0.170
0 1 B6-30-01-P-85 GJL1211009R8015 10 0.170
B7 mini contactors
5.5 12 5 600 V / 24 24 1 0 B7-30-10-P-01 GJL1311009R0101 10 0.170
12 A 0 1 B7-30-01-P-01 GJL1311009R0011 10 0.170
48 48 1 0 B7-30-10-P-03 GJL1311009R0103 10 0.170
0 1 B7-30-01-P-03 GJL1311009R0013 10 0.170
110 … 127 110 … 127 1 0 B7-30-10-P-84 GJL1311009R8104 10 0.170
0 1 B7-30-01-P-84 GJL1311009R8014 10 0.170
220 … 240 220 … 240 1 0 B7-30-10-P-80 GJL1311009R8100 10 0.170
0 1 B7-30-01-P-80 GJL1311009R8010 10 0.170
380 … 415 380 … 415 1 0 B7-30-10-P-85 GJL1311009R8105 10 0.170
0 1 B7-30-01-P-85 GJL1311009R8015 10 0.170
Other types on request
42.2 1.66"
B6, B7
—
BC6, BC7 3-pole mini contactors – with soldering pins
4 to 5.5 kW
DC operated
B6..P and B7..P 3-pole mini contactors are compact control products mainly used for switching
resistive or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These contactors are designed with 3 main poles and one built-in auxiliary contact:
2CDC211030F0011
• control circuit: DC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 W at pull-in and at holding)
• hum-free coil
• contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
04
of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
BC7-30-10-P
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting
• suitable for soldering on PCB boards
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use Uc fitted
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating
400 V 480 V
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp V DC kg
42.2 1.66"
B6, B7
—
VB6, VB7 3-pole mini reversing contactors – with soldering pins
4 to 5.5 kW
AC operated
VB6..P, VB7..P 3-pole compact design reversing contactors are space optimized control products
mainly used for switching resistive or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These reversing contactors are designed with:
2CDC211010S0011
• built-in mechanical interlock. The coils must be mutually interlocked electrically and coils must
be de-energised for 50 ms at least to prevent phase to phase short circuit on the arc
• control circuit: AC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 VA at pull-in and at holding)
04
• hum-free coil
VB7-30-10-P • contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
• no auxiliary contact block permitted for mounting
• suitable for soldering on PCB boards
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use Uc fitted
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating 50 Hz 60 Hz
400 V 480 V
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp V AC V AC kg
45.2 1.78"
42.2 1.66"
1 0.04"
4.5 0.18"
VB6, VB7
—
VBC6, VBC7 3-pole mini reversing contactors – with soldering pins
4 to 5.5 kW
DC operated
VBC6..P, VBC7..P 3-pole compact design reversing contactors are space optimized control
products mainly used for switching resistive or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These reversing contactors are designed with:
2CDC211009F0011
• built-in mechanical interlock. The coils must be mutually interlocked electrically and coils must
be de-energised for 50 ms at least to prevent phase to phase short circuit on the arc
• control circuit: DC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 W at pull-in and at holding)
04
• hum-free coil
VBC7-30-10-P • contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
• no auxiliary contact block permitted for mounting
• suitable for soldering on PCB boards
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use voltage fitted
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating Uc
400 V 480 V
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp V DC kg
45.2 1.78"
42.2 1.66"
1 0.04"
4.5 0.18"
VBC6, VBC7
—
VB6A, VB7A 3-pole mini reversing contactors – with soldering pins
4 to 5.5 kW
AC operated – with safety blocking function
VB6A..P, VB7A..P 3-pole compact design reversing contactors are space optimized control
products mainly used for switching resistive or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These reversing contactors are designed with:
2CDC211013F0010
• built-in mechanical interlock and safety blocking function. The safety blocking function is
triggered if the voltage is applied to the coil of the contactor to be switched on before the
contactor to be switched off has dropped out. The contactor coils are designed for continuous
04
operation when the contactor is de-energised i.e. the coil is not damaged if the mechanical
VB7-30-01-P
interlock prevents switch-on of the contactor with the coil voltage applied
• control circuit: AC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 VA at pull-in and at holding)
• hum-free coil
• contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
• no auxiliary contact block permitted for mounting
• suitable for soldering on PCB boards
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use Uc fitted
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating 50 Hz 60 Hz
400 V 480 V
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp V AC V AC kg
45.2 1.78"
42.2 1.66"
1 0.04"
4.5 0.18"
VB6A, VB7A
—
VBC7A 3-pole mini reversing contactors – with soldering pins
4 to 5.5 kW
DC operated – with safety blocking function
VBC7A..P 3-pole compact design reversing contactors are space optimized control products
2CDC211009F0011
mainly used for switching resistive or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These reversing contactors are designed with:
• built-in mechanical interlock and safety blocking function. The safety blocking function is
triggered if the voltage is applied to the coil of the contactor to be switched on before the
contactor to be switched off has dropped out. The contactor coils are designed for continuous
04
operation when the contactor is de-energised i.e. the coil is not damaged if the mechanical
VBC7A-30-10-P
interlock prevents switch-on of the contactor with the coil voltage applied
• control circuit: DC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 W at pull-in and at holding)
• hum-free coil
• contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
• no auxiliary contact block permitted for mounting
• suitable for soldering on PCB boards
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use voltage fitted
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating Uc
400 V 480 V
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp V DC kg
45.2 1.78"
42.2 1.66"
1 0.04"
4.5 0.18"
VBC7A
—
BC6, BC7 3-pole mini contactors – with soldering pins
4 to 5.5 kW
DC operated - low consumption
BC6..P, BC7..P 3-pole mini contactors are compact control products mainly used for switching re-
sistive or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
2CDC211030F0011
These contactors are designed with 3 main poles and one built-in auxiliary contact:
• control circuit: DC operated
• coil with very low energy consumption; suitable for direct control by PLC outputs
• hum-free coil
04
BC7-30-10-P • contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
• no auxiliary contact block permitted for mounting
• suitable for soldering on PCB boards
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use Uc fitted
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating
400 V 480 V
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp V DC kg
DC operation 24 V / 1.4 W
4 12 3 300 V / 24 1 0 BC6-30-10-P-1.4-81 GJL1213009R8101 10 0.170
8 A 0 1 BC6-30-01-P-1.4-81 GJL1213009R8011 10 0.170
5.5 12 5 600 V / 24 1 0 BC7-30-10-P-1.4-81 GJL1313009R8101 10 0.170
12 A 0 1 BC7-30-01-P-1.4-81 GJL1313009R8011 10 0.170
42.2 1.66"
BC6, BC7
—
K6 4-pole mini contactor relays – with soldering pins
AC operated
K6..P 4-pole mini-contactor relays are space optimized control products mainly used for control
functions or for small loads up to 4 A.
2CDC211022F0011
These contactors are designed with 4 poles with various contact combinations:
• control circuit: AC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 VA at pull-in and at holding)
• hum-free coil
• contacts configurations 22 and 31 fulfill the requirements for Mechanically linked contacts acc.
04
to annex L of IEC/EN 60947-5-1
K6-22Z-P
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting
• suitable for soldering on PCB boards
42.2 1.66"
K6
—
KC6 4-pole mini contactor relays – with soldering pins
DC operated
KC6..P 4-pole mini-contactor relays are space optimized control products mainly used for control
functions or for small loads up to 4 A.
These contactors are designed with 4 poles with various contact combinations:
2CDC211025F0011
• control circuit: DC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 W at pull-in and at holding)
• hum-free coil
• contacts configurations 22 and 31 fulfill the requirements for Mechanically linked contacts acc.
04
V DC kg
4 N.O. contacts
24 KC6-40E-P-01 GJH1213009R0401 10 0.170
Other types on request.
42.2 1.66"
KC6
—
KC6 4-pole mini contactor relays – with solderings pins
DC operated - low consumption
KC6..P 4-pole mini-contactor relays are space optimized control products mainly used for control
functions or for small loads up to 4 A.
2CDC211023F0011
These contactors are designed with 4 poles with various contact combinations:
• control circuit: DC operated
• coil with very low energy consumption; suitable for direct control by PLC outputs
• hum-free coil
04
KC6-31Z-P-1.4
• contacts configuration 31 fulfills the requirements for Mechanically linked contacts acc.
to annex L of IEC/EN 60947-5-1
• no auxiliary contact block permitted for mounting
• suitable for soldering on PCB boards
DC operation 24 V / 1.4 W
24 KC6-31Z-P-1.4-81 GJH1213009R8311 10 0.170
24 KC6-40E-P-1.4-81 GJH1213009R8401 10 0.170
42.2 1.66"
KC6
—
B6, B7 3-pole mini contactors – with flat pin connection
4 to 5.5 kW
AC operated
B6..F, B7..F 3-pole mini contactors are compact control products mainly used for switching
resistive or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These contactors are designed with 3 main poles and one built-in auxiliary contact:
2CDC211002F0010
• flat pin connection for plug-in wiring and shake proven connection
• control circuit: AC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 VA at pull-in and at holding)
• hum-free coil
04
• contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
B6-30-10-F of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting
• suitable for rail or wall mounting
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
2CDC211031F0011
B6 mini contactors
4 20 3 300 V / 24 24 1 0 B6-30-10-F-01 GJL1211003R0101 10 0.170
12 A 0 1 B6-30-01-F-01 GJL1211003R0011 10 0.170
48 48 1 0 B6-30-10-F-03 GJL1211003R0103 10 0.170
0 1 B6-30-01-F-03 GJL1211003R0013 10 0.170
110 … 127 110 … 127 1 0 B6-30-10-F-84 GJL1211003R8104 10 0.170
0 1 B6-30-01-F-84 GJL1211003R8014 10 0.170
220 … 240 220 … 240 1 0 B6-30-10-F-80 GJL1211003R8100 10 0.170
0 1 B6-30-01-F-80 GJL1211003R8010 10 0.170
380 … 415 380 … 415 1 0 B6-30-10-F-85 GJL1211003R8105 10 0.170
0 1 B6-30-01-F-85 GJL1211003R8015 10 0.170
B7 mini contactors
5.5 20 5 600 V / 24 24 1 0 B7-30-10-F-01 GJL1311003R0101 10 0.170
16 A 0 1 B7-30-01-F-01 GJL1311003R0011 10 0.170
48 48 1 0 B7-30-10-F-03 GJL1311003R0103 10 0.170
0 1 B7-30-01-F-03 GJL1311003R0013 10 0.170
110 … 127 110 … 127 1 0 B7-30-10-F-84 GJL1311003R8104 10 0.170
0 1 B7-30-01-F-84 GJL1311003R8014 10 0.170
220 … 240 220 … 240 1 0 B7-30-10-F-80 GJL1311003R8100 10 0.170
0 1 B7-30-01-F-80 GJL1311003R8010 10 0.170
380 … 415 380 … 415 1 0 B7-30-10-F-85 GJL1311003R8105 10 0.170
0 1 B7-30-01-F-85 GJL1311003R8015 10 0.170
Other types on request
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
4.5 0.18"
B6, B7
—
BC6, BC7 3-pole mini contactors – with flat pin connection
4 to 5.5 kW
DC operated
BC6..F, BC7..F 3-pole mini contactors are compact control products mainly used for switching
resistive or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These contactors are designed with 3 main poles and one built-in auxiliary contact:
2CDC211041F0011
• flat pin connection for plug-in wiring and shake proven connection
• control circuit: DC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 W at pull-in and at holding)
• hum-free coil
04
• contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
BC6-30-10-F
of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting
• suitable for rail or wall mounting
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
2CDC211024F0011
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
4.5 0.18"
BC6, BC7
—
VB7 3-pole mini reversing contactors – with flat pin connection
4 to 5.5 kW
AC operated
VB7..F 3-pole compact design reversing contactors are space optimized control products mainly
2CDC211005F0011
used for switching resistive or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These reversing contactors are designed with:
• built-in mechanical interlock. The coils must be mutually interlocked electrically and coils must
be de-energised for 50 ms at least to prevent phase to phase short circuit on the arc
• flat pin connection for plug-in wiring and shake proven connection
04
• control circuit: AC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 VA at pull-in and at holding)
VB7-30-10-F • hum-free coil
• contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
• no auxiliary contact block permitted for mounting
• suitable for rail or wall mounting
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use Uc fitted
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating 50 Hz 60 Hz
400 V 480 V
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp V AC V AC kg
46.7 1.84"
45.2 1.78"
42.2 1.66"
4.5 0.18"
VB7
—
VBC7 3-pole mini reversing contactors – with flat pin connection
4 to 5.5 kW
DC operated
VBC7..F 3-pole compact design reversing contactors are space optimized control products mainly
2CDC211004F0011 used for switching resistive or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These reversing contactors are designed with:
• built-in mechanical interlock. The coils must be mutually interlocked electrically and coils must
be de-energised for 50 ms at least to prevent phase to phase short circuit on the arc
• flat pin connection for plug-in wiring and shake proven connection
04
VBC7-30-10-F • control circuit: DC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 W at pull-in and at holding)
• hum-free coil
• contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
• no auxiliary contact block permitted for mounting
• suitable for rail or wall mounting
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use Uc fitted
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating
400 V 480 V
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp V DC kg
46.7 1.84"
45.2 1.78"
42.2 1.66"
4.5 0.18"
VBC7
—
VB7A 3-pole mini reversing contactors – with flat pin connection
4 to 5.5 kW
AC operated – with safety blocking function
VB7A..F 3-pole compact design reversing contactors are space optimized control products mainly
2CDC211003F0011
used for switching resistive or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These reversing contactors are designed with:
• built-in mechanical interlock and safety blocking function. The safety blocking function is trig-
gered if the voltage is applied to the coil of the contactor to be switched on before the contactor
to be switched off has dropped out. The contactor coils are designed for continuous operation
04
when the contactor is de-energised i.e. the coil is not damaged if the mechanical interlock pre-
VB7A-30-10-F vents switch-on of the contactor with the coil voltage applied
• flat pin connection for plug-in wiring and shake proven connection
• control circuit: AC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 VA at pull-in and at holding)
• hum-free coil
• contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
• no auxiliary contact block permitted for mounting
• suitable for rail or wall mounting
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use Uc fitted
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating
400 V 480 V 50 Hz 60 Hz
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp V AC V AC pce kg
46.7 1.84"
45.2 1.78"
42.2 1.66"
4.5 0.18"
VB7A
—
VBC7A 3-pole mini reversing contactors – with flat pin connection
4 to 5.5 kW
DC operated – with safety blocking function
VBC7A..F 3-pole compact design reversing contactors are space optimized control products
2CDC211002F0011
mainly used for switching resistive or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These reversing contactors are designed with:
• built-in mechanical interlock and safety blocking function. The safety blocking function is trig-
gered if the voltage is applied to the coil of the contactor to be switched on before the contac-
tor to be switched off has dropped out. The contactor coils are designed for continuous opera-
04
tion when the contactor is de-energised i.e. the coil is not damaged if the mechanical interlock
VBC7A-30-10-F prevents switch-on of the contactor with the coil voltage applied
• flat pin connection for plug-in wiring and shake proven connection
• control circuit: DC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 W at pull-in and at holding)
• hum-free coil
• contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
• no auxiliary contact block permitted for mounting
• suitable for rail or wall mounting
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use Uc fitted
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating
400 V 480 V
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp V DC kg
46.7 1.84"
45.2 1.78"
42.2 1.66"
4.5 0.18"
VBC7A
—
BC6, BC7 3-pole mini contactors – with flat pin connection
4 to 5.5 kW
DC operated - low consumption
BC6..F, BC7..F 3-pole mini contactors are compact control products mainly used for switching re-
sistive or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These contactors are designed with 3 main poles and one built-in auxiliary contact:
2CDC211041F0011
• flat pin connection for plug-in wiring and shake proven connection
• control circuit: DC operated
• coil with very low energy consumption; suitable for direct control by PLC outputs
04
• hum-free coil
BC6-30-10-F
• contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
• no auxiliary contact block permitted for mounting
• suitable for rail or wall mounting
2CDC211024F0011
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use Uc fitted
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating
BC7-30-10-F 400 V 480 V
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp V DC kg
DC operation 24 V / 1.4 W
4 20 3 300 V / 24 1 0 BC6-30-10-F-1.4-81 GJL1213003R8101 10 0.170
12 A 0 1 BC6-30-01-F-1.4-81 GJL1213003R8011 10 0.170
5.5 20 5 600 V / 24 1 0 BC7-30-10-F-1.4-81 GJL1313003R8101 10 0.170
16 A 0 1 BC7-30-01-F-1.4-81 GJL1313003R8011 10 0.170
DC operation 17 … 32 V / 2.4 W
4 20 3 300 V / 17 ... 32 1 0 BC6-30-10-F-2.4-51 GJL1213003R5101 10 0.170
12 A 0 1 BC6-30-01-F-2.4-51 GJL1213003R5011 10 0.170
5.5 20 5 600 V / 17 ... 32 1 0 BC7-30-10-F-2.4-51 GJL1313003R5101 10 0.170
16 A 0 1 BC7-30-01-F-2.4-51 GJL1313003R5011 10 0.170
Other types on request
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
4.5 0.18"
BC6, BC7
—
BC6, BC7 3-pole mini contactors – with flat pin connection
4 to 5.5 kW
DC operated - low consumption
BC6..F, BC7..F 3-pole mini contactors are compact control products mainly used for switching re-
sistive or motor loads up to 690 V AC.
These contactors are designed with 3 main poles and one built-in auxiliary contact:
2CDC211041F0011
• flat pin connection for plug-in wiring and shake proven connection
• control circuit: DC operated
• coil with very low energy consumption; suitable for direct control by PLC outputs
04
• hum-free coil
BC6-30-10-F
• contacts configuration 30-01 fulfills the requirements for Mirror contacts acc. to annex F
of IEC/EN 60947-4-1
• no auxiliary contact block permitted for mounting
• suitable for rail or wall mounting
2CDC211024F0011
IEC UL/CSA Rated control Auxiliary Type Order code Pkg Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General circuit voltage contacts qty (1 pce)
power current motor use Uc fitted
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating
BC7-30-10-F 400 V 480 V
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp V DC kg
DC operation 24 V / 1.4 W
4 20 3 300 V / 24 1 0 BC6-30-10-F-1.4-81 GJL1213003R8101 10 0.170
12 A 0 1 BC6-30-01-F-1.4-81 GJL1213003R8011 10 0.170
5.5 20 5 600 V / 24 1 0 BC7-30-10-F-1.4-81 GJL1313003R8101 10 0.170
16 A 0 1 BC7-30-01-F-1.4-81 GJL1313003R8011 10 0.170
DC operation 17 … 32 V / 2.4 W
4 20 3 300 V / 17 ... 32 1 0 BC6-30-10-F-2.4-51 GJL1213003R5101 10 0.170
12 A 0 1 BC6-30-01-F-2.4-51 GJL1213003R5011 10 0.170
5.5 20 5 600 V / 17 ... 32 1 0 BC7-30-10-F-2.4-51 GJL1313003R5101 10 0.170
16 A 0 1 BC7-30-01-F-2.4-51 GJL1313003R5011 10 0.170
Other types on request
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
4.5 0.18"
BC6, BC7
—
KC6 4-pole mini contactor relays – with flat pin connection
DC operated
K6..F 4-pole mini-contactor relays are space optimized control products mainly used for control
functions or for small loads up to 4 A.
These contactors are designed with 4 poles with various contact combinations:
2CDC211029F0011
• flat pin connection for plug-in wiring and shake proven connection
• control circuit: DC operated, low consumption coil (3.5 W at pull-in and at holding)
• hum-free coil
04
• contacts configurations 22 and 31 fulfill the requirements for Mechanically linked contacts acc.
KC6-22Z-F-01
to annex L of IEC/EN 60947-5-1
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for side mounting
• suitable for rail or wall mounting
4 N.O. contacts
24 KC6-40E-F-01 GJH1213003R0401 10 0.170
Other types on request.
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
4.5 0.18"
KC6
Main dimensions mm, inches
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 4/41
—
KC6 4-pole mini contactor relays – with flat pin connection
DC operated - low consumption
KC6..F 4-pole mini-contactor relays are space optimized control products mainly used for control
functions or for small loads up to 4 A.
These contactors are designed with 4 poles with various contact combinations:
2CDC211033F0011
• flat pin connection for plug-in wiring and shake proven connection
• control circuit: DC operated
• coil with very low energy consumption; suitable for direct control by PLC outputs
04
KC6-31Z-F-05 • hum-free coil
• contacts configuration 31 fulfills the requirements for Mechanically linked contacts acc. to an-
nex L of IEC/EN 60947-5-1
• no auxiliary contact block permitted for mounting
• suitable for rail or wall mounting
DC operation 24 V / 1.4 W
24 KC6-31Z-F-1.4-81 GJH1213003R8311 10 0.170
24 KC6-40E-F-1.4-81 GJH1213003R8401 10 0.170
1.66"
57.5
45.2
42.2
4.5 0.18"
KC6
—
B6, B7, BC6, BC7 3- and 4-pole mini contactors
VB6, VB7, VBC6, VBC7 3- and 4-pole mini reversing contactors
Technical data
DC-1 / DC-3 / DC-5 Utilization category for air temperature close to the contactor θ ≤ 55 °C - valid for B7 only
Ie / Rated operational current Per pole Two poles in series Three poles in series
24 V 48 V 60 V 110 V 220 V 24 V 48 V 60 V 110 V 220 V 24 V 48 V 60 V 110 V 220 V
DC-1 (L/R ≤ 1 ms) 16 A 16 A 16 A 5A 0.6 A 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 A 5A 16 A 16 A 16 A 16 A 14 A
DC-3 (L/R ≤ 2 ms) 16 A 8A 8A 1.5 A 0.25 A 16 A 16 A 16 A 7A 1.5 A 16 A 16 A 16 A 15 A 4A
DC-5 (L/R ≤ 7.5 ms) 16 A 2A 2A 0.4 A 0.2 A 16 A 16 A 16 A 2A 1A 16 A 16 A 16 A 8A 2A
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 4/43
—
B6, B7, BC6, BC7 3- and 4-pole mini contactors
VB6, VB7, VBC6, VBC7 3- and 4-pole mini reversing contactors
Technical data
04
UL/CSA maximum 1-phase motor rating
Full load current 120 V AC 5.8 A 13.8 A
240 V AC 4.9 A 10.0 A
Horse power rating 120 V AC 0.25 hp 0.75 hp
240 V AC 0.5 hp 1.5 hp
UL/CSA maximum 3-phase motor rating
Full load current (1) 200 / 208 V AC 4.8 / 4.6 A 7.8 / 10.6 A
220-240 V AC 6.8 A 9.6 A
440-480 V AC 4.8 A 7.6 A
550-600 V AC 1.7 A 6.1 A
Horse power rating (1) 200 / 208 V AC 1 hp 2 / 3 hp
220-240 V AC 2 hp 3 hp
440-480 V AC 3 hp 5 hp
550-600 V AC 1 hp 5 hp
Resistive 300 V per pole 8A 8A
Heating
Incandescent Lamps 300 V per pole 6A 6A
Fluorescent Lamps 300 V per pole 8.4 A 8.4 A
Short-circuit protection device for contactors
without thermal overload relay - motor protection excluded
High fault current 600 V 100 kA (3)
Fuse rating 600 V 40 A
Fuse type 600 V Class J
(1) For the corresponding kW/A or hp/A values of 1500 r.p.m, 50 Hz or 1800 r.p.m, 60 Hz, 3-phase motors, see "Motor rated operational powers and currents".
(2) Versions equipped with soldering pin terminals: 8 A / 300 V for B6 series and 12 A / 600 V for B7 series
(3) Versions equipped with flat and soldering pin terminals: 5 kA
—
B6, B7, BC6, BC7 3- and 4-pole mini contactors
VB6, VB7, VBC6, VBC7 3- and 4-pole mini reversing contactors
Technical data
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
—
B6, B7, BC6, BC7 3- and 4-pole mini contactors
VB6, VB7, VBC6, VBC7 3- and 4-pole mini reversing contactors
Technical data
04
Ie / Rated operational current AC-15 24 V 4A
110-120 V 4A
220-230-240 V 4A
380-400 V 3A
440 V 3A
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13 24 V 2.5 A
110 V 0.7 A
220 - 240 V 0.4 A
Short-circuit protection device - fuse type gG 6A
Minimum switching capacity with failure rate 17 V / 5 mA
acc. to IEC 60947-5-4
Maximum electrical switching frequency AC-15 600 cycles/h
DC-13 600 cycles/h
Connection characteristics
Contactor types AC operated B6, VB6, VB6A B7, VB7, VB7A
DC operated BC6, VBC6, VBC6A BC7, VBC7, VBC7A
Terminals (1)
—
K6, KC6 4-pole mini contactor relays
Technical data
—
K6, KC6 4-pole mini contactor relays
Technical data
04
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 6 kV
Electromagnetic compatibility
Ambient air temperature close to contactor relay Operation -25 ... +55 °C
in free air
Storage -40 ... +80 °C
Climatic withstand Acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-30
Maximum operating altitude (without derating) 2000 m
Mechanical durability 107 operating cycles
Resistance to shock Half-sine
acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-27 15 g / 11ms
acc. to IEC/EN 60947-1 Annex. Q Category E
Resistance to vibrations Sinusoidal
acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-6 5 g / 3 ... 150 Hz
acc. to IEC/EN 60947-1 Annex. Q Category E
—
K6, KC6 4-pole mini contactor relays
Technical data
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC operated K6
DC operated KC6
Terminals (1)
—
Accessories for B mini contactors
kg
CAF6-11N
Front mounted instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks (1) (2) (3)
04
B6-, B7-40-00, BC6-, BC7-40-00 1 1 CAF6-11E GJL1201330R0002 10 0.020
VB6, VB7, VBC6, VBC7, VB6A, VB7A 2 0 CAF6-20E GJL1201330R0006 10 0.020
VBC6A, VBC7A 0 2 CAF6-02E GJL1201330R0010 10 0.020
B6-, B7-30-10, BC6-, BC7-30-10 1 1 CAF6-11M GJL1201330R0003 10 0.020
VB6, VB7, VBC6, VBC7, VB6A, VB7A 2 0 CAF6-20M GJL1201330R0007 10 0.020
2CDC211008S0010
Side mounted instantaneous auxiliary contact block with soldering pins (1) (2) (3)
B6-, B7-40-00-P, BC6-,BC7-40-00-P 1 1 CA6-11E-P GJL1201319R0002 10 0.025
2CDC211018S0011
Side mounted instantaneous auxiliary contact block with flat pin connection (1) (2) (3)
CA6-11E-P B6-, B7-40-00-F, BC6-,BC7-40-00-F 1 1 CA6-11E-F GJL1201318R0002 10 0.025
B6-, B7-30-10-F, BC6-, BC7-30-10-F 1 1 CA6-11M-F GJL1201318R0003 10 0.025
B6-, B7-30-01-F, BC6-, BC7-30-01-F 1 1 CA6-11N-F GJL1201318R0004 10 0.025
(1) Not allowed for mounting on B6S, B7S and low consumption contactors.
(2) CA6 and CAF6 must not be fitted simultaneously.
(3) The auxiliary contacts in the front or side blocks are not Mirror contacts.
Suitable for Rated control Connection type Type Order code Pkg Weight
CA6-11E-F circuit voltage UC qty (1 pce)
V DC kg
2CDC211007S0010
LT6-B
4/50 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Accessories for K mini contactor relays
kg
CAF6-11K Front mounted instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks (1) (2) (3)
04
Side mounted instantaneous auxiliary contact block with soldering pins (1) (2) (3)
K6..P, KC6..P 1 1 CA6-11K-P GJL1201319R0001 10 0.025
Side mounted instantaneous auxiliary contact block with flat pin connection (1) (2) (3)
CA6-11K K6..F, KC6..F 1 1 CA6-11K-F GJL1201318R0001 10 0.025
Suitable for Rated control Connection type Type Order code Pkg Weight
circuit voltage qty (1 pce)
UC
V DC kg
CA6-11K-P
CA6-11K-F
2CDC211006S0010
LT6-B
2CDC211007S0010
RV-BC6/250
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 4/51
—
B6, B7, BC6, BC7 3- and 4-pole mini contactors
VB6, VB7, VBC6, VBC7 3- and 4-pole mini reversing contactors
Technical data
Auxiliary contacts for front mounting and side mounting according to IEC
Types CA6, CAF6
Standards IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-1
Rated operational voltage Ue max 690 V
Rated frequency (without derating) DC or 50 / 60 Hz
Conventional free-air thermal current lth θ ≤ 40 °C 6A
04
Ie / Rated operational current AC-15 24 V 50/60 Hz 4A
110-120 V 50/60 Hz 4A
220-230-240 V 4A
50/60 Hz
380-400 V 50/60 Hz 3A
440 V 50/60 Hz 3A
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13 24 V DC 2.5 A
110 V DC 0.7 A
220 - 240 V DC 0.4 A
Short-circuit protection device - fuse type gG 6A
Minimum switching capacity with failure rate 17 V / 5 mA
acc. to IEC/EN 60947-5-4
Maximum electrical switching frequency AC-15 600 cycles/h
DC-13 600 cycles/h
Auxiliary contacts for front mounting and side mounting according to UL/CSA
Types CA6, CAF6
Standards UL/CSA 60947-1, UL/CSA 60947-5-1
Max. operational voltage 600 V AC
Pilot duty A600
AC thermal rated current 5A
Connection characteristics
Types CA6, CAF6
Terminals (1)
—
B mini contactors and K mini contactor relays
Terminal marking and positioning
Mini contactors 1L1 3L2 5L3 7L4 A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13NO A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 21NC A1
2CDC212001F0012
2CDC212003F0012
2CDC212002F0012
2T1 4T2 6T3 8T4 A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 14NO A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 22NC A2
04
2CDC212004F0012
2CDC212005F0012
2T1 4T2 R6 R8 A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 R8 A2
Compact reversing A1 21NC 1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3 21NC A1 A1 13NO 1L1 3L2 5L3 1L1 3L2 5L3 13NO A1
contactors
2CDC212006F0012
2CDC212007F0012
A2 22NC 2T1 4T2 6T3 2T1 4T2 6T3 22NC A2 A2 14NO 2T1 4T2 6T3 2T1 4T2 6T3 14NO A2
2CDC212009F0012
2CDC212010F0012
14 24 34 44 A2 14 34 44 22 A2 14 44 22 32 A2
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC
CA6-11E
13 1 3 5 7
B(C)6(7)-40-00 B(C)6(7)-40-00 1 3 5 7
13 21 13 23 11 21 1 = CAF6-11E
21
CA6-11E-F
22
➟ B(C)6(7)-40-00-F CAF 6 2 = CAF6-20E
CA6-11E-P 14 2 4 6 8 B(C)6(7)-40-00-P 2 4 6 8
14 22 14 24 12 22
3 = CAF6-02E
1 2 3
33 1 3 5 13 1 3 5 13
CA6-11M 21 B(C)6(7)-30-10 B(C)6(7)-30-10 33 21 23 33 21 31
1 = CAF6-11M
CA6-11M-F
22
➟ B(C)6(7)-30-10-F CAF 6 2 = CAF6-20M
CA6-11M-P 34 2 4 6 14 B(C)6(7)-30-10-P 2 4 6 14
34 22 24 34 22 32
3 = CAF6-02M
1 2 3
13 1 3 5 21 1 3 5 21
CA6-11N 31 B(C)6(7)-30-01 B(C)6(7)-30-01 13 31 13 33 11 31 1 = CAF6-11N
CA6-11N-F
32
➟ B(C)6(7)-30-01-F CAF 6 2 = CAF6-20N
CA6-11N-P 14 2 4 6 22 B(C)6(7)-30-01-P 2 4 6 22
14 32 14 34 12 32
3 = CAF6-02N
1 2 3
53
CA6-11K 61
40 E
K(C)6 ..... K(C)6 ..... 40 E 53 61 53 63 51 61
1 = CAF6-11K
CA6-11K-F
62
➟ 31 Z K(C)6 ....-F 31 Z
2 = CAF6-20K
CA6-11K-P 54 22 Z K(C)6 ....-P 22 Z
54 62 54 64 52 62
3 = CAF6-02K
1 2 3
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 4/53
—
B mini contactors and K mini contactor relays
Dimension drawings with accessories
04
2.26"
1.97"
1.66"
29 1.14"
47.5 1.87"
57.5
42.2
50
44 1.73"
38.4 1.51" 26.6 1.05"
9.6 0.38"
29 1.14"
40 1.57"
45 1.77"
73.3 2.89"
59.4 2.34"
43.7 1.72"
96.2 3.79"
57.5 2.26"
45.2 1.78"
42.2 1.66"
29 1.14"
10.1 0.4"
42.2 1.66"
1.91"
42.2 1.66"
48.4
4.5 0.18"
CA6-11E, CA6-11M, CA6-11N Mini contactors or contactor relays + CA6-11E, CA6-11M, CA6-11N
—
B mini contactors and K mini contactor relays
Dimension drawings with accessories
47.7 1.88"
47.4 1.87"
67.8 2.67" 44.7 1.76" 4.3 0.17"
20.3 0.8" 44.4 1.75" 4.3 0.17"
04
1.91"
1.66"
42.2 1.66"
0.04"
48.4
42.2
1
CA6-11E-P, CA6-11M-P, CA6-11N-P Mini contactors or contactor relays + CA6-11E-P, CA6-11M-P, CA6-11N-P
46.4 1.83"
1.66"
57.5
42.2
1.91"
1.66"
48.4
42.2
4.5 0.18"
CA6-11E-F, CA6-11M-F, CA6-11N-F Mini contactors or contactor relays + CA6-11E-F, CA6-11M-F, CA6-11N-F
58 2.28"
43.5 1.71"
55 2.17" 33.5 1.32"
63 2.48"
4.5 0.18"
—
B mini contactors and K mini contactor relays
Dimension drawings with accessories
Ø 4.5 Ø 0.18"
90 3.54"
04
50 1.97"
50 1.97"
35 1.38"
40 1.57"
45 1.77" Ø 4.5 Ø 0.18"
Ø 1.5 Ø 0.06"
10.16 0.4"
Ø1.5 Ø0.06"
1"
10.16 0.4"
25.4
20.32 0.8"
30.48 1.2"
38.08 1.5" 58.43 2.3"
Mini contactors or contactor relays with soldering pins Mini contactors or contactor relays with soldering pins + CA6-11E-P, CA6-11M-P, CA6-11N-P
25.4 1"
Ø 1.5
86.34 3.4"
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SAL102617R9901
—
M mini contactors
and contactor relays
4/59 Presentation
4/60 Overview
4/85 Accessories
4/87 Technical data
4/96 Terminal marking and positioning
4/98 Dimensions
04
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 4/59
—
M mini contactors and contactor relays
Reliability, always
04
The M contactors range is Space-saving
Small dimensions for big projects
a performance-dimension optimized The M range devices are a great solution when
solution for all the purposes. high performances are needed but the space is
limited. The small dimensions of the products
Its high reliability, even in extreme and the possibility to mount them side by side
conditions, combined to the small sizes will maximize the cost efficiency of the cabinets
without making compromises.
and the safe connections lead to easy
design and compact panels. Reliability in extreme conditions
Made for all the applications
The technology used in the design of the
contactors and the wide set of variants available
guarantee reliability of operation with heavy
working conditions as well. Instability of the
network, high altitude and extreme temperatures
will not be a limit anymore.
Optimum interface
Never without a solution
A wide set of coils is provided for matching all
the requirements: pure AC or DC for very fast
switching, with low energy consumption for
direct control by PLC and with extended
operating limits to face voltage fluctuations.
A complete offer for realizing your projects.
4/60 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
M mini contactors and contactor relays
Efficient - High performances in small dimensions
Lugs easy
connection
AC
or
04
DC
—
M mini contactors
Powerful - as a contactor, but mini
No more compromises.
Feel free to plan your panels without limitations - Having the large assortment of M
mini contactors by your side, with their high level of design, the superior quality of
04
materials, and wide set of accessories, there will be no more constraints to your
control possibilities, in all applications
Harsh conditions
The standard main features of the M mini
contactors are also compatible with all
applications having harsh operating conditions:
High temperature and altitude resistance, ex-
tended operating limit coils against network in-
stability/voltage fluctuation, pure AC or DC coils
for fast switching, high-performance materials.
4/62 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
M mini contactors
AC Control supply
04
3-pole contactors Coil consumption (50 Hz) 5.3 VA Type MC1A..T MC2A..T MC1A..R MC2A..R
4-pole contactors Coil consumption (50 Hz) 5.3 VA Type MC1A..T MC2A..T MC1A..R –
DC Control supply
3-pole contactors Coil consumption 3 W Type MC1C..T MC2C..T MC1C..R –
3-pole low consumption contactors Coil consumption 1.2 / 2 W Type MC1I..T / MC1K..T MC2I..T / MC2K..T MC1K..R –
3-pole extended limits coil contactors Coil consumption 4 W Type MC1C..TW MC2C..TW – –
4-pole contactors Coil consumption 3 W Type MC1C..T – MC1C..R –
4-pole low consumption contactors Coil consumption 1.2 / 2 W Type MC1I..T / MC1K..T – MC1K..R –
4-pole extended limits coil contactors Coil consumption 4 W Type MC1C..TW MC2C..TW – –
IEC Rated operational power AC-3 230 V kW 2.2 3 2.2 3
400 V kW 4 5.5 4 5.5
500 V kW 4 5.5 4 5.5
690 V kW 4 (1) 4 (1) 4 (1) 4 (1)
Rated operational current AC-1 400 V, θ ≤ 55 °C A 20 20 20 20
UL/CSA 3-phase motor rating 200 V AC hp 3 3 3 3
240 V AC hp 3 3 3 3
380-425 V AC hp 3 5 3 5
440-480 V AC hp 5 7.5 5 7.5
500-600 V AC hp 5 10 5 10
General use rating A 20 (600 V) 20 (600 V) 20 (600 V) 20 (600 V)
Main accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks Front mounting MACN / MARN
Side mounting MACL / MARL
Electronic timers MREBC
Connection sets For reversing contactors WKMIU
Surge suppressors MP0
Overload relays
Thermal overload relays Class 10 T16
Thermal and phase failure protection, with single setup possible
(1) Valid for N.O. contacts only.
—
M mini contactor relays
AC Control supply
4-pole contactor relays Coil consumption (50 Hz) 5.3 VA Type MCRA..T MCRA..R
DC Control supply
4-pole contactor relays Coil consumption 3 W Type MCRC..T MCRC..R
4-pole low consumption contactor relays Coil consumption 1.2 / 2 W Type MCRI..T / MCRK..T MCRK..R
4-pole extended limits coil contactor relays Coil consumption 4 W Type MCRC..TW –
IEC Rated operational current AC-15 240 V A 6 6
400 V A 4 4
Rated operational current DC-13 24 V A 5 5
UL/CSA Pilot duty A600, Q600
Main accessories
Auxiliary contact blocks Front mounting MARN
Side mounting MARL
Electronic timers MREBC
Surge suppressor MP0
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 4/63
—
MC1A 3-pole mini contactors with screw terminals
4 kW
AC operated
MC1A 3-pole mini contactors are a high performance but space saving solution for the control of
small motors and resistive loads up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC.
2CDC211003V0019
These contactors are designed with 3 main poles and one built-in auxiliary contact:
• control circuit: AC operated
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting (up to 6 additional contacts) and
a wide range of accessories
04
MC1A310AT • suitable for rail or wall mounting.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 55 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
4 20 5 20 24 24 1 0 MC1A310AT1 1SAL102617R9901 0.170
0 1 MC1A301AT1 1SAL102638R9901 0.170
48 48 1 0 MC1A310AT9 1SAL100298R9901 0.170
0 1 MC1A301AT9 1SAL100320R9901 0.170
110...115 110...120 1 0 MC1A310ATJ 1SAL100213R9901 0.170
0 1 MC1A301ATJ 1SAL100223R9901 0.170
120 120 1 0 MC1A310AT4 1SAL102620R9901 0.170
0 1 MC1A301AT4 1SAL102641R9901 0.170
– 208...220 1 0 MC1A310ATM 1SAL102611R9901 0.170
0 1 MC1A301ATM 1SAL220348R9901 0.170
220...230 220...230 1 0 MC1A310AT6 1SAL102622R9901 0.170
0 1 MC1A301AT6 1SAL102643R9901 0.170
220...240 240...277 1 0 MC1A310ATN 1SAL100214R9901 0.170
0 1 MC1A301ATN 1SAL100224R9901 0.170
240 240 1 0 MC1A310AT7 1SAL102623R9901 0.170
0 1 MC1A301AT7 1SAL102995R9901 0.170
380...400 440 1 0 MC1A310ATU 1SAL100215R9901 0.170
0 1 MC1A301ATU 1SAL100225R9901 0.170
415...440 480 1 0 MC1A310ATW 1SAL102615R9901 0.170
0 1 MC1A301ATW 1SAL102636R9901 0.170
500 600 1 0 MC1A310ATY 1SAL102616R9901 0.170
0 1 MC1A301ATY 1SAL102637R9901 0.170
2.25 0.08’’
56 2.20’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
MC1A
—
MC2A 3-pole mini contactors with screw terminals
5.5 kW
AC operated
MC2A 3-pole mini contactors are a high performance but space saving solution for the control of
small motors and resistive loads up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC.
2CDC211004V0019
These contactors are designed with 3 main poles and one built-in auxiliary contact:
• control circuit: AC operated
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting (up to 6 additional contacts) and
a wide range of accessories
04
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 55 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
5.5 20 7.5 20 24 24 1 0 MC2A310AT1 1SAL103577R9902 0.170
0 1 MC2A301AT1 1SAL103569R9902 0.170
48 48 1 0 MC2A310AT9 1SAL103268R9902 0.170
0 1 MC2A301AT9 1SAL103269R9902 0.170
110...115 110...120 1 0 MC2A310ATJ 1SAL103573R9902 0.170
0 1 MC2A301ATJ 1SAL103565R9902 0.170
120 120 1 0 MC2A310AT4 1SAL101644R9902 0.170
0 1 MC2A301AT4 1SAL101641R9902 0.170
– 208...220 1 0 MC2A310ATM 1SAL103835R9902 0.170
0 1 MC2A301ATM 1SAL100046R9902 0.170
220...230 220...230 1 0 MC2A310AT6 1SAL103579R9902 0.170
0 1 MC2A301AT6 1SAL103571R9902 0.170
220...240 240...277 1 0 MC2A310ATN 1SAL103574R9902 0.170
0 1 MC2A301ATN 1SAL103566R9902 0.170
240 240 1 0 MC2A310AT7 1SAL101875R9902 0.170
0 1 MC2A301AT7 1SAL101877R9902 0.170
380...400 440 1 0 MC2A310ATU 1SAL103575R9902 0.170
0 1 MC2A301ATU 1SAL103567R9902 0.170
415...440 480 1 0 MC2A310ATW 1SAL135704R9902 0.170
0 1 MC2A301ATW 1SAL135705R9902 0.170
500 600 1 0 MC2A310ATY 1SAL101876R9902 0.170
0 1 MC2A301ATY 1SAL101907R9902 0.170
2.25 0.08’’
56 2.20’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
MC2A
—
MC1C 3-pole mini contactors with screw terminals
4 kW
DC operated
MC1C 3-pole mini contactors are a high performance but space saving solution for the control of
small motors and resistive loads up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC.
These contactors are designed with 3 main poles and one built-in auxiliary contact:
2CDC211005V0019
04
MC1C310AT • suitable for rail or wall mounting.
68 2.68’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
MC1C
—
MC2C 3-pole mini contactors with screw terminals
5.5 kW
DC operated
MC2C 3-pole mini contactors are a high performance but space saving solution for the control of
small motors and resistive loads up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC.
2CDC211006V0019
These contactors are designed with 3 main poles and one built-in auxiliary contact:
• control circuit: DC operated
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting (up to 6 additional contacts) and
a wide range of accessories
04
68 2.68’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
MC2C
—
MC1I, MC1K, MC2I, MC2K 3- pole mini contactors with screw terminals
4 to 5.5 kW
DC operated - low consumption
MC..I and MC..K 3-pole mini contactors are a high performance but space saving solution for the
control of small motors and resistive loads up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC.
These contactors are designed with 3 main poles and one built-in auxiliary contact:
2CDC211007V0019
04
MC1I310AT contacts)
• wide range of accessories
• suitable for rail or wall mounting.
DC operation 24 V / 1.2 W
4 20 7.5 20 24 1 0 MC1I310ATD 1SAL100572R9901 0.250
0 1 MC1I301ATD 1SAL100573R9901 0.250
2CDC211008V0019
MC2K310AT
2.20 0.08’’
68 2.68’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
—
MC1A..R, MC2A..R 3-pole mini contactors for ring tongue ferrules
4 to 5.5 kW
AC operated
MC1A..R and MC2A..R 3-pole mini contactors are a high performance but space saving solution for
the control of small motors and resistive circuits up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC.
These contactors are designed with 3 main poles and one built-in auxiliary contact:
2CDC211009V0019
• specific screw terminals for an easy connection with ring tongue ferrules
• control circuit: AC operated
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting (up to 6 additional contacts) and
04
MC1A310AR
a wide range of accessories
• suitable for rail or wall mounting.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
2CDC211010V0019
56.2 2.20’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
MC1A..R, MC2A..R
—
MC1C..R 3-pole mini contactors for ring tongue ferrules
4 kW
DC operated
MC1C..R 3-pole mini contactors are a high performance but space saving solution for the control
of small motors and resistive circuits up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC.
These contactors are designed with 3 main poles and one built-in auxiliary contact:
2CDC211011V0019
• specific screw terminals for an easy connection with ring tongue ferrules
• control circuit: DC operated
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting (up to 6 additional contacts) and
04
MC1C310AR
a wide range of accessories
• suitable for rail or wall mounting.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 55 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V DC kg
4 20 5 20 12 1 0 MC1C310ARB 1SAL101847R9901 0.250
0 1 MC1C301ARB 1SAL101848R9901 0.250
1.15 0.04’’
68 2.68’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
MC1C..R
—
MC1K..R 3-pole mini contactors for ring tongue ferrules
4 kW
DC operated - low consumption
MC1K..R 3-pole interface mini contactors are high performance but space saving solution for the
control of small motors and resistive circuits up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC.
These contactors are designed with 3 main poles and one built-in auxiliary contact:
2CDC211012V0019
• specific screw terminals for an easy connection with ring tongue ferrules
• control circuit: DC operated
• coil with very low energy consumption; suitable for direct control by PLC outputs
04
MC1K310AR • add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting (up to 2 additional contacts) and
a wide range of accessories
• suitable for rail or wall mounting.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 55 °C rating rating (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V DC kg
DC operation 24 V / 2 W
4 20 5 20 24 1 0 MC1K310ARD 1SAL103446R9901 0.250
0 1 MC1K301ARD 1SAL101858R9901 0.250
1.15 0.04’’
68 2.68’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
MC1K..R
—
MC1A 4-pole mini contactors with screw terminals
4 to 5.5 kW
AC operated
MC1A 4-pole mini contactors are a high performance but space saving solution for the control of
small motors and resistive loads up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC.
These contactors are designed with 4 main poles:
2CDC211013V0019
04
• suitable for rail or wall mounting.
MC1A400AT
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 55 °C rating rating (1 pce)
480 V 600 V AC
AC-1
A hp A V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
56 2.20’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
MC1A
—
MC2A 4-pole mini contactors with screw terminals
4 to 5.5 kW
AC operated
MC2A 4-pole mini contactors are a high performance but space saving solution for the control of
small motors and resistive loads up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC.
2CDC211014V0019
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
motor use Uc fitted Pkg
rating rating (1 pce)
480 V 600 V AC
current
θ ≤ 55 °C
AC-1
A hp A V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
56 2.20’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
MC2A
—
MC1C, MC2C 4-pole mini contactors with screw terminals
4 to 5.5 kW
DC operated
MC1C, MC2C 4-pole mini contactors are a high performance but space saving solution for the con-
trol of small motors and resistive loads up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC.
These contactors are designed with 4 main poles:
2CDC211015V0019
04
MC1C400AT • suitable for rail or wall mounting.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
motor use Uc fitted Pkg
rating rating (1 pce)
480 V 600 V AC
current
θ ≤ 55 °C
2CDC211016V0019
AC-1
A hp A V DC kg
68 2.68’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
MC1C, MC2C
—
MC1I, MC1K 4-pole mini contactors with screw terminals
4 kW
DC operated - low consumption
MC1I, MC1K 4-pole mini contactors are a high performance but space saving solution for the con-
trol of small motors and resistive loads up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC.
2CDC211017V0019
MC1I400AT contacts)
• wide range of accessories
• suitable for rail or wall mounting.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit voltage Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General Uc
current motor use Pkg
θ ≤ 55 °C rating rating (1 pce)
480 V 600 V AC
2CDC211018V0019
AC-1
A hp A V DC kg
DC operation 24 V / 1.2 W
20 5 20 24 MC1I400ATD 1SAL101840R9901 0.250
MC1K400AT DC operation 24 V / 2 W
20 5 20 24 2.20 0.08’’ MC1K400ATD 1SAL100569R9901 0.250
68 2.68’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
MC1I, MC1K
—
MC1A..R 4-pole mini contactors for ring tongue ferrules
4 kW
AC operated
MC1A..R 4-pole mini contactors are a high performance but space saving solution for the control
of small motors and resistive circuits up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC.
These contactors are designed with 4 main poles:
2CDC211019V0019
• specific screw terminals for an easy connection with ring tongue ferrules
• control circuit: AC operated
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting (up to 6 additional contacts) and
04
a wide range of accessories
MC1A400AR
• suitable for rail or wall mounting.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 55 °C rating rating (1 pce)
480 V 600 V AC
AC-1
A hp A V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
56.2 2.20’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
MC1A..R
—
MC1C..R 4-pole mini contactors for ring tongue ferrules
4 kW
DC operated
MC1C..R 4-pole mini contactors are a high performance but space saving solution for the control
of small motors and resistive circuits up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC.
2CDC211020V0019
MC1C400AR
a wide range of accessories
• suitable for rail or wall mounting.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 55 °C rating rating (1 pce)
480 V 600 V AC
AC-1
A hp A V DC kg
1.15 0.04’’
68 2.68’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
MC1C..R
—
MC1K..R 4-pole mini contactors for ring tongue ferrules
4 kW
DC operated - low consumption
MC1K..R 4-pole mini contactors are a high performance but space saving solution for the control
of small motors and resistive circuits up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC.
2CDC211021V0019
04
MC1K400AR • add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting (up to 2 additional contacts) and
a wide range of accessories
• suitable for rail or wall mounting.
1.15 0.04’’
68 2.68’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
MC1K..R
—
MCRA 4-pole mini contactor relays with screw terminals
AC operated
MCRA 4-pole mini contactor relays are a high performance but space saving solution used for con-
trol functions or for switching small loads up to 6 A.
These contactors are designed with 4 poles with various contact combinations:
2CDC211022V0019
MCRA040AT
• suitable for rail or wall mounting.
V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
4 N.O. poles
24 24 4 0 MCRA040AT1 1SAH102013R9900 0.170
48 48 4 0 MCRA040AT9 1SAH108237R9900 0.170
110 … 115 110 … 120 4 0 MCRA040ATJ 1SAH100003R9900 0.170
120 120 4 0 MCRA040AT4 1SAH102016R9900 0.170
– 208 … 220 4 0 MCRA040ATM 1SAH102007R9900 0.170
220 … 230 220 … 230 4 0 MCRA040AT6 1SAH102018R9900 0.170
220 … 240 240 … 277 4 0 MCRA040ATN 1SAH100004R9900 0.170
240 240 4 0 MCRA040AT7 1SAH103106R9900 0.170
380 … 400 440 4 0 MCRA040ATU 1SAH100005R9900 0.170
415 … 440 480 4 0 MCRA040ATW 1SAH102011R9900 0.170
500 600 4 0 MCRA040ATY 1SAH102012R9900 0.170
3 N.O. + 1 N.C. poles
24 24 3 1 MCRA031AT1 1SAH102034R9900 0.170
48 48 3 1 MCRA031AT9 1SAH108238R9900 0.170
110 … 115 110 … 120 3 1 MCRA031ATJ 1SAH100013R9900 0.170
120 120 3 1 MCRA031AT4 1SAH102037R9900 0.170
– 208 … 220 3 1 MCRA031ATM 1SAH102028R9900 0.170
220 … 230 220 … 230 3 1 MCRA031AT6 1SAH102039R9900 0.170
220 … 240 240 … 277 3 1 MCRA031ATN 1SAH100014R9900 0.170
240 240 3 1 MCRA031AT7 1SAH103105R9900 0.170
380 … 400 440 3 1 MCRA031ATU 1SAH100015R9900 0.170
415 … 440 480 3 1 MCRA031ATW 1SAH102032R9900 0.170
500 600 3 1 MCRA031ATY 1SAH102033R9900 0.170
2 N.O. + 2 N.C. poles
24 24 2 2 MCRA022AT1 1SAH220438R9900 0.170
48 48 2 2 MCRA022AT9 1SAH108236R9900 0.170
110 … 115 110 … 120 2 2 MCRA022ATJ 1SAH100023R9900 0.170
120 120 2 2 MCRA022AT4 1SAH102058R9900 0.170
– 208 … 220 2 2 MCRA022ATM 1SAH102049R9900 0.170
220 … 230 220 … 230 2 2 MCRA022AT6 1SAH102060R9900 0.170
220 … 240 240 … 277 2 2 MCRA022ATN 1SAH100024R9900 0.170
240 240 2 2 MCRA022AT7 1SAH102061R9900 0.170
380 … 400 440 2 2 MCRA022ATU 1SAH100025R9900 0.170
415 … 440 480 2 2 MCRA022ATW 1SAH102053R9900 0.170
500 600 2 2 MCRA022ATY 1SAH102054R9900 0.170
Note : Other contact configuration available. Please consult your ABB local sales organization.
2.25 0.08’’
56 2.20’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
MCRA
—
MCRC 4-pole mini contactor relays with screw terminals
DC operated
MCRC 4-pole mini contactor relays are a high performance but space saving solution used for con-
trol functions or for switching small loads up to 6 A.
2CDC211023V0019
These contactors are designed with 4 poles with various contact combinations:
• control circuit: DC operated
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting (up to 6 additional contacts) and
a wide range of accessories
04
MCRC040AT • suitable for rail or wall mounting.
V DC kg
4 N.O. poles
12 4 0 MCRC040ATB 1SAH100000R9900 0.235
24 4 0 MCRC040ATD 1SAH100006R9900 0.235
24 with Diode 4 0 MCRC040ATDD 1SAH113311R9900 0.235
3 N.O. + 1 N.C. poles
12 3 1 MCRC031ATB 1SAH100010R9900 0.235
24 3 1 MCRC031ATD 1SAH100016R9900 0.235
24 with Diode 3 1 MCRC031ATDD 1SAH113325R9900 0.235
2 N.O. + 2 N.C. poles
12 2 2 MCRC022ATB 1SAH100020R9900 0.235
24 2 2 MCRC022ATD 1SAH100026R9900 0.235
24 with Diode 2 2 MCRC022ATDD 1SAH113324R9900 0.235
4 N.O. poles MCRC mini contactors relays with extended operating limits coil
24* 4 0 MCRC040ATWD 1SAH220410R9900 0.235
48* 4 0 MCRC040ATWG 1SAH220463R9900 0.235
110* 4 0 MCRC040ATWJ 1SAH220407R9900 0.235
125* 4 0 MCRC040ATWL 1SAH220458R9900 0.235
220* 4 0 MCRC040ATWN 1SAH220404R9900 0.235
3 N.O. + 1 N.C. poles mini contactors relays with extended operating limits coil
24* 3 1 MCRC031ATWD 1SAH220409R9900 0.235
48* 3 1 MCRC031ATWG 1SAH100070R9900 0.235
110* 3 1 MCRC031ATWJ 1SAH220406R9900 0.235
125* 3 1 MCRC031ATWL 1SAH220457R9900 0.235
220* 3 1 MCRC031ATWN 1SAH220403R9900 0.235
2 N.O. + 2 N.C. poles mini contactors relays with extended operating limits coil
17 … 32 2 2 MCRC022ATWD 1SAH220408R9900 0.235
34 … 62 2 2 MCRC022ATWG 1SAH100082R9900 0.235
77 … 143 2 2 MCRC022ATWJ 1SAH107171R9900 0.235
87 … 162 2 2 MCRC022ATWL 1SAH220456R9900 0.235
154 … 286 2 2 MCRC022ATWN 1SAH220402R9900 0.235
Note : Other contact configuration available. Please consult your ABB local sales organization.
* W ith the extended operating limits coils:
- at nominal voltage, Uc, a higher number of additional auxiliary contacts can be attached to the device
- a wider range of voltages, -30% ≤ Uc ≤ +30%, can be used for the operation with a limitation of the number of auxiliary contacts.
2.20 0.08’’
68 2.68’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
MCRC
—
MCRI, MCRK 4-pole mini contactor relays with screw terminals
DC operated - low consumption
MCRI, MCRK 4-pole mini contactor relays are a high performance but space saving solution used
for control functions or for switching small loads up to 6 A.
2CDC211025V0019
These contactors are designed with 4 poles with various contact combinations:
• control circuit: DC operated
• coil with very low energy consumption; suitable for direct control by PLC outputs
• only for K variants: add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting (up to 2 additional
04
MCRI040AT contacts)
• wide range of accessories
• suitable for rail or wall mounting.
V DC kg
DC operation 24 V / 1.2 W
24 4 0 MCRI040ATD 1SAH100530R9900 0.235
3 1 MCRI031ATD 1SAH100531R9900 0.235
2 2 MCRI022ATD 1SAH100532R9900 0.235
MCRK040AT
DC operation 24 V / 2 W
24 4 0 MCRK040ATD 1SAH100533R9900 0.235
3 1 MCRK031ATD 1SAH100534R9900 0.235
2 2 MCRK022ATD 1SAH100535R9900 0.235
2.20 0.08’’
68 2.68’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
MCRI, MCRK
—
MCRA..R 4-pole mini contactor relays for ring tongue ferrules
AC operated
MCRA..R 4-pole mini contactor relays are a high performance but space saving solution used for
control functions or for switching small loads up to 6 A.
These contactors are designed with 4 poles with various contact combinations:
2CDC211027V0019
• specific screw terminals for an easy connection with ring tongue ferrules
• control circuit: AC operated
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting (up to 6 additional contacts) and
04
a wide range of accessories
MCRA040AR
• suitable for rail or wall mounting.
V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
4 N.O. poles
24 24 4 0 MCRA040AR1 1SAH102177R9900 0.170
110 … 115 110 … 120 4 0 MCRA040ARJ 1SAH102179R9900 0.170
220 … 230 220 … 230 4 0 MCRA040AR6 1SAH102178R9900 0.170
3 N.O. + 1 N.C. poles
24 24 3 1 MCRA031AR1 1SAH102180R9900 0.170
110 … 115 110 … 120 3 1 MCRA031ARJ 1SAH102182R9900 0.170
220 … 230 220 … 230 3 1 MCRA031AR6 1SAH102181R9900 0.170
2 N.O. + 2 N.C. poles
24 24 2 2 MCRA022AR1 1SAH102183R9900 0.170
110 … 115 110 … 120 2 2 MCRA022ARJ 1SAH100485R9900 0.170
220 … 230 220 … 230 2 2 MCRA022AR6 1SAH102184R9900 0.170
1.50 0.04’’
56.2 2.20’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
MCRA..R
—
MCRC..R 4-pole mini contactor relays for ring tongue ferrules
DC operated
MCRC..R 4-pole mini contactor relays are a high performance but space saving solution used for
control functions or for switching small loads up to 6 A.
These contactors are designed with 4 poles with various contact combinations:
2CDC211028V0019
• specific screw terminals for an easy connection with ring tongue ferrules
• control circuit: DC operated
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting (up to 6 additional contacts) and
04
MCRC040AR
a wide range of accessories
• suitable for rail or wall mounting.
V DC kg
12 4 0 MCRC040ARB 1SAH101994R9900 0.245
3 1 MCRC031ARB 1SAH101996R9900 0.245
2 2 MCRC022ARB 1SAH101998R9900 0.245
1.50 0.04’’
56.2 2.20’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
MCRC..R
—
MCRK..R 4-pole mini contactor relays for ring tongue ferrules
DC operated - low consumption
MCRK 4-pole mini contactor relays are a high performance but space saving solution used for con-
trol functions or for switching small loads up to 6 A.
These contactors are designed with 4 main poles with various contact combinations:
2CDC211029V0019
• specific screw terminals for an easy connection with ring tongue ferrules
• control circuit: DC operated
• coil with very low energy consumption; suitable for direct control by PLC outputs
04
MCRK040AR • add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front or side mounting (up to 2 additional contacts) and a
wide range of accessories
• suitable for rail or wall mounting.
V DC kg
DC operation 24 V / 2 W
24 4 0 MCRK040ARD 1SAH101995R9900 0.245
3 1 MCRK031ARD 1SAH101997R9900 0.245
2 2 MCRK022ARD 1SAH100540R9900 0.245
1.15 0.04’’
68 2.68’’
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
48 1.89’’
MCRK..R
—
Auxiliary contact blocks for MC1 and MC2 mini contactors
With screw terminals and specific screw terminals for ring tongue ferrules
2CDC211030V0019
Screw terminals
Suitable for Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
contacts
Pkg
MACN211AT (1 pce)
kg
2CDC211031V0019
04
—
Other accessories for MC1 and MC2 mini contactors
2CDC211036V0019
Suitable for Rated control Protection Type Order code Pkg Weight
circuit voltage type qty (1 pce)
Uc
V DC V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
2CDC211037V0019
MP0AAE1
Surge suppressors for contactor coils
All MC1 and MC2 240 – – Diode MP0CAE3 1SAL100546R9906 1 0.006
04
DC operated variants
MREBC10AC2 All MC1 and MC2 – 12 … 60 12 … 60 R/C MP0AAE1 1SAL100544R9906 1 0.006
AC operated variants – 72 … 240 72 … 240 R/C MP0AAE2 1SAL100545R9906 1 0.006
All MC1 and MC2 24 … 48 24 … 48 24 … 48 Varistor MP0DAE4 1SAL100536R9906 1 0.006
2CDC211038V0019
All MC1 and MC2 24 … 250 24 … 250 24 … 250 0.5 … 60 sec. MREBC10AC2 1SAL100541R9906 1 0.040
variants 0.2 … 24 sec MREBC20AC2 1SAL100542R9906 1 0.040
Mechanical interlock
All MC1 and MC2 variants MMH0 1SAL100547R9906 1 0.003
2CDC211040V0019
MVP0C
Lütze® rail adapter for contactors and contactor relays
All MC1 and MC2 variants MVB0L 1SAL101830R9906 30 0.002
2CDC211042V0019
MVB0L
2CDC211041V0019
BEMC/132
4/86 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Auxiliary contact blocks for MCR mini contactor relays
With screw terminals and specific screw terminals for ring tongue ferrules
2CDC211030V0019
Screw terminals
Suitable for Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
contacts
Pkg
MARN211AT (1 pce)
kg
2CDC211031V0019
04
—
Other accessories for MCR mini contactor relays
2CDC211036V0019
Suitable for Rated control Protection Type Order code Pkg Weight
circuit voltage type qty (1 pce)
Uc
V DC V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
2CDC211037V0019
MP0AAE1
Surge suppressors for contactor coils
All MCR 240 – – Diode MP0CAE3 1SAL100546R9906 1 0.006
04
DC operated variants
MREBC10AC2 All MC1 and MC2 – 12 … 60 12 … 60 R/C MP0AAE1 1SAL100544R9906 1 0.006
AC operated variants – 72 … 240 72 … 240 R/C MP0AAE2 1SAL100545R9906 1 0.006
All MCR variants 24 … 48 24 … 48 24 … 48 Varistor MP0DAE4 1SAL100536R9906 1 0.006
2CDC211040V0019
—
MC1, MC2 3-pole and 4-pole mini contactors
Technical data
DC-1 / DC-3 / DC-5 Utilization category for air temperature close to the contactor θ ≤ 55 °C - valid for MC2 only
Ie / Rated operational current Per pole Two poles in series Three poles in series
24 V 48 V 60 V 110 V 220 V 440 V 24 V 48 V 60 V 110 V 220 V 440 V 24 V 48 V 60 V 110 V 220 V 440 V
DC-1 (L/R ≤ 1 ms) 20 20 20 6 0.8 0.2 20 20 20 20 6 0.5 20 20 20 20 20 2
DC-3 (L/R ≤ 2 ms) 20 20 10 2 0.3 0.1 20 20 20 10 2 0.25 20 20 20 16 6 0.75
DC-5 (L/R ≤ 7.5 ms) 20 10 2.5 0.5 0.25 - 20 20 20 4 1.25 0.15 20 20 20 10 2.5 0.3
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 4/89
—
MC1, MC2 3-pole and 4-pole mini contactors
Technical data
04
UL/CSA maximum 1-phase motor rating
for air temperature close to contactor θ ≤ 40 °C
Full load current 115 V AC 9.8 A 9.8 A
230 V AC 10 A 12 A
Horse power rating 115 V AC 0.5 hp 0.5 hp
230 V AC 1.5 hp 2 hp
UL/CSA maximum 3-phase motor rating
for air temperature close to contactor θ ≤ 40 °C
Full load current (1) 200 V AC 11 A 11 A
240 V AC 9.6 A 9.6 A
380-415 V AC 6.1 A 9.7 A
440-480 V AC 7.6 A 11 A
550-600 V AC 6.1 A 11 A
Horse power rating (1) 200 V AC 3 hp 3 hp
240 V AC 3 hp 3 hp
380-415 V AC 3 hp 5 hp
440-480 V AC 5 hp 7.5 hp
550-600 V AC 5 hp 10 hp
Short-circuit protection device for contactors
without thermal overload relay - motor protection excluded
High fault current 50 kA
Fuse rating and type 600 V 50 A Class J or 30 A class CC
(1) For the corresponding kW/A or hp/A values of 1500 r.p.m, 50 Hz or 1800 r.p.m, 60 Hz, 3-phase motors, see "Motor rated operational powers and currents".
—
MC1, MC2 3-pole and 4-pole mini contactors
Technical data
Magnet system characteristics for MC1C, MC2C contactors with extended operating limits coils
Contactor types DC operated MC1C MC2C
Coil operating limits acc. to IEC/EN 60947-4-1 DC supply 0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc
DC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc See ordering tables
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 4W
Average holding value 4W
Drop-out voltage in % of Uc min 10 ... 65%
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
—
MC1, MC2 3-pole and 4-pole mini contactors
Technical data
04
Ie / Rated operational current AC-15 240 V 6A
400 V 4A
500 V 2.5 A
690 V 1.5 A
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13 24 V 5A
48 V 2.5 A
125 V 0.55 A
250 V 0.3 A
440 V 0.15 A
Short-circuit protection device - fuse type gG 10 A
Minimum switching capacity with failure rate
acc. to IEC/EN 60947-5-4 17 V / 5 mA
Maximum electrical switching frequency AC-15 360 cycles/h
DC-13 360 cycles/h
Connection
Contactor types AC operated MC1A, MC2A MC1A..R, MC2A..R
DC operated MC1C, MC2C MC1C..R, MC2C..R
Terminals
Screw terminals with cable clamp Conductors with insulated ring tongue ferrule
Connection capacity
Main conductors (poles + built-in auxiliary terminals)
Rigid: solid 1x 0.75 ... 4 mm² –
2x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² –
Flexible without ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² –
Flexible with ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² –
(insulated or not) 2x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm² –
ø L
Lugs Ø mm > – 3.6 mm
L mm < – 6.6 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 12 ... 18 –
Stripping length 9 mm –
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.0 Nm / 7 lb.in 0.8 ... 1.0 Nm / 7 lb.in
Coil terminals
Rigid: solid 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² –
Flexible without ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² –
Flexible with ferrule 1 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² –
(insulated or not) 2 x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm² –
ø L Lugs Ø mm > – 3.6 mm
L mm < – 6.6 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 12 ... 18 –
Stripping length 9 mm –
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.0 Nm / 7 lb.in
Degree of protection acc. to IEC/EN 60947-1
and IEC/EN 60529
All terminals IP20
Screw terminals (screws of unused terminals must be tightened)
All terminals M3 M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 mm / Pozidriv 2
4/92 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
MCR 4-pole mini contactor relays
Technical data
—
MCR 4-pole mini contactor relays
Technical data
04
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 6 kV
Electromagnetic compatibility
Ambient air temperature close to contactor relay Operation -40 ... +55 °C
in free air
Storage -55 ... +80 °C
Climatic withstand Acc. to IEC / EN 60947-1 Annex. Q
Maximum operating altitude (without derating) 3000 m
Mechanical durability 107 operating cycles
Resistance to shock Half-sine
acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-27 25 g / 11ms
acc. to IEC/EN 60947-1 Annex. Q Category E
Resistance to vibrations Sinusoidal
acc. to IEC/EN 60068-2-6 5 g / 3 ... 150 Hz
acc. to IEC/EN 60947-1 Annex. Q Category E
Magnet system characteristics for MCRC contactor relays with extended operating limits coils
Contactor types DC operated MCRC
Coil operating limits acc. to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 DC supply 0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc
DC control voltage
Rated control circuit voltage Uc See ordering tables
Coil consumption Average pull-in value 4W
Average holding value 4W
Drop-out voltage in % of Uc min 10 ... 65 %
4/94 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
MCR 4-pole mini contactor relays
Technical data
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
Connection characteristics
Contactor types AC operated MCRA MCRA..R
DC operated MCRC MCRC..R
Terminals
Screw terminals with cable clamp Conductors with insulated ring tongue ferrule
Connection capacity
Auxiliary terminals
Rigid: solid 1x 0.75 ... 4 mm² –
2x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² –
Flexible without ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² –
Flexible with ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² –
(insulated or not) 2x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm² –
ø L
Lugs Ø mm > – 3.6 mm
L mm < – 6.6 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 12 ... 18 –
Stripping length 9 mm –
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.0 Nm / 7 lb.in 0.8 ... 1.0 Nm / 7 lb.in
Coil terminals
Rigid: solid 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² –
Flexible without ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² –
Flexible with ferrule 1 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² –
(insulated or not) 2 x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm² –
ø L Lugs Ø mm > – 3.6 mm
L mm < – 6.6 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 12 ... 18 –
Stripping length 9 mm –
Tightening torques 0.8 ... 1.0 Nm / 7 lb.in
Degree of protection acc. to IEC/EN 60947-1
and IEC/EN 60529
All terminals IP20
Screw terminals (screws of unused terminals must be tightened)
All terminals M3 M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 mm / Pozidriv 2
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 4/95
—
Accessories
Technical data
Auxiliary contacts for front mounting and side mounting according to IEC
Types MACN, MARN, MACL, MARL
Standards IEC/EN 60947-1, IEC/EN 60947-5-1
Rated operational voltage Ue max 690 V AC
Rated frequency (without derating) DC or 50 / 60 Hz
Conventional free-air thermal current lth θ ≤ 55 °C 10 A
04
Ie / Rated operational current AC-15 240 V 6A
400 V 4A
500 V 2.5 A
690 V 1.5 A
Short-circuit protection device - fuse type gG 10 A
Minimum switching capacity with failure rate
acc. to IEC/EN 60947-5-4 17 V / 5 mA
Maximum electrical switching frequency AC-15 360 cycles/h
DC-13 360 cycles/h
Auxiliary contacts for front mounting and side mounting according to UL/CSA
Types MACN, MARN, MACL, MARL
Standards UL/CSA 60947-1, UL/CSA 60947-5-1
Max. operational voltage 600 V AC
Pilot duty A600, Q600
Connection characteristics
Terminals
Screw terminals with cable clamp Conductors with insulated ring tongue ferrule
Connection capacity
Auxiliary terminals
Rigid: solid 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² –
Flexible without ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² –
Flexible with ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² –
(insulated or not) 2x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm² –
ø L Lugs Ø mm > – 3.6 mm
L mm < – 6.6 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 12 ... 18 –
Stripping length 9 mm –
Tightening torques 0.8 Nm / 7 lb.in
Degree of protection acc. to IEC/EN 60947-1
and IEC/EN 60529
Auxiliary terminals IP20
Screw terminals (screws of unused terminals must be tightened)
All terminals M3.5
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 mm / Pozidriv 2
4/96 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Accessories
Technical data
Electronic timers
Insulation Voltage 750 V
Impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV
Control voltage, Uc 50 Hz, 60 Hz, DC 24-250 V
Tolerance of control voltage 0.85 ... 1.1 x Uc
Timing range MREBC10AC2 0.5 s - 60 s (+/- 6 s)
04
—
MC.. 3-pole and 4-pole mini contactors, MCR.. 4-pole mini contactor relays
Terminal marking and positioning
04
2T1 4T2 6T3 14NO A2 2T1 4T2 6T3 22NC A2
MC..310A
MC..310A MC..301A
MC..301A
MC..400A
MC..440A MC..C00A
MC..C00A MC..B00A
MC..B00A MC..A00A
MC..A00A
13 23 33 43 A1 13 21 33 43 A1 13 21 31 43 A1 13 21 31 42 A1 11 21 31 42 A1
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NC NC NO NO NC NC NC NC NC NC NC
14 24 34 44 A2 14 22 34 44 A2 14 22 32 44 A2 14 22 32 42 A2 11 22 32 42 A2
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NC NC NO NO NC NC NC NC NC NC NC
—
Auxiliary contact blocks for MC1 and MC2 mini contactors
Terminal marking and positioning
MACL.., MARL.. side mounted (left or right) 1-pole auxiliary contact block
NO NC NO NC NO NC
53 51 91
62 02
21 93
64
23
34 32 04
04
54 94
63
24 52 92
33 61 03 01
22
31
33 21 31 21
NO NC NC NC
34 22 32 22
MACN211A MACN202A
MACN211A MACN202A
53 63 53 61 51 61
NO NO NO NC NC NC
54 64 54 62 52 62
MARN220A MARN211A MARN202A
MARN220A MARN211A MARN202A
53 21 33 43 53 21 31 43 53 21 31 41
NO NC NO NO NO NC NC NO NO NC NC NC
54 22 34 44 54 22 32 44 54 22 32 42
MACN431A
MACN431A.. MACN422A
MACN422A.. MACN413A
MACN413A
53 63 73 83 53 61 73 83 53 61 71 83 53 61 71 81 51 61 71 81
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NC NC NO NO NC NC NC NC NC NC NC
54 64 74 84 54 62 74 84 54 62 72 84 54 62 72 82 52 62 72 82
MARN440A
MARN440A MARN431A
MARN431A.. MARN422A
MARN422A.. MARN413A..
MARN413A MARN404A..
MARN404A
Surge suppressors
A1 A1 A1+
E0735D
E0734D
A2 A2 A2-
Varistor RC Diode
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 4/99
—
MC.. mini contactors and MCR.. mini contactor relays - AC operated
with screw terminals and specific screw terminals for ring tongue ferrules
Dimensions
2.25 0.08’’
56 2.20’’
35 1.38"
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
04
40 1.57"
48 1.89’’
42.5 1.67’’
48 1.89’’
36.2 1.43’’
8.80 0.35’’ 9.80 0.37’’
MC1A, MC2A, MCRA, MC1A..R, MC2A..R, MCRA..R MC1A, MC2A, MCRA, MC1A..R, MC2A..R, MCRA..R
+ M ACN2.., MARN2.. 2-pole auxiliary contact block + MACL.., MARL.. 1-pole auxiliary contact block
MACN4.., MARN4.. 4-pole auxiliary contact block
31.66 1.25’’
36.2 1.43’’
48 1.89’’
48 1.89’’
20.65 0.81’’
MC1A, MC2A, MCRA, MC1A..R, MC2A..R, MCRA..R MC1A, MC2A, MCRA, MC1A..R, MC2A..R, MCRA..R
+MREBC front mounted electronic timer +MREBC side mounted electronic timer
21.5 0.85’’
48 1.89’’
17.5 0.69’’
8.7 0.34’’
—
MC.. mini contactors and MCR.. mini contactor relays - DC operated
with screw terminals and specific screw terminals for ring tongue ferrules
Dimensions
2.20 0.08’’
68 2.68’’
35 1.38"
45 1.77’’ 31 1.22’’
04
40 1.57"
48 1.89’’
38.15 1.50’’
27 1.06’’
42.5 1.67’’
48 1.89’’
48 1.89’’
MC1C, MC2C, MCRC, MC1C..R, MC2C..R, MCRC..R MC1C, MC2C, MCRC, MC1C..R, MC2C..R, MCRC..R
+ M ACN2.., MARN2.. 2-pole auxiliary contact block + MACL.., MARL.. 1-pole auxiliary contact block
MACN4.., MARN4.. 4-pole auxiliary contact block
68 2.68’’
34.5 1.36’’
45 1.77’’ 99.66 3.93’’ 45 1.77’’
31.66 1.25’’
31.66 1.25’’
36.2 1.43’’
48 1.89’’
48 1.89’’
20.65 0.81’’
MC1C, MC2C, MCRC, MC1C..R, MC2C..R, MCRC..R MC1C, MC2C, MCRC, MC1C..R, MC2C..R, MCRC..R
+MREBC front mounted electronic timer +MREBC side mounted electronic timer
21.5 0.85’’
48 1.89’’
17.5 0.69’’
8.7 0.34’’
04
—
For direct product details information, use product type or order code, ex:
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SBL101001R2010
—
AS 3-pole contactors
and NS 3-pole contactor relays
with screw terminals
3-pole contactors
5/3 Overview
5/8 AS09 ... AS16 AC operated
5/9 ASL09 ... ASL16 DC operated
5/10 AS09 ... AS16 AC operated - 2-stack
5/11 ASL09 ... ASL16 DC operated - 2-stack
5/12 Main accessories
5/14 Technical data
5/20 Electrical durability
5/22 Terminal marking and positioning
5/24 Dimensions
Contactor relays
5/28 Overview
5/30 NS AC operated
5/31 NSL DC operated
5/32 Main accessories
5/34 Technical data
5/38 Terminal marking and positioning
5/40 Dimensions
Accessories
5/42 Auxiliary contact blocks
5/45 Surge suppressors
5/47 Mechanical interlock unit and other accessories
5/48 Connection accessories for starting solutions
5/49 Voltage code table
5/2 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
05
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 5/3
—
AS contactors
Efficient and space saving
05
The compact AS contactor range Speed up your projects
allows you to optimize equipment Simpler by design
AS contactors come in one single size and are de-
design and is a reliable, time and signed to make life easy for engineering, handling
cost saving solution. and wiring purposes. These products follow a sim-
ple marking pattern, which enables a quick identi-
fication of their individual features.
Easy to install
Easy to use
Make engineering a simple process with AS con-
tactors. Every product is delivered with opened
terminals, located directly on the front for easy ac-
cess. Every terminal is screwdriver guided. Spring
terminal versions are also available for a time-sav-
ing and reliable connection alternative.
Space saving
Space optimization
The addition of accessories keeps the panel smart
and compact, while providing additional features.
Interlocking kits and surge suppression are
clipped into the housing without adding width to
the small frame of the contactor.
5/4 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Compact and efficient
Optimize your equipment dimensions!
AC
or
05
DC
90 mm
—
Easy to use
Space-saving and intuitive
05
Built-in and add-on auxiliary contacts offer high
reliability for low signals and meet the requirements
for m
echanically linked and mirror contacts
according to IEC standards.
A1+
Two types of terminals, for even more choices
As an alternative to the c onventional screw
terminals, spring terminals are often used in A2-
applications with v ibrations. Both types are able
to accommodate two cables. This way, AS offers
the right type of terminal depending on the
Direct control by PLC
installation.
With their low consumption coil of only 3 W, AS
contactors can be controlled directly by most
PLC's. For 24 V control circuits, this is only 125 mA.
—
3-pole contactors
Main accessories
AS09 ... AS16
3-pole contactors
05
CA-3
1-pole auxiliary
contact block
T16
Thermal overload
relay
BER16C-3
Connection set BEY16C-3
Connection set
Timer
AS
ASL
Contactors
VM3
AS
Mechanical
ASL
interlock unit
Contactors
AS
ASL
Contactors
T16
Thermal
overload relay
T16
Thermal T16
overload relay Thermal
overload relay
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 5/7
—
3-pole contactors
Screw terminals
AC control voltage AS09 AS12 AS16
DC control voltage ASL09 ASL12 ASL16
05
Switching of 3-phase cage motors
Rated operational power 400 V 4 kW 5.5 kW 7.5 kW
33 θ ≤ 60 °C 400 V 9A 12 A 15.5 A
IEC AC-3 Rated
operational θ ≤ 60 °C 415 V 9A 12 A 15.5 A
current θ ≤ 60 °C 690 V 5A 7A 9A
M
3
UL / CSA 3-phase motor rating 440-480 V 5 hp 7.5 hp 10 hp
NEMA size 00 00 0
Main accessories
Auxiliary
contact Front mounting 1-pole CA3-10 or CA3-01
blocks
RV5 (Varistor) AC / DC
Surge Side-mounted
suppressors (without additional width)
RC5-1 (Capacitor) AC
RT5 (Transil diode) DC
Connecting
link
With manual motor starter BEA16-3
5/8 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AS09 ... AS16 3-pole contactors
4 to 7.5 kW
AC operated
AS09 ... AS16 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
690 V AC and 220 V DC.
These contactors are of the block type design with:
• 3 main poles and 1 built-in auxiliary contact
• control circuit: AC operated
1SBC101007F0014
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front mounting and a comprehensive range of accessories.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
AS09-30-10 θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1) (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
05
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
4 22 5 20 24 24 1 0 AS09-30-10-20 1SBL101001R2010 0.220
0 1 AS09-30-01-20 1SBL101001R2001 0.220
220 220 1 0 AS09-30-10-25 1SBL101001R2510 0.220
0 1 AS09-30-01-25 1SBL101001R2501 0.220
230 230 1 0 AS09-30-10-26 1SBL101001R2610 0.220
0 1 AS09-30-01-26 1SBL101001R2601 0.220
5.5 24 7.5 20 24 24 1 0 AS12-30-10-20 1SBL111001R2010 0.220
0 1 AS12-30-01-20 1SBL111001R2001 0.220
220 220 1 0 AS12-30-10-25 1SBL111001R2510 0.220
0 1 AS12-3001-25 1SBL111001R2501 0.220
230 230 1 0 AS12-30-10-26 1SBL111001R2610 0.220
0 1 AS12-30-01-26 1SBL111001R2601 0.220
7.5 24 10 20 24 24 1 0 AS16-30-10-20 1SBL121001R2010 0.220
0 1 AS16-30-01-20 1SBL121001R2001 0.220
220 220 1 0 AS16-30-10-25 1SBL121001R2510 0.220
0 1 AS16-30-01-25 1SBL121001R2501 0.220
230 230 1 0 AS16-30-10-26 1SBL121001R2610 0.220
0 1 AS16-30-01-26 1SBL121001R2601 0.220
Note: for multiple packaging, please contact your ABB local sales organization.
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
72.5 2.85"
35 1.38"
45 1.77" 7 0.28" 10 0.39" 2x
M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
50 1.97"
60 2.36"
—
ASL09 ... ASL16 3-pole contactors
4 to 7.5 kW
DC operated
ASL09 ... ASL16 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up
to 690 V AC and 220 V DC.
These contactors are of the block type design with:
• 3 main poles and 1 built-in auxiliary contact
• control circuit: low consumption (3 W at pull-in and holding) DC operated with solid core mag-
1SBC101010F0014
net. Suitable for direct control by PLC outputs (the polarity on the coil terminals A1+ and A2-
must be respected)
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front mounting and a comprehensive range of accessories.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
ASL09-30-10 Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
(1) (1 pce)
05
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V DC kg
4 22 5 20 24 1 0 ASL09-30-10-81 1SBL103001R8110 0.280
0 1 ASL09-30-01-81 1SBL103001R8101 0.280
5.5 24 7.5 20 24 1 0 ASL12-30-10-81 1SBL113001R8110 0.280
0 1 ASL12-30-01-81 1SBL113001R8101 0.280
7.5 24 10 20 24 1 0 ASL16-30-10-81 1SBL123001R8110 0.280
0 1 ASL16-30-01-81 1SBL123001R8101 0.280
Note: for multiple packaging, please contact your ABB local sales organization.
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
72.5 2.85"
35 1.38"
45 1.77" 7 0.28" 10 0.39" 2x
M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
60 2.36"
—
AS09 ... AS16 2-stack 3-pole contactors
4 to 7.5 kW
AC operated
AS09 ... AS16 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
690 V AC and 220 V DC.
These contactors are of the block type design with:
• 1st stack with 3 main poles and 1 N.O. built-in auxiliary contact
• 2nd stack with permanently fixed 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contact block. The auxiliary contact el-
ements are mechanically linked (side-marked symbol) and the N.C. auxiliary contacts are mirror
1SBC101332F0014
contacts
• control circuit: AC operated
• a comprehensive range of accessories.
AS09-30-32
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
05
100.2 3.94"
72.5 2.85"
45 1.77"
7 0.28"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
44.2 1.74"
68 2.68"
—
ASL09 ... ASL16 2-stack 3-pole contactors
4 to 7.5 kW
DC operated
ASL09 ... ASL16 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up
to 690 V AC and 220 V DC.
These contactors are of the block type design with:
• 1st stack with 3 main poles and 1 N.O. built-in auxiliary contact
• 2nd stack with permanently fixed 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contact block. The auxiliary contact el-
ements are mechanically linked (side-marked symbol) and the N.C. auxiliary contacts are mirror
1SBC101334F0014
contacts
• control circuit: low consumption (3 W at pull-in and holding) DC operated with solid core mag-
net. Suitable for direct control by PLC outputs (the polarity on the coil terminals A1+ and A2-
must be respected)
ASL09-30-32
• a comprehensive range of accessories.
05
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1) (1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V DC kg
4 22 5 20 24 3 2 ASL09-30-32-81 1SBL103001R8132 0.320
5.5 24 7.5 20 24 3 2 ASL12-30-32-81 1SBL113001R8132 0.320
7.5 24 10 20 24 3 2 ASL16-30-32-81 1SBL123001R8132 0.320
Note: for multiple packaging, please contact your ABB local sales organization.
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
100.2 3.94"
72.5 2.85" 10
45 1.77"
0.39"
7 0.28"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
44.2 1.74"
68 2.68"
—
AS09 ... AS16 and
ASL09 ... ASL16 3-pole contactors
Main accessories
BER16C-3
MS116 Connection set BEY16C-3
Manual motor Connection set
starter
05
Timer
BEA16-3
Connecting link
VM3
AS
Mechanical
ASL interlock unit
RV5, RC5-1
Contactors
or RT5 AS
ASL
Contactors
AS
ASL
Contactors
CA3
T16
Thermal T16
overload relay Thermal
overload relay
—
AS09 ... AS16 and
ASL09 ... ASL16 3-pole contactors
Main accessories
CA3-10
kg
AS09 … AS16 1 0 CA3-10 1SBN011010T1010 10 0.011
ASL09 … ASL16 0 1 CA3-01 1SBN011010T1001 10 0.011
1SBC101069F0014
05
VM3 kg
AS09 … AS16, ASL09 … ASL16 VM3 1SBN031005T1000 10 0.002
Surge suppressors
1SBC574001F0301
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage - Uc qty (1 pce)
V AC DC kg
AS09 ... AS16, 24...50 RV5/50 1SBN050010R1000 2 0.015
RV5 ASL09 ... ASL16 50...133 RV5/133 1SBN050010R1001 2 0.015
110...250 RV5/250 1SBN050010R1002 2 0.015
250...440 RV5/440 1SBN050010R1003 2 0.015
AS09 ... AS16 24...50 – RC5-1/50 1SBN050100R1000 2 0.012
1SBC101034F0014
—
AS09 ... AS16 and
ASL09 ... ASL16 3-pole contactors
Technical data
—
AS09 ... AS16 and
ASL09 ... ASL16 3-pole contactors
Technical data
05
460 V AC 2 hp 2 hp 5 hp
575 V AC 2 hp 2 hp 5 hp
UL / CSA general use rating
600 V AC 20 A 20 A 20 A
With conductor cross-sectional area AWG 12 AWG 12 AWG 12
UL / CSA maximum 1-phase motor rating
Full load current 120 V AC 7.2 A 9.8 A 13.8 A
240 V AC 8A 10 A 12 A
Horse power rating 120 V AC 1/3 hp 1/2 hp 3/4 hp
240 V AC 1 hp 1-1/2 hp 2 hp
UL / CSA maximum 3-phase motor rating
Full load current (1) 200-208 V AC 7.8 A 7.8 A 11 A
220-240 V AC 6.8 A 9.6 A 15.2 A
440-480 V AC 7.6 A 11 A 14 A
550-600 V AC 9A 11 A 11 A
Horse power rating (1) 200-208 V AC 2 hp 2 hp 3 hp
220-240 V AC 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp
440-480 V AC 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp
550-600 V AC 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 10 hp
Short-circuit protection device for contactors
without thermal overload relay - Motor protection excluded
Fuse rating 40 A 50 A 60 A
Fuse type, 600 V J
Max. electrical switching frequency
For general use 600 cycles/h
For motor use 1200 cycles/h
(1) For the corresponding kW/A or hp/A values of 1500 r.p.m, 50 Hz or 1800 r.p.m, 60 Hz, 3-phase motors, see "Motor rated operational powers and currents".
—
AS09 ... AS16 and
ASL09 ... ASL16 3-pole contactors
Technical data
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
—
AS09 ... AS16 and
ASL09 ... ASL16 3-pole contactors
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC operated AS09 AS12 AS16
DC operated ASL09 ASL12 ASL16
Main terminals
05
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...1.5 mm²
Bars or lugs L≤ 7.7 mm
l L
l> 3.2 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL / CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18...12
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torque Recommended 1.00 Nm / 9 lb.in
Max. 1.20 Nm
Auxiliary conductors
(built-in auxiliary terminals + coil terminals)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...1.5 mm²
Lugs L≤ 7.7 mm
l L
l> 3.2 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL / CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18...14
Stripping length
Tightening torque
Coil terminals Recommended 1.00 Nm / 9 lb.in
Max. 1.20 Nm
Built-in auxiliary terminals Recommended 1.00 Nm / 9 lb.in
Max. 1.20 Nm
Degree of protection
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529
All terminals IP20
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened
All terminals M3
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
5/18 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AS09 ... AS16 and
ASL09 ... ASL16 3-pole contactors
Technical data
690 V 50/60 Hz 2A
Making capacity AC-15 10 x Ie AC-15 acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
Breaking capacity AC-15 10 x Ie AC-15 acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24 V DC 6 A / 144 W
48 V DC 2.8 A / 134 W
72 V DC 1 A / 72 W
110 V DC 0.55 A / 60 W
125 V DC 0.55 A / 69 W
220 V DC 0.27 A / 60 W
250 V DC 0.27 A / 68 W
Short-circuit protection device gG type fuse 10 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw for 1.0 s 100 A
for 0.1 s 140 A
Minimum switching capacity 12 V / 3 mA
with failure rate acc. to IEC 60947-5-4 10 -7
Non-overlapping time between N.O. and N.C. contacts 1.5 ms
Power dissipation per pole at 6 A 0.1 W
Max. electrical switching frequency AC-15 1200 cycles/h
DC-13 900 cycles/h
Mechanically linked contacts Built-in N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts and additional N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA3 aux. contact blocks)
acc. to annex L of IEC 60947-5-1 are mechanically linked contacts.
Mirror contacts Built-in N.C. auxiliary contacts or additional N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA3 aux. contact blocks) are mirror
acc. to annex F of IEC 60947-4-1 contacts.
—
Notes
05
5/20 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AS09 ... AS16 and ASL09 ... ASL16 3-pole contactors
Electrical durability
Switching non-inductive or slightly inductive loads. The breaking current Ic for AC-1 is equal to the rated operational current
of the load. Maximum electrical switching frequency: 600 cycles / hour.
,
12
SL
16 , A
16 ,
SL 12
SL 12
9
L0
Millions of
, A AS
, A SL
AS
16 , A
16 9,
operating
09
AS SL0
AS S12
AS
cycles
A
A
4
05
1 3 5 7 9
0.6
0.5
9
7
5
3
0.3 9
1
7
5
3
1
0.2 9
7
5
3
1 1 3 5 7 9
0.1
2 3 5 9 10 20 30
Breaking current Ic (A)
Example:
Breaking current = 9 A.
On the opposite curve at intersection " " 9 A the corresponding value for the electrical durability is approximately 0.6 mil-
lions operating cycles.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 5/21
—
AS09 ... AS16 and ASL09 ... ASL16 3-pole contactors
Electrical durability
Switching cage motors: starting and switching off running motors. The breaking current Ic for AC-3 is equal to the rated op-
erational current Ie (Ie = motor full load current). Maximum electrical switching frequency: 1200 cycles / hour.
, A 09
12
16
12 SL
SL
SL
AS , A
,A
09
16
AS
AS
Millions of
operating 10
cycles
05
5
3 9
7
5
3
2 9
1
7
5
3
1
1
0.5
0.3
1 3 5 7 9
0.2
2 3 4 5 10 20
Breaking current Ic (A)
Example:
Breaking current = 4 A.
On the opposite curve at intersection " " 4 A the corresponding value for the electrical durability is approximately 3 millions
operating cycles.
5/22 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AS09 ... AS16 3-pole contactors
Terminal marking and positioning
AS contactors - AC operated
NO NC
NO
21NC 31NC 43NO 53NO
NC NC NO NO
AS09 … AS16-30-32 AS09 ... AS16-30-32
Other possible contact combinations with auxiliary contact blocks added by the user
NO NO
21 2- -1
NC = + NC
22 2- -2 A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13 21
NO NC
NO NO
NO NO
21 33 2- 3- -1 -3
NC NO = + NC + NO
22 34 2- 3- -2 -4 A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13 21 33
NO NC NO
NO NO
-3 -1
-3 -1
NO NC
NO NC
-4 -2
-4 -2
CA3-10 CA3-01
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 5/23
—
ASL09 ... ASL16 3-pole contactors
Terminal marking and positioning
NO NC
05
ASL09 ... ASL16-30-10 ASL09 ... ASL16-30-01 ASL09 ... ASL16-30-10 ASL09 ... ASL16-30-01
NO
21NC 31NC 43NO 53NO
NC NC NO NO
ASL09 … ASL16-30-32 ASL09 ... ASL16-30-32
Other possible contact combinations with auxiliary contact blocks added by the user
NO NO
21 2- -1
NC = + NC
A1+ 1L1 3L2 5L3 13 21
22 2- -2 NO NC
NO NO
NO NO
21 33 2- 3- -1 -3
NC NO = + NC + NO
22 34 2- 3- -2 -4 A1+ 1L1 3L2 5L3 13 21 33
NO NC NO
NO NO
-3 -1
-3 -1
NO NC
NO NC
-4 -2
-4 -2
CA3-10 CA3-01
5/24 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AS09 ... AS16 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
100.23.94"
100.2 3.94"
72.5 2.85"
35 1.38" 72.52.85"
72.5 2.85" 1010 35351.38"
1.38"
45 1.77" 7 0.28" 10 0.39" 2x 45451.77"
1.77" 2 2x x
M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17" 0.39"
0.39" M48-32
M4 8-32UNCUNC ø ø4.2
4.20.17"
0.17"
7 70.28"
0.28"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22" 5.50.22"
5.5 0.22"
44.2 1.74"
44.2 1.74"
68 2.68"
68 2.68"
68 2.68"
50 1.97"
60 2.36"
50 1.97"
60 2.36"
50 1.97"
60 2.36"
AS09, AS12, AS16 AS09, AS12, AS16
+ CA3 front-mounted 1-pole auxiliary contact block
05
100.2 3.94"
72.5 2.85" 2x 35 1.38"
45 1.77"
7 0.28" M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
44.2 1.74"
68 2.68"
50 1.97"
60 2.36"
—
AS09 ... AS16 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
72.5 2.85"
4x 80 3.15"
90 3.54" 7 0.28" 10 0.39"
M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
50 1.97"
60 2.36"
AS09, AS12, AS16
+ VM3 mechanical interlock unit including two BB3 fixing clips
05
72.5 2.85"
90 3.54" 80 3.15"
7 0.28" 10 0.39" 2x
M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
78.5 3.09"
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
50 1.97"
60 2.36"
72.5 2.85"
135 5.31"
4x 125 4.92"
7 0.28" 10 0.39"
M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
78.5 3.09"
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
50 1.97"
60 2.36"
—
ASL09 ... ASL16 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
44.2 1.74"
68 2.68"
68 2.68"
44.2 1.74"
60 2.36"
68 2.68"
60 2.36"
60 2.36"
ASL09, ASL12, ASL16 ASL09, ASL12, ASL16
+ CA3 front-mounted 1-pole auxiliary contact block
05
100.2 3.94"
72.5 2.85" 10 2x 35 1.38"
45 1.77"
0.39" M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
7 0.28"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
44.2 1.74"
68 2.68"
60 2.36"
—
ASL09 ... ASL16 3-pole contactors
Dimensions
72.5 2.85"
80 3.15"
90 3.54" 7 0.28" 10 0.39" 4x
35 mm EN/IEC 60715 M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
60 2.36"
ASL09, ASL12, ASL16
+ VM3 mechanical interlock unit including two BB3 fixing clips
05
90 3.54" 72.5 2.85"
80 3.15"
7 0.28" 10 0.39" 2x
M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
78.5 3.09"
5.5 0.22"
60 2.36"
68 2.68"
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
60 2.36"
—
Contactor relays
Main accessories
NS, NSL
Contactor relays
05
CA-3
NS 1-pole auxiliary contact NS
NSL block NSL
Contactor relays Contactor relays
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 5/29
—
Contactor relays
NS NSL
Screw terminals
AC control voltage NS22E NS31E NS40E
05
DC control voltage NSL22E NSL31E NSL40E
2 N.O. + 2 N.C. 3 N.O. + 1 N.C. 4 N.O.
NS NSL
Main accessories
Auxiliary
contact Front mounting 1-pole CA3-10 or CA3-01
blocks
—
NS contactor relays
AC operated
NS contactor relays are used for switching auxiliary and control circuits.
These contactor relays are designed with:
• 4 poles or 8 poles. Contactor relays have mechanically linked auxiliary contact elements (side-
marked symbol)
• control circuit: AC operated
1SBC101012F0014
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front mounting and a comprehensive range of accessories.
A1 13
NO
21
NC
31
NC
43
NO
24 24 NS22E-20 1SBH101001R2022 0.220
220 220 NS22E-25 Relay 1SBH101001R2522 0.220
NO NC NC NO
A2 14 22 32 44
230 230 NS22E-26 1SBH101001R2622 0.220
A1 13
NO
21
NC
33
NO
43
NO
24 24 NS31E-20 1SBH101001R2031 0.220
220 220 NS31E-25 Relay 1SBH101001R2531 0.220
NO NC NO NO
A2 14 22 34 44
230 230 NS31E-26 1SBH101001R2631 0.220
A1 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
24 24 NS40E-20 1SBH101001R2040 0.220
220 220 NS40E-25 Relay 1SBH101001R2540 0.220
NO NO NO NO
A2 14 24 34 44
230 230 NS40E-26 1SBH101001R2640 0.220
A1 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
51
NC
61
NC
71
NC
81
NC
24 24 NS44E-20 1SBH101001R2044 0.260
220 220 NS44E-25 Relay 1SBH101001R2544 0.260
NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
A2 14 24 34 44 52 62 72 82
230 230 NS44E-26 1SBH101001R2644 0.260
A1 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
71
NC
81
NC 24 24 NS53E-20 1SBH101001R2053 0.260
220 220 NS53E-25 Relay 1SBH101001R2553 0.260
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 82
230 230 NS53E-26 1SBH101001R2653 0.260
A1 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
71
NC
83
NO 24 24 NS62E-20 1SBH101001R2062 0.260
220 220 NS62E-25 Relay 1SBH101001R2562 0.260
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84
230 230 NS62E-26 1SBH101001R2662 0.260
A1 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
73
NO
83
NO 24 24 NS71E-20 1SBH101001R2071 0.260
220 220 NS71E-25 Relay 1SBH101001R2571 0.260
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 74 84
230 230 NS71E-26 1SBH101001R2671 0.260
A1 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
63
NO
73
NO
83
NO
24 24 NS80E-20 1SBH101001R2080 0.260
220 220 NS80E-25 Relay 1SBH101001R2580 0.260
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84
230 230 NS80E-26 1SBH101001R2680 0.260
Note: for multiple packaging, please contact your ABB local sales organization.
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
68 2.68"
50 1.97"
60 2.36"
—
NSL contactor relays
DC operated
NSL contactor relays are used for switching auxiliary and control circuits.
These contactor relays are designed with:
• 4 poles or 8 poles. Contactor relays have mechanically linked auxiliary contact elements (side-
marked symbol)
• control circuit: low coil consumption (3 W at pull-in and holding) DC operated with solid core
1SBC101018F0014
magnet. Suitable for direct control by PLC outputs (the polarity on the coil terminals A1+ and A2-
must be respected)
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front mounting and a comprehensive range of accessories.
05
(1)
V DC kg
A1+ 13
NO
21
NC
31
NC
43
NO
24 NSL22E-81 1SBH103001R8122 0.280
NO NC NC NO
A2- 14 22 32 44
A1+ 13
NO
21
NC
33
NO
43
NO
24 NSL31E-81 1SBH103001R8131 0.280
NO NC NO NO
A2- 14 22 34 44
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
24 NSL40E-81 1SBH103001R8140 0.280
NO NO NO NO
A2- 14 24 34 44
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
51
NC
61
NC
71
NC
81
NC
24 NSL44E-81 1SBH103001R8144 0.320
NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
A2- 14 24 34 44 52 62 72 82
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
71
NC
81
NC
24 NSL53E-81 1SBH103001R8153 0.320
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC
A2- 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 82
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
71
NC
83
NO 24 NSL62E-81 1SBH103001R8162 0.320
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
A2- 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
73
NO
83
NO 24 NSL71E-81 1SBH103001R8171 0.320
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO
A2- 14 24 34 44 54 62 74 84
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
63
NO
73
NO
83
NO
24 NSL80E-81 1SBH103001R8180 0.320
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
A2- 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84
Note: for multiple packaging, please contact your ABB local sales organization.
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
68 2.68"
60 2.36"
—
NS and NSL contactor relays
Main accessories
CA-3
NS NS 1-pole auxiliary contact
NSL NSL block
Contactor relays Contactor relays
CA3
—
NS and NSL contactor relays
Main accessories
kg
CA3-10
NS, NSL 1 0 CA3-10 1SBN011010T1010 10 0.011
0 1 CA3-01 1SBN011010T1001 10 0.011
Surge suppressors
05
1SBC574001F0301
For contactor relays Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage - Uc qty (1 pce)
V AC DC kg
NS, 24...50 RV5/50 1SBN050010R1000 2 0.015
NSL 50...133 RV5/133 1SBN050010R1001 2 0.015
RV5
110...250 RV5/250 1SBN050010R1002 2 0.015
250...440 RV5/440 1SBN050010R1003 2 0.015
NS 24...50 – RC5-1/50 1SBN050100R1000 2 0.012
50...133 – RC5-1/133 1SBN050100R1001 2 0.012
110...250 – RC5-1/250 1SBN050100R1002 2 0.012
250...440 – RC5-1/440 1SBN050100R1003 2 0.012
NSL 12...32 – RT5/32 1SBN050020R1000 2 0.015
25...65 – RT5/65 1SBN050020R1001 2 0.015
50...90 – RT5/90 1SBN050020R1002 2 0.015
77...150 – RT5/150 1SBN050020R1003 2 0.015
150...264 – RT5/264 1SBN050020R1004 2 0.015
5/34 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
NS and NSL contactor relays
Technical data
—
NS and NSL contactor relays
Technical data
05
50/60 Hz 6.5 VA / 1.5 W
Drop-out voltage Approx. 30...50 % of Uc
Operating time
Between coil energization and: N.O. contact closing 9...24 ms
N.C. contact opening 6...18 ms
Between coil de-energization and: N.O. contact opening (1) 5...19 ms
N.C. contact closing (1) 7...22 ms
(1) The use of RC5-1 surge suppressor increases opening time by a factor of 2 to 3.
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
Pos. 1 Pos. 5
—
NS and NSL contactor relays
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
Contactor relay types AC operated NS
DC operated NSL
Main terminals
—
Notes
05
Preliminary
5/38 ABB Draft 2022.12.16
MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
NS contactor relays
Terminal marking and positioning
NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO
A2 14 22 32 44 A2 14 22 34 44
51 61 71 81
NS22E NS31E
NC NC NC NC
52 62 72 82 A1 13 23 33 43 51 61 71 81
A1 13 23 33 43 NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
14 22 32 44 A2 14 22 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 A2
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
A2 14 24 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 52 62 72 82
A1 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 81 A1 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 83
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
13 23 33 43 A1 13 23 33 43 A1 13 23 33 43 A1 13 23 33 43 A1
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 82 A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84
53 61 71 81 53 61 71 83 53 61 73 83 53 63 73 83
NS53E NS62E
NO NC NC NC NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO
54 62 72 82 54 62 72 84 54 62 74 84 54 64 74 84 A1 13 23 33 43 53 61 73 83 A1 13 23 33 43 53 63 73 83
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
14 24 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 A2
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 74 84 A2 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84
Other possible contact combinations with auxiliary contact blocks added by the user
A1 13 21 33 43 53
NO NC NO NO NO
13 21 33 43 A1 13 21 33 43 A1 13 23 33 43 A1 13 23 33 43 A1
NO NC NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO
A2 14 22 34 44 54
53 5- -3 51 61 5- 6- -1 -1
Combination 41E
NO = + NO NC NC = + NC + NC
54 5- -4 52 62 5- 6- -2 -2
A1 13 23 33 43 51 61
NO NC NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC
14 22 34 44 A2 14 22 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 A2
NO NO NO NO NC NC
A2 14 24 34 44 52 62
Combination 41E = NS31E + CA3-10 Combination 42E = NS40E + CA3-01 + CA3-01 Combination 42E
A1 13 23 33 43 53
NO NO NO NO NO
13 23 33 43 A1 13 23 33 43 A1 13 23 33 43 A1 13 23 33 43 A1
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
NO NO NO NO NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54
53 5- -3 53 63 5- 6- -3 -3
NO = + NO NO NO = + NO + NO
Combination 50E
54 5- -4 54 64 5- 6- -4 -4
A1 13 23 33 43 53 63
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
14 24 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 A2
NO NO NO NO NO NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54 64
Combination 50E = NS40E + CA3-10 Combination 60E = NS40E + CA3-10 + CA3-10 Combination 60E
-3 -1
-3 -1
NO NC
NO NC
-4 -2
-4 -2
CA3-10 CA3-01
Preliminary
ABB Draft 2022.12.16
MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 5/39
—
NSL contactor relays
Terminal marking and positioning
NSL contactor relays - DC operated (the polarity A1+, A2- must be respected)
NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO
A2- 14 22 32 44 A2- 14 22 34 44
51 61 71 81
NSL22E NSL31E
NC NC NC NC
52 62 72 82 A1+ 13 23 33 43 51 61 71 81
A1+ 13 23 33 43 NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
05
A1+ 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 81 A1+ 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 83
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
13 23 33 43 A1+ 13 23 33 43 A1+ 13 23 33 43 A1+ 13 23 33 43 A1+
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
A2- 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 82 A2- 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84
53 61 71 81 53 61 71 83 53 61 73 83 53 63 73 83
NSL53E NSL62E
NO NC NC NC NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO
54 62 72 82 54 62 72 84 54 62 74 84 54 64 74 84 A1+ 13 23 33 43 53 61 73 83 A1+ 13 23 33 43 53 63 73 83
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
Other possible contact combinations with auxiliary contact blocks added by the user
A1+ 13 21 33 43 53
NO NC NO NO NO
13 21 33 43 A1+ 13 21 33 43 A1+ 13 23 33 43 A1+ 13 23 33 43 A1+
NO NC NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO
A2- 14 22 34 44 54
53 5- -3 51 61 5- 6- -1 -1
Combination 41E
NO = + NO NC NC = + NC + NC
54 5- -4 52 62 5- 6- -2 -2
A1+ 13 23 33 43 51 61
NO NC NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC
Combination 41E = NSL31E + CA3-10 Combination 42E = NSL40E + CA3-01 + CA3-01 Combination 42E
A1+ 13 23 33 43 53
NO NO NO NO NO
13 23 33 43 A1+ 13 23 33 43 A1+ 13 23 33 43 A1+ 13 23 33 43 A1+
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
NO NO NO NO NO
A2- 14 24 34 44 54
53 5- -3 53 63 5- 6- -3 -3
NO = + NO NO NO = + NO + NO
Combination 50E
54 5- -4 54 64 5- 6- -4 -4
A1+ 13 23 33 43 53 63
NO NO NO NO NO NO
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
Combination 50E = NSL40E + CA3-10 Combination 60E = NSL40E + CA3-10 + CA3-10 Combination 60E
-3 -1
-3 -1
NO NC
NO NC
-4 -2
-4 -2
CA3-10 CA3-01
5/40 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
NS contactor relays
Dimensions
72.5 2.85"
35 1.38"
45 1.77" 7 0.28" 2x
M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
50 1.97"
60 2.36"
05
100.2 3.94"
72.5 2.85" 2x 35 1.38"
45 1.77"
7 0.28" M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
44.2 1.74"
68 2.68"
50 1.97"
60 2.36"
100.2 3.94"
72.5 2.85" 2x 35 1.38"
45 1.77"
7 0.28" M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
44.2 1.74"
68 2.68"
50 1.97"
60 2.36"
—
NSL contactor relays
Dimensions
72.5 2.85"
35 1.38"
45 1.77" 7 0.28" 2x
M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
60 2.36"
05
NSL22E, NSL31E, NSL40E
100.2 3.94"
72.5 2.85" 2x 35 1.38"
45 1.77"
7 0.28" M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
44.2 1.74"
68 2.68"
60 2.36"
100.2 3.94"
72.5 2.85" 2x 35 1.38"
45 1.77"
7 0.28" M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
44.2 1.74"
68 2.68"
60 2.36"
—
Auxiliary contact blocks
Accessories
The auxiliary contact blocks are used for the operation of auxiliary circuits and control circuits.
CA3 1-pole auxiliary contact blocks, designed for standard industrial environments, are equipped
with:
1SBC101036F0014
For contactors For contactor relays Contact Type Order code Pkg Weight
blocks qty (1 pce)
05
kg
100.2 3.94"
72.5 2.85" 10
45 1.77"
0.39"
7 0.28"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
44.2 1.74"
68 2.68"
—
Auxiliary contact blocks
Technical data
05
500 V 50/60 Hz 2A
690 V 50/60 Hz 2A
Making capacity 10 x Ie AC-15 acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
Breaking capacity 10 x Ie AC-15 acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13 24 V DC 6 A / 144 W
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 48 V DC 2.8 A / 134 W
72 V DC 1 A / 72 W
110 V DC 0.55 A / 60 W
125 V DC 0.55 A / 69 W
220 V DC 0.27 A / 60 W
250 V DC 0.27 A / 68 W
Short-circuit protection device gG type fuse 10 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw for 1.0 s 100 A
θ = 40 °C for 0.1 s 140 A
Minimum switching capacity 12 V / 3 mA
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...1.5 mm²
l L
Lugs L ≤ 7.7 mm
l > 3.2 mm
Connection capacity acc. to UL / CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18...14
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torque Recommended 1 Nm / 9 Ib.in
Max. 1.20 Nm
Degree of protection
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529 IP20
Screw terminals Delivered in open position, screws of unused terminals must be tightened
All terminals M3
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 5.5 / Pozidriv 2
5/4 4 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Auxiliary contact blocks for AS09 ... AS16, ASL09 ... ASL16 contactors
and NS, NSL contactor relays
Electrical durability
The curve has been drawn for resistive and inductive loads up to 400 V:
• AS09 ... AS16 and ASL09 ... ASL16 contactor built-in auxiliary contacts
• 1-pole CA3
• NS and NSL contactor relays.
05
Millions of
operating
cycles
30
20
10
0.5
0.3
0.2
1 3 5 7 9
0.1
0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 10
Example:
Breaking current = 1.3 A
On the opposite curve at intersection " " 1.3 A the corresponding value for the electrical durability is approximately 2 millions oper-
ating cycles.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 5/45
—
Surge suppressors for contactor coils
(V) The operation of inductive circuits causes overvoltages, in particular on opening the contactor coil.
1000
The electromagnetic energy stored in the coil during contactor closing is restored on opening in
T (µs) the form of surges, the slope and amplitude of which may rise to several kilovolts. A number of
0 100
drawbacks are observed ranging from interference on the electronic devices to the breakdown of
1000
insulators and even the destruction of certain sensitive components.
0 100 The graph opposite reproduces the oscillogram showing voltage discharges at the terminals of a
42 V / 50 Hz coil without peak clipping. The coil was switched by 8 series-connected poles of a
contactor relay.
Following a burst of discharges with a very steep slope, a damped oscillation emerges with a peak
value of 3500 V.
Overvoltage Factor
05
The overvoltage factor k is defined as the ratio of the maximum overvoltage peak value Ûs to the
peak value Ûc of the coil rated control voltage Uc:
Ûs max. Ûs max. Ûs max.
k = in DC k = in AC k =
Ûc Uc Uc √2
= 3500
For example the following is obtained for the above graph: k ≈ 60
1SBC101042F0014
42 √2
To reduce the harmful effects of these overvoltages, ABB has developed a range of surge suppres-
sors designed to reduce the k factor defined above and to limit or even completely eliminate the
RV5 high pre-damping voltage frequencies.
Each case is different, but the technical data tolerances and generous sizing of parts have enabled
us to reduce the number of variants.
We have chosen the following solutions: transil diodes, varistors and RC blocks.
Note: A varistor is a resistor whose value decreases to a very large extent when a certain voltage is
applied at its terminals.
1SBC101042F0014
For For Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
contactors contactor voltage - Uc qty (1 pce)
relays
RC5-1 V AC DC kg
AS, ASL NS, NSL 24...50 ● ● RV5/50 1SBN050010R1000 2 0.015
50...133 ● ● RV5/133 1SBN050010R1001 2 0.015
110...250 ● ● RV5/250 1SBN050010R1002 2 0.015
250...440 ● ● RV5/440 1SBN050010R1003 2 0.015
AS NS 24...50 ● – RC5-1/50 1SBN050100R1000 2 0.012
50...133 ● – RC5-1/133 1SBN050100R1001 2 0.012
1SBC101042F0014
No additional space
Clipped onto the right side part of the
contactor base without changing con-
tactor overall dimensions and keeping a
free access to coil terminals.
—
Surge suppressors for contactor coils
Technical data
Wiring diagrams
A1 A1 A1
E0735D
E0734D
E0733D
A2 A2 A2
Varistor RC type Transil diode
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 5/47
—
Mechanical interlock unit and other accessories
05
Fixing clips
BB3 is a set of 50 fixing clips.
Test block
BDT4 test block is suitable for switching on contactor off-load.
Marking on the block indicates the contactor type to fit with.
Function markers
Box of 16 blank cards (16 markers by card) printable on HTP500 thermal transfer printer and AMS
500 marking table to identify your contactors, overload relays or manual motor starters.
Marker dimensions: 7 x 20 mm (.276" x .787").
1SBC100043V0014
BA4
5/48 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Connection accessories for starting solutions
1SBC101034F0014
Connecting links
The BEA16-3 insulated 3-pole connecting links are used to connect an AC or DC operated
contactors with manual motor starters.
The connecting links ensure the electrical and mechanical connection between the contactor and
the manual motor starter.
BEA16-3 For contactors Manual motor Type Order code Pkg Weight
starter qty (1 pce)
kg
AS09 ... AS16 MS116-0.16 ... MS116-16 BEA16-3 1SBN081006T1000 10 0.019
ASL09 ... ASL16 MS132-0.16 ... MS132-16
05
For contactors Mech. interlock unit Type Order code Pkg Weight
between star & delta qty (1 pce)
BEY16C-3
Line Delta Star contactors kg
AS09 AS09 AS09 with or without VM3 BEY16C-3 1SBN081018R2000 1 0.041
AS12 AS12 AS09
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 5/49
—
Voltage code table
The below tables indicate the available coil voltages and corresponding digits for order codes. When placing an order, please
give either type or order code. Select a standard contactor from ordering detail pages. Change the coil voltage code in the
type or in the order code according to the table below. For detail code information, please contact your ABB local sales orga-
nization.
3-pole contactors
Auxiliary contacts
N.O. N.C.
AC coil code DC coil code
Type Order code 50 Hz 60 Hz 81 24 V
05
20 24 V 24 V 86 110 V
AS16 - 30 - 10 - 26 1SBL121001R 26 10 22 48 V 48 V 87 125 V
23 110 V 110 V 88 220 V
16 – 120 V
N.O. N.C. 25 220 V 220 V
Main contacts 26 230 V 230 V
13 380 V –
28 400 V 400 V
Contactor type
AS AC operated
ASL DC operated
Contactor relays
Type Order code
AC coil code DC coil code
NS 40 E - 26 1SBH101001R 26 40 50 Hz 60 Hz 81 24 V
20 24 V 24 V 86 110 V
23 110 V 110 V 87 125 V
16 – 120 V 88 220 V
N.O. N.C.
25 220 V 220 V
Number contacts
26 230 V 230 V
28 400 V 400 V
Contactor type
NS AC operated
NSL DC operated
5/50 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
05
—
For direct product details information, use product type or order code, ex:
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SBL137001R1310
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 5/51
—
AS..S 3-pole contactors
and NS..S contactor relays
with spring terminals
05
AS..S 3-pole contactors - with spring terminals
5/56 AS09..S ... AS16..S AC operated
5/57 ASL09..S ... ASL16..S DC operated
5/58 AS09..S ... AS16..S AC operated - 2-stack
5/59 ASL09..S ... ASL16..S DC operated - 2-stack
5/60 Main accessories
5/62 Technical data
5/68 Electrical durability
5/69 Terminal marking and positioning
5/71 Dimensions
NS..S contactors relays - with spring terminals
5/73 NS..S AC operated
5/74 NSL..S DC operated
5/75 Main accessories
5/77 Technical data
5/80 Terminal marking and positioning
5/82 Dimensions
Accessories
5/84 Auxiliary contact blocks - with spring terminals
5/88 Surge suppressors for contactor coils
5/90 Connecting links for starting solution and other accessories
5/91 Voltage code table
5/52 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AS09..S ... AS16..S 3-pole contactors
4 to 7.5 kW
AC operated - with spring terminals
AS09 ... AS16 contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits up to
690 V AC and 220 V DC.
These contactors are of the block type design with:
• spring terminals
• 3 main poles and 1 built-in auxiliary contact
1SBC101009F0014
72.5 2.85"
35 1.38"
45 1.77" 7 0.28" 10 0.39" 2x
M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
50 1.97"
60 2.36"
—
ASL09..S ... ASL16..S 3-pole contactors
4 to 7.5 kW
DC operated - with spring terminals
ASL09..S ... ASL16..S contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits
up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC.
These contactors are of the block type design with:
• spring terminals
• 3 main poles and 1 built-in auxiliary contact
1SBC101011F0014
• control circuit: low consumption (3 W at pull-in and holding) DC operated with solid core mag-
net. Suitable for direct control by PLC outputs (the polarity on the coil terminals A1+ and A2-
must be respected)
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front mounting and comprehensive range of accessories.
ASL09-30-10S
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
05
power current motor use Uc fitted
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1) Pkg
400 V 480 V 600 V AC (1 pce)
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V DC kg
4 20 5 12 24 1 0 ASL09-30-10S-81 1SBL103004R8110 0.280
0 1 ASL09-30-01S-81 1SBL103004R8101 0.280
5.5 22 7.5 12 24 1 0 ASL12-30-10S-81 1SBL113004R8110 0.280
0 1 ASL12-30-01S-81 1SBL113004R8101 0.280
7.5 22 10 15.2 24 1 0 ASL16-30-10S-81 1SBL123004R8110 0.280
0 1 ASL16-30-01S-81 1SBL123004R8101 0.280
Note: for multiple packaging, please contact your ABB local sales organization.
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
72.5 2.85"
2x 35 1.38"
45 1.77" 7 0.28" 10 0.39"
M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
60 2.36"
—
AS09..S ... AS16..S 2-stack 3-pole contactors
4 to 7.5 kW
AC operated - with spring terminals
AS09..S ... AS16..S contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits
up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC.
These contactors are of the block type design with:
• spring terminals
• 1st stack with 3 main poles and 1 N.O. built-in auxiliary contact
1SBC101333F0014
• 2nd stack with permanently fixed 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contact block
• the auxiliary contact elements are mechanically linked (side-marked symbol) and the N.C. auxil-
iary contacts are mirror contacts
• control circuit: AC operated
AS09-30-32S
• a comprehensive range of accessories.
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
05
Note: for multiple packaging, please contact your ABB local sales organization.
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
110.8 4.36"
72.5 2.85" 10 0.39"
45 1.77"
7 0.28"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
35.4 1.39"
68 2.68"
—
ASL09..S ... ASL16..S 2-stack 3-pole contactors
4 to 7.5 kW
DC operated - with spring terminals
ASL09..S ... ASL16..S contactors are mainly used for controlling 3-phase motors and power circuits
up to 690 V AC and 220 V DC.
These contactors are of the block type design with:
• spring terminals
• 1st stack with 3 main poles and 1 N.O. built-in auxiliary contact
1SBC101335F0014
• 2nd stack with permanently fixed 2 N.O. + 2 N.C. auxiliary contact block
• the auxiliary contact elements are mechanically linked (side-marked symbol) and the N.C. auxil-
iary contacts are mirror contacts
• control circuit: low consumption (3 W at pull-in and holding) DC operated with solid core mag-
ASL09-30-32S net. Suitable for direct control by PLC outputs (the polarity on the coil terminals A1+ and A2-
must be respected)
• a comprehensive range of accessories.
05
IEC UL/CSA Rated control circuit Auxiliary Type Order code Weight
Rated operational 3-phase General voltage contacts
power current motor use Uc
fitted Pkg
θ ≤ 40 °C rating rating (1)
(1 pce)
400 V 480 V 600 V AC
AC-3 AC-1
kW A hp A V DC kg
4 20 5 12 24 3 2 ASL09-30-32S-81 1SBL103004R8132 0.320
5.5 22 7.5 12 24 3 2 ASL12-30-32S-81 1SBL113004R8132 0.320
7.5 22 10 15.2 24 3 2 ASL16-30-32S-81 1SBL123004R8132 0.320
Note: for multiple packaging, please contact your ABB local sales organization.
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
110.8 4.36"
72.5 2.85" 10 0.39"
45 1.77"
7 0.28"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
35.4 1.39"
68 2.68"
—
AS09..S ... AS16..S and
ASL09..S ... ASL16..S 3-pole contactors - with spring terminals
Main accessories
VM3
05
AS..S
ASL..S
Contactors CA3..S
CA3..S
AS..S
ASL..S
Contactors
—
AS09..S ... AS16..S and
ASL09..S ... ASL16..S 3-pole contactors - with spring terminals
Main accessories
kg
CA3-10S
AS09..S … AS16..S 1 0 CA3-10S 1SBN011019T1010 10 0.011
ASL09..S … ASL16..S 0 1 CA3-01S 1SBN011019T1001 10 0.011
1SBC101069F0014
05
Mechanical interlock unit
For contactors Type Order code Pkg Weight
VM3 qty (1 pce)
kg
AS09..S … AS16..S, ASL09..S … ASL16..S VM3 1SBN031005T1000 10 0.002
1SBC574001F0301
Surge suppressors
For contactors Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage - Uc qty (1 pce)
RV5 V AC DC kg
AS09..S ... AS16..S, 24...50 ● ● RV5/50 1SBN050010R1000 2 0.015
ASL09..S ... ASL16..S 50...133 ● ● RV5/133 1SBN050010R1001 2 0.015
110...250 ● ● RV5/250 1SBN050010R1002 2 0.015
250...440 ● ● RV5/440 1SBN050010R1003 2 0.015
AS09..S ... AS16..S 24...50 ● – RC5-1/50 1SBN050100R1000 2 0.012
50...133 ● – RC5-1/133 1SBN050100R1001 2 0.012
110...250 ● – RC5-1/250 1SBN050100R1002 2 0.012
250...440 ● – RC5-1/440 1SBN050100R1003 2 0.012
ASL09..S ... ASL16..S 12...32 – ● RT5/32 1SBN050020R1000 2 0.015
25...65 – ● RT5/65 1SBN050020R1001 2 0.015
50...90 – ● RT5/90 1SBN050020R1002 2 0.015
77...150 – ● RT5/150 1SBN050020R1003 2 0.015
150...264 – ● RT5/264 1SBN050020R1004 2 0.015
BEA16-3U
5/58 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AS09..S ... AS16..S and
ASL09..S ... ASL16..S 3-pole contactors - with spring terminals
Technical data
(1) For the corresponding kW/A or hp/A values of 1500 r.p.m, 50 Hz or 1800 r.p.m, 60 Hz, 3-phase motors, see "Motor rated operational powers and currents".
(2) For the protection of motor starters against short circuits, see "Coordination with short-circuit protection devices".
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 5/59
—
AS09..S ... AS16..S and
ASL09..S ... ASL16..S 3-pole contactors - with spring terminals
Technical data
05
460 V AC 2 hp 2 hp 2 hp
575 V AC 2 hp 2 hp 2 hp
UL / CSA General use rating
600 V AC 12 A 12 A 15.2 A
With conductor cross-sectional area AWG 14 AWG 14 AWG 12
UL / CSA maximum 1-phase motor rating
Full load current 120 V AC 7.2 A 9.8 A 13.8 A
240 V AC 8 A 10 A 12 A
Horse power rating 120 V AC 1/3 hp 1/2 hp 3/4 hp
240 V AC 1 hp 1-1/2 hp 2 hp
UL / CSA maximum 3-phase motor rating
Full load current (1) 200-208 V AC 7.8 A 7.8 A 11 A
220-240 V AC 6.8 A 9.6 A 15.2 A
440-480 V AC 7.6 A 11 A 14 A
550-600 V AC 9 A 11 A 11 A
Horse power rating (1) 200-208 V AC 2 hp 2 hp 3 hp
220-240 V AC 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp
440-480 V AC 5 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp
550-600 V AC 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 10 hp
Short-circuit protection device for contactors
without thermal overload relay - Motor protection excluded
Fuse rating 40 A 50 A 60 A
Fuse type, 600 V J
Max. electrical switching frequency
For general use 600 cycles/h
For motor use 1200 cycles/h
(1) For the corresponding kW/A or hp/A values of 1500 r.p.m, 50 Hz or 1800 r.p.m, 60 Hz, 3-phase motors, see "Motor rated operational powers and currents".
—
AS09..S ... AS16..S and
ASL09..S ... ASL16..S 3-pole contactors - with spring terminals
Technical data
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
—
AS09..S ... AS16..S and
ASL09..S ... ASL16..S 3-pole contactors - with spring terminals
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
Contactor types AC operated AS09..S AS12..S AS16..S
DC operated ASL09..S ASL12..S ASL16..S
Main terminals
Spring terminals
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Main conductors (poles)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
05
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...1.5 mm²
2x 0.75...1.5 mm²
Connection capacity acc. to UL / CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18...12
Stripping length 10 mm
Auxiliary conductors
(built-in auxiliary terminals + coil terminals)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...1.5 mm²
2x 0.75...1.5 mm²
Connection capacity acc. to UL / CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18...14
Stripping length 10 mm
Degree of protection
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529
All terminals IP20
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 3.5
5/62 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AS09..S ... AS16..S and
ASL09..S ... ASL16..S 3-pole contactors - with spring terminals
Technical data
—
Notes
05
5/64 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
AS09..S ... AS16..S and
ASL09..S ... ASL16..S 3-pole contactors - with spring terminals
Electrical durability
Switching non-inductive or slightly inductive loads. The breaking current Ic for AC-1 is equal to the rated operational current
of the load. Maximum electrical switching frequency: 600 cycles / hour.
,
.S
2.
L1S
..S , A
Millions of
..S ,
16 ..S
16 ..S
SL 12
SL 12
.S
operating
, A AS
, A SL
9.
L0
cycles
..S , A
..S .S,
AS
..S
16 ..S
16 9.
09
AS SL0
AS S12
05
AS
1 3 5 7 9
0.6
0.5
9
7
5
3
0.3 9
1
7
5
3
1
0.2 9
7
5
3
1 1 3 5 7 9
0.1
2 3 5 9 10 20 30
Breaking current Ic (A)
Example:
Breaking current = 9 A.
On the opposite curve at intersection " " 9 A the corresponding value for the electrical durability is approximately 0.6 mil-
lions operating cycles.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 5/65
—
AS09..S ... AS16..S 3-pole contactors - with spring terminals
Terminal marking and positioning
NO NC
05
AS09 ... AS16-30-10S AS09 ... AS16-30-01S AS09 ... AS16-30-10S AS09 ... AS16-30-01S
NO
21NC 31NC 43NO 53NO
NC NC NO NO
Other possible contact combinations with auxiliary contact blocks added by the user
NO NO
21 2- -1
NC = + NC
22 2- -2 A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13 21
NO NC
NO NO
NO NO
21 33 2- 3- -1 -3
NC NO = + NC + NO
22 34 2- 3- -2 -4 A1 1L1 3L2 5L3 13 21 33
NO NC NO
NO NO
-3 -1
-3 -1
NO NC
NO NC
-4 -2
-4 -2
CA3-10S CA3-01S
5/66 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
ASL09..S ... ASL16..S 3-pole contactors - with spring terminals
Terminal marking and positioning
NO NC
ASL09 ... ASL16-30-10S ASL09 ... ASL16-30-01S ASL09 ... ASL16-30-10S ASL09 ... ASL16-30-01S
NO
21NC 31NC 43NO 53NO
NC NC NO NO
Other possible contact combinations with auxiliary contact blocks added by the user
NO NO
21 2- -1
NC = + NC
A1+ 1L1 3L2 5L3 13 21
22 2- -2 NO NC
NO NO
NO NO
21 33 2- 3- -1 -3
NC NO = + NC + NO
22 34 2- 3- -2 -4 A1+ 1L1 3L2 5L3 13 21 33
NO NC NO
NO NO
-3 -1
-3 -1
NO NC
NO NC
-4 -2
-4 -2
CA3-10S CA3-01S
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 5/67
—
AS09..S ... AS16..S 3-pole contactors - with spring terminals
Dimensions
72.5 2.85"
35 1.38"
45 1.77" 7 0.28" 10 0.39" 2x
M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
50 1.97"
60 2.36"
AS09..S, AS12..S, AS16..S
05
110.8 4.36"
72.5 2.85" 10 0.39" 2x 35 1.38"
45 1.77"
7 0.28" M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
35.4 1.39"
68 2.68"
50 1.97"
60 2.36"
110.8 4.36"
72.5 2.85" 10 0.39" 35 1.38"
45 1.77" 2x
7 0.28" M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
35.4 1.39"
68 2.68"
50 1.97"
60 2.36"
AS09...16-30-32S
72.5 2.85"
80 3.15"
90 3.54" 7 0.28" 10 0.39" 4x
M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
50 1.97"
60 2.36"
—
ASL09..S ... ASL16..S 3-pole contactors - with spring terminals
Dimensions
72.5 2.85"
2x 35 1.38"
45 1.77" 7 0.28" 10 0.39"
M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
110.8 4.36"
72.5 2.85" 10 0.39" 35 1.38"
45 1.77" 2x
7 0.28" M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
35.4 1.39"
68 2.68"
60 2.36"
110.8 4.36"
72.5 2.85" 10 0.39" 35 1.38"
45 1.77" 2x
7 0.28" M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
35.4 1.39"
68 2.68"
60 2.36"
ASL09...16-30-32S
72.5 2.85"
80 3.15"
90 3.54" 7 0.28" 10 0.39" 4x
M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
60 2.36"
—
NS..S contactor relays - with spring terminals
AC operated
NS..S contactor relays are used for switching auxiliary and control circuits.
These contactor relays are designed with:
• spring terminals
• 4 poles or 8 poles. Contactor relays have mechanically linked auxiliary contact elements (side-
marked symbol)
1SBC101015F0014
05
V 50 Hz V 60 Hz kg
A1 13
NO
21
NC
31
NC
43
NO
24 24 NS22ES-20 1SBH101004R2022 0.220
NO NC NC NO
220 220 NS22ES-25 Relay 1SBH101004R2522
A2 14 22 32 44
NO NC NO NO
220 220 NS31ES-25 Relay 1SBH101004R2531
A2 14 22 34 44
NO NO NO NO
220 220 NS40ES-25 Relay 1SBH101004R2540
A2 14 24 34 44
230 230 NS40ES-26 1SBH101004R2640 0.220
A1 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
51
NC
61
NC
71
NC
81
NC
24 24 NS44ES-20 1SBH101004R2044 0.260
220 220 NS44ES-25 Relay 1SBH101004R2544
NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
A2 14 24 34 44 52 62 72 82
230 230 NS44ES-26 1SBH101004R2644 0.260
A1 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
71
NC
81
NC 24 24 NS53ES-20 1SBH101004R2053 0.260
220 220 NS53ES-25 Relay 1SBH101004R2553
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 82
230 230 NS53ES-26 1SBH101004R2653 0.260
A1 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
71
NC
83
NO 24 24 NS62ES-20 1SBH101004R2062 0.260
220 220 NS62ES-25 Relay 1SBH101004R2562
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84
230 230 NS62ES-26 1SBH101004R2662 0.260
A1 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
73
NO
83
NO 24 24 NS71ES-20 1SBH101004R2071 0.260
220 220 NS71ES-25 Relay 1SBH101004R2571
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 74 84
230 230 NS71ES-26 1SBH101004R2671 0.260
A1 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
63
NO
73
NO
83
NO
24 24 NS80ES-20 1SBH101004R2080 0.260
220 220 NS80ES-25 Relay 1SBH101004R2580
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84
230 230 NS80ES-26 1SBH101004R2680 0.260
Note: for multiple packaging, please contact your ABB local sales organization.
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
68 2.68"
—
NSL..S contactor relays - with spring terminals
DC operated
NSL..S contactor relays are used for switching auxiliary and control circuits.
These contactor relays are designed with:
• spring terminals
• 4 poles or 8 poles. Contactor relays have mechanically linked auxiliary contact elements (side-
marked symbol)
• control circuit: low coil consumption (3 W at pull-in and holding) DC operated with solid core
1SBC101021F0014
magnet. Suitable for direct control by PLC outputs (the polarity on the coil terminals A1+ and A2-
must be respected)
• add-on auxiliary contact blocks for front mounting and a comprehensive range of accessories.
Number of contacts Rated control circuit Type Order code Weight
1st stack 2nd stack voltage
NSL22ES
Uc
Pkg
05
(1)
(1 pce)
V DC kg
A1+ 13
NO
21
NC
31
NC
43
NO
24 NSL22ES-81 1SBH103004R8122 0.280
NO NC NC NO
A2- 14 22 32 44
A1+ 13
NO
21
NC
33
NO
43
NO
24 NSL31ES-81 1SBH103004R8131 0.280
NO NC NO NO
A2- 14 22 34 44
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
24 NSL40ES-81 1SBH103004R8140 0.280
NO NO NO NO
A2- 14 24 34 44
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
51
NC
61
NC
71
NC
81
NC
24 NSL44ES-81 1SBH103004R8144 0.320
NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
A2- 14 24 34 44 52 62 72 82
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
71
NC
81
NC
24 NSL53ES-81 1SBH103004R8153 0.320
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC
A2- 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 82
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
71
NC
83
NO 24 NSL62ES-81 1SBH103004R8162 0.320
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
A2- 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
61
NC
73
NO
83
NO 24 NSL71ES-81 1SBH103004R8171 0.320
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO
A2- 14 24 34 44 54 62 74 84
A1+ 13
NO
23
NO
33
NO
43
NO
53
NO
63
NO
73
NO
83
NO
24 NSL80ES-81 1SBH103004R8180 0.320
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
A2- 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84
Note: for multiple packaging, please contact your ABB local sales organization.
(1) Other control voltages see voltage code table.
110.8 4.36"
72.5 2.85"
72.5 2.85"
45 1.77" 7 0.28" 45 1.77"
7 0.28"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
68 2.68"
—
NS..S and NSL..S contactor relays - with spring terminals
Main accessories
05
8-pole contactor relay CA3..S
NS..S
NSL..S
Contactor relays
NS..S
NSL..S
Contactor relays
—
NS..S and NSL..S contactor relays - with spring terminals
Main accessories
CA3-10S kg
NS..S, NSL..S 1 0 CA3-10S 1SBN011019T1010 10 0.011
0 1 CA3-01S 1SBN011019T1001 10 0.011
05
1SBC574001F0301
Surge suppressors
For contactor relays Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
voltage - Uc qty (1 pce)
V AC DC kg
RV5
NS..S, 24...50 ● ● RV5/50 1SBN050010R1000 2 0.015
NSL..S 50...133 ● ● RV5/133 1SBN050010R1001 2 0.015
110...250 ● ● RV5/250 1SBN050010R1002 2 0.015
250...440 ● ● RV5/440 1SBN050010R1003 2 0.015
NS..S 24...50 ● – RC5-1/50 1SBN050100R1000 2 0.012
50...133 ● – RC5-1/133 1SBN050100R1001 2 0.012
110...250 ● – RC5-1/250 1SBN050100R1002 2 0.012
250...440 ● – RC5-1/440 1SBN050100R1003 2 0.012
NSL..S 12...32 – ● RT5/32 1SBN050020R1000 2 0.015
25...65 – ● RT5/65 1SBN050020R1001 2 0.015
50...90 – ● RT5/90 1SBN050020R1002 2 0.015
77...150 – ● RT5/150 1SBN050020R1003 2 0.015
150...264 – ● RT5/264 1SBN050020R1004 2 0.015
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 5/73
—
NS..S and NSL..S contactor relays - with spring terminals
Technical data
05
500 V 50/60 Hz 2 A
690 V 50/60 Hz 2 A
Making capacity AC-15 10 x Ie AC-15 acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
Breaking capacity AC-15 10 x Ie AC-15 acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24 V DC 6 A / 144 W
48 V DC 2.8 A / 134 W
72 V DC 1 A / 72 W
110 V DC 0.55 A / 60 W
125 V DC 0.55 A / 69 W
220 V DC 0.27 A / 60 W
250 V DC 0.27 A / 68 W
Short-circuit protection device for contactors
Ue ≤ 500 V AC - gG type fuse 10 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw for 1.0 s 100 A
at 40 °C ambient temperature,in free air from for 0.1 s 140 A
a cold state
Minimum switching capacity 12 V / 3 mA
with failure rate acc. to IEC 60947-5-4 10-7
Non-overlapping time between N.O. and N.C. contacts 1.5 ms
Power dissipation per pole at 6 A 0.1 W
Max. electrical switching frequency AC-15 1200 cycles/h
DC-13 900 cycles/h
Mechanically linked contacts Built-in N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts and additional N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA3..S aux. contact blocks) are
acc. to annex L of IEC 60947-5-1 mechanically linked contacts.
—
NS..S and NSL..S contactor relays - with spring terminals
Technical data
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
Pos. 1 Pos. 5
—
NS..S and NSL..S contactor relays - with spring terminals
Technical data
05
Climatic withstand Category B according to IEC 60947-1 Annex Q
Maximum operating altitude (without derating) 3000 m
Mechanical durability
Number of operating cycles 20 millions operating cycles
Max. switching frequency 3600 cycles/h
Shock withstand 1/2 sinusoidal shock for 11 ms: no change in contact position, closed or open position
acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 and EN 60068-2-27 Shock direction
Mounting position 1 NS contactor relays - AC operated NSL contactor relays - DC operated
C1
A 20 g 20 g closed position / 10 g open position
B1 5 g 15 g closed position / 5 g open position
A A B1 B2
B2 15 g 10 g
C1 19 g closed position / 8 g open position 19 g closed position / 8 g open position
C2
C2 16 g closed position / 13 g open position 14 g closed position / 8 g open position
Vibration withstand 5...300 Hz
acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 3 g closed position / 2 g open position
Connecting characteristics
Contactor relay types AC operated NS..S
DC operated NSL..S
Main terminals
Spring terminals
—
NS..S contactor relays - with spring terminals
Terminal marking and positioning
NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO
A2 14 22 32 44 A2 14 22 34 44
51 61 71 81
NS22ES NS31ES
NC NC NC NC
52 62 72 82 A1 13 23 33 43 51 61 71 81
A1 13 23 33 43 NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
14 22 32 44 A2 14 22 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 A2
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
A2 14 24 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 52 62 72 82
A1 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 81 A1 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 83
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
13 23 33 43 A1 13 23 33 43 A1 13 23 33 43 A1 13 23 33 43 A1
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 82 A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84
53 61 71 81 53 61 71 83 53 61 73 83 53 63 73 83
NS53ES NS62ES
NO NC NC NC NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO
54 62 72 82 54 62 72 84 54 62 74 84 54 64 74 84 A1 13 23 33 43 53 61 73 83 A1 13 23 33 43 53 63 73 83
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
14 24 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 A2
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54 62 74 84 A2 14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84
Other possible contact combinations with auxiliary contact blocks added by the user
A1 13 21 33 43 53
NO NC NO NO NO
13 21 33 43 A1 13 21 33 43 A1 13 23 33 43 A1 13 23 33 43 A1
NO NC NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO
A2 14 22 34 44 54
53 5- -3 51 61 5- 6- -1 -1
Combination 41E
NO = + NO NC NC = + NC + NC
54 5- -4 52 62 5- 6- -2 -2
A1 13 23 33 43 51 61
NO NC NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC
14 22 34 44 A2 14 22 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 A2
NO NO NO NO NC NC
A2 14 24 34 44 52 62
Combination 41E = NS31ES + CA3-10S Combination 42E = NS40ES + CA3-01S + CA3-01S Combination 42E
A1 13 23 33 43 53
NO NO NO NO NO
13 23 33 43 A1 13 23 33 43 A1 13 23 33 43 A1 13 23 33 43 A1
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
NO NO NO NO NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54
53 5- -3 53 63 5- 6- -3 -3
NO = + NO NO NO = + NO + NO
Combination 50E
54 5- -4 54 64 5- 6- -4 -4
A1 13 23 33 43 53 63
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
14 24 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 A2 14 24 34 44 A2
NO NO NO NO NO NO
A2 14 24 34 44 54 64
Combination 50E = NS40ES + CA3-10S Combination 60E = NS40ES + CA3-10S + CA3-10S Combination 60E
-3 -1
-3 -1
NO NC
NO NC
-4 -2
-4 -2
CA3-10S CA3-01S
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 5/7 7
—
NSL..S contactor relays - with spring terminals
Terminal marking and positioning
NSL..S contactor relays - DC operated (the polarity A1+, A2- must be respected)
NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO
A2- 14 22 32 44 A2- 14 22 34 44
51 61 71 81
NSL22ES NSL31ES
NC NC NC NC
52 62 72 82 A1+ 13 23 33 43 51 61 71 81
A1+ 13 23 33 43 NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NC
NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
05
A1+ 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 81 A1+ 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 83
NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
13 23 33 43 A1+ 13 23 33 43 A1+ 13 23 33 43 A1+ 13 23 33 43 A1+
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NC NO NO NO NO NO NC NC NO
A2- 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 82 A2- 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84
53 61 71 81 53 61 71 83 53 61 73 83 53 63 73 83
NSL53ES NSL62ES
NO NC NC NC NO NC NC NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO
54 62 72 82 54 62 72 84 54 62 74 84 54 64 74 84 A1+ 13 23 33 43 53 61 73 83 A1+ 13 23 33 43 53 63 73 83
NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
Other possible contact combinations with auxiliary contact blocks added by the user
A1+ 13 21 33 43 53
NO NC NO NO NO
13 21 33 43 A1+ 13 21 33 43 A1+ 13 23 33 43 A1+ 13 23 33 43 A1+
NO NC NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NO NO NO
A2- 14 22 34 44 54
53 5- -3 51 61 5- 6- -1 -1
Combination 41E
NO = + NO NC NC = + NC + NC
54 5- -4 52 62 5- 6- -2 -2
A1+ 13 23 33 43 51 61
NO NC NO NO NO NC NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NC NC
Combination 41E = NSL31ES + CA3-10S Combination 42E = NS4L0ES + CA3-01S + CA3-01S Combination 42E
A1+ 13 23 33 43 53
NO NO NO NO NO
13 23 33 43 A1+ 13 23 33 43 A1+ 13 23 33 43 A1+ 13 23 33 43 A1+
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
NO NO NO NO NO
A2- 14 24 34 44 54
53 5- -3 53 63 5- 6- -3 -3
NO = + NO NO NO = + NO + NO
Combination 50E
54 5- -4 54 64 5- 6- -4 -4
A1+ 13 23 33 43 53 63
NO NO NO NO NO NO
NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
Combination 50E = NSL40ES + CA3-10S Combination 60E = NSL40ES + CA3-10S + CA3-10S Combination 60E
-3 -1
-3 -1
NO NC
NO NC
-4 -2
-4 -2
CA3-10S CA3-01S
5/78 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
NS..S contactor relays - with spring terminals
Dimensions
72.5 2.85"
35 1.38"
45 1.77" 7 0.28" 2x
M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
50 1.97"
60 2.36"
05
110.8 4.36"
72.5 2.85" 2x 35 1.38"
45 1.77"
7 0.28" M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
35.4 1.39"
68 2.68"
50 1.97"
60 2.36"
110.8 4.36"
72.5 2.85" 35 1.38"
45 1.77" 2x
7 0.28" M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
35.4 1.39"
68 2.68"
50 1.97"
60 2.36"
—
NSL..S contactor relays - with spring terminals
Dimensions
72.5 2.85"
2x 35 1.38"
45 1.77" 7 0.28"
M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
68 2.68"
60 2.36"
05
NSL22ES, NSL31ES, NSL40ES
110.8 4.36"
72.5 2.85" 35 1.38"
45 1.77" 2x
7 0.28" M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
35.4 1.39"
68 2.68"
60 2.36"
110.8 4.36"
72.5 2.85" 35 1.38"
45 1.77" 2x
7 0.28" M4 8-32 UNC ø 4.2 0.17"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
35.4 1.39"
68 2.68"
60 2.36"
—
Auxiliary contact blocks - with spring terminals
Accessories
The auxiliary contact blocks are used for the operation of auxiliary circuits and control circuits.
CA3 1-pole auxiliary contact blocks, designed for standard industrial environments, are equipped
1SBC101037F0014
with:
• N.O. or N.C. contacts.
• spring-type connecting terminals.
CA3-10S All 1-pole auxiliary contact blocks are protected against accidental direct contact and bear the
corresponding function marking.
A maximum of two 1-pole auxiliary contact blocks can be front-mounted on 1-stack contactors or
1-stack contactor relays.
For contactors For contactor relays Contact Type Order code Pkg Weight
blocks qty (1 pce)
05
kg
110.8 4.36"
72.5 2.85" 10
45 1.77"
0.39"
7 0.28"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
35.4 1.39"
68 2.68"
—
Auxiliary contact blocks - with spring terminals
Front mounting
Technical data
Types 1-pole CA3..S
Contact utilization characteristics according to IEC
Standards IEC 60947-5-1 and EN 60947-5-1
Rated insulation voltage Ui acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 690 V
Pollution degree 3
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 6 kV
Rated operational voltage Ue max. 690 V
Conventional thermal current Ith - θ ≤ 40 °C 10 A
Ie / Rated operational current AC-15
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24-127 V 50/60 Hz 6 A
05
220-240 V 50/60 Hz 4 A
400-440 V 50/60 Hz 3 A
500 V 50/60 Hz 2 A
690 V 50/60 Hz 2 A
Making capacity 10 x Ie AC-15 acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
Breaking capacity 10 x Ie AC-15 acc. to IEC 60947-5-1
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13
acc. to IEC 60947-5-1 24 V DC 6 A / 144 W
48 V DC 2.8 A / 134 W
72 V DC 1 A / 72 W
110 V DC 0.55 A / 60 W
125 V DC 0.55 A / 69 W
220 V DC 0.27 A / 60 W
250 V DC 0.27 A / 68 W
Short-circuit protection device gG type fuse 10 A
Rated short-time withstand current Icw for 1.0 s 100 A
θ = 40 °C for 0.1 s 140 A
Minimum switching capacity 12 V / 3 mA
with failure rate acc. to IEC 60947-5-4 10-7
Power dissipation per pole at 6 A 0.1 W
Mechanical durability
Number of operating cycles 10 millions operating cycles
Max. switching frequency 3600 cycles/h
Max. electrical switching frequency AC-15 1200 cycles/h
AC-13 900 cycles/h
Mechanically linked contact acc. to annex L of IEC 60947-5-1 Additional N.O. or N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA3..S aux. contact blocks) are mechanically linked contacts
Mirror contacts acc. to annex F of IEC 60947-4-1 Additional N.C. auxiliary contacts (CA3..S aux. contact blocks) are mirror contacts
Connecting characteristics
Connection capacity (min. ... max.)
Rigid Solid/Stranded 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Flexible with non insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...2.5 mm²
2x 0.75...2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75...1.5 mm²
2 x 0.75...1.5 mm²
Connection capacity acc. to UL / CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18…14
Stripping length 10 mm
Degree of protection
acc. to IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1 and IEC 60529 / EN 60529 IP20
Screw terminals
All terminals Spring terminals
Screwdriver type Flat Ø 3.5
5/82 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Auxiliary contact blocks for AS09..S ... AS16..S, ASL09..S ... ASL16..S contactors
and NS, NSL contactor relays - with spring terminals
Electrical durability
The curve has been drawn for resistive and inductive loads up to 400 V:
• AS09..S ... AS16..S and ASL09..S ... ASL16..S contactor built-in auxiliary contacts
• 1-pole CA3..S
• NS..S and NSL..S contactor relays.
05
Millions of
operating
cycles
30
20
10
0.5
0.3
0.2
1 3 5 7 9
0.1
0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 1.3 2 3 4 5 6 10
Example:
Breaking current = 1.3 A
On the opposite curve at intersection " " 1.3 A the corresponding value for the electrical durability is approximately 2 millions
operating cycles.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 5/83
—
Surge suppressors for contactor coils
Accessories
(V) The operation of inductive circuits causes overvoltages, in particular on opening the contactor coil.
1000
The electromagnetic energy stored in the coil during contactor closing is restored on opening in
T (µs) the form of surges, the slope and amplitude of which may rise to several kilovolts. A number of
0 100
drawbacks are observed ranging from interference on the electronic devices to the breakdown of
1000
insulators and even the destruction of certain sensitive components.
0 100 The graph opposite reproduces the oscillogram showing voltage discharges at the terminals of a
42 V / 50 Hz coil without peak clipping. The coil was switched by 8 series-connected poles of a
contactor relay.
Following a burst of discharges with a very steep slope, a damped oscillation emerges with a peak
value of 3500 V.
Overvoltage Factor
05
The overvoltage factor k is defined as the ratio of the maximum overvoltage peak value Ûs to the
peak value Ûc of the coil rated control voltage Uc:
Ûs max. Ûs max. Ûs max.
k = in DC k = in AC k =
Ûc Uc Uc √2
k = 3500
For example the following is obtained for the above graph: ≈ 60
1SBC101042F0014
42 √2
To reduce the harmful effects of these overvoltages, ABB has developed a range of surge suppres-
sors designed to reduce the k factor defined above and to limit or even completely eliminate the
RV5 high pre-damping voltage frequencies.
Each case is different, but the technical data tolerances and generous sizing of parts have enabled
us to reduce the number of variants.
We have chosen the following solutions: transil diodes, varistors and RC blocks.
Note: A varistor is a resistor whose value decreases to a very large extent when a certain voltage is
applied at its terminals.
1SBC101042F0014
For For Rated control circuit Type Order code Pkg Weight
contactors contactor voltage - Uc qty (1 pce)
relays
RC5-1 V DC AC kg
AS..S, NS..S, NSL..S 24...50 ● ● RV5/50 1SBN050010R1000 2 0.015
ASL..S 50...133 ● ● RV5/133 1SBN050010R1001 2 0.015
110...250 ● ● RV5/250 1SBN050010R1002 2 0.015
250...440 ● ● RV5/440 1SBN050010R1003 2 0.015
AS..S NS..S 24...50 – ● RC5-1/50 1SBN050100R1000 2 0.012
50...133 – ● RC5-1/133 1SBN050100R1001 2 0.012
1SBC101042F0014
68 2.68"
No additional space
Clipped onto the right side part of the
contactor base without changing con-
tactor overall dimensions and keeping a
free access to coil terminals.
—
Surge suppressors for contactor coils
Technical data
Wiring diagrams
A1 A1 A1
E0735D
E0734D
E0733D
A2 A2 A2
Varistor RC type Transil diode
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 5/85
—
Connecting links for starting solutions and other accessories
Connecting links
The BEA16-3U insulated connecting links are used to connect an AS..S AC operated contactor or
an ASL..S DC operated contactor with a manual motor starter.
The connecting link ensure the electrical and mechanical connection between the contactor and
the manual motor starter.
BEA16-3U
starter qty (1 pce)
kg
AS09..S ... AS16..S MS116-0.16 ... MS116-16 BEA16-3U 1SBN081020R1000 1 0.045
ASL09..S ... ASL16..S MS132-0.16 ... MS132-16
05
Test block
BDT4 test block is suitable for switching on contactor off-load.
1SBC100043V0014
Function markers
1SNC160101F0014
Box of 16 blank cards (16 markers by card) printable on HTP500 thermal transfer printer and AMS
500 marking table to identify your contactors, overload relays or manual motor starters.
Marker dimensions: 7 x 20 mm (.276" x .787").
—
Voltage code table
The below tables indicate the available coil voltages and corresponding digits for order codes. When placing an order, please
give either type or order code. Select a standard contactor from ordering detail pages. Change the coil voltage code in the
type or in the order code according to the table below. Example: for contactor AS09-30-10S and coil 42 V 50/60 Hz, type is
AS09-30-10S-21 and order code is 1SBL101004R2110.
05
—
For direct product details information, use product type or order code, ex:
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SAZ711201R1025
—
Overload relays
6/2 Overview
Thermal overload relays
6/9 T16 thermal overload relays – 0.10 to 16.0 A
6/12 TF42 thermal overload relays – 0.10 to 38.0 A
6/17 TF65 thermal overload relays – 22.0 to 67.0 A
6/21 TF96 thermal overload relays – 40.0 to 96.0 A
6/25 TF140DU thermal overload relays – 66 to 142 A
6/29 TA200DU thermal overload relays – 66 to 200 A
Electronic overload relays
6/33 E16DU, EF19, EF45 electronic overload relays – 0.10 to 45.0 A
6/37 EF65, EF96, EF146 electronic overload relays – 20 to 150 A
6/43 EF205, EF370 electronic overload relays – 63 to 380 A
6/47 EF460, EF750, EF1250DU electronic overload relays
150 to 1250 A
6/51 General accessories
6/2 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Overload relays
Protection concepts for your individual needs
06
Optimized design
Efficient operation
Electronic overload relays combine a high accuracy
with an energy efficient design that does not need
extra external supply. Thanks to its overlapping
current setting ranges, the usage at the limits of
the setting range can be avoided which reduces
power heat loss.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 6/3
06
Wide current setting Trip Class Selection Manual or automatic Compatible with
range Electronic overload reset modes ABB Contactors
Electronic overload relays relays allow to choose Selection between Easy and faultless
come with an optimized between Trip Class both reset modes. combination without
current setting range, 10, 20 or 30. Accessories also further wiring.
that allows to reduce allow the remote
stock keeping. control of the
manual mode.
—
Individual motor starting solutions
Direct-On-Line Starter
A direct-on-line starter is a simple and economic solution for controlling three-phase asynchronous
motors.
You can easily assemble a direct-on-line starter by connecting an AF contactor with a TF thermal
overload relay or EF electronic overload relay. In an extended combination with a MO manual motor
06
Reversing starters
This starting mode is a popular way to protect the motor during start-up and can be used with most
squirrel cage motors. Star-delta starters are ideal for machines having high starting torque such as
pumps, centrifugal compressors or wood-working machines.
You can assemble star-delta starters with any contactor thanks to our complete range of connection
sets.
Star-Delta starters
Reversing starters use two contactors to interchange the connection of two terminals. This allows to
change the direction of the motor.
Thanks to our complete range of accessories, you can easily assemble reversing starter combinations.
All starting solutions can also be realized with ABB mini contactors in combination with suitable
overload relays. This allows to create individual starting solutions in applications where space is at a
premium. (ADD T16 + M Contactor)
Technical details regarding the creation of motor starting solutions with AF contactors are shown in
chapter 12.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 6/5
—
Application examples
— — —
M OTO R P R OT EC T I O N LO N G D I S TA N C E I N S TA L L AT I O N S E X TREME CONDITIONS
06
ABB overload relays in combination The reset modes of ABB overload Regardless if high-altitudes, shock and
with contactors offer reliable protec- relays can be selected between manual vibration environments or hazardous
tion for motors in the event of overload or automatic reset. In installations areas, ABB’s overload relays are
or phase failure. In combination with with dispersed locations (e.g. wind designed and certified to withstand
3 pole contactors, ABB overload relays turbines), the automatic reset mode harsh conditions. Specific versions for
allow to set up customized starter so- allows to reduce costs by avoiding rolling stock applications are part of
lutions, like direct-on-line starter, re- travel time. our offer.
versing starters or star-delta starters.
Further combinations with fuses or
manual motor starters allow additional
protection against short-circuits.
— — —
D C LO A D S S M A L L S PA C E I N S TA L L AT I O N E F F I C I E N T A P P L I C AT I O N S
Despite AC applications, thermal over- Overload Relays are compatible to con- Electronic overload relays can reduce
load relays are also rated for direct tactors and can be connected without energy costs due to their comparably
current loads (e.g. for motors used in further wiring. In combination with low power consumption. Furthermore,
solar panel tracking systems). They can ABB mini contactors (compatible to the current measurement is more ex-
be used for three- and single-phase T16 and E16DU overload relays), the in- act compared to thermal protection
applications. stallation in narrow spaces is possible. devices so that deviations in the trip-
ping time are minimized.
6/6 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Thermal and electronic overload relays
IEC: rated operational power AC-3 400 V 0.06 … 7.5 kW 0.06 … 18.5 kW 11 … 37 kW
Fitting to contactors B6, B7, MC1, MC2 AF09 ... AF38 AF40, AF52, AF65
IEC: rated operational power AC-3 400 V 0.06 … 7.5 kW 0.06 … 7.5 kW 4 … 22 kW 7.5 … 37 kW
IEC: rated operational power AC-3 400 V 75 … 250 kW 132 … 400 kW 250 … 710 kW
UL/CSA: 3-phase hp-ratings 480 V 100 … 400 hp 200 … 500 hp 600 … 900 hp
Fitting to contactors AF400, AF460 AF580, AF750, AF1250 AF1350, AF1650, AF2050
18.5 … 45 kW 37 … 75 kW 37 … 110 kW
10 10A 10A
DB96 - DB200
06
22 … 55 kW 30 … 75 kW 37 … 110 kW 75 … 200 kW
no no no no
DB96 - - -
—
Single mounting kit overview
TOL
DB16 DB16 + T16
DB42 DB42 + TF42
DB65 DB65 + TF65
DB96 + TF96
DB96
DB200 + TA200
DB200
DB96
—
T16 thermal overload relays – 0.10 to 16.0 A
Ordering details
The T16 thermal overload relays are economic electromechanical protection devices for the main
circuit. They offer reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure.
The devices have trip class 10.
The thermal overload relays are three pole relays with bimetal tripping elements. The motor
current flows through the bimetal tripping elements and heats them directly and indirectly. In
case of an overload (over current), the bimetal elements bent as a result of the heating. This leads
2CDC231009F0013
to a release of the relay and a change of the contacts switching position (95-96 / 97-98).
• Manual or automatic reset selectable
• Phase loss sensitive acc. to IEC/EN 60947-4-1
T16 • TEST and STOP function – Trip indication on the front
• Temperature compensation
• Suitable for three- and single-phase applications
Suitable for AS09...AS16, B6, B7, MC1 and MC2 all variants
06
DB16
2CDC232008F0008
T16
—
T16 thermal overload relays – 0.10 to 16.0 A
Technical data
06
N.O., 97-98 4 A
Rated frequency DC, 50/60 Hz
Number of poles 1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
Ie / Rated operational current AC-15
acc. to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 for utilization category
110-120 V N.C., 95-96 3.00 A
N.O., 97-98 0.50 A
220-230-240 V N.C., 95-96 3.00 A
N.O., 97-98 0.50 A
440 V N.C., 95-96 0.75 A
N.O., 97-98 0.50 A
480-500 V N.C., 95-96 0.75 A
N.O., 97-98 0.50 A
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13
acc. to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 for utilization category
24 V N.C., 95-96 1.25 A
N.O., 97-98 1.25 A
60 V N.C., 95-96 0.55 A
N.O., 97-98 0.55 A
110-120-125 V N.C., 95-96 0.55 A
N.O., 97-98 0.55 A
250 V N.C., 95-96 0.27 A
N.O., 97-98 0.27 A
Minimum switching capacity 17 V / 3 mA
Short-circuit protective device N.C., 95-96 6 A, fuse type gG
N.O., 97-98 4 A, fuse type gG
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 6 kV
Rated insulation voltage Ui 690 V
120
100
ta =
switching frequency
80
0.5
s
ta
60
=
ta
1
=1
s
.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232004F0214
20 ta =
5s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
—
T16 thermal overload relays – 0.10 to 16.0 A
Technical data
—
T16 thermal overload relays – 0.10 to 16.0 A
Technical data
06
Electrical connection
Main circuit
Type T16
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
2x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm² or 1.5 ... 4 mm² (1)
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-10
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-10
Stripping length 12 mm
Tightening torque 1.1 ... 1.5 Nm / 9 … 13 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver M4 (Pozidriv 2)
Auxiliary circuit
Type T16
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
2x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm²
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 1 mm² or 1 ... 2.5 mm² (1)
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-12
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-12
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torque 1.1 ... 1.5 Nm / 9 … 13 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver M3 (Pozidriv 2)
(1) Only connect two different "conductor/wire" cross-sections, if they are within the indicated ranges
6/12 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
TF42 thermal overload relays – 0.10 to 38.0 A
Ordering details
The TF42 thermal overload relays are economic electromechanical protection devices for the main
circuit. They offer reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. The
devices have trip class 10.
The thermal overload relays are three pole relays with bimetal tripping elements. The motor
current flows through the bimetal tripping elements and heats them directly and indirectly. In
case of an overload (over current), the bimetal elements bent as a result of the heating. This leads
to a release of the relay and a change of the contacts switching position (95-96 / 97-98).
2CDC231006F0013
2CDC232005F0009
TF42
—
TF42 thermal overload relays – 0.10 to 38.0 A
Ordering details
06
KPR-101L
2CDC211002V0017
DRS-F
6/14 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
TF42 thermal overload relays – 0.10 to 38.0 A
Technical data
120
100
ta =
switching frequency
80
0.5
s
ta
60
=
ta
1
=1
s
.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232004F0214
20 ta =
5s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
—
TF42 thermal overload relays – 0.10 to 38.0 A
Technical data
06
480 / 600 V AC 480 / 600 V AC
Short circuit rating RMS Fuse type Short circuit rating RMS Fuse type
symmetrical symmetrical
TF42-0.13 0.13 A 18 kA 1 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-0.17 0.17 A 18 kA 1 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-0.23 0.23 A 18 kA 1 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-0.31 0.31 A 18 kA 3 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-0.41 0.41 A 18 kA 3 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-0.55 0.55 A 18 kA 3 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-0.74 0.74 A 18 kA 3 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-1.0 1.00 A 18 kA 6 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-1.3 1.30 A 18 kA 6 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-1.7 1.70 A 18 kA 6 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-2.3 2.30 A 18 kA 10 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-3.1 3.10 A 18 kA 10 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-4.2 4.20 A 18 kA 15 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-5.7 5.70 A 18 kA 20 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-7.6 7.60 A 18 kA 25 A, K5 100 kA 30 A, Class J
TF42-10 10.0 A 18 kA 35 A, K5 100 kA 45 A, Class J
TF42-13 13.0 A 18 kA 40 A, K5 100 kA 45 A, Class J
TF42-16 16.0 A 18 kA 60 A, K5 100 kA 45 A, Class J
TF42-20 20.0 A 18 kA 80 A, K5 100 kA 60 A, Class J
TF42-24 24.0 A 18 kA 80 A, K5 100 kA 60 A, Class J
TF42-29 29.0 A 18 kA 100 A, K5 100 kA 100 A, Class J
TF42-35 35.0 A 18 kA 150 A, K5 100 kA 175 A, Class J
TF42-38 38.0 A 18 kA 150 A, K5 100 kA 175 A, Class J
6/16 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
TF42 thermal overload relays – 0.10 to 38.0 A
Technical data
Electrical connection
Main circuit
Type TF42 TF42
(TF42-0.13 … TF42-16) (TF42-20 … TF42-38)
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm² 1.5 ... 2.5 mm² or 2.5 ... 10 mm² (1)
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm² 2.5 ... 4 mm² or 4 ... 6 mm² (1)
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-10 AWG 14-6
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-10 AWG 14-6
Stripping length 12 mm
Tightening torque 1.5 - 2.5 Nm / 13 … 22 Ib.in 2.5 - 2.7 Nm / 22 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver M4 (Pozidriv 2)
Auxiliary circuit
Type TF42
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
2x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm²
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 1 mm² or 1 ... 2.5 mm² (1)
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-12
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-12
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torque 1 ... 1.2 Nm / 9 ... 11 lb.in
Recommended screw driver M3 (Pozidriv 2)
(1) Only connect two different "conductor/wire" cross-sections, if they are within the indicated ranges.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 6/17
—
TF65 thermal overload relays – 22.0 to 67.0 A
Ordering details
The TF65 thermal overload relays are economic electromechanical protection devices for the main
circuit. They offer reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure.
The devices have trip class 10.
The thermal overload relays are three pole relays with bimetal tripping elements. The motor
current flows through the bimetal tripping elements and heats them directly and indirectly. In
case of an overload (over current), the bimetal elements bent as a result of the heating. This leads
to a release of the relay and a change of the contacts switching position (95-96 / 97-98).
• Manual or automatic reset selectable
2CDC231004F0013
06
Suitable for AF40...AF65 contactors
22.0 ... 28.0 80 A, gG Type Fuses 10 TF65-28 1SAZ811201R1001 0.372
25.0 ... 33.0 80 A, gG Type Fuses 10 TF65-33 1SAZ811201R1002 0.372
30.0 ... 40.0 100 A, gG Type Fuses 10 TF65-40 1SAZ811201R1003 0.372
36.0 ... 47.0 125 A, gG Type Fuses 10 TF65-47 1SAZ811201R1004 0.372
2CDC231003V0015
DB65 + TF65
1SFC151224F0002
7 0.28"
KPR-101L
3.45"
16.6 0.65"
87.7 3.45"
46 1.81"
101.4
67.8 2.67"
65 2.56"
2CDC211002V0017
18.9 0.74"
106.9 4.21"
TF65
—
TF65 thermal overload relays – 22.0 to 67.0 A
Technical data
120
100
ta =
switching frequency
80
0.5
s
ta
60
=
ta
1
=1
s
.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232004F0214
20 ta =
5s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
—
TF65 thermal overload relays – 22.0 to 67.0 A
Technical data
06
480 / 600 V AC 480 / 600 V AC
Short circuit rating RMS Fuse type Short circuit rating RMS Fuse type
symmetrical symmetrical
TF65-28 28 A 5 kA 100 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 110 A, Class J
TF65-33 33 A 5 kA 100 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 110 A, Class J
TF65-40 40 A 5 kA 100 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 110 A, Class J
TF65-47 47 A 5 kA 125 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 125 A, Class J
TF65-53 53 A 10 kA 125 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 125 A, Class J
TF65-60 60 A 10 kA 150 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 150 A, Class J
TF65-67 67 A 10 kA 150 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 150 A, Class J
6/20 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
TF65 thermal overload relays – 22.0 to 67.0 A
Technical data
Electrical connection
Main circuit
Type TF65
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 2.5 ... 16 mm²
1x 2.5 ... 35 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 2.5 ... 10 mm²
1x 2.5 ... 35 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 2.5 ... 10 mm²
1x 2.5 ... 35 mm²
Flexible 1 or 2 x 2.5 ... 16 mm²
1x 2.5 ... 35 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 12 ... 2
2x AWG 12 ... 6
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 12 ... 2
2x AWG 12 ... 6
Stripping length 17 mm
Tightening torque 4.0 - 4.5 Nm / 35 ... 40 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver M6 (Pozidriv 2)
Auxiliary circuit
Type TF65
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
2x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm²
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 1 mm² or 1 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18 ... 12
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18 ... 12
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torque 1 ... 1.2 Nm / 9 ... 11 lb.in
Recommended screw driver M3 (Pozidriv 2)
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 6/21
—
TF96 thermal overload relays – 40.0 to 96.0 A
Ordering details
The TF96 thermal overload relays are economic electromechanical protection devices for the
main circuit. They offer reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure.
The devices have trip class 10.
The thermal overload relays are three pole relays with bimetal tripping elements. The motor
current flows through the bimetal tripping elements and heats them directly and indirectly.
In case of an overload (over current), the bimetal elements bent as a result of the heating. This
leads to a release of the relay and a change of the contacts switching position (95-96 / 97-98).
• Manual or automatic reset selectable
2CDC231005F0013
06
Suitable for AF80, AF96 contactors
40.0 ... 51.0 125 A, gG Type Fuses 10 TF96-51 1SAZ911201R1001 0.520
48.0 ... 60.0 160 A, gG Type Fuses 10 TF96-60 1SAZ911201R1002 0.520
57.0 ... 68.0 160 A, gG Type Fuses 10 TF96-68 1SAZ911201R1003 0.520
65.0 ... 78.0 200 A, gG Type Fuses 10 TF96-78 1SAZ911201R1004 0.520
75.0 ... 87.0 200 A, gG Type Fuses 10 TF96-87 1SAZ911201R1005 0.520
2CDC231001V0015
DB96 + TF96
KPR-101L
4.19"
16.6 0.65"
60.6 3.57"
46 1.81"
106.3
70.3 2.77"
67.5 2.66"
2CDC211002V0017
18.9 0.74"
TF96
—
TF96 thermal overload relays – 40.0 to 96.0 A
Technical data
120
100
ta =
switching frequency
80
0.5
s
ta
60
=
ta
1
=1
s
.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232004F0214
20 ta =
5s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
—
TF96 thermal overload relays – 40.0 to 96.0 A
Technical data
06
480 / 600 V AC 480 / 600 V AC
Short circuit rating RMS Fuse type Short circuit rating RMS Fuse type
symmetrical symmetrical
TF96-51 51 A 5 kA 150 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 125 A, Class J
TF96-60 60 A 10 kA 150 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 150 A, Class J
TF96-68 68 A 10 kA 150 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 150 A, Class J
TF96-78 78 A 10 kA 175 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 175 A, Class J
TF96-87 87 A 10 kA 200 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 200 A, Class J
TF96-96 96 A 10 kA 250 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 200 A, Class J
6/24 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
TF96 thermal overload relays – 40.0 to 96.0 A
Technical data
Electrical connection
Main circuit
Type TF96
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 6 ... 35 mm²
1x 6 ... 50 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 6 ... 35 mm²
1x 6 ... 50 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 6 ... 16 mm²
1x 6 ... 50 mm²
Flexible 1 or 2 x 6 ... 35 mm²
1x 6 ... 50 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 8 ... 1
2x AWG 8 ... 3
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 8 ... 1
2x AWG 8 ... 3
Stripping length 20 mm (1)
Tightening torque 6 ... 9 Nm / 53 ... 80 Ib.in (2)
Recommended screw driver M8 (Hexagon)
(2) Valid for products, produced from week 27, 2015
Auxiliary circuit
Type TF96
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
2x 0.75 ... 1.5 mm²
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 1 mm² or 1 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18 ...12
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18 ... 12
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torque 1 ... 1.2 Nm / 9 ... 11 lb.in
Recommended screw driver M3 (Pozidriv 2)
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 6/25
—
TF140DU thermal overload relays – 66 to 142 A
Ordering details
The TF140DU thermal overload relays are economic electromechanical protection devices for the
main circuit. They offer reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure.
The devices have trip class 10A.
The thermal overload relays are three pole relays with bimetal tripping elements. The motor cur-
rent flows through the bimetal tripping elements and heats them directly and indirectly. In case of
2CDC231012F0012
an overload (over current), the bimetal elements bent as a result of the heating. This leads to a re-
lease of the relay and a change of the contacts switching position (95-96 / 97-98).
• Manual or automatic reset selectable
TF140DU
• Phase loss sensitive acc. to IEC/EN 60947-4-1
• TEST and STOP function – Trip indication on the front
• Temperature compensation
• Suitable for three- and single-phase applications
• ATEX variants available
1SFC151224F0002
06
Suitable for AF116...AF140 contactors
66 ... 90 200 A, fuse type gG 10A TF140DU-90 1SAZ431201R1001 0.882
80 ... 110 224 A, fuse type gG 10A TF140DU-110 1SAZ431201R1002 0.824
100 ... 135 224 A, fuse type gG 10A TF140DU-135 1SAZ431201R1003 0.818
110 ... 142 250 A, fuse type gG 10A TF140DU-142 1SAZ431201R1004 0.828
66 ... 90 200 A, fuse type gG 10A TF140DU-90-V1000* 1SAZ431301R1001 0.882
80 ... 110 224 A, fuse type gG 10A TF140DU-110-V1000* 1SAZ431301R1002 0.824
100 ... 135 224 A, fuse type gG 10A TF140DU-135-V1000* 1SAZ431301R1003 0.818
110 ... 142 250 A, fuse type gG 10A TF140DU-142-V1000* 1SAZ431301R1004 0.828
*Note: ATEX variant
89 3.5"
29.75 1.17" 29.75 1.17" 19.9 0.78" 37 1.46"
6.4 3.5" 4 0.16" 5.5 0.22"
51 2.01"
13.45 0.53"
5.51"
140
67.3 2.65"
98 97 96 95
82.3 3.24"
73.8 2.91"
TF140DU
—
TF140DU thermal overload relays – 66 to 142 A
Technical data
120
100
ta =
switching frequency
80
0.5
s
ta
60
=
ta
1
=1
s
.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232004F0214
20 ta =
5s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
—
TF140DU thermal overload relays – 66 to 142 A
Technical data
06
480 / 600 V AC 480 / 600 V AC 480 / 600 V AC
Short circuit rating Fuse type Short circuit rating Fuse type Short circuit rating Listed circuit
RMS symmetrical RMS symmetrical RMS symmetrical breaker
TF140DU-90 / TF140DU- 90 A 10 kA 250 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 250 A, Class J 100 kA 250 A
90-V1000
TF140DU-110 / TF140DU- 110 A 10 kA 250 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 250 A, Class J 100 kA 250 A
110-V1000
TF140DU-135 / TF140DU- 135 A 10 kA 250 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 250 A, Class J 100 kA 250 A
135-V1000
TF140DU-142 / TF140DU- 142 A 10 kA 250 A, K5 / RK5 100 kA 250 A, Class J 100 kA 250 A
142-V1000
6/28 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
TF140DU thermal overload relays – 66 to 142 A
Technical data
Electrical connection
06
Main circuit
Type TF140DU / TF140DU-V1000
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1x 16 ... 70 mm²
2x -
Flexible 1x 16 ... 70 mm²
2x -
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 6-2/0
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 6-2/0
Stripping length 25 mm
Tightening torque 8 ... 10 Nm / 77 ... 88 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver M8 (Hexagon)
Auxiliary circuit
Type TF140DU / TF140DU-V1000
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-14
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-14
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torque 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 12 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 6/29
—
TA200DU thermal overload relays – 66 to 200 A
Ordering details
The TA200DU thermal overload relays are economic electromechanical protection devices for
the main circuit. They offer reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure.
The devices have trip class 10A.
The thermal overload relays are three pole relays with bimetal tripping elements. The motor
current flows through the bimetal tripping elements and heats them directly and indirectly.
In case of an overload (over current), the bimetal elements bent as a result of the heating. This
leads to a release of the relay and a change of the contacts switching position (95-96 / 97-98).
2CDC231016F0013
06
Suitable for AF145...AF2050 contactors
KPR-101L 66 ... 90 200 A, fuse type gG / 125 A aM 10A TA200DU-90 1SAZ421201R1001 0.755
80 ... 110 224 A, fuse type gG / 160 A aM 10A TA200DU-110 1SAZ421201R1002 0.760
100 ... 135 224 A, fuse type gG / 200 A aM 10A TA200DU-135 1SAZ421201R1003 0.760
110 ... 150 250 A, fuse type gG / 200 A aM 10A TA200DU-150 1SAZ421201R1004 0.760
130 ... 175 315 A, fuse type gG / 250 A aM 10A TA200DU-175 1SAZ421201R1005 0.770
150 ... 200 315 A, fuse type gG / 250 A aM 10A TA200DU-200 1SAZ421201R1006 0.785
66 ... 90 200 A, fuse type gG / 125 A aM 10A TA200DU-90-V1000 (1) 1SAZ421301R1001 0.755
80 ... 110 224 A, fuse type gG / 160 A aM 10A TA200DU-110-V1000 (1) 1SAZ421301R1002 0.760
100 ... 135 224 A, fuse type gG / 200 A aM 10A TA200DU-135-V1000 (1) 1SAZ421301R1003 0.760
110 ... 150 250 A, fuse type gG / 200 A aM 10A TA200DU-150-V1000 (1) 1SAZ421301R1004 0.760
130 ... 175 315 A, fuse type gG / 250 A aM 10A TA200DU-175-V1000 (1) 1SAZ421301R1005 0.770
150 ... 200 315 A, fuse type gG / 250 A aM 10A TA200DU-200-V1000 (1) 1SAZ421301R1006 0.785
(1) ATEX variant
35 1.38" 35 1.38"
37 1.46"
23 0.91" 26 1.02"
5.5 0.22" 32 1.26" 3 0.12"
Ø8.5 Ø0.33"
2"
11 0.43"
30.9 1.22"
49.9
6 0.24"
10 0.39"
5.94"
4 0.16"
82.3 3.24"
68 2.68"
151
80 3.15"
2CDC232021F0011
22.1 0.87"
8 0.31" 6 0.24"
61 2.4" 4 0.16"
Ø 11 Ø 0.43" Ø 5.3 Ø 0.21"
126 4.96"
20 0.79"
50 1.97"
42 1.65" 42 1.65"
TA200DU
—
TA200DU thermal overload relays – 66 to 200 A
Technical data
120
100
ta =
switching frequency
80
0.5
s
ta
60
=
ta
1
=1
s
.5
40 ta = s
3s
2CDC232004F0214
20 ta =
5s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
—
TA200DU thermal overload relays – 66 to 200 A
Technical data
06
(FLA) 480 / 600 V AC
Short circuit rating Fuse type Listed circuit Short circuit rating Fuse type Short circuit rating Listed circuit
RMS symmetrical breaker RMS symmetrical RMS symmetrical breaker
TA200DU-90 / 90 A 10 kA 250 A, K5 / RK5 225 A 100 kA 250 A, Class J 100 kA 250 A
TA200DU-90-V1000
TA200DU-110 / 110 A 10 kA 250 A, K5 / RK5 225 A 100 kA 250 A, Class J 100 kA 250 A
TA200DU-110-V1000
TA200DU-135 / 135 A 10 kA 300 A, K5 / RK5 225 A 100 kA 250 A, Class J 100 kA 250 A
TA200DU-135-V1000
TA200DU-150 / 150 A 10 kA 300 A, K5 / RK5 225 A 100 kA 250 A, Class J 100 kA 250 A
TA200DU-150-V1000
TA200DU-175 / 175 A 10 kA 300 A, K5 / RK5 225 A 100 kA 300 A, Class J 100 kA 300 A
TA200DU-175-V1000
TA200DU-200 / 200 A 10 kA 400 A, K5 / RK5 400 A 100 kA 400 A, Class J 100 kA 400 A
TA200DU-200-V1000
6/32 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
TA200DU thermal overload relays – 66 to 200 A
Technical data
Electrical connection
06
Main circuit
Type TA200DU / TA200DU-V1000
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1x 25 ... 120 mm²
Flexible 1x 25 ... 120 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 4 ... 0000
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 4 ... 0000
Lugs L > 10 mm
Tightening torque 25 Nm / 220 lb.in
Recommended screwdriver Open bars
Auxiliary circuit
Type TA200DU / TA200DU-V1000
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
2x 0.75 ... 1 mm²
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18 ... 14
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18 ... 14
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torque 0.8 ... 1.3 Nm / 12 Ib.in
Recommended screwdriver M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 6/33
—
EF19, EF45 electronic overload relays – 0.10 to 45.0 A
Ordering details
The EF19 and EF45 are self-supplied electronic overload relays, which means no extra external
supply is needed. It offers reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure.
Easy to use like a thermal overload relay and compatible with standard motor applications, the
electronic overload relay is convincing, above all, due to its wide setting range, high accuracy, high
operational temperature range and the possibility to select a trip class (10E, 20E, 30E). Further
features are the temperature compensation, trip contact (N.C.), signal contact (N.O.), automatic or
manual reset selectable, trip-free mechanism, STOP and TEST function and a trip indication. The
overload relays are connected directly to the contactors. The EF19 and EF45 have ATEX and IECEx
1SBC101147F0010
certification (1).
EF19 electronic overload relays, suitable for AF09 ... AF38 / AFC09 ... AFC38 (1)
0.10 … 0.32 1 A, fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E EF19-0.32 1SAX121001R1101 0.158
0.30 … 1.00 4 A, fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E EF19-1.0 1SAX121001R1102 0.158
0.80 … 2.70 10 A, fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E EF19-2.7 1SAX121001R1103 0.158
1.90 … 6.30 20 A, fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E EF19-6.3 1SAX121001R1104 0.158
06
5.70 … 18.9 50 A, fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E EF19-18.9 1SAX121001R1105 0.158
9.00 … 30.0 160 A, fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E EF45-30 1SAX221001R1101 0.362
15.0 … 45.0 160 A, fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E EF45-45 1SAX221001R1102 0.362
(1) ATEX is valid for products produced from week 42, 2014. IECEx is valid for products produced from week 15, 2017.
EF45-30
EF19, EF45
—
E16DU, EF19, EF45 electronic overload relays – 0.10 to 45.0 A
Ordering details
2CDC231002V0014
DB45EF
1SFC151224F0002
KPR-101L
2CDC211002V0017
DRS-F
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 6/35
—
E16DU, EF19, EF45 electronic overload relays – 0.10 to 45.0 A
Technical data
14 0.55" 14 0.55"
2 0.08"
59.5 2.34" 3.4 0.13"
104.7 4.12"
06
EF45
—
E16DU, EF19, EF45 electronic overload relays – 0.10 to 45.0 A
Technical data
switching frequency
switching frequency
100 50 30
ta = 25
80 1s 40
ta = ta =
4s 20 10 s
60 ta = 1 30
.5 s
ta = 6 15
40 20 ta = 8
s ta = 1
s 5s
2CDC232003F0214
2CDC232002F0214
2CDC232001F0214
ta = 3 s t a = 10 10 t a = 20
20 10 s s
ta = 5 s
t a = 12 5 t a = 25 s
s
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%) 0 20 40 60 80 100 (%) 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio duty ratio
duty ratio
—
E16DU, EF19, EF45 electronic overload relays – 0.10 to 45.0 A
Technical data
General data
Type E16DU EF19 EF45
Pollution degree 3
Phase loss sensitive Yes
Ambient air temperature
Operation Open - compensated -25 ... +70 °C
Storage -50 ... +85 °C
Ambient air temperature compensation Acc. to IEC/EN60947-4-1
Maximum operating altitude permissible 2000 m
Resistance to shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 15g / 11 ms pulse 25g / 11 ms pulse
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 5g / 3 ... 150 Hz 3g / 3 … 150 Hz 5g / 3 … 150 Hz
Mounting position Position 1-6
Mounting Mount on the contactor and tighten the screws of the main circuit terminals
Degree of protection Housing IP20
Main circuit terminals IP20
Electrical connection
Main circuit
06
Type E16DU EF19 EF45
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm² 1 ... 4 mm² 2.5 ... 16 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² 2.5 ... 10 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-10 AWG 16-10 AWG 14-6
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-10 AWG 16-10 AWG 14-6
Stripping length 9 mm 9 mm 13 mm
Tightening torque 0.8 ... 1.5 Nm / 7 … 13 Ib.in 0.8 ... 1.5 Nm / 7 … 13 Ib.in 2.3 ... 2.6 Nm / 20 … 22 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver M3.5 (Pozidriv 2) M3.5 (Pozidriv 2) M5 (Pozidriv 2)
Auxiliary circuit
Type E16DU EF19 EF45
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm² 1 ... 4 mm² 1 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² 0.75 ... 2.5 mm² 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-10 AWG 18-10 AWG 18-10
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 16-10 AWG 18-10 AWG 18-10
Stripping length 9 mm 9 mm 9 mm
Tightening torque 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 7 ... 11 Ib.in 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 7 ... 11 Ib.in 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 7 ... 11 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver M3.5 (Pozidriv 2) M3.5 (Pozidriv 2) M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
6/38 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
EF65, EF96, EF146 electronic overload relays – 20 to 150 A
Ordering details
The EF65, EF96 and EF146 are self-supplied electronic overload relays, which means no extra exter-
nal supply is needed. It offers reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure.
Easy to use like a thermal overload relay and compatible with standard motor applications, the elec-
tronic overload relay is convincing, above all, due to its wide setting range, high accuracy, high oper-
ational temperature range and the possibility to select a trip class (10E, 20E, 30E). Further features
2CDC231001F0012
are the temperature compensation, trip contact (N.C.), signal contact (N.O.), automatic or manual
reset selectable, trip-free mechanism, STOP and TEST function and a trip indication. The overload
relays are connected directly to the contactors. The EF65, EF96 and EF146 have ATEX and IECEx cer-
tification (1).
EF65-70
Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Type Order code Weight
protective device (1 pce)
A kg
36 ... 100 200 A, fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E EF96-100 1SAX341001R1101 0.802
Suitable for AF116, AF140, AF146
EF96-100
54 ... 150 315 A, fuse type gG 10E, 20E, 30E EF146-150 1SAX351001R1101 0.890
(1) ATEX is valid for products produced from week 42, 2014. ATEX certification is valid for EF65-56 produced from week 47, 2015.
IECEx is valid for products produced from week 15, 2017.
2CDC231003F0012
EF146-150
10 0.39"
10 0.39"
120.2 4.73"
121.7 4.79"
105.2 4.14"
38.4 1.51"
38.4 1.51"
105.2 4.14"
3.35"
4.06"
85.2 3.35"
103.2 4.06"
2.92"
74.2 2.92"
85.2
103.2
74.2
11 0.43"
11 0.43"
3 0.12" 3 0.12"
16 0.63" 5.5 0.22" 16 0.63" 5.5 0.22"
74 2.91" 74 2.91"
37 1.46" 37 1.46"
101.4 3.99"
58 2.28" 58 2.28" 101.4 3.99"
105.2 4.14" 105.2 4.14"
70 2.76" 70 2.76"
4.69"
5"
117.4 4.62"
127
38.4 1.51"
119.25
88.9 3.5"
85.2 3.35"
4.08"
74.2 2.92"
103.7
11 0.43"
EF146-150
—
EF65, EF96, EF146 electronic overload relays – 20 to 150 A
Ordering details
06
2CDC231002V0015
DB96 + EF96
1SFC151224F0002
KPR-101L
2CDC211002V0017
DRS-F
6/40 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
EF65, EF96, EF146 electronic overload relays – 20 to 150 A
Technical data
switching frequency
switching frequency
100 50 30
ta = 25
80 1s 40
ta = ta =
4s 20 10 s
60 ta = 1 30
.5 s
ta = 6 15
40 20 ta = 8
s ta = 1
s 5s
2CDC232003F0214
2CDC232002F0214
2CDC232001F0214
ta = 3 s t a = 10 10 t a = 20
20 10 s s
ta = 5 s
t a = 12 5 t a = 25 s
s
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%) 0 20 40 60 80 100 (%) 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio duty ratio
duty ratio
—
EF65, EF96, EF146 electronic overload relays – 20 to 150 A
Technical data
06
480 V AC 600 V AC
SCCR Fuse type SCCR Fuse type SCCR Fuse type
EF65-56 56 A 10 kA 150 A, K5/RK5 10 kA 150 A, K5/RK5 100 kA 150 A, J
EF65-70 70 A 10 kA 150 A, K5/RK5 10 kA 150 A, K5/RK5 100 kA 150 A, J
EF96-65 56 A 10 kA 150 A, K5/RK5 10 kA 150 A, K5/RK5 100 kA 150 A, J
EF96-100 100 A 10 kA 200 A, K5/RK5 10 kA 200 A, K5/RK5 100 kA 200 A, J
EF146-150 150 A 10 kA 250 A, K5/RK5 10 kA 250 A, K5/RK5 100 kA 200 A, J
6/42 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
EF65, EF96, EF146 electronic overload relays – 20 to 150 A
Technical data
General data
Type EF65, EF96, EF146
Pollution degree 3
Phase loss sensitive Yes
Ambient air temperature
Operation Open - compensated -25 ... +70 °C
Storage -50 ... +85 °C
Ambient air temperature compensation Acc. to IEC/EN 60947-4-1
Maximum operating altitude permissible 2000 m
Resistance to shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 15g / 11 ms
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 5g / 3 … 150 Hz
Mounting position Position 1-6
Mounting Mount on the contactor and tighten the screws of the main circuit terminals
Degree of protection Housing IP20
Main circuit terminals IP10
Electrical connection
06
Main circuit
Type EF65 EF96 EF146
Connecting capacity
Rigid (1) 1x 4 ... 35 mm² 4 ... 70 mm² 10 ... 95 mm²
2x 4 ... 35 mm² 4 ... 35 mm² 10 ... 35 mm²
Flexible (1) 1x 4 ... 35 mm² 4 ... 50 mm² 10 ... 70 mm²
2x 2.5 ... 35 mm² 4 ... 35 mm² 10 ... 35 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 10-2 AWG 10-2 AWG 6-00
2x AWG 6-2
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 10-2 AWG 10-2 AWG 6-00
2x AWG 6-2
Stripping length 20 mm 20 mm 20 mm
Tightening torque 4 Nm / 35 lb.in 6 Nm / 55 lb.in 10 Nm / 70 lb.in
Recommended screw driver M8 (Pozidriv 2) M8 (Hexagon 4) M8 (Hexagon 4)
(1) Only one wire size allowed when using 2 wires
Auxiliary circuit
Type EF65, EF96, EF146
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-10
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-10
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torque 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 7 ... 11 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 6/43
—
EF205, EF370 electronic overload relays – 63 to 380 A
Ordering details
The EF205 and EF370 are self-supplied electronic overload relays, which means no extra external
supply is needed. It offers reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase failure. Easy
to use like a thermal overload relay and compatible with standard motor applications, the electronic
overload relay is convincing, above all, due to its wide setting range, high accuracy, high operational
temperature range and the possibility to select a trip class (10E, 20E, 30E). Further features are the
temperature compensation, trip contact (N.C.), signal contact (N.O.), automatic or manual reset select-
able, trip-free mechanism, STOP and TEST function and a trip indication. The overload relays are con-
2CDC231010V0012
nected directly to the contactors. The EF205 and EF370 have ATEX and IECEx certification (1).
Setting range Short-circuit Trip class Type Order code Weight
protective device (1 pce)
EF205-210 A kg
06
Ordering details accessories
2CDC231013V0012
11 0.43"
5 0.2"
122 4.8"
151 5.9"
DRS-F
18.5 0.73"
10 0.39"
EF205-210
122.8 4.83"
11 0.43"
5 0.2"
6.4"
0.4'
163.6
122
0.9"
22.8
14 0.55"
EF370-380
—
EF205, EF370 electronic overload relays – 63 to 380 A
Technical data
switching frequency
switching frequency
100 50 30
ta = 25
80 1s 40
ta = ta =
4s 20 10 s
60 ta = 1 30
.5 s
ta = 6 15
40 20 ta = 8
s ta = 1
s 5s
2CDC232003F0214
2CDC232002F0214
2CDC232001F0214
ta = 3 s t a = 10 10 t a = 20
20 10 s s
ta = 5 s
t a = 12 5 t a = 25 s
s
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%) 0 20 40 60 80 100 (%) 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio duty ratio
duty ratio
—
EF205, EF370 electronic overload relays – 63 to 380 A
Technical data
06
480 V AC 600 V AC
SCCR Fuse type SCCR Fuse type SCCR Fuse type
EF205-210 210 A 10 kA 400 A, R5/RK5 10kA 400 A, R5/RK5 100 kA 400 A, J
EF370-380 380 A 18 kA 800 A, L/T 18kA 800 A, L/T - -
6/46 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
EF205, EF370 electronic overload relays – 63 to 380 A
Technical data
General data
Type EF205 EF370
Pollution degree 3
Phase loss sensitive Yes
Ambient air temperature
Operation Open - compensated -25 ... +70 °C
Storage -50 ... +85 °C
Ambient air temperature compensation Acc. to IEC/EN 60947-4-1
Maximum operating altitude permissible 2000 m
Resistance to shock acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 25g / 11 ms
Resistance to vibrations acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 5g / 3 … 150 Hz
Mounting position Position 1-6
Mounting Mount on the contactor and tighten the screws of the main
circuit terminals
Degree of protection Housing IP20
Main circuit terminals IP00
06
Electrical connection
Main circuit
Type EF205 EF370
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1x 16 ... 185 mm² 50 ... 240 mm²
2x 16 ... 120 mm² 50 ... 150 mm²
Flexible 1x 16 ... 185 mm² 50 ... 240 mm²
2x 16 ... 120 mm² 50 ... 150 mm²
Lugs L≤ 24 mm 32 mm
Bars Ø> 8 mm 10 mm
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 6-0000 AWG 1-500 kcmil
2x AWG 6-0000 AWG 1-500 kcmil
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1x AWG 6-0000 AWG 1-500 kcmil
2x AWG 6-0000 AWG 1-500 kcmil
Stripping length - -
Tightening torque 18 Nm / 160 lb.in 28 Nm / 247 lb.in
Recommended screw driver M8 M10
Auxiliary circuit
Type EF205, EF370
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-10
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-10
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torque 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 7 ... 11 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 6/47
—
EF460, EF750, EF1250DU electronic overload relays – 150 to 1250 A
Ordering details
The EF460, EF750 and EF1250DU are self-supplied electronic overload relays, which means no extra
external supply is needed. It offers reliable protection for motors in the event of overload or phase
failure. Easy to use like a thermal overload relay and compatible with standard motor applications, the
2CDC231013F0013
electronic overload relay is convincing, above all, due to its wide setting range, high accuracy, high op-
erational temperature range and the possibility to select a trip class (10E, 20E, 30E). Further features
are the temperature compensation, trip contact (N.C.), signal contact (N.O.), automatic or manual re-
set selectable, trip-free mechanism, STOP and TEST function and a trip indication. Busbar kits are
available as accessory for contactor mounting. The EF460 and EF750 have ATEX and IECEx certifica-
EF460-500 tion (1).
150 ... 500 690 V: 630 A, Type gG 10E, 20E, 30E EF460-500 1SAX721001R1101 1.170
1000 V: 1600 A, Type gG
06
EF750-800 250 ... 800 690 V: 800 A, Type gG 10E, 20E, 30E EF750-800 1SAX821001R1101 3.905
1000 V: 1600 A, Type gG
EF1250DU-1250
184.4 7.26"
187.9 7.4"
186.8 7.35"
22 0.87"
48.04 1.89"
38.8 1.53"
153.4 6.04"
110.5 4.35"
149.9 5.9"
152.3 6"
28.4 1.12"
103 4.06"
74 2.91"
76 2.99"
41.5 1.63"
21 0.83" 83 3.27" 83 3.27" 40.5 1.59"
58 2.28" 58 2.28" 32 1.26" 53.3 2.1" 82 3.23"
28 1.1"
30.9 1.22" 76 2.99"
5.6 0.22"
60 2.36"
80 3.15"
100 3.94"
55 2.17"
Ø5
.2
7 0.28"
Ø7
13 0.51"
19.5 0.77"
25.5 1"
Ø0
Ø0
.2"
.2
8"
—
EF460, EF750, EF1250DU electronic overload relays – 150 to 1250 A
Ordering details
(1) ATEX is valid for products produced from week 42, 2014. IECEx is valid for products produced from week 15, 2017.
—
EF460, EF750, EF1250DU electronic overload relays – 150 to 1250 A
Technical data
06
Ie / Rated operational current AC-15
acc. to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 for utilization category
110-120 V 50/60 Hz 3.00 A
220-230-240 V 50/60 Hz 3.00 A
400 V 50/60 Hz 1.10 A
480-500 V 50/60 Hz 0.75 A
Ie / Rated operational current DC-13
acc. to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 for utilization category
24 V 1.50 A
60 V 0.55 A
110-120-125 V 0.55 A
250 V 0.27 A
Minimum switching capacity 12 V / 3 mA
Short-circuit protective device 6 A, fuse type gG
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 6 kV
Rated insulation voltage Ui 690 V
switching frequency
switching frequency
100 50 30
ta = 25
80 1s 40
ta = ta =
4s 20 10 s
60 ta = 1 30
.5 s
ta = 6 15
40 20 ta = 8
s ta = 1
5s
2CDC232002F0214
2CDC232003F0214
2CDC232001F0214
ta = 3 s s 10
t a = 10 t a = 20
20 10 s s
ta = 5 s
t a = 12 5 t a = 25 s
s
0 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%) 0 20 40 60 80 100 (%) 0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio duty ratio
duty ratio
—
EF460, EF750, EF1250DU electronic overload relays – 150 to 1250 A
Technical data
General data
Type EF460 EF750 EF1250DU
Pollution degree 3
Phase loss sensitive Yes
Ambient air temperature
06
Electrical connection
Auxiliary circuit
Type EF460 EF750 EF1250DU
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1 or 2 x 1 ... 4 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with insulated ferrule 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible 1 or 2 x 0.75 ... 2.5 mm²
Stranded acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-10
Flexible acc. to UL/CSA 1 or 2 x AWG 18-10
Stripping length 9 mm
Tightening torque 0.8 ... 1.2 Nm / 7 ... 11 Ib.in
Recommended screw driver M3.5 (Pozidriv 2)
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 6/51
—
Thermal and electronic overload relays
General accessories
The wire reset is a general accessory for thermal and electronic overloads relays. In installations
which are difficult to access, like a motor control centre or compact cubical, the accessory allows
the user to remotely reset the overload relays.
2CDC231028F0013
The wire reset consists of two parts, the bowden wire with actuator and the holder. The actuator
should be mounted into a door of a panel. The holder will be mounted on the overload relay. The
actuator and holder are connected via the bowden wire.
WRB-400 Suitable for Description Length Type Order code Weight
(1 pce)
mm kg
Holder
TF42, TF65, TF96, Holder for tool less direct mounting WRH-F 1SAZ701903R1001 0.006
EF19, EF45, EF65,
2CDC231027F0013
EF96, EF146,
EF205, EF370,
EF460, EF750
WRH-F
Bowden wire with actuator
06
WRH-F Bowden wire with actuator, 400 WRB-400 1SAZ701903R1011 0.030
hole diameter: 7.3 mm, 600 WRB-600 1SAZ701903R1012 0.040
maximum panel thickness: 12 mm 1000 WRB-1000 1SAZ701903R1013 0.060
IP54 gasket
WRB-400 IP54 Panel seal gasket WRBG 1SAZ701903R1030 0.037
WRB-600
WRB-1000
WRH-F
WRB-400/600/1000
—
For direct product details information, use product type or order code, ex:
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SVR740720R1400
—
Thermistor motor protection relays
—
Thermistor motor protection relays
Benefits and advantages
The thermistor motor protection relays of the CM-MSx range protect motors with
PTC sensors against high temperature. These sensors are incorporated in the motor
windings thus measuring the motor heat directly.
07
—
Thermistor motor protection relays
Applications
conditions
conditions. Therefore, the consequences from
overheating, such as abrasion as well as electrical
failures, can be prevented. The direct measuring Phase
principle is carried out by a combination of the unbalanced
thermistor motor protection relay and three PTC
sensors which are installed directly in the motor
07
High ambient
by the manufacturer. Those 3 PTC sensors are
temperature
placed directly at the thermal hotspots, the mo-
tor windings. Insufficient Breaking
cooling operation
—
Thermistor motor protection relays
Operating controls
—
Thermistor motor protection relays
Selection table CM-MSx range
1SVR550800R9300
1SVR550805R9300
1SVR730700R0200
1SVR730700R2200
1SVR730720R1400
1SVR550801R9300
1SVR740700R0200
1SVR740700R2200
1SVR730700R0100
1SVR730700R2100
1SVR730722R1400
1SVR740720R1400
1SVR730712R0200
1SVR730712R2200
1SVR740700R0100
1SVR740700R2100
1SVR730712R1400
1SVR740722R1400
1SVR730712R1300
1SVR730712R1200
1SVR740712R0200
1SVR740712R2200
1SVR740712R1400
1SVR740712R1300
1SVR740712R1200
Order code
CM-MSS.23P
CM-MSS.22P
CM-MSS.33P
CM-MSS.23S
CM-MSS.32P
CM-MSS.22S
CM-MSS.32S
CM-MSS.33S
CM-MSS.13P
CM-MSS.12P
CM-MSS.21S
CM-MSS.13S
CM-MSS.21P
CM-MSS.12S
CM-MSS.31S
CM-MSS.51S
CM-MSS.31P
CM-MSS.51P
CM-MSS.41S
CM-MSS.41P
CM-MSS.11S
CM-MSS.11P
CM-MSE
CM-MSE
CM-MSE
Type
Characteristics
ATEX approval n n n n n n n n n n n n n n
Number of sensor circuits 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
Single or accumulative evaluation n n
Number of LEDs 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Contacts
1 c/o (SPDT) contact n n n n
2 c/o (SPDT) contacts n n n n n n n n n n
1 n/o n n n
1 n/c and 1 n/o n n n n n n
07
2 x 1 c/o or 1 x 2 c/o contacts, configurable n n
Reset
Manual n n n n n n n n n n n n n n
Remote n n n n n n n n n n n n n n
Auto n n n n n n n n n n n n (1) n (1) n (1) n (1) n (1) n (1) n (1) n (1) n (1) n (1) n (1) n (1) n (2) n (2)
Test button n n n n n n n n n n
Functions
Short-circuit detection n n n n n n n n
Short-circuit detection, configurable n n n n
Dynamic interrupted wire detection n n n n n n n n n n n n n n
Non-volatile fault storage n n n n n n
Non-volatile fault storage, configurable n n n n
Connection type
Push-in terminals n n n n n n n n n n n
Double-chamber cage connection terminals n n n n n n n n n n n
Screw n n n
(1) For automatic reset, connect terminals S1 to T2.
(2) For automatic reset, connect Terminals S1 to 1T2/2T2.
7/6 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Thermistor motor protection relays
Ordering details
The thermistor motor protection relay CM-MSS monitors the winding temperature and thus
protects the motor from overheating, overload and insufficient cooling in accordance to the
product standard IEC/EN 60947-8.
CM-MSx
2CDC 251 004 V0014
—
Thermistor motor protection relays
Ordering details - PTC temperature sensors C011
101 TPTC [°C] up to 600 V AC. Conductor length: 500 mm per sensor. A 14 V varistor can be connected in
parallel to protect the sensors from overvoltage. Due to their characteristics, the thermistor
-20 °C
TNF - 20 K
TNF - 5 K
TNF + 5 K
TNF + 15 K
TNF
motor protection relays can also be used with PTC temperature sensors of other
manufacturers which comply with IEC/EN 60947-8.
CM-MSS accessories
07
Rated response Color coding Type Order code Price Weight
temperature TNF 1 pce (1 pce)
kg (lb)
70 °C white-brown C011-70 (1) GHC0110003R0001 0.02 (0.044)
80 °C white-white C011-80 (1) GHC0110003R0002 0.02 (0.044)
90 °C green-green C011-90 (1) GHC0110003R0003 0.02 (0.044)
100 °C red-red C011-100 (1) GHC0110003R0004 0.02 (0.044)
110 °C brown-brown C011-110 (1) GHC0110003R0005 0.02 (0.044)
120 °C gray-gray C011-120 (1) GHC0110003R0006 0.02 (0.044)
130 °C blue-blue C011-130 (1) GHC0110003R0007 0.02 (0.044)
140 °C white-blue C011-140 (1) GHC0110003R0011 0.02 (0.044)
150 °C black-black C011-150 (1) GHC0110003R0008 0.02 (0.044)
160 °C blue-red C011-160 (1) GHC0110003R0009 0.02 (0.044)
170 °C white-green C011-170 (1) GHC0110003R0010 0.02 (0.044)
150 °C black-black C011-3-150 (2) GHC0110033R0008 0.05 (0.11)
(1) Temperature sensor C011, standard version acc. to IEC/EN 60947-8
(2) Triple temperature sensor C011-3
Technical data
Characteristic data Sensor type C011
Cold-state resistance 50 -100 q at 25 °C
Warm-state resistance ± 5 up to 6 K of rated
response temperature TNF 10 000 q
Thermal time constant, sensor open (1) <5s
Permitted ambient temperature +180 °C
Rated response temperature w PTC resistance R from PTC resistance R2) at PTC temperatures of:
tolerance TNF w iTNF -20 °C to TNF - 20 K TNF - iTNF TNF + iTNF TNF + 15 K
(UPTC m 2.5 V) (UPTC m 2.5 V) (UPTC m 7.5 V)
70 w5 °C
m 570 q M 570 q -
80 w5 °C
90 w5 °C
100 w5 °C
110 w5 °C
120 w5 °C m 100 q
m 550 q M 1330 q M 4000 q
130 w5 °C
140 w5 °C
150 w5 °C
160 w5 °C
170 w7 °C m 570 q M 570 q -
(1) Not embedded in windings.
(2) For triple temperature sensor take values x 3.
7/8 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Thermistor motor protection relays
Technical data - CM-MSS
Control circuit
Control function see "Selection table CM-MSx range" on page 5
Maximum no-load voltage 5.5 V
Max. current 0.6 mA (CM-MSS.12 /.13 /.22 /.23: 1.2 mA)
Maximum cable length 2 x 100 m at 0.75 mm², 2 x 400 m at 2.5 mm²
Output circuit
Kind of output see "Selection table CM-MSx range" on page 5
Operating principle closed-circuit principle
Contact material AgNi alloy, Cd free
Rated operational voltage Ue (IEC/EN 60947-1) 250 V AC
Minimum switching voltage / Minimum switching current 24 V / 10 mA
Maximum switching voltage / Maximum switching current see data sheet
Rated operating current Ie AC-12 (resistive) at 230 V 4 A
(IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC-15 (inductive) at 230 V 3 A
DC-12 (resistive) at 24 V 4 A
DC-13 (inductive) at 24 V 2 A
AC Rating (UL 508) utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300
maximum rated operational voltage 300 V AC
maximum continuous thermal current at B 300 5 A
maximum making/breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA
general purpose rating 250 V AC - 4 A
Mechanical lifetime 30 x 106 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime at AC12, 230 V AC, 4 A 0.1 x 106 switching cycles
Maximum fuse rating to achieve short-circuit n/c contact 10 A fast-acting (CM-MSS.12, CM-MSS.13, CM-MSS.51: 6 A)
protection n/o contact 10 A fast-acting
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 7/9
—
Thermistor motor protection relays
Technical data - CM-MSS
General data
MTBF on request
Duty time 100 %
Dimensions (W x H x D) product dimensions 22.5 x 85.6 x 103.7 mm (0.89 x 3.37 x 4.08 in)
packaging dimensions 97 x 109 x 30 mm (3.82 x 4.29 x 1.18 in)
Weight see "Ordering details" on page 6
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715), snap-on mounting without any tool
Mounting position any
Minimum distance to other units vertical 10 mm (0.394 in) if switching current > 2 A
horizontal 10 mm (0.394 in) if switching current > 2 A
Material of housing UL 94 V-0
Degree of protection housing IP50
terminals IP20
07
Environmental data
Ambient temperature ranges operation -25...+60 °C (-13...+140 °F)
storage -40...+85 °C (-40...+185 °F)
Damp heat, cyclic (IEC/EN 60068-2-30) 6 x 24 h cycle, 55 °C, 95 % RH
Climatic class (IEC/EN 60721-3-3) 3K5 (no condensation, no ice formation)
Vibration, sinusoidal 5...13.2 Hz: ±1 mm; 13.2...100 Hz: 0.7 g
Shock Class 2
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage Ui Supply circuit / Measuring circuit (1) 300 V AC (CM-MSS.x2: n/a)
(IEC/EN 60947-1, Supply circuit / Output circuits 300 V AC
IEC/EN 60664-1)
Measuring circuit (1) / Output circuits 300 V AC
Output circuit 1 / Output circuit 2 300 V AC
Rated impulse withstand Supply circuit / Measuring circuit (1) 4 kV (CM-MSS.x2: n/a)
voltage Uimp Supply circuit / Output circuits 4 kV
(IEC/EN 60947-1,
Measuring circuit (1) / Output circuits 4 kV
IEC/EN 60664-1)
Output circuit 1 / Output circuit 2 4 kV
Basic insulation Supply circuit / Measuring circuit (1) 600 V AC (CM-MSS.x2: n/a)
(IEC/EN 60664-1) Supply circuit / Output circuits 600 V AC
Measuring circuit (1) / Output circuits 600 V AC
Output circuit 1 / Output circuit 2 300 V AC
Protective separation Supply circuit / Measuring circuit (1) yes, up to 300 V
(IEC/EN 61140) Supply circuit / Output circuits yes (CM-MSS.x2: n/a)
Measuring circuit (1) / Output circuits yes
Output circuit 1 / Output circuit 2 no
Pollution degree (IEC/EN 60664-1) 3
Overvoltage category (IEC/EN 60664-1) III
7/10 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Thermistor motor protection relays
Technical data - CM-MSS
Standards
Product standard EN 60947-5-1, EN 60947-8
Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EC
EMC directive 2014/30/EC
ATEX directive 2014/34/EC (only ATEX variants "Selection table CM-MSx range" on page 5)
RoHS directive 2011/65/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to IEC/EN 61000-6-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3, 6 kV contact discharge, 8 kV air discharge
radiated, radio-frequency, IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3, 10 V/m (1 GHz), 3 V/m (2 GHz), 1 V/m (2.7 GHz)
electromagnetic field
electrical fast transient / burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3, 2 kV / 5 kHz
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 3, Installation class 3, supply circuit and measuring circuit 1 kV L-L, 2 kV L-N
conducted disturbances, induced IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3, 0.15-80 MHz, 10 V, 80 % AM (1kHz)
by radio-frequency fields
voltage dips, short interruptions IEC/EN 61000-4-11 Class 3
and voltage variations
harmonics and interharmonics IEC/EN 61000-4-13 Class 3
Additional interference immunity according to product standard EN 60255-1
07
(reference on EN 60255-26_2011)
radiated, radio-frequency, IEC/EN 61000-4-3 10 V/m (80 MHz - 3 GHz)
electromagnetic field
conducted disturbances, induced IEC/EN 61000-4-6 10 V at stated frequencies
by radio-frequency fields
damped oscillatory waves IEC/EN 61000-4-18 Signal lines, symmetric coupling: 1 kV peak voltage
Power supply, asymmetric coupling: 2.5 kV peak voltage
Interference emissions IEC/EN 61000-6-3, IEC/EN 61000-6-4
high-frequency radiated IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
high-frequency conducted IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
high-frequency radiated Germanischer Lloyd increased requirements in the emergency call frequency band
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 7/11
—
Thermistor motor protection relays
Technical data - CM-MSE
07
below the adjusted threshold)
Maximum switching voltage 250 V
Rated operating voltage Ue and AC-12 (resistive) at 230 V 4A
rated operating current Ie AC-15 (inductive) at 230 V 3A
DC-12 (resistive) at 24 V 4A
DC-13 (inductive) at 24 V 2A
AC Rating (UL 508) utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300
maximum rated operational voltage 300 V AC
maximum continuous thermal current at B 300 5A
maximum making/breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA
general purpose rating 250 V AC - 4 A
Mechanical lifetime 30 x 106 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime at AC12, 230 V AC, 4 A 0.1 x 106 switching cycles
Maximum fuse rating to achieve short-circuit n/c contact 10 A fast-acting
protection n/o contact 10 A fast-acting
General data
Dimensions 22.5 x 78 x 78.5 mm (0.89 x 3.07 x 3.09 in)
Duty cycle 100 %
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715)
Mounting position any
Degree of protection housing / terminals IP50 / IP20
Electrical connection
Connecting capacity fine strand with wire end ferrule 2 x 1.5 mm² (2 x 16 AWG)
fine strand without wire end ferrule 2 x 0.75-1.5 mm² (2 x 18-16 AWG)
rigid 2 x 1-1.5 mm² (2 x 18-16 AWG)
Stripping length 2 x 0.75-1.5 mm² (2 x 18-16 AWG)
Tightening torque 0.6-0.8 Nm (5.31-7.08 lb.in)
Environmental data
Ambient temperature Operation -20...+60 °C
ranges Storage -40...+85 °C
Damp heat IEC/EN 60068-2-30 +40 °C, 93 % RH, 4 days
Vibration withstand IEC/EN 60062-2-6 10-57 Hz: 0.075 mm; 57-150 Hz: 1 g
Isolation data
Rated insulation voltage Ui 250 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV / 1.2 - 50 μs
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III
7/12 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
Type CM-MSE
Standards/Directives
Standards IEC/EN 60947-5-1, IEC/EN 60947-8
Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU
EMC Directive 2014/30/E
RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU
Electromagnetic compatibility
Interference immunity to IEC/EN 61000-6-2, IEC/EN 60947-8
electrostatic discharge IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3, 6 kV contact discharge, 8 kV air discharge
radiated, radio-frequency, electromagnetic field IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3, 10 V/m (1 GHz), 3 V/m (2 GHz), 1 V/m (2.7 GHz)
electrical fast transient /burst IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3, 2 kV / 5 kHz
surge IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 3, installation class 3, supply circuit and measuring circuit 1 kV L-L, 2 kV L-N
conducted disturbances, induced by radio- IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3, 0.15-80 MHz, 10 V, 80 % AM (1kHz)
frequency fields
Interference emission 6g
high-frequency radiated IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
high-frequency conducted IEC/CISPR 22, EN 55022 Class B
07
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 7/13
—
Thermistor motor protection relays
Connection diagrams
A1 13 21 A1 11 A1 11 A1 13 21
T2 T1 T2 T1 A3 T2 T1 S1 T2 T1
T1 A1 14 22 T1 A1 11 T1 A1 A3 11 T1 A1 14 22
ϑ ϑ ϑ S1 ϑ
T2 A2 13 21 T2 A2 12 14 T2 A2 12 14 T2 A2 13 21
14 22 A2 14 12 A2 14 12 A2 14 22 A2
A1 – A2 Control supply voltage A1 – A2 Control supply voltage A1 – A2 Control supply voltage A1 – A2 Control supply voltage
220-240 V AC
13 – 14 n/o contact 11 – 12/14 c/o contact 13 – 14 n/o contact
A2 – A3 Control supply voltage
21 – 22 n/c contact T1 – T2 Measuring circuit 110-130 V AC 21 – 22 n/c contact
T1 – T2 Measuring circuit 11 – 12/14 c/o contact S1 – T2 Automatic reset
T1 – T2 Measuring circuit (jumpered)
T1 – T2 Measuring circuit
07
CM-MSS.22, CM-MSS.32, CM-MSS.41 CM-MSS.23, CM-MSS.33 CM-MSS.51 CM-MSE
A1 11 21 A1 11 21 A1 11 21 A1 T1 T2
T2 T1 A3 T2 T1 1T1 1T2/2T2 2T1
T1 A1 11 21 T1 A1 A3 11 21 T1 A1 13
1T1 A1 11 2T1 A1 21
S1 ϑ S1 ϑ S1 ϑ S1 ϑ ϑ
2CDC 252 019 F0014
24 22 S1 24 22 S1 24 22 S1
14 12 A2 14 12 A2 14 12 A2 13 14 A2
A1 – A2 Control supply voltage A1 – A2 Control supply voltage A1 – A2 Control supply voltage A1 – A2 Control supply voltage
24 V AC/DC 220-240 V AC 220-240 V AC 24 V AC
11 – 12/14 1st c/o (SPDT) contact A2 – A3 Control supply voltage 11 – 12/14 1st c/o (SPDT) contact T1-T2 Sensor circuit
110-130 V AC
21 – 22/24 2nd c/o (SPDT) 21 – 22/24 2nd c/o (SPDT) 13-14 Output contact -
contact contact Closed circuit
11 – 12/14 1st c/o (SPDT) contact principle
S1 – T2 Automatic reset S1 – 1T2/2T2 Automatic reset
(jumpered) 21 – 22/24 2nd c/o (SPDT) (jumpered)
contact
T1 – T2 Measuring circuit 1T1 – 1T2/2T2 Measuring circuit 1
S1 – T2 Automatic reset
(jumpered) 2T1 – 1T2/2T2 Measuring circuit 2
T1 – T2 Measuring circuit
7/14 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Thermistor motor protection relays
Circuit diagram
V+ V+ V+
A1 A1 A1 or A3
14
22 11 11
T1 T1 T1
M 3~ µC M 3~ M 3~
T2 T2 T2
t t t
A2 A2 A2
V- V- V-
V+ V+ V+
A1 A1 or A3 A1
11 11 14
21 21 22
07
T1 T1 T1
M 3~ M 3~ M 3~ µC
T2 T2 T2
t t t
2CDC 252 026 F0014
24 24 21
22 22 13
V- V- V-
V+ V+ V+
A1 A1 or A3 A1
11 11 11
21 21 21
1T1
M 3~
T1 T1
t 1T2/
2T2
M 3~ µC M 3~ µC µC
T2 T2
t t
2CDC 252 029 F0014
2CDC 252 015 F0014
24 24 M 3~ 24
22 22 2T1 22
Reset 14 Reset 14 t 14
2CDC 252 016 F0014
12 12 12
S1 S1
A2 A2
V- V- Reset
S1
A2
V-
CM-MSE
1SVC 110 000 F0141
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 7/15
07
—
Set up these innovative
temperature monitoring relays
exactly as you need, either via a
back-lit LCD or smartphone app.
Parametrization and configuration
are just one touch away with
the ABB EPiC app – even in a
non-powered state – reducing
installation time by 80%.
—
One look, one touch – one device
Features and benefits
08
Set up these innovative temperature monitoring relays exactly as you need, either
via a back-lit LCD or smartphone app. Parametrization and configuration are just
one touch away with the ABB EPiC app – even in a non-powered state – reducing
installation time by 80%. And with just one relay covering a wide range of
application, stocks can be reduced significantly, making ABB’s Smart monitoring
relays a true game changer.
—
Smart temperature monitoring relays
Setup via display or smartphone app
CM-TCN temperature monitoring relays can measure temperatures of solids, liquids
and gaseous media in up to three sensor circuits using various types of sensors.
One...
look to have the information needed
08
the display shows the measured values and relay
status at a glance. The symbol-based menu struc-
ture and presettings make parametrization simple.
—
Built-in connectivity
Communication via embedded Modbus RTU
The smart temperature monitoring relay CM-TCN.012 supports the data transfer
using the Modbus RTU communication protocol. The communication interface
RS-485 is embedded in the relay and does not require installation of any accessories.
—
CM-TCN manual
Modbus communication map and information about
the device configuration can be found in the CM-TCN user
manual Configure the smart monitoring Control output relays and trigger
relay remotely. them in case of the communication
bus error
—
Cloud integration with ABB AbilityTM
Real-time data monitoring and
temperature trends
Providing full remote visibility of asset and electrical-system behavior, ABB AbilityTM
Energy and Asset Manager (EAM) provides insights that help you minimize costs,
risks and maximize performance as well as safety across your operations.
—
The CM-TCN.012 smart monitoring Additionally, the customer can set up ABB AbilityTM Energy and Asset Manager
relay is enabled in ABB AbilityTM SMS or E-mail alerts to notify key per-
Energy and Asset Manager. Thus, sonnel in case of the temperature relay
allowing access to the real-time data tripping or sensors error. The periodic
monitoring and temperature trends report with temperature values can
from the cloud solution. also be scheduled.
08
or switchboard. The temperature and does not require any accessories.
trends can be compared between
different measuring sensors giving you The smart relay can share the data with
valuable insights about temperature the platform using an external solution
behavior of your assets at the place of with the ABB Ability™ Edge Industrial
the sensors´ installation. Gateway.
8/6 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Example communication architecture
CM-TCN.012 ABB AbilityTM enabled relay
ABB AbilityTM Energy and Asset Manager is a state-of-the-art cloud solution that
integrates energy and asset management in a single intuitive dashboard.
—
Architecture with ABB Ability™ Edge Industrial Gateway
LAN LAN
Smart temperature Arc Flash Grid feeding Molded case Universal motor
monitoring relay active protection monitoring relay circuit breaker controller
CM-TCN.012 TVOC-2 CM-UFD Tmax XT UMC100.3
Integrate a range of devices like circuit solution that integrates energy and Asset Manager (EAM) provides insights
breakers, motor controllers and the asset management in a single intuitive that help you minimize cost and risk
new CM-TCN.012 monitoring relay into dashboard. Providing full remote visi- and maximize performance and safety
the ABB AbilityTM Energy and Asset bility of asset and electrical-system across your operations.
Manager. It is a state-of-the-art cloud behavior, ABB AbilityTM Energy and
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 8/7
—
Operating controls
Push-in and
screw terminals
Back-lit LCD
Symbol-based menu
structure
3 measuring inputs
08
PT100, PT1000, PTC, NTC
Push-rotate button
Intuitive operation
with just one button
Marker label
LED status
indication
Red: Failure
Yellow: NFC ready for
pairing
Green: Control supply
voltage applied; no
failure
Connection terminals
Wide terminal spacing
allows connection of wires:
2 x 1.5 mm² (2 x 16 AWG)
Width 45 mm
with wire end ferrules or
2 x 2.5 mm² (2 x 14 AWG)
without ferrules.
8/8 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Smart monitoring relays
Ordering details
Description
The temperature monitoring relays CM-TCN are able to measure temperatures of solids,
liquids and gaseous media within up to three sensor circuits using different types of sen-
sors, such as PT100, PT1000, PTC or NTC within the same time. Different types of sensors,
e.g. PT100 and PTC sensors, can be monitored simultaneously.
The temperature is obtained by the sensors in the medium, evaluated by the device and
2CDC251004V0020
* CM-TCN.011: supply voltage 24-240 V AC/DC for revision G or later and supply voltage 24 V AC/DC for revision F or earlier.
—
CM-TCN catalog Accessories
Further details about
features and benefits of the
Description for type Width Type Order code Pkg Weight
smart monitoring relays can qty (1 pc)
be found in the dedicated mm kg (lb)
catalog
Adapter for screw mounting CM-N.S/P 45 ADP.02 1SVR440029R0100 1 36.7
(1.30)
—
Smart monitoring relays
Technical data
08
Short-circuit detection yes
Measuring ranges PT100 -200 °C … +850 °C / -328 °F ... +1562 °F
PT1000 -200 °C ... +850 °C / -328 °F ... +1562 °F**
NTC +80 °C ... +155 °C / +176 °F ... +311 °F
PTC max. total resistance of connected resistors in cold state <750 Ohm
Monitoring functions undertemperature, overtemperature, window monitoring
Measuring input range -200 … +850 °C / -328 … +1562 °F
Hysteresis related to the threshold values 1 … 99.9 °C / 1.8 … 179.8 °F
Measuring principle continuous current
Typical current in the sensor circuit PT100 0.5 mA
PT1000 0.5 mA
Maximum current in sensor circuit 0.5 mA
Measuring accuracy ± 0.5 K (-50 ... +200 °C / -58 ... +392 °F)
± 1 K (< -50 °C / -58 °F and > 200 °C / 392 °F)
Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance < 0.05 % full scale/1 V
Accuracy within the temperature range < 0.05 % full scale/1 K
Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) ± 0.07 % full scale
Maximum measuring cycle <2s
Maximum cable length 500 m / 1 mm2 (shielded cable)
Control circuits
Type of triggering volt-free triggering
Control function S1 remote reset
Maximum input current < 1.5 mA
Maximum no-load voltage at the control inputs < 15 V
Minimum control pulse length 150 ms
Maximum cable length at the control inputs 100 m - 100 pF/m
* CM-TCN.011: supply voltage 24-240 V AC/DC for revision G or later and supply voltage 24 V AC/DC for revision F or earlier.
** When CM-TCN is used with PT1000 sensors, a bridge must be installed between terminals xT2 and xT3 of unused measuring circuits. The bridge must
also be installed between open terminals xT2 and xT3 when CM-TCN is used with one or two PT1000 in combination with PTC or NTC or bimetal switch.
8/10 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Smart monitoring relays
Technical data
* If the selected ON-delay or OFF-delay is less than 2 s, the maximum measuring cycle should be taken into account.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 8/11
—
Smart monitoring relays
Technical data
08
General data
MTBF on request
Duty cycle 100 %
Dimensions see "Dimensional drawing"
Mounting DIN rail (IEC/EN 60715) TH 35-7.5 and TH 35-15,
snap-on mounting without any tool
Mounting position any
Minimum distance to other units horizontal not necessary
Material of housing UL 94 V-0
Degree of protection terminals IP20
Electrical connection CM-TCN.011S, CM-TCN.012S CM-TCN.011P, CM-TCN.012P
Connecting capacity fine-strand with/ without A1, 1x 0.5-2.5 mm 2
2x0.5-1.5 mm2
wire end ferrule A2, (1x18-14 AWG) (2x18-16 AWG)
R1, 2 x 0.5-1.5 mm2
R2, (2x18-16 AWG)
R3,
S1, C
xT1, xT2, xT3, 1x 0.2-2.5 mm2 2x0.2-1.5 mm2
A, B, C (1x24-14 AWG) (2x24-16 AWG)
2 x 0.2-1.5 mm2
(2x24-16 AWG)
rigid A1, 1x 0.5-4 mm2 (1x20-12 AWG) 2x0.5-1.5 mm2
A2, 2 x 0.5-2.5 mm2 (2x20-16 AWG)
R1, (2x20-14 AWG)
R2,
R3,
S1, C
xT1, xT2, xT3, 1x 0.2-4 mm2 (1x24-12 AWG) 2x0.2-1.5 mm2
A, B, C 2 x 0.2-2.5 mm2 (2x24-14 AWG) (2x24-16 AWG)
Stripping length 8 mm (0.32 in)
Tightening torque < 0.5 mm² 0.5 Nm (4.43 lb.in) -
≥ 0.5 mm² 0.6 - 0.8 Nm (7.08 lb.in) -
* Closed-circuit principle: Output relay de-energizes if a fault is occurring
Open-circuit principle: Output relay energizes if a fault is occurring
8/12 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Smart monitoring relays
Technical data
—
Smart monitoring relays
Technical diagrams
—
Dimensional drawings
in mm and inches
113.7 4.476”
85.6 3.370”
2CDC252001V0019
08
104 4.094”
CM-TCN.01x
—
Load limit curves
V V
300 300
V 200 V 200
100 100
80 80
60 60
2CDC 252 194 F0205
50 50
40 40
30 30
20 20
2CDC 252 194 F0205
10 10
0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 4 6 10 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 4 6 10
I A I A
AC load (resistive) DC load (resistive)
Switching cycles
1.0
0.9
250 V
0.8
resistive load
2CDC 252 192 F0205
F
0.7
2CDC 252 148 F0206
0.6
0.5
2CDC 252 148 F0206
2CDC 252 192 F0205
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0
cos ϕ Switching current [A]
S800-SCL-SR
9/2 Ordering details
9/3 Technical data
9/2 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
S800-SCL-SR
Self-resetting current limiting module
It limits the short-circuit current until the downstream means of protection trips. Its current
continuity makes it as the ideal solution for group protection: All parallel branches remain
operative. This leads to an Expanded application range of the low voltage switchgear whose
short-circuit capabilities are usually limited. S800-SCL-SR can be combined with S800S high
performance MCB or with manual motor starters. S800-SCL-SR can also back up a single circuit
breaker or a group of circuit breakers or motor starters (group protection). Terminals and outside
S800S-SCL-SR dimensions are identical to the S800 range.
1-pole
32 S801S-SCL32-SR 2CCS801901R0539 412012 0.25 1
63 S801S-SCL63-SR 2CCS801901R0599 412036 0.25 1
100 S801S-SCL100-SR 2CCS801901R0639 411992 0.25 1
2CCC413381F0001
2-pole
32 S802S-SCL32-SR 2CCS802901R0539 412074 0.5 1
63 S802S-SCL63-SR 2CCS802901R0599 412098 0.5 1
100 S802S-SCL100-SR 2CCS802901R0639 412050 0.5 1
3-pole
32 S803S-SCL32-SR 2CCS803901R0539 411930 0.75 1
S803W-SCL-SR 63 S803S-SCL63-SR 2CCS803901R0599 411947 0.75 1
100 S803S-SCL100-SR 2CCS803901R0639 411954 0.75 1
09
3-pole
32 S803W-SCL32-SR 2CCS803917R0539 412319 0.75 1
63 S803W-SCL63-SR 2CCS803917R0599 412326 0.75 1
100 S803W-SCL100-SR 2CCS803917R0639 412302 0.75 1
142
45
95
35
S800S-SCL-SR
S803W-SCL-SR
—
S800S-SCL-SR/S803W-SCL-SR
Technical data
S800S-SCL-SR S803W-SCL-SR
Rated operational current Ie [A] 32, 63, 100 32, 63, 100
Pole 1, 2, 3 3
Rated operational voltage Ue 50/60 Hz [V] 400/690 690
(AC) according to IEC 60947-2
(AC) according to UL 508 50/60 Hz [V] 600
Rated insulation voltage Ui [V] 690 690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp [kV] 8 8
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity
09
[Nm] min. 3 / max. 4 min. 3 / max. 4
[in. lbs.] min. 26.5 / max. 25
Feeding optional optional
Mouting on DIN top hat rail EN 60715 EN 60715
Ambient air temperature [°C] –40 … +70 –40 … +70
Storage temperature [°C] –40 … +85 –40 … +85
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
Classification acc. to NF F 16-101, NF F 16-102 I3, F2 I3, F2
Damp Heat IEC 60068-2-30, 55 °C / 95 % r.h. IEC 60068-2-30, 55 °C / 95 % r.h.
Vibration IEC 60068-2-6, 5–10 Hz / 3 mm and 10–500 Hz / IEC 60068-2-6, 5–10 Hz / 3 mm and 10–500 Hz /
2 g at 0.5 x Ie 2 g at 0.5 x Ie
Random Vibration IEC 60068-2-64, 5–500 Hz / 2 g at 0.5 x Ie IEC 60068-2-64, 5–500 Hz / 2 g at 0.5 x Ie
Resistance to climatic conditions IEC 60068-2-1 /-2-2 /-2-30 IEC 60068-2-1 /-2-2 /-2-30
Standard IEC 60947-2 IEC 60947-2
IEC 60947-4-1 IEC 60947-4-1
UL 508, CSA 22.2 No. 14
—
S800-SCL-SR
Technical data
Coordination
Type 230 V AC 400 V AC 440 V AC
Fuse Current Limiter Fuse Current Limiter Fuse Current Limiter
Ics Icu gG, aM S803x-SCL-SR Ics Icu gG, aM S803x-SCL-SR Ics Icu gG, aM S803x-SCL-SR
kA kA kA A kA A kA kA kA A kA A kA kA kA A kA A
MS132-0.16
MS132-0.25
MS132-0.4
MS132-0.63
MS132-1.0 No back-up required No back-up required No back-up required
MS132-1.6
09
MS132-2.5
MS132-4.0 20 20 100 63 100 32,63,100
MS132-6.3 20 20 100 100 100 32,63,100
MS132-10 20 20 100 100 100 32,63,100
MS132-12 20 20 100 125 100 32,63,100
MS132-16 20 20 100 125 100 32,63,100
MS132-20 20 20 100 125 100 32,63,100
MS132-25 50 50 100 125 100 63,100 50 50 100 125 100 63,100 20 20 100 125 100 63,100
MS132-32 25 50 100 125 100 63,100 25 50 100 125 100 63,100 20 20 100 125 100 63,100
—
S800-SCL-SR
Technical data
Installation requirements
The total sum of the rated currents of all downstream motor starters or circuit breakers shall not exceed the rated current of the
S800-SCL-SR (valid also for HV version). Furthermore the sum of all load currents including inrush currents shall not exceed the max-
imum permissible load of the S800-SCL-SR (valid also for HV version).
Maximum load
10 000
1000
100
time [s]
10
Time in s
09
1
0.1
0.01
1 10 100
n x Ie
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SBK104235R2000
—
DRAS and DRAF enclosed starters
—
DRAS09 … DRAS16 enclosed direct-on-line starters
4 to 7.5 kW, protected by thermal overload relays
AC or DC operated
Enclosed direct-on-line (DOL) starters are used for controlling 3-phase asynchronous motors up
to 690 V AC.
Each starter is delivered assembled and wired. It contains:
• IP65 compact plastic enclosure with double insulation, equipped with:
- 1 green flush "I" ON button and 1 red protruding "O" OFF/RESET button
- 2 quarter-turn, quick fastening screws and a base with 6 cable inlets and outlets via knockouts.
• 1 AS or ASL 3-pole contactor with holding contact
• 1 PE and 1 neutral terminal.
3 versions of control supply wiring are available: phase-to-phase, separate supply or phase-to-
1SBC133003V0014
neutral.
T16 thermal overload relay has to be ordered separately and choses according to motor's nominal
current (see table below).
DRAS, DRASL enclosed DOL starters
DRAS
+ T16 to be ordered separately IEC - AC-3 Rated control circuit Control supply Type Order code Weight
Rated operational voltage wiring
Uc Pkg
power max. Other control (1 pce)
220 V 400 V 500 V current voltages see AS
230 V θ ≤ 40 °C voltage code table
240 V Ue=400 V
kW kW kW A V 50/60 Hz V DC kg
Empty enclosure
with push-button
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 10/3
—
DRAS09 … DRAS16 and
DRASL09 … DRASL16 enclosed direct-on-line starters
L1 L2 L3 N
V
Control supply wiring versions U
L1 L2 L3 N 1 3 5 A1
L1 L2 L3
V Uc = Us
L1 L2 L3 N
U
DRAS..S, DRASL..S DRAS..N
A2 DRAS..P
V Uc
I Separate supply Phase-to-neutral Phase-to-phase
1 3 5 U
L1 L2 L3
A1
DRAS
Uc = Us
1 3 5 O A1 A1 A1
L1 L2 L3
R A2
Uc Uc = Us Uc = V Uc = U
I 2 4 6
DRAS A2
T1 T2 T3
A2 A2
Uc
I
DRAS
DA.Cod1
O A1
R
Uc = V
2 4 6
O T1 T2 T3 A1
R A2
Uc = V
2 4 6
T1 T2 T3
A2
Wiring diagram
DRAS..P +
KM1: 5/L3
DRAS..N
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
DRAS..S Us
A1
13
13
A A
KM1 RESET RESET
95
M M
95
A2
14
14
FR1 FR1
96
96
STOP STOP
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
-3 -3
13
13
A
RESET I KM1 I KM1
95
97
10
FR1 FR1
14
14
-4 -4
TEST
96
98
A1+
STOP
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
A1
KM1 KM1
A2-
A2
DRAS..S Us
Power circuit 1-phase DRAS..N N
-
DRAS..P KM1: 3/L2
131.5 5.18"
92 3.62" 126.5 4.98" 5.5 0.22"
M5
7.5 0.30"
5.5 0.22"
—
Voltage code table
16 N - 120 V N Phase-to-neutral
23 N 110 V 110 V
24 N 115 V 115 V
25 N 220 V 220 V
26 N 230 V 230 V
27 N 240 V 240 V
—
DRAF09 … DRAF16 enclosed direct-on-line starters
Up to 7.5 kW and 10 hp, protected by thermal overload relays
AC operated
Inch cable inlet/outlet suitable for UL starter types – FR16AF-12U 1SBN101338R1000 0.53
To be completed with AF contactor, TF42 thermal overload relay and CB5-10 (1SBN010013R1010) start contact block.
Empty enclosure
with push-button
10
10/6 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
DRAF09 … DRAF16 enclosed direct-on-line starters
L1 L2 L3 N
L1 L2 L3 N
1 3 5 A1
L1 L2 L3
V
Uc = Us
L1UL2 L3 N
DRAF..S DRAF..N DRAF..P
A2
V
DRAF..U
Uc
1 3 5 I Separate
A1 supply Phase-to-neutral Phase-to-phase
L1 L2 L3 U DRAF
Uc = Us
1 3 5 O A2 A1 A1 A1
L1 L2 L3
Uc R
Uc = Us Uc = V Uc = U
I
DRAF A2
2 4 6
T1 T2 T3
A2 A2
Uc
O I A1
R DRAF
Uc = V
2 4 6
T1 T2 T3
O A2 A1
R
Uc = V
2 4 6
T1 T2 T3
A2
Wiring diagram
DRAF..P +
KM1: 5/L3
DRAF..N
DRAF..S Us
DRAF..U A
RESET RESET
M
95
FR1
96
STOP STO
-7
10
13
I KM1
14
-8
A1
KM1
DRAF..U Us
3-phase motor Phase-to-phase Phase-to-neutral DRAF..S A2
Single phase motor Single phase motor
DRAF..N N
-
DRAF..P KM1: 3/L2
131.5 5.18"
126.5 4.98"
60 2.36"
107 4.22" 8 .32" 2 x Ø 5.5 .22" IEC starter types - ISO M20
M5
Cable inlet Cable outlet
Enclosure top Enclosure bottom
2 x ø 20 mm 2 x ø 20 mm
2 x ø 0.79" 2 x ø 0.79"
218 8.58"
—
DRAF09 … DRAF16 enclosed direct-on-line starters
Up to 7.5 kW and 10 hp, protected by thermal overload relays
AC operated
Enclosed direct-on-line (DOL) starters are used for controlling 3-phase asynchronous motors up
to 690 V AC.
Each starter is delivered assembled and wired. It contains:
• IP66 and type 4X plastic enclosure with double insulation, equiped with:
- 1 green flush "I" ON button and 1 red protruding "O" OFF/RESET button
- 4 cable inlets and outlets via knockouts.
• 1 AF 3-pole contactor with holding contact
• 1 CB5-10 start contact block
• 1 PE and 1 neutral terminal.
1SBC133005V0014
TF42 thermal overload relay to be ordered separately and choses according to motor's nominal
DRAF
+ TF42 to be ordered separately
current (see table in the next page).
DRAF enclosed DOL starters
IEC - AC-3 Control supply Rated control Type Order code Weight
Rated operational wiring circuit
power max. voltage Pkg
220 V 380 V 500 V 690 V current Uc min ... Uc max (1 pce)
230 V 400 V θ ≤ 40 °C (1)
240 V Ue=400 V
kW kW kW kW A V 50/60 Hz kg
10
Phase-to-phase 250...500 DRAF16-14P 1SBK174037R1400 0.820
(1) Select DRAF..S with separate supply for 24...60 V DC control circuit voltage (change A2 - Us wire to blue color acc. to IEC 60947-4-1).
hp hp hp hp hp hp V 50/60 Hz kg
UL starters type
0.75 1.5 2 2 5 7.5 24…60 DRAF09-11U 1SBK134238R1100 0.820
100...250 DRAF09-13U 1SBK134238R1300 0.820
250...500 DRAF09-14U 1SBK134238R1400 0.820
1 2 3 3 7.5 10 24…60 DRAF12-11U 1SBK154238R1100 0.820
100...250 DRAF12-13U 1SBK154238R1300 0.820
250...500 DRAF12-14U 1SBK154238R1400 0.820
1.5 3 5 5 10 15 24…60 DRAF16-11U 1SBK174238R1100 0.820
100...250 DRAF16-13U 1SBK174238R1300 0.820
250...500 DRAF16-14U 1SBK174238R1400 0.820
10/8 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
DRAF enclosed direct-on-line starters
Experience reliable and easy to install motor starting
Continuous operation
• AF contactors manage voltage fluctuation, chattering free
• Protected motor with thermal overload relay
• Safety through coordinated product.
10
10
"I" ON button
—
Notes
10
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 10/11
—
Notes
10
—
For direct product details information, use product type or order code, ex:
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SAT25000R1011
—
Electronic compact starters:
HF range
11/3 Overview
HF0.6, HF2.4, HF9 electronic compact starters
11/8 Direct-on-line starter
11/8 Direct-on-line starter with emergency stop
11/9 Reversing starter
11/9 Reversing starter with emergency stop
11/10 Technical data
11/15 Technical diagrams
11/2 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
11
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 11/3
—
Electronic compact starters: HF range
A compact solution with great functionality
11
—
Electronic compact starters
All-in-one: four functions in one starter
—
Electronic compact starters
Features and benefits
22.5 mm
Reset function
After the overload function has
tripped, the electronic c ompact
Space-saving starter can be r eset automatically,
Using an HF electronic com- manually or r emotely. The LEDs on
pact starter saves space, the device are visualizing that an
especially when group-mount- error has o
ccurred. Additionally, a
ing units. With a width of just feedback relay will be activated.
22.5 mm and high function
density, the unit fits any con-
trol cabinet. Smaller foot-
prints for more compact sys-
tems are also possible.
Less wiring
The control circuit is placed on the upper side
of the device with the main circuit on the
underside. The all-in-one functionality reduces
wiring, saving time and money – and reducing
faults.
11
—
Electronic compact starters
Hybrid technology
Hybrid technology – efficient, durable and compact – is the key feature of this range.
Smart use of semiconductors with a bypass relay eliminates the wearing of contact
materials. A microcontroller ensures the precise interaction of the components,
providing the smoother switching that helps extend its long lifespan.
Upside-orientated
control input
Change-over switches
for fault indication
Safety range:
ATEX, SIL 3, PL e
for selected reference
HF9-ROL-24 V DC
—
Electronic compact starters - HF range
Hybrid technology
11
LED Current
A
PWR
HF2.4-DOL-24 V DC
ERR
Iadj.
ON
4.0
8.0
6.0
4.5
8.5
9.0
5.0
6.5
3.0
5.5
2.5
3.5
2.2
1.5
7.0
7.5
Note: PWR: Control supply voltage, ERR : Error/Message, Iadj.: Current setting, ON: Motor is running
11/8 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
HF0.6, HF2.4, HF9 electronic compact starters
Direct-on-line starter
The HF-DOL-range is used for the direct-on-line start of motors and the switching of non-resistive
loads. With contactor and overload relay functionalities integrated into one device, the results are
faster wiring times and fewer faults. The range covers 0.6 A, 2.4 A and up to 9 A - for motors up to
3 kW – 400 V AC. The integrated electronic overload protection with tripping class 10A has a wide
setting range that enables just three models to cover all requirements. The control supply voltage
is 24 V DC. For the control and main connection points ABB offers screw connections.
ABB also offers a HF-DOLE safety range with emergency stop function. This offers Safety Integrity
Level 3, in accordance with functional safety standard IEC 61508-1 and Performance Level 'e' in
accordance with ISO 13849-1 all in combination with a safety relay like ABB's Sentry SSR10. The
2CDC241009V0016
Rated Rated Rated Setting Full load Type Order code Weight
operational operational operational range amps (1 pce)
current power current motor
HF9-DOL-24VDC
AC-53a AC-53a AC-51 use
A kW A A A kg
HF9-DOLE-24VDC
11
—
HF0.6, HF2.4, HF9 electronic compact starters
Reversing starter
The HF-ROL-range is used for forward and reverse running motors, as well as for switching non
resistive loads. With contactor and overload relay functionalities integrated into one device, the
results are faster wiring times and fewer faults. The range covers 0.6 A, 2.4 A and up to 9 A - for
motors up to 3 kW – 400 V AC. The integrated electronic overload protection with tripping class 10A
has a wide setting range that enables just three models to cover all requirements. The control supply
voltage is 24 V DC. For the control and main connection points ABB offers screw connections.
ABB also offers a HF-ROLE safety range with emergency stop function. This offers Safety Integrity
Level 3, in accordance with functional safety standard IEC 61508-1 and Performance Level 'e' in
accordance with ISO 13849-1 all in combination with a safety relay like ABB's Sentry SSR10. The
safety range is ATEX-certified.
2CDC241006V0016
Rated Rated Rated Setting Full load Type Order code Weight
operational operational operational range amps (1 pce)
current power current motor use
HF9-ROL-24VDC
AC-53a AC-53a AC-51
A kW A A A kg
HF9-ROLE-24VDC
11
—
HF0.6, HF2.4, HF9 electronic compact starters
Technical data
Short circuit protection with MO132 for single mounting, IEC Type 1, 500 V AC, 35 kA, 50 Hz, AC-53a, EN/IEC 60947-4-2
Rated motor power Rated motor current Starter Type Protection type HF-Starter Current setting range Max. allowed setting
11
Short circuit protection with MO132 for single mounting, IEC Type 1, 415 V AC, 70 kA, 50 Hz, AC-53a, EN/IEC 60947-4-2
Rated motor power Rated motor current Starter Type Protection type HF-Starter Current setting range Max. allowed setting
of HF-Starter current for AC-53a
kW A A A
0.18 0.58 DOL, ROL, DOLE, ROLE (1) MO132-0.63 HF0.6 0.075 - 0.6 0.6
0.75 1.8 DOL, ROL, DOLE, ROLE (1) MO132-2.5 HF2.4 0.18 - 2.4 2.4
3.0 6.3 DOL, ROL, DOLE, ROLE (1) MO132-6.3 HF9 1.5 - 9 (1) 6.5
(1) HF9 is able to switch 9A in AC-51, 6.5A in AC-53a
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 11/11
—
HF0.6, HF2.4, HF9 electronic compact starters
Technical data
Short circuit protection with MO132 for group mounting, IEC Type 1, 500 V AC, EN/IEC 60947-4-2
Max. sum of current of HF-Starter in group Iq HF-Starter Type SCPD
kA A
6.5 35 DOL, ROL, DOLE, ROLE (1) MO132-6.3
10 3 MO132-10
12 3 MO132-12
16 3 MO132-16
20 3 MO132-20
25 3 MO132-25
32 3 MO132-32
(1) HF9 is able to switch 9A in AC-51, 6.5A in AC-53a
Short circuit protection with MO132 for group mounting, IEC Type 1, 415 V AC, EN/IEC 60947-4-2
Max. sum of current of HF-Starter in group Iq HF-Starter Type SCPD
kA A
6.5 70 DOL, ROL, DOLE, ROLE (1) MO132-6.3
10 35 MO132-10
12 3 MO132-12
16 3 MO132-16
20 3 MO132-20
25 3 MO132-25
32 3 MO132-32
(1) HF9 is able to switch 9A in AC-51, 6.5A in AC-53a
Single mounting fused design, IEC Type 1, 500 V AC, 35 kA, 50 Hz, AC-53a, EN/IEC 60947-4-2
Rated motor power Rated motor current Starter Type Protection type HF-Starter Current setting range Max. allowed setting
of HF-Starter current for AC-53a
kW A A A
0.18 0.48 DOL, ROL, DOLE, ROLE (1) Fuse 25A gG HF0.6 0.075 - 0.6 0.6
1.1 2.2 DOL, ROL, DOLE, ROLE (1) Fuse 25A gG HF2.4 0.18 - 2.4 2.4
3.0 5.2 DOL, ROL, DOLE, ROLE, R (1) Fuse 25A gG HF9 1.5 - 91) 6.5
(1) HF9 variants can switch 6.5A in utilization category AC-53a and 9A in AC-51.
Single mounting fused design, IEC Type 1, 415 V AC, 50 kA, 50 Hz, AC-53a, EN/IEC 60947-4-2
Rated motor power Rated motor current Starter Type Protection type HF-Starter Current setting range Max. allowed setting
of HF-Starter current for AC-53a
kW A A A
0.18 0.58 DOL, ROL, DOLE, ROLE (1) Fuse 25A gG HF0.6 0.075 - 0.6 0.6
0.75 1.8 DOL, ROL, DOLE, ROLE (1) Fuse 25A gG HF2.4 0.18 - 2.4 2.4
11
3.0 6.3 DOL, ROL, DOLE, ROLE (1) Fuse 25A gG HF9 1.5 - 91) 6.5
(1) HF9 variants can switch 6.5A in utilization category AC-53a and 9A in AC-51.
Group mounting fused design, IEC Type 1, 500 V AC, 35 kA, 50 Hz, AC-53a, EN/IEC 60947-4-2
Iq SCPD Max. sum of current of used devices HF-Starter
kA A
35 Fuse 25A gG 25 HF0.6
35 Fuse 25A gG 25 HF2.4
35 Fuse 25A gG 25 HF9
Group mounting fused design, IEC Type 1, 415 V AC, 50 kA, 50 Hz, AC-53a, EN/IEC 60947-4-2
Iq SCPD Max. sum of current of used devices HF-Starter
kA A
50 Fuse 25A gG 25 HF0.6
50 Fuse 25A gG 25 HF2.4
50 Fuse 25A gG 25 HF9
11/12 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
HF0.6, HF2.4, HF9 electronic compact starters
Technical data
Control circuit
Type HF
Rated control circuit voltage Uc 24 V DC
Input voltage Uin Switching Threshold at Signal <0> -3 ... 9.6 V
Switching Threshold at Signal <1> 19.2 ... 30 V
Input current Ic 3 mA
11
Supply circuit
Type HF
Rated control supply voltage Us 24 V DC
Control supply voltage 19.2 ... 30 V DC
Rated control supply current Is 0.04 A
Single and group mounting HF-Starter, Type 1 coordination with fuse class J or CC according to UL60947-1/-4-1
HF-Starter FLA Iq SCPD Max. current Max. Voltage
A / V AC kA A V AC
HF0.6 0.6 / 500 100 Fuse class J or CC 30 480
HF2.4 2.4 / 500 100 Fuse class J or CC 30 480
HF9 6.5 / 500 100 Fuse class J or CC 30 480
Single and group mounting HF-Starter, Type 1 coordination with fuse RK 5 according to UL60947-1/-4-1
HF-Starter FLA Iq SCPD Max. current Max. Voltage
A / V AC kA A V AC
HF0.6 0.6 / 500 5 Fuse RK 5 20 480
HF2.4 2.4 / 500 5 Fuse RK 5 20 480
HF9 6.5 / 500 5 Fuse RK 5 20 480
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 11/13
—
HF0.6, HF2.4, HF9 electronic compact starters
Technical data
11
11/14 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
HF0.6, HF2.4, HF9 electronic compact starters
Technical data
Connecting characteristics
Main circuit
Type HF
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1x 2 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible 1x 2 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1x 2 ... 2.5 mm²
Connecting capacity acc. to UL/CSA
Rigid 1x 24 ... 14 AWG
Flexible 1x 24 ... 14 AWG
Flexible with ferrule 1x 24 ... 14 AWG
Stripping length 8 mm
Tightening torque 0.5 ... 0.6 N·m
Tightening torque UL/CSA 5 ... 7 in·lb
Terminal type Screw terminals
Recommended screw driver M3
Control circuit
Type HF
Connecting capacity
Rigid 1x 2 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible 1x 2 ... 2.5 mm²
Flexible with ferrule 1x 2 ... 2.5 mm²
Connecting capacity acc. to UL/CSA
Rigid 1x 24 ... 14 AWG
Flexible 1x 24 ... 14 AWG
Flexible with ferrule 1x 24 ... 14 AWG
Stripping length 8 mm
Tightening torque 0.5 ... 0.6 Nm
Tightening torque UL/CSA 5 ... 7 in.lb
Terminal type Screw terminals
Recommended screw driver M3
11
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 11/15
—
HF0.6, HF2.4, HF9 electronic compact starters
Technical diagrams
Derating curve
Please consider the derating curves for group mounting with and without ≥22.5 mm distance and the overload protection for
tripping class 10A.
Load
current (A)
9
HF9
8
HF9
7
3 HF2.4
2
1 HF0.6
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Ambient temperature (°C)
With 22.5 mm distance
Side by side
Tripping characteristics
Tripping time (s)
10000.00
1000.00
11
100.00
10.00
1.00
0.10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
—
For direct product details information, use product type or order code, ex:
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SAJ530000R0100
—
Universal Motor Controller
—
Safe and reliable
—
Optimizes safe and reliable plant operations
—
Integrated and
future ready
—
An intelligent data hub for
predictive applications
—
Simple
configuration
—
Quality FDI software and operating panel
12
—
Functions in detail
UMC100.3
—
Main areas of application
Smooth running is guaranteed with the UMC100.3,
whatever application you use it for
—
01 Cement factories
—
02 The oil and
gas industry,
chemical industry
—
03 Pulp and paper
plants
—
04 Mining
—
05 Water supply and
treatment
—
06 others
—
01
— —
02 03
12
The oil and gas industry, chemical industry Water supply and treatment
• Programmability • Pump controls as required
• Ground fault monitoring • Underload detection with 2 x detection
• Undervoltage detection and configurable • Own control logic e.g. for pump cleaning
restart following voltage drops
• Protection of motors in hazardous Others
environments (ATEX) • Steel plants
• Use in IT networks • Ships
—
04
— —
05 06
12/13 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Components
The basic device can be expanded with several modules. Digital expansion modules,
analog and temperature modules, voltage modules and a range of communication
interfaces guarantee full flexibility and cover a wide range of applications.
MAIN COMPONENTS
L1
EIU32.0 PDP32 MRP31 DNP32 L2
L3
DX122
1Ca 1Cb 2Ca 2Cb 1Ca 1Cb 2Ca 2Cb 1Ca 1Cb 2Ca 2Cb
Relay DO
Diag DIAG 230VAC/1A Diag
1 2 3 4 5
COMMUNICATION INTERFACES
Directly connect a variety of communication interfaces to the UMC
• Fieldbus interfaces:
PDP32.0: Profibus DP, DNP31.0: DeviceNet, MRP31.0: Modbus RTU
• Ethernet Interfaces:
MTQ22-FBP.0: Modbus TCP, PNQ22-FBP.0: Profinet IO, EIU32.0: EtherNet/IPTM,
2 PNU32.0 Profinet Interface
3
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 12/14
A control panel with a backlit LDC display and choice of nine different languages
ensures easy operation of the UMC, wherever you are. Sensors detect earth leakages
and current transformers increase the current measuring range.
ACCESSORIES
12
—
Universal Motor Controller UMC100.3
Ordering details
Description
Intelligent motor management system for single and three-phase motors with Ie = 0.24 - 63 A
in a single device. Compact housing with integrated current transformer for cable cross sec-
tions up to 25 mm² (max. Ø with insulation 11 mm). Higher currents with additional external
current transformer. Thermal overload protection according to EN/IEC 60947-4-1, selectable
2CDC341006V0014
trip classes 5E, 10E, 20E, 30E, 40E. Some functions require an additional expansion module.
ATEX
Universal Motor Controller, 110-240 V UMC100.3 UC EX 1SAJ530000R1200 1 0.315
ATEX AC/DC
Universal Motor Controller, 24 V DC UMC100.3 DC EX 1SAJ530000R0210 1 0.275
ATEX conformal coating Coated
Universal Motor Controller, 110-240 V UMC100.3 UC EX 1SAJ530000R1210 1 0.315
ATEX conformal coating AC/DC Coated
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 12/16
—
Operating panel and cables
Ordering details
Description
Operating panel for Universal Motor Controller UMC100.3. Backlit graphical and multilingual
full-text display, LEDs for status display. Assembly directly on UMC100.3 or on the control
cabinet door via door mounting set (includes connection cable).
Functions
2CDC341008V0014
Supports nine languages: English, Finnish, French, German, Italian, Polish, Portuguese,
Russian, Spanish
The protection cap UMC100-PAN increases the degree of protection for the operator panel
from IP52 to IP54. It is made of transparent and flexible silicone material, making it easy to
2CDC341001V0017
read text messages, check the LED status and use the buttons. It is removable to access the
micro-USB port for parameter up/download.
12
12/17 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Expansion modules
Ordering details
Description
Up to four expansion modules can be
connected to one UMC100.3:
2CDC341005S0009
The supply voltage is 24 V DC; the 110-240 V AC/DC version of the UMC100.3 provides the 24
V DC supply for expansion modules
2CDC341004S0009
DX111-FBP.0
I/O-expansion module with eight digital inputs 24 V DC, four relay outputs, one analog out-
DX122-FBP.0 put 0/4-20 mA or 0…10 V
DX122-FBP.0
I/O-expansion module with eight digital inputs 110/230 V AC, four relay outputs, one analog
output 0/4-0 mA or 0-10 V
2CDC341001S0011
VI15x-FBP.0
Voltage modules for the determination of phase voltages, power factor (cos φ), apparent
power, energy, total harmonic distortion (THD). For use in grounded networks (VI150-FBP.0)
VI150-FBP.0
or in all networks (VI155-FBP.0), 150-690 V AC
AI111.0
Analog/temperature expansion module, three inputs PT100, PT1000, KTY83, KTY84, NTC,
2CDC341001S0015
—
Fieldbus interfaces
Ordering details
Description
Fieldbus communication interfaces enable the UMC100.3 to communicate via fieldbus.
The interfaces can be used in two ways:
2CDC341015S0014
• Mounted directly on the UMC100.3 – the interface is supplied from the UMC100.3 and no
additional accessory is required
• Mounted separately on an SMK3.0 adapter in the cable chamber of an MCC, the interface
plugged on SMK3.0 requires a 24 V DC supply. Ready-made cables for applications in
PDP32.0
withdrawable systems are available, as well as terminal blocks for other cables:
CDP18.150: Cable for use inside the CDP24.150 drawer: Cable from SMK3.0 to drawer outside
PDP32.0
• Communication interface for PROFIBUS DP; supports the protocols PROFIBUS DP/V0 and V1
2CDC341016S0014
MRP31.0
• Communication interface for Modbus RTU
2CDC341017S0014
DNP31.0
• Communication interface for DeviceNet
• ODVA-certified DeviceNet slave
• Data transfer rate up to 500 kbit/s
• Diagnostic LEDs
2CDC341018S0014
PDR31.0 PDR31.0
• External active fieldbus termination for
Profibus DP; the PDR31.0 needs to be mounted on a SMK3.0 adapter and supplied by 24 V DC
—
Adapter and accessories
Ordering details
SMK3.0
1 2
3
2CDC341007F0018
CPD18.150 1
CPD24.150 2
4
2CDC345008V0014
PDP32.0 on SMK3.0
—
Ethernet interfaces
Ordering details
Description EIU32.0
Ethernet communication interfaces enable • Protocol EtherNet/IP™
the UMC100.3 to communicate via an Ethernet • ODVA-certified
network. There are two types of interfaces: • For one motor controller UMC100.3
• Mounting directly on an UMC100.3
2CDC341003S0012
PNU32.0
• Master supervision with timeout control
• Protocol Profinet
for up to four masters
• PNO-certified
• Micro USB-port for configuration via PC
• For one motor controller UMC100.3
PNQ22-FBP.0 (configuration software downloaded from
• Mounting directly on an UMC100.3
UMC100.3 webpage)
(supplied by UMC100.3) or remotely on an
• Integrated Ethernet switch
SMK3.0 adapter (24 V DC supply required)
• Supports all network topologies
• Integrated Ethernet switch
• Ring topology with redundancy
• Supports all network topologies
(MRP protocol)
• MRP redundancy
• Easy to use in withdrawable applications
• S2 master redundancy supported
• No special Ethernet connectors required
• Easy to use in withdrawable applications
in MCCs
• No special Ethernet connectors required
2CDC341009V0018
• 24 V DC supply voltage
in MCCs
• DIN-rail mounting
• GSDML download from UMC100.3
webpage
PNQ22-FBP.0
EIU32.0
• Protocol Profinet IO
• PNO-certified
• For one to four UMC100.3 devices
• Integrated Ethernet switch
• Supports all network topologies 12
• Ring topology with redundancy
(MRP protocol)
• Easy to use in withdrawable applications
• No special Ethernet connectors required
2CDC341003V0021
in MCCs
• Fully integrated into ABB 800xA
• Time-stamped events with ABB 800xA
PNU32.0 • 24 V DC supply voltage
• DIN-rail mounting
• GSDML downloaded from UMC100.3
webpage
—
Ready-made cables, terminal blocks
Ordering details
Ready-made cables
Ready-made cables are available for application in withdrawable systems as well as for fixed
2CDC341007F0018
installations. Cables include ready-mounted terminal blocks. All connectors are also available
as spare parts for creating individual cable connections.
Terminal blocks for making own cables are also available:
CDP18.150
MTQ22-FBP.0, PNQ22-FBP.0
• CDP18.150 cable for use inside and outside a drawer X6
DO Relay
X7
T1 T2
X8
Ca Cb
MTQ22
CDP18.150 CDP18.150 to X1
X1
X9
Port 1
Trip/Rdy Run
to X2
RDY
Power DO DI 24V
0V 24V 3 0 ... 5
X5 TCP
to X3
Port 3 X3
EIU32.0
Port 4 X4
X5
E1
to X4 Data
Terminal blocks ETHTB-FBP.xx E2
X6
Link
Trip/Rdy Run
24V
Power DO DI 24V 0V
0V 24V 3 0 ... 5 DC
X5
X6 X7 X8
MTQ22
DO Relay T1 T2 Ca Cb
C C 0 1 2
CDP23.xxx to X1
X1
X9
Port 1
Port 2 X2
Trip/Rdy Run
to X2
RDY
Power DO DI 24V
0V 24V 3 0 ... 5
X5 TCP
to X3
Port 3 X3
Port 4 X4
X5
Data
E1
X6 X7 X8
DO Relay T1 T2 Ca Cb
Link
C C 0 1 2
CDP23.xxx to X4 Data
X9 E2
X6
Link
Trip/Rdy Run
24V
Power DO DI 24V 0V
0V 24V 3 0 ... 5 DC
X5
—
Configuration software
Ordering details
FIM UMC EDITION configuration software for the UMC100.3 motor management system
The FIM UMC Edition is based on the Field Device Integration (FDI) standard. This latest
standard combines the benefits of both major former technologies, EDD and FDT/DTM.
It is the perfect tool for configuration of the UMC100.3 universal motor controller in large
applications in the process industry and also in smaller projects such as the water industry.
The FIM UMC Edition is equipped with a high-performance graphical user interface which
Configuration software example is quick to install. It scans, identifies and enables access to devices within three minutes.
It provides effective basic functionality for configuration, diagnosis and maintenance,
during commissioning, in the workshop or as second master in a Profibus network of a
process control system.
Overview of features
• Online/offline configuration and parameterization of UMC100.3
• Maximum number of tags is 2500
• Reading parameterization and configuration information from the device
• Online display of measuring, status and diagnostics data
• Online operation and error acknowledgment
2CDC341004F0011
UTP22-FBP.0
Supported languages
FIM basic package Chinese, English, German
UMC100.3 Device Package Chinese, English, Spanish, German, Italian, Pol-
ish, Portuguese, Russian
UMC100.3 Custom Application Editor English
System requirements
• Windows 7 (64 bit)/Windows 8.1, Windows 10, admin rights
• 10 GB storage space
• Minimum of 1 GB RAM
The single user license in the FIM UMC Edition package upgrades the trial version
to a full version
—
Earth fault monitors, current transformers
Ordering details
Earth fault monitors CEM11-FBP.xxx for use with the UMC100.3 Universal Motor Controller
The CEM11-FBP.xxx device monitors if the sum of the currents flowing through it is zero
2CDC345011F0008
(factorial addition). If the sum is zero, no residual current is present. If the residual current is
above an adjusted threshold value, the output signal of the CEM11-FBP.xxx changes. It can be
used in motor feeders to detect leakage currents, as well as ground faults caused by insulation
breakdowns for example.
CEM11-FBP.xxx
• CEM11-FBP.xxx is connected to a digital input of the UMC100.3
• Earth fault current threshold can be set in eight steps with a screwdriver
• Test position for easy control of wiring
Current transformers for use with the Universal Motor Controller UMC100.3
Linear type three-phase transformers, for use with the UMC100.3 and nominal motor cur-
rents >63 A. Terminal blocks for conductors Cu 2.5 mm2 for wiring on the UMC100.3 side.
CT5L500R/4, CT5L850R/4
UMC100-FBP.0 and FBP system accessories are being phased out. Please contact your local
ABB contact for spare parts or retrofit solutions.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 12/24
—
Universal Motor Controller UMC100.3
Technical data
Controller unit
LEDs Red: Motor has been tripped due to a thermal overload condition or another fault
Yellow: Motor is running
Green: Ready for operation
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 6 (DI0 ... D15) Type 1 accord. to EN
61131-2
Supply for digital inputs 24 V DC
Isolation No
Input signal bounce suppression Typ. 2 ms
Signal 0 range including ripple -31.2 ... +5 V
Signal 1 range including ripple +15 ... +31.2 V
Input current per channel (24 V DC) Typ. 6.0 mA
Input resistor to 0 V 3.9 k Ω
Cable length Unshielded max. 600 m
Shielded max. 1000 m
Relay outputs
Number of relay outputs 3 x monostable with one common root
Voltage range of contacts 12-250 V AC/DC
Lowest switched power for correct signals 1 W or 1 VA
Switching capacity per relay contact according to EN 60947- AC-15 240 V AC max. 1.5 A
5-1 (electromagnetic load) AC-15 120 V AC max. 3 A
DC-13 250 V DC max. 0.11 A
DC-13 25 V DC max. 0.22 A
DC-13 24 V DC max. 1 A
Short circuit protection 6 A gG
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV
Switching of inductive power Inductive loads need additional measures for spark suppression
Diodes for DC voltage and varistors / RC elements for AC voltage are suitable
Some DC coil contactors contain rectifiers which suppress sparks perfectly 12
Relay contact service life Mechanical 500 000 switching cycles
Electrical (250 V AC):
0.5 A; 100 000 cycles
1.5 A 50 000 switching
Internal clearance and creepage distances relay contacts to > 5.5 mm (safety insulation up to 250 V AC)
24 V circuits (EN 60947-1, Pollution degree 2)
Pollution degree terminals 3
Supply power down/up, behaviour: Valid for all motor control Whenever the supply voltage of the UMC is switched off and on, the starting of the
functions, except transparent and overload relay motor needs a new RUN signal
—
Universal Motor Controller UMC100.3
Technical data
Transistor output
Type UMC100.3 DC UMC100.3 UC
Max. output current 200 mA 50 mA
Short circuit protected Yes Yes
Output voltage if high UMC100.3 supply voltage, nominal 24 V DC
nominal 24 V DC
Isolation No Yes, to AC mains
Performance data
Reaction time UMC100 Dl to UMC100 Relay Output typ. 10 ms (Transparent Control Function)
(incl. hardware delays)
Reaction time UMCl00 Dl to DX111 Relay Output typ. 10 ms (Transparent Control Function)
(incl. hardware delays)
Reaction time from DX111 Dl to UMC100 Relay Ouput typ. 14 ms (Transparent Control Function)
(incl. hardware delays)
Number of supported function blocks See 2CDC135014D02xx
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 12/26
—
Digital expansion modules DX111-FBP.0, DX122-FBP.0
Technical data
Digital inputs
Type DX111-FBP.0 DX122-FBP.0
Number of inputs Eight inputs in two groups of common Eight inputs in two groups of common
reference potential (One group with five reference potential (One group with five
inputs, one group with three inputs) inputs, one group with three inputs)
Insulation: Type 1 acc. to EN 61131-1 Insulation: Type 2 acc. to EN 61131-1
Input voltage 24 V DC 110 V AC ... 240 V AC
Input delay 6 ms typ. 20 ms typ.
Signal levels 0 state - 31.2 ... + 5 V 0 ... 40 V AC
1 state + 15 ... + 31.2 V 74 ... 265 V AC
ON current per channel 6.0 mA typ. (24 V DC) 10.0 mA typ. (230 V AC)
Input resistance against 0 V 3.9 kΩ
Frequency range 45 ... 65 Hz
Digital output
Number of digital outputs 4 relay outputs with 2 common supplies (1DO0 & 1DO1 by 1DOC; 2DO2 & 2DO3 by 2DOC)
Voltage switching capacity 12 … 250 V AC/DC
Load current via common Imax = 6 A gL / gG per common supply (1DOC, 2DOC)
Minimum load for proper switching 1 W or 1 VA
Contact wiring for inductive load Free-wheeling diode for direct current, varistors/VDRs for alternating current
Current switching EN 60947-5-1
capacity per relay 240 V AC (AC-15) max. 1.5 A
120 V AC (AC-15) max. 3 A
250 V DC (DC-13) max. 0.11 A
125 V DC (DC-13) max. 0.22 A
24 V DC (DC-13) max. 1 A
Relay contact lifetime > 500.000 switching cycles – mechanical, > 100.000 switching cycles – at 250 V AC, 0.5 A
> 50.000 switching cycles – at 250 V AC, 1.5 A
Analog output
Number of analog outputs 1
Connection type 2-wire, for motor current indication on an external analog instrument
Output ranges Configurable: 0/4 ...20 mA or 0 ... 10 V
Cable specification < 30 m outside the control cabinet; >30 m if shielded
Max. output voltage 10 V
Accuracy < 5%
Output load 500 Ω max. if configured for 0/4 ... 20 mA output; 1 k Ω min. if configured for 0 ... 10 V output
Resolution 8 bits 12
Short-circuit detection Yes, if configured for 0 ... 10 V output
Wire break detection Yes, if configured for 4 ... 20 mA output
Insulation none
Interfaces
Interface for I/O expansion 1 for connection to UMC100 and/or other expansion modules
Integrated diagnostic functions Green LED: Device ready for operation, Yellow LED: Wire break or short circuit indication
Red LED: Error (loss of communication, failure, ...)
12/27 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Digital expansion modules DX111-FBP.0, DX122-FBP.0
Technical data
General data
Type DX111-FBP.0 DX122-FBP.0
Supply voltage 24 V DC (+ 30%, – 20%) (19.2 … 31.2 V DC incl. residual ripple)
Conductor cross section max. 2 x 0.75 - 2.5 mm2
Mounting Snap-on mounting on DIN rail, any mounting position
Dimensions 45 x 77 x 100 mm (without communication plug)
Weight 0.220 kg
Degree of protection IP20
Temperature range Storage: -25 ... +70 °C Storage: -25 ... +70 °C
Operation: 0 ... +60 °C Operation: 0 ... +55 °C
Approvals ATEX, CCC, CE, cUL, EAC (other approvals on request)
Shipping ABS, DNV, GL
12
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 12/28
—
Voltage expansion modules VI150-FBP.0, VI155-FBP.0
Technical data
Electrical data
Type VI150-FBP.0 VI155-FBP.0
Supply voltaqe 24 V DC (+ 30 %, - 20 %) (19.2 ... 31.2 V DC including ripple)
Current consumption relay enerqized max. 40 mA max. 55 mA
Voltaqe input L1, L2, L3 L1, L2, L3
Overvoltaqe category III in grounded networks
II in ungrounded networks
Nominal voltaqe input range (phase to phase) 90 - 690 V AC
Uimp 8 kV
Accuracy voltage +/- 2% in nominal input range
Accuracy power factor +/- 3.5 % in range 0.4 ... 0.95, I > 0.75 A
Accuracy real power kW +/- 5 % typ.
Accuracy energy kWh +/- 5 % typ.
Total Harmonic Distortion THD in %
Rated operational voltage Ue 690 V AC
Voltage supply cables connection cables for voltage measurement may require additional cable protection
Digital output
Number 1 relay output
Voltage switching capacity 12 … 250 V AC/DC
Current switching EN 60947-5-1
capacity 240 V AC (AC-15) max. 1.5 A
120 V AC (AC-15) max. 3 A
250 V DC (DC-13) max. 0.11 A
125 V DC (DC-13) max. 0.22 A
24 V DC (DC-13) max. 1 A
Minimum load for proper switching 1 W or 1 VA
Contact wiring for inductive load Free-wheeling diode for DC, Varistors/VDRs for AC
Relay contact lifetime > 500.000 switching cycles – mechanical
> 100.000 switching cycles – at 250 V AC, 0.5 A
> 50.000 switching cycles – at 250 V AC, 1.5 A
Interfaces
Interface for I/O expansion 1 for connection to UMC100.3 and/or other expansion modules 12
Integrated diagnostic functions Green LED: Device ready
Yellow LED: Diagnostics
Red LED: Fault
General data
Type VI150-FBP.0 VI155-FBP.0
Conductor cross section 2 x 0.75 - 2.5 mm2 max.
Mounting Snap-on mounting on DIN-rail, any mounting position
Min. 10 mm distance left and right to the L1 and L3 terminals required for voltages > 230 / 400 V
Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.5 x 77 x 100 mm (excl. communication connector)
Weight 0.110 kg
Degree of protection IP20
Temperature range Storage: - 25 ... + 70 °C, operation:: 0 ... + 60 °C
Operation altitude above sea level Max. 2000 m Max. 4000 m without derating
Approvals ATEX, CCC, CE, cUL,EAC (other approvals on request)
Shipping: ABS, DNV, GL
12/29 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Analog/temperature expansion module AI111.0
Technical data
General
Type AI111.0
Mounting On DIN rail (EN 50022-35)
Mounting position Any
Dimensions (W x H x D) See dimensions of expansion modules
LEDs: Red/yellow/green Red: Hardware error of module
Yellow: Diagnosis available
Green: Ready for operation
Supply voltage 24 V DC (+30 % ... -20 %)
(19.2 ... 31.2 V DC) including ripple
Supply current Max. 40 mA (at 19.2 ... 31.2 V DC)
Tightening torque for the communication terminals See section DX1xx
Tightening torque for the input, output and supply terminals See section DX1xx
Net weight 0.118 kg (0.260 lb)
Degree of protection IP20
Temperature range Storage -25 ... +70 °C
Operation 0 ... +60 °C
Marks, Approvals CE, cUL
Further in preparation. Ask your local sales representative for other
marks/approvals.
Functional isolation between anlog inputs and 24 V DC supply / Yes
communication interface
Indiviual configuration of each analog input Yes
Uimp sensor analog inputs 0.5 kV
Temperature inputs
Type AI111.0
Type of connection 2 or 3 wire
Number of input channels 3 (one AI111.0) / 6 (two AI111.0)
Type of temperature inputs (adjustable per channel) PT100 -50 °C...+400 °C
PT100 -50 °C...+70 °C
PT1000 -50 °C...+400 °C
KTY83-110 -50 °C...+175 °C
KTY84-130 -40 °C...+300 °C
NTC +80…+160 °C [B75227-K333-A1]
Accuracy at 20 °C (T20) ≤±2K
12
—
Analog/temperature expansion module AI111.0
Technical data
Analog inputs
Type AI111.0
Number of inputs 3 (one AI111.0) / 6 (two AI111.0)
Type of analog inputs (adjustable) 0/4 mA - 20 mA / 0-10 V
Resolution 15 Bit
Measuring ranges
Type AI111.0
0…20 mA and 0…10 V 0 …. 27648 dec (6C00 hex)
4…20 mA 0 …. 27648 dec (6C00 hex)
Max. input current for 0/4-20 mA 60 mA (destruction limit)
Accuracy at 20 °C (T20) ±1 % from full scale value
Temperature coefficient 0.05 / K deviation from T20
Input resistance ≤ 300 Ohm at 0/4 -20 mA
≥ 10 k Ohm at 0-10 V
Wire break detection In operation mode: 4 mA - 20 mA
Cable shielding Recommended for up to 30 m and outside the switchgear cabinet;
shielding mandatory for cables over 30 m
12
12/31 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Fieldbus communication interfaces PDP32.0, MRP31.0, DNP31.0, PDR31.0
Technical data
General data
Type PDP32.0 MRP31.0 DNP31.0 PDR31.0
Supply voltage 24 V DC -20 … +30% 24 V DC -20% / - 20% 24 V DC 24 V DC -20 … +30%
(19.2 ... 31.2 V DC) (19.2 … 31.2 V DC) (11 … 24,7 V DC) (19.2 … 31.2 V DC)
incl. ripple incl. ripple according to DeviceNet incl. ripple
specification
Current consumption 55 mA (excl. load on 5 V Typ. 30 mA Typ. 18.5 mA 28 mA
supply for termination (from DeviceNet)
resistors)
Communication protocol Profibus Modbus RTU DeviceNet Active Profibus DP
DP-V0/DP-V1 termination
Certificate Yes, PNO - Yes, ODVA -
Fieldbus connection 9-pole Removable 5-pole Removable 5-pole 9-pole
Sub-D connector or terminal blocks terminal blocks Sub-D connector or
terminal blocks terminal blocks
Integrated termination resistors No No No Yes
Possible bus addresses (set via UMC100.3) 1 ... 125 1 ... 125 0 ... 63 -
Max. baud rate 12 MBit/s 57.6 kbaud 500 kbaud -
Isolated +5 V supply available for 30 mA max. - - - -
bus termination circuitry (X3 pins 5 and 6)
Standards / directives
Type PDP32.0 MRP31.0 DNP31.0 PDR31.0
EMC Directive 2014/30/EC 2014/30/EC 2014/30/EC 2014/30/EC
RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU 2011/65/EU 2011/65/EU 2011/65/EU
—
Ethernet communication interfaces MTQ22-FBP.0, PNQ22-FBP.0, EIU32.0, PNU32.0
Technical data
General data
Type MTQ22-FBP.0 PNQ22-FBP.0 EIU32.0 PNU32.0
Supply voltage 24 V DC -20 … +30% 24 V DC -20 … +30% 24 V DC -20 … +30% 24 V DC -20 … +30%
(19.2 … 31.2 V DC) (19.2 … 31.2 V DC) (19.2 … 31.2 V DC) (19.2 … 31.2 V DC)
incl. ripple incl. ripple incl. ripple incl. ripple
Current consumption Max. 180 mA Max. 180 mA Typ 90 mA, max. 130 mA Typ 90 mA, max. 130 mA
Total power dissipation Max. 3.5 W Max. 3.5 W Typ. 2.2 W, max. 2.5 W Typ. 2.2 W, max. 2.5 W
Short circuit protection at port 1 ... 4 PTC resistor Yes, PTC resistor - -
Connection between Ethernet Max. 3 m Max. 3 m Max. 3 m Max. 3 m
interface and UMC100.3
Communication protocol Modbus TCP Profinet IO EtherNet/IP TM Profinet IO
Certificate - Yes, PNO Yes, ODVA Yes, PNO
Integrated Ethernet switch Yes Yes Yes Yes
Supported bit rates 10 / 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 10 / 100 Mbit/s 10 / 100 Mbit/s
Network redundancy protocol MRP client acc. to MRP client acc. to DLR (Device Level Ring) MRP client acc. to
EN/IEC 62439-2 EN/IEC 62439-2 EN/IEC 62439-2
Master redundancy protocol S2 master redundancy
USB port For configuration via PC Reserved Reserved Reserved
and software tool
Standards / directives
Type MTQ22-FBP.0 PNQ22-FBP.0 EIU32.0 PNU32.0
EMC Directive 2014/30/EC 2014/30/EC 2014/30/EU 2014/30/EU
RoHS Directive 2011/65/EU 2011/65/EU 2011/65/EU 2011/65/EU
incl. 2015/863/EU
—
Dimensional drawings
70 2.76"
Ø 4.5 Ø 0.18" 100 3.94"
98 3.86"
90 3.54"
106 4.17"
57 2.24"
UMC100.3
Expansion modules
109.5 4.31‘‘
22.5 0.88‘‘ 45 1.77‘‘ 102 4.02‘‘
78 3.07‘‘
78 3.07‘‘
Ø 12 Ø 0.47"
70.55 2.78”
66 2.6”
11.6 0.46"
2.677"
85 3.46”
35.4 1.39"
57 2.24"
68
63 2.48"
1 0.04”
26.8 1.06"
—
Dimensional drawings
X1
Port 1
EIU32
Port 2 X2
RDY NS MS
90 3.54"
TCP
Data
Port 3 X3
E2
64 2.52"
Port 4 X4
Link
X5
FE
Data
E1
Data
Link
Data E1
E2 B1
X6 Link
Link
24V
0V
DC
100,7 3.96"
MTQ22-FBP.0 EIU32.0
PNQ22-FBP.0
SMK3.0 SMK3.0
xxx xx xxx xx
89 3.504"
64 2.520"
3.504"
2.520"
64
12
12/35 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Dimensional drawings
CEM11-FBP.xx
Current transformer
21 0.83"
3.86"
74 2.91"
98
28.5 1.12"
21 0.83"
58 2.28" 58 2.28"
192 7.56"
76 3"
66 2.6"
55 2.17"
43 1.69"
Ø 6 Ø 0.24"
12
—
Index
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SBL137001R1310
—
Customer made
Motor starting solution
with AF contactors
—
Motor rated operational powers and currents
The currents given below concern standard three-phase four-pole cage motors (1500 r.p.m. at 50 Hz 1800 r.p.m. at 60 Hz).
These values are given for guidance and may vary according to the motor manufacturer and depending on the number
of poles.
IEC Motor nominal current: standardized values in grey UL/CSA Motor nominal current: single and three phase
(according to IEC 60947-4-1 Annex G) (according to UL 60947-4-1A)
Motor Motor
power 220 V 230 V 240 V 380 V 400 V 415 V 440 V 500 V 660 V 690 V power 120 V 200 V 200 V 208 V 208 V 220- 220- 380- 440- 550-
1-ph 1-ph 3-ph 1-ph 3-ph 240 V 240 V 415 V 480 V 600 V
1-ph 3-ph 3-ph 3-ph 3-ph
kW A A A A A A A A A A hp A A A A A A A A A A
0.06 0.37 0.35 0.34 0.21 0.2 0.19 0.18 0.16 0.13 0.12 1/10 3 – – – – 1.5 – – – –
0.09 0.54 0.52 0.50 0.32 0.3 0.29 0.26 0.24 0.18 0.17 1/8 3.8 – – – – 1.9 – – – –
0.12 0.73 0.7 0.67 0.46 0.44 0.42 0.39 0.32 0.24 0.23 1/6 4.4 2.5 – 2.4 – 2.2 – – – –
0.18 1 1 1 0.63 0.6 0.58 0.53 0.48 0.37 0.35 1/4 5.8 3.3 – 3.2 – 2.9 – – – –
0.25 1.6 1.5 1.4 0.9 0.85 0.82 0.74 0.68 0.51 0.49 1/3 7.2 4.1 – 4 – 3.6 – – – –
0.37 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.2 1.1 1.1 1 0.88 0.67 0.64 1/2 9.8 5.6 2.5 5.4 2.4 4.9 2.2 1.3 1.1 0.9
0.55 2.7 2.6 2.5 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 0.91 0.87 3/4 13.8 7.9 3.7 7.6 3.5 6.9 3.2 1.8 1.6 1.3
0.75 3.5 3.3 3.2 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.15 1.1 1 16 9.2 4.8 8.8 4.6 8 4.2 2.3 2.1 1.7
1.1 4.9 4.7 4.5 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.4 2.2 1.7 1.6 1-1/2 20 11.5 6.9 11 6.6 10 6 3.3 3 2.4
1.5 6.6 6.3 6 3.8 3.6 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.2 2.1 2 24 13.8 7.8 13.2 7.5 12 6.8 4.3 3.4 2.7
2.2 8.9 8.5 8.1 5.2 4.9 4.7 4.3 3.9 2.9 2.8 3 34 19.6 11 18.7 10.6 17 9.6 6.1 4.8 3.9
3 11.8 11.3 10.8 6.8 6.5 6.3 5.7 5.2 4 3.8 5 56 32.2 17.5 30.8 16.7 28 15.2 9.7 7.6 6.1
4 15.7 15 14.4 8.9 8.5 8.2 7.4 6.8 5.1 4.9 7-1/2 80 46 25.3 44 24.2 40 22 14 11 9
5.5 20.9 20 19.2 12.1 11.5 11.1 10.1 9.2 7 6.7 10 100 57.5 32.2 55 30.8 50 28 18 14 11
7.5 28.2 27 25.9 16.3 15.5 14.9 13.6 12.4 9.3 8.9 15 135 – 48.3 – 46.2 68 42 27 21 17
11 39.7 38 36.4 23.2 22 21.2 19.3 17.6 13.4 12.8 20 – – 62.1 – 59.4 88 54 34 27 22
15 53.3 51 48.9 30.5 29 28 25.4 23 17.8 17 25 – – 78.2 – 74.8 110 68 44 34 27
18.5 63.8 61 58.5 36.8 35 33.7 30.7 28 22 21 30 – – 92 – 88 136 80 51 40 32
22 75.3 72 69 43.2 41 39.5 35.9 33 25.1 24 40 – – 120 – 114 176 104 66 52 41
30 100 96 92 57.9 55 53 48.2 44 33.5 32 50 – – 150 – 143 216 130 83 65 52
37 120 115 110 69 66 64 58 53 40.8 39 60 – – 177 – 169 – 154 103 77 62
45 146 140 134 84 80 77 70 64 49.1 47 75 – – 221 – 211 – 192 128 96 77
55 177 169 162 102 97 93 85 78 59.6 57 100 – – 285 – 273 – 248 165 124 99
75 240 230 220 139 132 127 116 106 81 77 125 – – 359 – 343 – 312 208 156 125
90 291 278 266 168 160 154 140 128 97 93 150 – – 414 – 396 – 360 240 180 144
110 355 340 326 205 195 188 171 156 118 113 200 – – 552 – 528 – 480 320 240 192
132 418 400 383 242 230 222 202 184 140 134 250 – – – – – – 604 403 302 242
160 509 487 467 295 280 270 245 224 169 162 300 – – – – – – 722 482 361 289
200 637 609 584 368 350 337 307 280 212 203 350 – – – – – – 828 560 414 336
250 782 748 717 453 430 414 377 344 261 250 400 – – – – – – 954 636 477 382
315 983 940 901 568 540 520 473 432 327 313 450 – – – – – – 1030 – 515 412
355 1109 1061 1017 642 610 588 535 488 370 354 500 – – – – – – 1180 786 590 472
400 1255 1200 1150 726 690 665 605 552 418 400
500 1545 1478 1416 895 850 819 745 680 515 493
560 1727 1652 1583 1000 950 916 832 760 576 551
630 1928 1844 1767 1116 1060 1022 929 848 643 615
710 2164 2070 1984 1253 1190 1147 1043 952 721 690
800 2446 2340 2243 1417 1346 1297 1179 1076 815 780
900 2760 2640 2530 1598 1518 1463 1330 1214 920 880
1000 3042 2910 2789 1761 1673 1613 1466 1339 1014 970
13
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 13/3
—
Customer assembled motor starting solutions
13
13/4 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
DOL and reversing starters protected by manual motor starters
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
Application
Full voltage direct-on-line (DOL) starting and reversing starting for controlling three-phase
I> asynchronous motors is a simple and economic solution characterised by a high starting
torque (1.9 to 2.1 times full-speed torque) and a starting current 5.5 to 7 times nominal cur-
rent.
I/In C/Cn
6
I
5
I = current
4 C = torque
In = nominal current
3
Cn = nominal torque
1SFC101102V0001
2
C
0 10 30 60 80 100
DOL starter
MS132-10 + BEA16-4 + AF09-30-10
Coordination types
The contactor and the manual motor starter control and protect motors against overload
and short-circuits according to coordination types 1 and 2 (IEC 60947-4-1 / EN 60947-4-1)
defining the anticipated level of service continuity as follow:
Type 1: In short-circuit conditions, the contactor or starter does not endanger persons or
installations and will not be able to then operate without being repaired or having
parts replaced.
I> Type 2: In short-circuit conditions, the contactor or starter does not endanger persons or
installations and will be able to operate afterwards. The risk of contacts light weld-
ing is acceptable.
Switching frequency ≤ 15 starts/hour - 80 % max. load factor - with max. 1.5 s starting time
≤ 30 starts/hour - 50 % max. load factor - with max. 1.5 s starting time
Ambient air temperature
Close to the device use with MS116 ≤ 55 °C
use with MS132,
Reversing starter MS165, MS495 ≤ 60 °C
MS132-10 + BEA16-4 + BER16-4 Degree of protection IP20
+ VEM4 + AF09-30-10
Mounting positions
+30° -30° +30° -30°
Pos. 2 Pos. 2
13
Pos. 4 Pos. 4
Pos. 3 Pos. 3
Pos. 5 Pos. 5
DOL starters Reversing starters
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 13/5
—
DOL and reversing starters protected by manual motor starters
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
Application
Full voltage direct-on-line (DOL) starting and reversing starting for controlling three-phase
I>
asynchronous motors is a simple and economic solution characterised by a high starting
torque (1.9 to 2.1 times full-speed torque) and a starting current 5.5 to 7 times nominal cur-
rent.
I/In C/Cn
6
I
5
I = current
4 C = torque
In = nominal current
3
Cn = nominal torque
1SFC101102V0001
2
C
0 10 30 60 80 100
DOL starter
MS132-10K + BEA16-4KF Coordination types
+ AF09-30-10K The contactor and the manual motor starter control and protect motors against overload
and short-circuits according to coordination types 1 and 2 (IEC 60947-4-1 / EN 60947-4-1)
defining the anticipated level of service continuity as follow:
Type 1: In short-circuit conditions, the contactor or starter does not endanger persons or
installations and will not be able to then operate without being repaired or having
parts replaced.
I>
Type 2: In short-circuit conditions, the contactor or starter does not endanger persons or
installations and will be able to operate afterwards. The risk of contacts light weld-
ing is acceptable.
Switching frequency ≤ 15 starts/hour - 80 % max. load factor - with max. 1.5 s starting time
≤ 30 starts/hour - 50 % max. load factor - with max. 1.5 s starting time
Ambient air temperature
Close to the device use with MS116 ≤ 55 °C
use with MS132,
Reversing starter
MS165, MS495 ≤ 60 °C
MS132-10K + BEA16-4KF
+ BER16-4KF + AF09-30-10K
Degree of protection IP20
Mounting positions
13
Pos. 4 Pos. 4
Pos. 3
Pos. 3
Pos. 5
Pos. 5
—
DOL and reversing starters protected by manual motor starters
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
Direct-on-line starters
You can easily assemble a direct-on-line starter by using
the BEA..-4 connecting link 3-pole insulated. It is used to
MS
I>
electrically and mechanically connect MS116, MS132 or
Manual motor starter MS165 manual motor starter and AF09 ... AF65 contactor,
AC or DC operated.
BEA
Connecting link
Reversing starters
You can easily assemble reversing starter thanks to our com-
plete range of accessories:
I>
VE4
Electrical
A2 BER..-4
interlock block
A2 Connection set
Note: for direct mounting on 2 rails 35 mm of MS165 manual motor starter with AF40 ... AF65 contactors, BEA65-4 connecting link must be associated with BPR65-4 35 mm rail
hook fixed on each contactor base. Starter combination using BPR65-4 are applicable for MS165 manufactured after week 31, 2016 (date code > 16214).
Select now easily and quickly your starter in the following pages for coordination type 1 or 2 at 400 V, 50/60 Hz, Iq = 16 kA
up to 18.5 kW and Iq = 50 kA up to 45 kW.
For the full coordination tables, please visit our SOC tool :
https://applications.it.abb.com/SOC/Selectivity
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 13/7
—
DOL and reversing starters protected by manual motor starters
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
Direct-on-line starters
You can easily assemble a direct-on-line starter by using
the BEA..-4KF connecting link 3-pole insulated. It is used to
MS
I>
electrically and mechanically connect MS132-K manual
Manual motor starter motor starter and AF09 ... AF38..K contactor, AC or DC
operated.
BEA
Connecting link
Reversing starters
You can easily assemble reversing starter thanks to our
complete range of accessories:
I>
AF09K ...
AF38K
Contactor
VE4K
A2
Electrical
A2 BER..-4KF interlock block
Connection set
Select now easily and quickly your starter in the following pages for coordination type 1 or 2 at 400 V, 50/60 Hz, Iq = 16 kA
up to 18.5 kW and Iq = 50 kA up to 45 kW.
For the full coordination tables, please visit our SOC tool :
https://www.lowvoltage-tools.abb.com/soc/Motor
13/8 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
DOL starters protected by MS manual motor starters
Coordination type 1
I>
BEA..-4 CA4-10
IEC Type Order code Setting Rated Rated control circuit Type Order code Allowed Type Order code
AC-3, 400 V (1) range instantaneous voltage (3) setting
Rated short-circuit Uc min. ... Uc max. current
operational current (2)
power current setting
Ii
kW A A V 50/60 Hz V DC A
0.06 0.2 MS132-0.25 1SAM350000R1002 0.16...0.25 3.13 24...60 20...60 (5) AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 0.25 BEA16-4 1SBN081306T1000
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.09 0.3 MS132-0.4 1SAM350000R1003 0.25...0.40 5 24...60 20...60 (5) AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 0.4
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.12 0.44 MS132-0.63 1SAM350000R1004 0.40...0.63 7.88 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 0.63
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.18 0.6 MS132-0.63 1SAM350000R1004 0.40...0.63 7.88 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 0.63
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.25 0.85 MS132-1.0 1SAM350000R1005 0.63...1.00 12.5 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 1
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.37 1.1 MS132-1.6 1SAM350000R1006 1.00...1.60 20 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 1.6
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.55 1.5 MS132-1.6 1SAM350000R1006 1.00...1.60 20 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 1.6
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.75 1.9 MS132-2.5 1SAM350000R1007 1.60...2.50 31.25 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 2.5
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
1.1 2.7 MS132-4.0 1SAM350000R1008 2.50...4.00 50 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 4
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
1.5 3.6 MS132-4.0 1SAM350000R1008 2.50...4.00 50 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 4
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
2.2 4.9 MS132-6.3 1SAM350000R1009 4.00...6.30 78.75 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 6.3
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
3 6.5 MS132-10 1SAM350000R1010 6.30...10.0 150 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 9
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
4 8.5 MS132-10 1SAM350000R1010 6.30...10.0 150 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 9
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
5.5 11.5 MS132-12 1SAM350000R1012 8.00...12.0 180 24...60 20...60 AF12Z-30-10-21 1SBL156001R2110 12
100...250 100...250 AF12-30-10-13 1SBL157001R1310
7.5 15.5 MS132-16 1SAM350000R1011 10.0...16.0 240 24...60 20...60 AF16Z-30-10-21 1SBL176001R2110 16
100...250 100...250 AF16-30-10-13 1SBL177001R1310
11 22 MS132-25 1SAM350000R1014 20.0...25.0 375 24...60 20...60 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 25 1SBN082306T2000
100...250 100...250 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300 1SBN010110R1010
15 29 MS132-32 1SAM350000R1015 25.0...32.0 480 24...60 20...60 AF30Z-30-00-21 1SBL276001R2100 32 BEA38-4
100...250 100...250 AF30-30-00-13 1SBL277001R1300 + CA4-10
18.5 35 MS165-42 1SAM451000R1015 30.0…42.0 630 24…60 20…60 AF40-30-00-11 1SBL347001R1100 40 BEA65-4 1SBN083406R1000
100...250 100...250 AF40-30-00-13 1SBL347001R1300 BPR65-4 (4) 1SBN113405R1000
CA4-10
22 41 MS165-54 1SAM451000R1016 40.0…54.0 810 24…60 20…60 AF52-30-00-11 1SBL367001R1100 53 1SBN010110R1010
100...250 100...250 AF52-30-00-13 1SBL367001R1300
(1) MS116 manual motor starter can be selected according to the current setting range indicated on the coordination line, up to:
- 15 kW, 400 V - AC-3 at 16 kA
- 4 kW, 400 V - AC-3 at 50 kA.
(2) For other control voltages, see "Voltage code table".
(3) AF38 3-pole contactor can be selected for coordination type 1, 16 kA and 50 kA, 18.5 kW, 400 V - AC-3 (BEA65-4 available for AF40 ... AF65 only).
(4) For direct mounting on 2 rails 35 mm of MS165 with AF40 ... AF65: BEA65-4 must be associated with BPR65-4 fixed on contactor base. Applicable for MS165 manufactured
after week 31, 2016 (date code > 16114).
(5) AF ... -11 not suitable for direct control by PLC-output.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 13/9
—
DOL starters protected by MS manual motor starters
Coordination type 2
I>
BEA..-4 CA4-10
IEC Type Order code Setting Rated Rated control circuit Type Order code Allowed Type Order code
AC-3, 400 V (1) range instantaneous voltage (3) setting
Rated short-circuit Uc min. ... Uc max. current
operational current setting (2)
power current Ii
V 50/60
kW A A A Hz V DC (6) A
0.06 0.2 MS132-0.25 1SAM350000R1002 0.16...0.25 3.13 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 0.25 BEA16-4 1SBN081306T1000
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.09 0.3 MS132-0.4 1SAM350000R1003 0.25...0.40 5 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 0.4
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.12 0.44 MS132-0.63 1SAM350000R1004 0.40...0.63 7.88 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 0.63
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.18 0.6 MS132-0.63 1SAM350000R1004 0.40...0.63 7.88 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 0.63
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.25 0.85 MS132-1.0 1SAM350000R1005 0.63...1.00 12.5 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 1
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.37 1.1 MS132-1.6 1SAM350000R1006 1.00...1.60 20 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 1.6
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.55 1.5 MS132-1.6 1SAM350000R1006 1.00...1.60 20 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 1.6
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.75 1.9 MS132-2.5 1SAM350000R1007 1.60...2.50 31.25 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 2.5
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
1.1 2.7 MS132-4.0 1SAM350000R1008 2.50...4.00 50 24...60 20...60 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 4 BEA26-4 1SBN082306T1000
100...250 100...250 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300 + CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
1.5 3.6 MS132-4.0 1SAM350000R1008 2.50...4.00 50 24...60 20...60 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 4
100...250 100...250 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300
2.2 4.9 MS132-6.3 1SAM350000R1009 4.00...6.30 78.75 24...60 20...60 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 6.3
100...250 100...250 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300
3 6.5 MS132-10 1SAM350000R1010 6.30...10.0 150 24...60 20...60 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 10
100...250 100...250 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300
4 8.5 MS132-10 1SAM350000R1010 6.30...10.0 150 24...60 20...60 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 10
100...250 100...250 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300
5.5 11.5 MS132-12 1SAM350000R1012 8.00...12.0 180 24...60 20...60 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 12 BEA38-4 1SBN082306T2000
100...250 100...250 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300 + CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
7.5 15.5 MS132-16 1SAM350000R1011 10.0...16.0 240 24...60 20...60 AF30Z-30-00-21 1SBL276001R2100 16
100...250 100...250 AF30-30-00-13 1SBL277001R1300
11 22 MS132-25 1SAM350000R1014 20.0...25.0 375 24...60 20...60 AF30Z-30-00-21 1SBL276001R2100 25
100...250 100...250 AF30-30-00-13 1SBL277001R1300
15 29 MS132-32 1SAM350000R1015 25.0...32.0 480 24...60 20...60 AF30Z-30-00-21 1SBL276001R2100 32
100...250 100...250 AF30-30-00-13 1SBL277001R1300
18.5 35 MS165-42 1SAM451000R1015 30.0…42.0 630 24…60 20…60 AF40-30-00-11 1SBL347001R1100 40 BEA65-4 1SBN083406R1000
100...250 100...250 AF40-30-00-13 1SBL347001R1300 BPR65-4 (5) 1SBN113405R1000
22 41 MS165-54 1SAM451000R1016 40.0…54.0 810 24…60 20…60 AF52-30-00-11 1SBL367001R1100 53 CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
100...250 100...250 AF52-30-00-13 1SBL367001R1300
30 55 MS165-65 1SAM451000R1017 52.0…65.0 975 24…60 20…60 AF65-30-00-11 1SBL387001R1100 65
13
(1) MS116 manual motor starter can be selected according to the current setting range indicated on the coordination line, up to
- 15 kW 400V - AC-3 at 16 kA
- 4 kW, 400 V - AC-3 at 50 kA.
(2) F or other control voltages, see "Voltage code table".
(3) A F26 3-pole contactor can be selected for coordination type 2, 16 kA, 7.5 kW, 400 V - AC-3.
AF38 3-pole contactor can be selected for coordination type 2, 16 kA and 50 kA, 18.5 kW, 400 V - AC-3 (BEA65-4 available for AF40 ... AF65 only).
(4) B EA26-4 should be selected with MS116-12 … MS116-16 and AF26 … AF38.
BEA38-4 can only be selected with MS116-20 … MS116-32.
(5) F or direct mounting on 2 rails 35 mm of MS165 with AF40 ... AF65: BEA65-4 must be associated with BPR65-4 fixed on contactor base. Applicable for MS165 manufactured
after week 31, 2016 (date code > 16114).
(6) AF ... -11 not suitable for direct control by PLC-output.
13/10 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Reversing starters protected by MS manual motor starters
Coordination type 1
VEM4K CA4-10K
IEC Type Order code Setting Rated Rated control circuit Type Order code Allowed Type Order code
AC-3, 400 V (1) range instantaneous voltage (3) setting
Rated short-circuit Uc min. ... Uc max. current
operational current setting (2)
power current Ii
kW A A A V 50/60 Hz V DC A
(1) MS116 manual motor starter can be selected according to the current setting range indicated on the coordination line, up to:
- 15 kW, 400 V - AC-3 at 16 kA
- 4 kW, 400 V - AC-3 at 50 kA.
(2) For other control voltages, see "Voltage code table".
(3) AF38 3-pole contactor can be selected for coordination type 1, 16 kA and 50 kA, 18.5 kW, 400 V - AC-3 (BEA65-4 available for AF40 ... AF65 only).
(4) For direct mounting on 2 rails 35 mm of MS165 with AF40 ... AF65: BEA65-4 must be associated with BPR65-4 fixed on each contactor base. Applicable for MS165 manufac-
tured
after week 31, 2016 (date code > 16114).
(5) AF ... -11 not suitable for direct control by PLC-output.
(3) A F26 3-pole contactor can be selected for coordination type 2, 16 kA, 7.5 kW, 400 V - AC-3.
AF38 3-pole contactor can be selected for coordination type 2, 16 kA and 50 kA, 18.5 kW, 400 V - AC-3 (BEA65-4 available for AF40 ... AF65 only).
(4) B EA26-4 should be selected with MS116-12 … MS116-16 and AF26 … AF38.
BEA38-4 can only be selected with MS116-20 … MS116-32.
(5) F or direct mounting on 2 rails 35 mm of MS165 with AF40 ... AF65: BEA65-4 must be associated with BPR65-4 fixed on each contactor base. Applicable
for MS165 m anufactured after week 31, 2016 (date code > 16114).
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 13/11
—
Reversing starters protected by MS manual motor starters
Coordination type 1
+
I> BEA..-4 BER..-4
VEM4 CA4-10
IEC Type Order code Setting Rated Rated control circuit Type Order code Allowed Type Order code
AC-3, 400 V (1) range instantaneous voltage (3) setting
Rated short-circuit Uc min. ... Uc max. current
operational current setting (2)
power current Ii
kW A A A V 50/60 Hz V DC A
0.06 0.2 MS132-0.25 1SAM350000R1002 0.16...0.25 3.13 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 0.25 BEA16-4 1SBN081306T1000
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310 + BER16-4 1SBN081311R1000
+ VEM4 1SBN030111R1000
0.09 0.3 MS132-0.4 1SAM350000R1003 0.25...0.40 5 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 0.4
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.12 0.44 MS132-0.63 1SAM350000R1004 0.40...0.63 7.88 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 0.63
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.18 0.6 MS132-0.63 1SAM350000R1004 0.40...0.63 7.88 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 0.63
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.25 0.85 MS132-1.0 1SAM350000R1005 0.63...1.00 12.5 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 1
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.37 1.1 MS132-1.6 1SAM350000R1006 1.00...1.60 20 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 1.6
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.55 1.5 MS132-1.6 1SAM350000R1006 1.00...1.60 20 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 1.6
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.75 1.9 MS132-2.5 1SAM350000R1007 1.60...2.50 31.25 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 2.5
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
1.1 2.7 MS132-4.0 1SAM350000R1008 2.50...4.00 50 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 4
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
1.5 3.6 MS132-4.0 1SAM350000R1008 2.50...4.00 50 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 4
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
2.2 4.9 MS132-6.3 1SAM350000R1009 4.00...6.30 78.75 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 6.3
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
3 6.5 MS132-10 1SAM350000R1010 6.30...10.0 150 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 9
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
4 8.5 MS132-10 1SAM350000R1010 6.30...10.0 150 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 9
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
5.5 11.5 MS132-12 1SAM350000R1012 8.00...12.0 180 24...60 20...60 AF12Z-30-10-21 1SBL156001R2110 12
100...250 100...250 AF12-30-10-13 1SBL157001R1310
7.5 15.5 MS132-16 1SAM350000R1011 10.0...16.0 240 24...60 20...60 AF16Z-30-10-21 1SBL176001R2110 16
100...250 100...250 AF16-30-10-13 1SBL177001R1310
11 22 MS132-25 1SAM350000R1014 20.0...25.0 375 24...60 20...60 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 25 BEA38-4 1SBN082306T2000
100...250 100...250 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300 + BER38-4 1SBN082311R1000
+ VEM4 1SBN030111R1000
15 29 MS132-32 1SAM350000R1015 25.0...32.0 480 24...60 20...60 AF30Z-30-00-21 1SBL276001R2100 32 + 2x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
100...250 100...250 AF30-30-00-13 1SBL277001R1300
18.5 35 MS165-42 1SAM451000R1015 30.0…42.0 630 24…60 20…60 AF40-30-00-11 1SBL347001R1100 40 BEA65-4 1SBN083406R1000
100...250 100...250 AF40-30-00-13 1SBL347001R1300 + 2x BPR65-4 (4) 1SBN113405R1000
13
22 41 MS165-54 1SAM451000R1016 40.0…54.0 810 24…60 20…60 AF52-30-00-11 1SBL367001R1100 53 + BER65-4 1SBN083411R1000
+ VM96-4 1SBN033405T1000
100...250 100...250 AF52-30-00-13 1SBL367001R1300
+ 2x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
30 55 MS165-65 1SAM451000R1017 52.0…65.0 975 24…60 20…60 AF65-30-00-11 1SBL387001R1100 65
+ 2x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
100...250 100...250 AF65-30-00-13 1SBL387001R1300
37 66 MS497-75 1SAM580000R1008 57.0…75.0 975 24…60 20…60 AF80-30-00-11 1SBL397001R1100 75 BER96-4 1SBN083911R1000
100…250 100…250 AF80-30-00-13 1SBL397001R1300 + VM96-4 1SBN033405T1000
+ 2x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
45 80 MS495-90 1SAM550000R1009 70.0…90.0 1170 24…60 20…60 AF96-30-00-11 1SBL407001R1100 90 + 2x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
100…250 100…250 AF96-30-00-13 1SBL407001R1300
(1) MS116 manual motor starter can be selected according to the current setting range indicated on the coordination line, up to:
- 15 kW, 400 V - AC-3 at 16 kA
- 4 kW, 400 V - AC-3 at 50 kA.
(2) For other control voltages, see "Voltage code table".
(3) AF38 3-pole contactor can be selected for coordination type 1, 16 kA and 50 kA, 18.5 kW, 400 V - AC-3 (BEA65-4 available for AF40 ... AF65 only).
(4) For direct mounting on 2 rails 35 mm of MS165 with AF40 ... AF65: BEA65-4 must be associated with BPR65-4 fixed on each contactor base. Applicable for MS165 manufactured
after week 31, 2016 (date code > 16114).
(5) AF ... -11 not suitable for direct control by PLC-output.
13/12 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Reversing starters protected by MS manual motor starters
Coordination type 2
VEM4 CA4-10
IEC Type Order code Setting Rated Rated control circuit Type Order code Allowed Type Order code
AC-3, 400 V (1) range instantaneous voltage (3) setting (4)
Rated short-circuit Uc min. ... Uc max. current
operational currentsetting (2)
power current Ii
kW A A V 50/60 Hz V DC A
0.06 0.2 MS132-0.25 1SAM350000R1002 0.16...0.25 3.13 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 0.25 BEA16-4 1SBN081306T1000
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310 + BER16-4 1SBN081311R1000
0.09 0.3 MS132-0.4 1SAM350000R1003 0.25...0.40 5 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 0.4 + VEM4 1SBN030111R1000
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.12 0.44 MS132-0.63 1SAM350000R1004 0.40...0.63 7.88 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 0.63
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.18 0.6 MS132-0.63 1SAM350000R1004 0.40...0.63 7.88 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 0.63
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.25 0.85 MS132-1.0 1SAM350000R1005 0.63...1.00 12.5 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 1
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.37 1.1 MS132-1.6 1SAM350000R1006 1.00...1.60 20 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 1.6
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.55 1.5 MS132-1.6 1SAM350000R1006 1.00...1.60 20 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 1.6
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
0.75 1.9 MS132-2.5 1SAM350000R1007 1.60...2.50 31.25 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 2.5
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
1.1 2.7 MS132-4.0 1SAM350000R1008 2.50...4.00 50 24...60 20...60 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 4 BEA26-4 1SBN082306T1000
100...250 100...250 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300 + BER38-4 1SBN082311R1000
1.5 3.6 MS132-4.0 1SAM350000R1008 2.50...4.00 50 24...60 20...60 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 4 + VEM4 1SBN030111R1000
100...250 100...250 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300 + 2x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
2.2 4.9 MS132-6.3 1SAM350000R1009 4.00...6.30 78.75 24...60 20...60 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 6.3
100...250 100...250 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300
3 6.5 MS132-10 1SAM350000R1010 6.30...10.0 150 24...60 20...60 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 10
100...250 100...250 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300
4 8.5 MS132-10 1SAM350000R1010 6.30...10.0 150 24...60 20...60 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 10
100...250 100...250 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300
5.5 11.5 MS132-12 1SAM350000R1012 8.00...12.0 180 24...60 20...60 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 12 BEA38-4 1SBN082306T2000
100...250 100...250 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300 + BER38-4 1SBN082311R1000
7.5 15.5 MS132-16 1SAM350000R1011 10.0...16.0 240 24...60 20...60 AF30Z-30-00-21 1SBL276001R2100 16 + VEM4 1SBN030111R1000
100...250 100...250 AF30-30-00-13 1SBL277001R1300 + 2x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
11 22 MS132-25 1SAM350000R1014 20.0...25.0 375 24...60 20...60 AF30Z-30-00-21 1SBL276001R2100 25
100...250 100...250 AF30-30-00-13 1SBL277001R1300
15 29 MS132-32 1SAM350000R1015 25.0...32.0 480 24...60 20...60 AF30Z-30-00-21 1SBL276001R2100 32
100...250 100...250 AF30-30-00-13 1SBL277001R1300
18.5 35 MS165-42 1SAM451000R1015 30.0…42.0 630 24…60 20…60 AF40-30-00-11 1SBL347001R1100 40 BEA65-4 1SBN083406R1000
100...250 100...250 AF40-30-00-13 1SBL347001R1300 + 2x BPR65-4 1SBN113405R1000
(5) 1SBN083411R1000
22 41 MS165-54 1SAM451000R1016 40.0…54.0 810 24…60 20…60 AF52-30-00-11 1SBL367001R1100 53 + BER65-4 1SBN033405T1000
100...250 100...250 AF52-30-00-13 1SBL367001R1300 + VM96-4
13
1SBN010110R1010
30 55 MS165-65 1SAM451000R1017 52.0…65.0 975 24…60 20…60 AF65-30-00-11 1SBL387001R1100 65 + 2x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1001
100...250 100...250 AF65-30-00-13 1SBL387001R1300 + 2x CA4-01
37 66 MS497-75 1SAM580000R1008 57.0…75.0 975 24…60 20…60 AF80-30-00-11 1SBL397001R1100 75 BER96-4 1SBN083911R1000
100...250 100...250 AF80-30-00-13 1SBL397001R1300 + VM96-4 1SBN033405T1000
45 80 MS495-90 1SAM550000R1009 70.0…90.0 1170 24…60 20…60 AF96-30-00-11 1SBL407001R1100 90 + 2x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
100...250 100...250 AF96-30-00-13 1SBL407001R1300 + 2x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
(1) MS116 manual motor starter can be selected according to the current setting range indicated on the coordination line, up to
- 15 kW 400V - AC-3 at 16 kA
- 4 kW, 400 V - AC-3 at 50 kA.
(2) For other control voltages, see "Voltage code table".
(3) A F26 3-pole contactor can be selected for coordination type 2, 16 kA, 7.5 kW, 400 V - AC-3.
AF38 3-pole contactor can be selected for coordination type 2, 16 kA and 50 kA, 18.5 kW, 400 V - AC-3 (BEA65-4 available for AF40 ... AF65 only).
(4) B EA26-4 should be selected with MS116-12 … MS116-16 and AF26 … AF38.
BEA38-4 can only be selected with MS116-20 … MS116-32.
(5) F or direct mounting on 2 rails 35 mm of MS165 with AF40 ... AF65: BEA65-4 must be associated with BPR65-4 fixed on each contactor base. Applicable
for MS165 m anufactured after week 31, 2016 (date code > 16114).
(6) AF ... -11 not suitable for direct control by PLC-output.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 13/13
—
DOL and reversing starters protected by manual motor starters
With AF..K contactors - open type version in kit form
Wiring diagrams
Direct-on-line starters
Power circuit 1-phase AC or DC local control AC or DC remote control
KM1:5/L3 KM1:5/L3
Q1 Q1
33 34 33 34
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
Us
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
Us
33
43
33
43
Q1
34
44
34
44
O O
I> I> I> I> I> I>
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
13
13
I KM1 I KM1
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
14
14
13
13
A1
KM1
A2
A1
A1
14
14
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
KM1 Us Q1 KM1
Us Q1 43 44
N 43 44 N
A2
A2
KM1:3/L2 KM1:3/L2
V V
U W U
M M
~ ~
Note: coil Uc 12-20 V DC : A1+, A2-
Reversing starters
Power circuit AC or DC local control
KM2:5/L3
33 Q1 34
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
Us
O
33
43
Q1
34
44
.3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
I KM1 II KM2
.4
.4
With VM
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
With VEM4K
01 01
21
A1
KM1 KM2
22
22
A1 A1
A2
A2
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
Us 43 Q1 44 A2 (1) A2 A2 A2
N
(3)
KM2:3/L2
V
AC or DC remote control
U W
M KM2:5/L3
~ Us 33 Q1 34
13
II
.3
.3
KM1 KM2
.4
.4
With VM
With VEM4K
01 01
21
21
22
A1 A1
KM1 KM2 KM1 KM2
Us
N 43 Q1 44 A2 (1) A2 A2 A2
(3)
KM2:3/L2
Note:- VEM4K = VM4K (1) + VE4 (2) with A2-A2 (3) connection
(Except for coil Uc 12-20 V DC : use VM4 with CA4K).
- coil Uc 12-20 V DC : A1+, A2-
13/14 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
DOL and reversing starters protected by manual motor starters
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
Wiring diagrams
Direct-on-line starters
Power circuit 1-phase AC or DC local control AC or DC remote control
KM1:5/L3 KM1:5/L3
Q1 Q1
33 34 33 34
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
Us
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
Us
33
43
33
43
Q1
34
44
34
44
O O
I> I> I> I> I> I>
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
13
13
I KM1 I KM1
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
14
14
13
13
A1
KM1
A2
A1
A1
14
14
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
KM1 Us Q1 KM1
Us Q1 43 44
N 43 44 N
A2
A2
KM1:3/L2 KM1:3/L2
V V
U W U
M M
~ ~
Note: coil Uc 12-20 V DC : A1+, A2-
Reversing starters
Power circuit AC or DC local control
KM2:5/L3
33 Q1 34
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
Us
O
33
43
Q1
34
44
.3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
I KM1 II KM2
.4
.4
With VM
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
With VEM4
01 01
21
21
(2) (2) KM2 KM1
A1
A1
KM1 KM2
22
22
A1 A1
A2
A2
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
Us 43 Q1 44 A2 (1) A2 A2 A2
N
(3)
KM2:3/L2
V
AC or DC remote control
U W
M KM2:5/L3
~ Us 33 Q1 34
O
13
II
.3
.3
KM1 KM2
.4
.4
With VM
With VEM4
01 01
21
21
22
A1 A1
KM1 KM2 KM1 KM2
Us
N 43 Q1 44 A2 (1) A2 A2 A2
(3)
KM2:3/L2
Note:- VEM4 = VM4 (1) + VE4 (2) with A2-A2 (3) connection
(Except for coil Uc 12-20 V DC : use VM4 with CA4).
- coil Uc 12-20 V DC : A1+, A2-
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 13/15
—
DOL starters protected by MS116 manual motor starters
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
0.24"
6
70 2.76" 0.69" M4 8-32UNC
2.95"
75
0.39"
10
45 1.77"
5.5
0.22"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
186.8 7.35"
188 7.40"
26.25
1.03"
10
0.39"
Ø 4.2 0.17"
M4 8-32UNC
0.20"
5
0.20"
5 35 5
5
5.5 0.22"
45 1.77" 0.20" 1.38" 0.20"
77 3.03"
80.1 3.15" 81.1 3.19" 17.5 Ø 4.5 0.18" 17.5 Ø 4.5 0.18"
0.24"
0.24"
6
75
75
0.39"
0.39"
10
10
45 1.77"
45 1.77"
5.5 5.5
0.22" 0.22"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
186.8 7.35"
186.8 7.35"
192 7.56"
188 7.40"
26.25 26.25
1.03" 1.03"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
0.20"
5
5
0.20"
0.20"
5 35 5 5 35 5
5
—
DOL starters protected by MS132 manual motor starters
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
81.3 3.20" 17.5 Ø 4.5 0.18" 81.1 3.19" 17.5 Ø 4.5 0.18"
0.24"
0.24"
6
6
72.4 2.85" 0.69" M4 8-32UNC 72.2 2.84" 0.69" M4 8-32UNC
2.95"
2.95"
75
75
0.39"
0.39"
10
10
45 1.77"
45 1.77"
5.5
5.5
0.22"
0.22"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
186.8 7.35"
186.8 7.35"
192 7.56"
188 7.40"
26.25 26.25
1.03" 1.03"
10 0.39" 10 0.39"
0.20"
0.20"
5
5
0.20"
0.20"
35 5 35 5
5
5 5
5
81.3 3.20" 17.5 Ø 4.5 0.18" 81.1 3.19" 81.1 3.19" 17.5 Ø 4.5 0.18"
17.5 Ø 4.5 0.18"
0.24"
0.24"
0.24"
6
6
72.4 2.85" 0.69" M4 8-32UNC 72.2 2.84" 72.2 2.84" 0.69" M4 8-32UNC
0.69" M4 8-32UNC
2.95"
2.95"
2.95"
75
75
75
0.39"
0.39"
0.39"
10
10
10
45 1.77"
45 1.77"
45 1.77"
5.5 5.5
5.5
0.22" 0.22"
0.22"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
186.8 7.35"
186.8 7.35"
186.8 7.35"
192 7.56"
188 7.40"
192 7.56"
0.20"
0.20"
5
5
0.20"
0.20"
0.20"
5 35 5 5 35 55 35
5
5
5
—
DOL starters protected by MS132-K manual motor starters
With AF..K contactors - open type version in kit form
98.2 3.86"
86.5 3.39"
45 1.77" 5.5 0.22"
35mm EN/EC 60715
205.8 8.07"
43 1.69"
10 0.39"
10.3 0.39"
MS132-K
+ BEA16-4KF
+ AF09..K, AF12..K, AF16..K
105 4.13"
81 3.18" 17,5 Ø 4,5 0.18"
0.24"
43.3 1.70"
35mm EN/EC 60715
5.5
0.22"
90 3.54"
45 1.77"
200 7.87"
216.2 8.51"
26,25
1.03"
13
10.5 0.41"
Ø 4,5 0.18"
M4 8-32UNC
0.20"
5
15 0.59"
0.20"
5 35 5
5
5.5 0.22"
45 1.77" 86 3.39" 0.20" 1.38" 0.20"
MS132-K
+ BEA38-4KF
+ AF26..K, AF30..K, AF38..K
—
DOL starters protected by MS165 manual motor starters
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
6 0.24"
* For Ue>400V 10 35 1.38" 10
127.6 5.02" 10 0.39"
75 2.95"
ø 4.6 0.18
M4 8-32 UNC
5.3
0.21"
68.8 2.71”
ø 8.6 0.34
5.5
0.22"
268.4 10.57"
273.4 10.76"
40 1.57"
287.3 11.31”
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
290 11.42”
151.9 5.98”
2X
5.5
0.22"
ø 4.2 0.17
M4 8-32 UNC
ø 6.4 0.25
M6 1/4-20 UNC
7 0.28"
5 45 1.77" 5
4.6 0.18"
55 2.17" 111 4.37" 10 0.39"
6 0.24"
0.2" 0.2"
MS165
+ BEA65-4
+ AF40, AF52, AF65
* For Ue>400V
127.6 5.02" 10 0.39"
75 2.95"
* For Ue>400V
5.5 0.22" 122.1 4.81" 10 0.39"
95.5 3.76"
45.7 1.80"
5.5
0.22"
2x35mm EN/IEC60715
287.3 11.31”
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
290 11.42”
287.3 11.31"
151.9 5.98”
288 11.34"
195 7.68"
10 0.39"
2X
13
5.5
0.22"
(1)
BPR65-4
7 0.28"
6 0.24"
6.5 0.26"
MS165
+ BEA65-4
+ AF40, AF52, AF65 + BPR65-4
Note: for Ue > 400 V, contactor lateral distance to grounded component 1.5 mm 0.06" min.
(1) Assembly on fixed DIN Rails for DOL starter with BPR65-4 rail hook
Main dimensions mm, inches
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 13/19
—
Reversing starters protected by MS116 manual motor starters
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
0.24"
6
80.1 3.15" 0.69" M4 8-32UNC
2.95"
75
70 2.76"
0.39"
10
45 1.77"
5.5
0.22"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
186.8 7.35"
189.5 7.46"
26.25
1.03"
10
0.39"
Ø 4.2 0.17"
M4 8-32UNC
0.20"
5
0.20"
5 35 5
5
0.24"
114 4.49" 114 4.49" 17.5 Ø 4.5 0.18" 17.5 Ø 4.5 0.18"
6
2.95"
75
75
70 2.76" 70 2.76"
0.39"
0.39"
10
10
45 1.77"
45 1.77"
5.5 5.5
0.22" 0.22"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
198 7.80"
198 7.80"
198 7.80"
198 7.80"
10 10
0.39" 26.25
0.39" 26.25
0.20"
0.20"
5
1.03" 1.03"
2.76"
2.76"
70
70
0.20"
5
5
0.20"
0.20"
5 80 5 5 80 5
5
—
Reversing starters protected by MS132 manual motor starters
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
97 3.82"
0.24"
97 3.82" 17.5 Ø 4.5 0.18"
0.24"
17.5 Ø 4.5 0.18" 81.1 3.19"
6
6
81.3 3.20" 0.69" M4 8-32UNC 0.69" M4 8-32UNC
2.95"
2.95"
75
75
72.2 2.84"
72.4 2.85"
0.39"
0.39"
10
10
45 1.77"
45 1.77"
5.5
5.5
0.22"
0.22"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
186.8 7.35"
186.8 7.35"
193.5 7.62"
189.5 7.46"
10 10
26.25 0.39" 26.25
0.20"
0.39"
0.20"
5
1.03"
5
1.03"
2.76"
2.76"
70
70
Ø 4.2 0.17" Ø 4.2 0.17"
M4 8-32UNC M4 8-32UNC
0.20"
0.20"
5
5
0.20"
0.20"
5 80 5 5 80 5
5
5
0.20" 3.15"
90 3.54" 0.20" 0.20" 3.15" 0.20"
90 3.54"
0.15"
0.15"
3.8
3.8
0.24"
0.24"
17.5
17.5
0.24"
6
6
6
75
75
75
72.2
72.2
2.84"
2.84"
72.4 2.85"
0.39"
0.39"
0.39"
10
10
10
45 1.77"
45 1.77"
45 1.77"
186.8 7.35"
186.8 7.35"
186.8 7.35"
201.5 7.93"
201.5 7.93"
198 7.80"
10 10 10
26.25 0.39"
0.39" 26.25
26.25
0.20"
0.20"
0.39"
0.20"
5
5
1.03"
1.03"
5
1.03"
2.76"
2.76"
2.76"
70
70
70
5
5
5
0.20"
0.20"
0.20"
5 80 5 5 5 80 80 5 5
5
5
5
—
Reversing starters protected by MS165 manual motor starters
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
6 0.24"
* For Ue>400V 10 35 1.38" 10
1.5 0.06"* 127.6 5.02" 10 0.39" 0.39" 0.39"
75 2.95"
ø 4.6 0.18
M4 8-32 UNC
5.5 0.22"
268.4 10.57"
273.4 10.76"
293.5 11.56"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
40 1.57"
296 11.65"
4.6 0.18"
10 0.39" 5 0.2"
2X
5.5 0.22"
100 3.94"
110 4.33"
ø 4.2 0.17
M4 8-32 UNC
7 0.28"
MS165
+ BEA65-4, BER65-4, VM96-4
+ AF40, AF52, AF65
* For Ue>400V
95.5 3.76"
45.7 1.80"
5.5 0.22"
2x35mm EN/IEC60715
293.5 11.56"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
296 11.65"
293.5 11.56"
195 7.68"
10 0.39"
10 0.39"
2X
13
5.5 0.22"
(1)
BPR65-4
7 0.28"
110 4.33" 110 4.33" 5.5 0.22" 111 4.37" 105.5 4.15"
144 5.67"
MS165
+ BEA65-4,
+ AF40, AF52, AF65 + 2x BPR65-4
Note: for Ue > 400 V, contactor lateral distance to grounded component 1.5 mm 0.06" min.
(1): Assembly on fixed DIN Rails for reverser starter with BPR65-4 rail hook
—
DOL starters protected by moulded-case circuit-breakers and overload relays
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
Application
Full voltage direct-on-line (DOL) starting for controlling three-phase asynchronous motors
is a simple and economic solution characterised by a high starting torque (1.9 to 2.1 times
full-speed torque) and a starting current 5.5 to 7 times nominal current.
I/In C/Cn
6
I
5
I = current
4 C = torque
In = nominal current
3
Cn = nominal torque
2
C
1SFC101191V0001
0 10 30 60 80 100
Coordination types
XT2S 160 + BEA140/XT2 + The contactor and the moulded-case circuit-breaker control and protect motors against
AF140-30-11
overload and short-circuits according to coordination types 1 and 2 (IEC 60947-4-1/
EN 60947-4-1) defining the anticipated level of service continuity as follow:
Type 1: In short-circuit conditions, the contactor or starter does not endanger persons or in-
stallations and will not be able to then operate without being repaired or having
parts replaced.
Type 2: I n short-circuit conditions, the contactor or starter does not endanger persons or in-
stallations and will be able to operate afterwards. The risk of contacts light welding
is acceptable.
Pos. 4
Pos. 3
Pos. 1
Pos. 5
Direct-on-line Direct-on-line
MCCB + AF MCCB + AF + OL
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 13/23
—
DOL starters protected by moulded-case circuit-breakers and overload relays
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
BEA
BEA
Connection bar
Connection bar
For the full coordination tables,
please visit our SOC tool :
https://applications.it.abb.com/SOC/Selectivity
TF
Thermal overload relay
EF
Electronic overload relay 13
13/24 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
DOL starters protected by MCCB including motor protection
Coordination type 1 or 2
+
IEC Magnetic Max. allowed Base Trip unit
AC-3, 400 V triping thermal setting Type Order code Type Order code
current
Rated Rated
setting
power current
kW A A
55 97 1440 116 XT2S 160 1SDA068164R1 + Ekip M-LIU In160 1SDA067355R1
75 132 1920 140 XT2S 160 1SDA068164R1 + Ekip M-LIU In160 1SDA067355R1
110 195 2880 205 T5S 400 PR222MP In320 1SDA054553R1 Included -
132 230 3600 265 T5S 400 PR222MP In400 1SDA054554R1 Included -
160 280 4400 305 T5S 400 PR222MP In400 1SDA054554R1 Included -
13
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 13/25
V 50/60 Hz V DC
24...60 20...60 AF116-30-11-11 1SFL427001R1111 BEA140/XT2 1SFN084206R1000
100...250 100...250 AF116-30-11-13 1SFL427001R1311
24...60 20...60 AF140-30-11-11 1SFL447001R1111
100...250 100...250 AF140-30-11-13 1SFL447001R1311
24...60 20...60 AF190-30-11-11 1SFL487002R1111 BEA205/T4 1SFN084806R1001
100...250 100...250 AF190-30-11-13 1SFL487002R1311
24...60 20...60 AF205-30-11-11 1SFL527002R1111
100...250 100...250 AF205-30-11-13 1SFL527002R1311
24...60 20...60 AF265-30-11-11 1SFL547002R1111 BEA370/T5 1SFN085406R1000
100...250 100...250 AF265-30-11-13 1SFL547002R1311
24...60 20...60 AF305-30-11-11 1SFL587002R1111
100...250 100...250 AF305-30-11-13 1SFL587002R1311
13
13/26 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
DOL starters protected by MCCB (magnetic only) and overload relays
Coordination type 1 or 2
Setting ranges Max. allowed Type Order code Type Order code
setting
current
A A
80...110 110 TF140DU-110 1SAZ431201R1002 BEA140/XT2 1SFN084206R1000
13
13/28 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
DOL starters protected by moulded-case circuit-breakers and overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
Direct-on-line starters
Protected by MCCB including motor protection Protected by MCCB (magnetic only) and overload relays
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
K5 1
Q Q1
T1/L1
1>
1> 1> 1>
E kip M - L1U
T1/L2
ᶯ
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
0
1> Y01
T1/L3 1 >>>
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
m>3
13
E kip M-1
A1
E kip M - LR1U KM1
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
A2
13
14
A
A1
RESET
95
97
KM1
M
A2
14
TEST
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
96
98
STOP
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
V W V
U U W
M M
13
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 13/29
—
DOL starters protected by MCCB, including motor protection
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
8x
90 3.54" 30 1.18" M4 8-32 UNC
126 4.96"
112 4.41"
289 11.38"
43.2 1.70"
100 3.94"
XT2S 160 + Ekip M-LIU In160
+ BEA140/XT2
+ AF116, AF140, AF146
12 x
105 4.13" 152 5.98" 35 1.39" M5 10-24 UNC
176 6.93"
410 16.14"
1.56"
39.5
13
165 6.50"
T4S
+ BEA205/T4
+ AF190, AF205
—
DOL starters protected by MCCB, including motor protection
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
8x
46.5 1.83" M5 10-24 UNC
140 5.51" 180 7.09"
176 6.93"
45 1.77"
441 17.36"
187 7.36"
43.75 1.72"
T5S
+ BEA370/T5
+ AF265, AF305, AF370
13
—
DOL starters protected by MCCB (magnetic only) and thermal overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
8x
30 1.18" M4 8-32 UNC
90 3.54" 126 4.96"
112 4.41"
43.2 1.70"
398 15.67"
100 3.94"
45 1.77"
4x
M5 10-24 UNC
82.3 3.24"
XT2S 37 1.46"
+ BEA140/XT2 50 1.97"
+ AF116, AF140, AF146
+ TF140 thermal overload relay
13
—
DOL starters protected by MCCB (magnetic only) and thermal overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
4x
105 4.13" 152 5.98" 35 1.39" M4 8-32 UNC
139 5.47"
8x
1.61"
M5 10-24 UNC
41
488 19.21"
165 6.50"
25.5
1.0"
82 3.23"
37 1.46"
50 1.97"
XT4S
+ BEA205/XT4
+ AF190, AF205
+ TA200DU thermal overload relay
13
—
DOL starters protected by MCCB (magnetic only) and thermal overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
12 x
105 4.13" 152 5.98" 35 1.39" M5 10-24 UNC
176 6.93"
1.56"
39.5
527 20.75"
165 6.50"
25.5
1.0"
82 3.23"
37 1.46"
50 1.97"
T4S
+ BEA205/T4
+ AF190, AF205
+ TA200DU thermal overload relay
13
—
DOL starters protected by MCCB (magnetic only) and electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
112 4.41"
43.2 1.70"
408 16.06"
100 3.94"
43.8 1.72"
21.5
0.85"
94.7 3.73"
XT2S 2x
37 1.46" M5 10-24 UNC
+ BEA140/XT2
+ AF116, AF140, AF146
+ EF146 electronic overload relay
13
—
DOL starters protected by MCCB (magnetic only) and electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
4x
105 4.13" 152 5.98" 35 1.39" M4 8-32 UNC
139 5.47"
1.61"
41
517.5 20.37"
165 6.50"
0.81"
20.5
112 4.42"
8x
M5 10-24 UNC
XT4S
+ BEA205/XT4
+ AF190, AF205
+ EF205 electronic overload relay
13
—
DOL starters protected by MCCB (magnetic only) and electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
12 x
105 4.13" 152 5.98" 35 1.39" M5 10-24 UNC
176 6.93"
39.5 1.56"
556.5 21.91"
165 6.50"
0.81"
20.5
112 4.42"
T4S
+ BEA205/T4
+ AF190, AF205
+ EF205 electronic overload relay
13
—
DOL starters protected by MCCB (magnetic only) and electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
12 x
140 5.51" 180 7.09" 46.5 1.83" M5 10-24 UNC
176 6.93"
45 1.77"
600.5 23.64"
187 7.36"
29 1.14"
112 4.41"
35 1.38"
43.75 1.72"
T5S
+ BEA370/T5
+ AF265, AF305, AF370
+ EF370 electronic overload relay
13
—
DOL and reversing starters protected by overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
Application
Full voltage direct-on-line and reversing starting for controlling three-phase asynchronous
motors is a simple and economic solution characterised by a high starting torque (1.9 to 2.1
times full-speed torque) and a starting current 5.5 to 7 times nominal current.
I/In C/Cn
7
1SBC100058V0014
6
I
5
I = current
4 C = torque
AF09-30-10 + TF42 In = nominal current
3
Cn = nominal torque
2
C
0 10 30 60 80 100
Coordination Types
The contactor, the short-circuit protection device and the thermal overload relay control and
protect motors against overload and short-circuits according to coordination types 1 and 2
(IEC 60947-4-1 / EN 60947-4-1) defining the anticipated level of service continuity as follow:
Type 1: In short-circuit conditions, the contactor or starter does not endanger persons or in-
1SFC101153V0001
stallations and will not be able to then operate without being repaired or having
parts replaced.
Type 2: In short-circuit conditions, the contactor or starter does not endanger persons or in-
AF140-30-11 + TF140DU stallations and will be able to operate afterwards. The risk of contacts light welding
is acceptable.
Mounting positions
1SFC101152V0001
—
DOL and reversing starters protected by overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
AF contactor
with built-in
cable clamps
13
TF/TA
Thermal overload relay
EF
BER..-4
Electronic overload relay
Connection set
13/40 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Direct-on-line starters protected by thermal overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
IEC Control voltage Type Order code Setting ranges Type Order code
AC-3, 400 V Uc min. ... Uc max.
(1)
Rated Rated
power current
kW A V 50/60 Hz V DC (2) A
4 8.5 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 7.60...10.0 TF42-10 1SAZ711201R1043
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
5.5 11.5 24...60 20...60 AF12Z-30-10-21 1SBL156001R2110 10.0...13.0 TF42-13 1SAZ711201R1045
100...250 100...250 AF12-30-10-13 1SBL157001R1310
7.5 15.5 24...60 20...60 AF16Z-30-10-21 1SBL176001R2110 13.0...16.0 TF42-16 1SAZ711201R1047
100...250 100...250 AF16-30-10-13 1SBL177001R1310
11 22 24...60 20...60 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 20.0...24.0 TF42-24 1SAZ711201R1051
100...250 100...250 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300
15 29 24...60 20...60 AF30Z-30-00-21 1SBL276001R2100 29.0...35.0 TF42-35 1SAZ711201R1053
100...250 100...250 AF30-30-00-13 1SBL277001R1300
18.5 35 24...60 20...60 AF38Z-30-00-21 1SBL296001R2100 35.0...38.0/40.0 TF42-38 1SAZ711201R1055
100...250 100...250 AF38-30-00-13 1SBL297001R1300
18.5 35 24...60 20...60 AF40-30-00-11 1SBL347001R1100 30.0...40.0 TF65-40 1SAZ811201R1003
100...250 100...250 AF40-30-00-13 1SBL347001R1300
22 41 24…60 20…60 AF52-30-00-11 1SBL367001R1100 36.00…47.0 TF65-47 1SAZ811201R1004
100-250 100-250 AF52-30-00-13 1SBL367001R1300
30 55 24…60 20…60 AF65-30-00-11 1SBL387001R1100 50.0…60.0 TF65-60 1SAZ811201R1006
100-250 100-250 AF65-30-00-13 1SBL387001R1300
37 66 24…60 20…60 AF80-30-00-11 1SBL397001R1100 57.0…68.0 TF96-68 1SAZ911201R1003
100-250 100-250 AF80-30-00-13 1SBL397001R1300
45 80 24…60 20…60 AF96-30-00-11 1SBL407001R1100 75.0..87.0 TF96-87 1SAZ911201R1005
100-250 100-250 AF96-30-00-13 1SBL407001R1300
55 97 24…60 20…60 AF116-30-11-11 1SFL427001R1111 80…110 TF140DU-110 1SAZ431201R1002
100-250 100-250 AF116-30-11-13 1SFL427001R1311
75 132 24…60 20…60 AF140-30-11-11 1SFL447001R1111 100…135 TF140DU-135 1SAZ431201R1003
100-250 100-250 AF140-30-11-13 1SFL447001R1311
90 160 24…60 20…60 AF190-30-11-11 1SFL487002R1111 130…175 TA200DU-175 1SAZ411201R1005
100-250 100-250 AF190-30-11-13 1SFL487002R1311
110 195 24…60 20…60 AF205-30-11-11 1SFL527002R1111 150…200 TA200DU-200 1SAZ411201R1006
100-250 100-250 AF205-30-11-13 1SFL527002R1311
(1) For other control voltages, see "Voltage code table".
Note : for rated power above 110 kW, refer to "Starters protected by electronic overload relays".
(2) AF ... -11 not suitable for direct control by PLC-output.
13
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 13/41
—
Reversing starters protected by thermal overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
BER..-4
VEM4 CA4-10
IEC Control voltage Type Order code Setting Type Order code Type Order code
AC-3, 400 V Uc min. ... Uc max. ranges
(1)
Rated Rated
power current
kW A V 50/60 Hz V DC A
4 8.5 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 7.60...10.0 TF42-10 1SAZ711201R1043 BER16-4 1SBN081311R1000
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310 + VEM4 1SBN030111R1000
—
Direct-on-line starters protected by electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
IEC Control voltage Type Order code Setting ranges Type Order code
AC-3, 400 V Uc min. ... Uc max.
(1)
Rated Rated
power current
kW A V 50/60 Hz V DC A
4 8.5 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 5.70…18.9 EF19-18.9 1SAX111001R1105
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
5.5 11.5 24...60 20...60 AF12Z-30-10-21 1SBL156001R2110 5.70…18.9 EF19-18.9 1SAX111001R1105
100...250 100...250 AF12-30-10-13 1SBL157001R1310
7.5 15.5 24...60 20...60 AF16Z-30-10-21 1SBL176001R2110 5.70…18.9 EF19-18.9 1SAX111001R1105
100...250 100...250 AF16-30-10-13 1SBL177001R1310
11 22 24...60 20...60 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 9.00…30.0 EF45-30 1SAX221001R1101
100...250 100...250 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300
15 29 24...60 20...60 AF30Z-30-00-21 1SBL276001R2100 9.00…30.0 EF45-30 1SAX221001R1101
100...250 100...250 AF30-30-00-13 1SBL277001R1300
18.5 35 24...60 20...60 AF38Z-30-00-21 1SBL296001R2100 15.0…45.0 EF45-45 1SAX221001R1102
100...250 100...250 AF38-30-00-13 1SBL297001R1300
18.5 35 24...60 20...60 AF40-30-00-11 1SBL347001R1100 25.0...70.0 EF65-70 1SAX331001R1101
100...250 100...250 AF40-30-00-13 1SBL347001R1300
22 41 24…60 20…60 AF52-30-00-11 1SBL367001R1100 25.0…70.0 EF65-70 1SAX331001R1101
100-250 100-250 AF52-30-00-13 1SBL367001R1300
30 55 24…60 20…60 AF65-30-00-11 1SBL387001R1100 25.0…70.0 EF65-70 1SAX331001R1101
100-250 100-250 AF65-30-00-13 1SBL387001R1300
37 66 24…60 20…60 AF80-30-00-11 1SBL397001R1100 36…100 EF96-100 1SAX341001R1101
100-250 100-250 AF80-30-00-13 1SBL397001R1300
45 80 24…60 20…60 AF96-30-00-11 1SBL407001R1100 36…100 EF96-100 1SAX341001R1101
100-250 100-250 AF96-30-00-13 1SBL407001R1300
55 97 24…60 20…60 AF116-30-11-11 1SFL427001R1111 54…150 EF146-150 1SAX351001R1101
100-250 100-250 AF116-30-11-13 1SFL427001R1311
75 132 24…60 20…60 AF140-30-11-11 1SFL447001R1111 54…150 EF146-150 1SAX351001R1101
100-250 100-250 AF140-30-11-13 1SFL447001R1311
90 160 24…60 20…60 AF190-30-11-11 1SFL487002R1111 63…110 EF205-110 1SAX531001R1101
100-250 100-250 AF190-30-11-13 1SFL487002R1311
110 195 24…60 20…60 AF205-30-11-11 1SFL527002R1111 63…110 EF205-110 1SAX531001R1101
100-250 100-250 AF205-30-11-13 1SFL527002R1311
132 230 24…60 20…60 AF265-30-11-11 1SFL547002R1111 115…380 EF370-380 1SAX611001R1101
100-250 100-250 AF265-30-11-13 1SFL547002R1311
160 280 24…60 20…60 AF305-30-11-11 1SFL587002R1111 115…380 EF370-380 1SAX611001R1101
100-250 100-250 AF305-30-11-13 1SFL587002R1311
200 350 24…60 20…60 AF370-30-11-11 1SFL607002R1111 115…380 EF370-380 1SAX611001R1101
13
—
Reversing starters protected by electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
+ BER..-4
VEM4 CA4-10
IEC Control voltage Type Order code Setting Type Order code Type Order code
AC-3, 400 V Uc min. ... Uc max. ranges
(1)
Rated Rated
power current
kW A V 50/60 Hz V DC A
4 8.5 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 5.70…18.9 EF19-18.9 1SAX111001R1105 BER16-4 1SBN081311R1000
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310 + VEM4 1SBN030111R1000
—
DOL and reversing starters protected by overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
Switching frequency diagrams
General
Overload relays cannot be operated at any arbitrary switching frequency in order to avoid tripping. Applications involving up
to 15 operations per hour are acceptable. Higher switching frequencies are permitted if the duty ratio and the motor start-
ing time are allowed for and if the motor's making current does not appreciably exceed 6 times the rated operating current.
Please refer to the adjacent diagram for guideline values for the permitted switching frequency.
140
Example:
120
Starting time of the motor: 1 second - Duty ratio: 40 % means a
100
permitted switching frequency of max. 60 operating cycles per hour.
ta =
switching frequency
80
0.5
s
ta
60
=
ta
1
=1
s
.5
40 ta = s
3s
20 ta =
5s
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
duty ratio
ta
ta 45 =5
=0 s
160 .5 80
s ta
=2 40
140 s
70
35
switching frequency
120 60
switching frequency
switching frequency
30
100 50 25
ta = ta =
80 1s 40 20 10 s
ta =
4s
60 30 15
t a = 1. t a = 15
5s ta = 6
20 s 10 s
40 ta = 8 t a = 20
s s
ta = 3 s t a = 10 t a = 25 s
10 s 5
20 ta = 5 s t a = 12
s
0 0
0 0 20 40 60 80 100 (%) 0 20 40 60 80 100 (%)
0 20 40 60 80 100 (%) duty ratio
duty ratio
duty ratio
Starting time of the motor: 1 second. Duty ratio: 60 % means a permitted switching frequency of max. 60 operating cycles
per hour, for a motor breaking current not exceeding 6 x In.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 13/45
—
DOL and reversing starters protected by overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
Wiring diagrams
Direct-on-line starters
KM1:5/L3 KM1:5/L3
Us Us
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
A A
RESET RESET
95
95
13
13
M M
A1
KM1
STOP FR1 STOP FR1
96
96
A2
14
14
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
13
A I KM1
13
RESET
M
95
97
14
I KM1
FR1 FR1
A1 14
96
98
TEST
A1
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
STOP
Us KM1 Us KM1
N N
A2
A2
KM1:3/L2 KM1:3/L2
V U V
U W
M M
~ ~ Note: coil Uc 12-20 V DC : A1+, A2-
Reversing starters
Power circuit AC or DC local control
KM1:5/L3
Us A
RESET
95
M
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
STOP FR1
96
A1
A1
KM1 KM2
A2
A2
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
.3
.3
I KM1 II KM2
With VM
.4
.4
A
RESET
M With VEM4
95
97
FR1
01
21
21
01
98
TEST
96
STOP
22
22
A1 A1
Us KM1 KM2 KM1 KM2
N (1) A2 A2
A2 A2
U VW KM1:3/L2 (3)
M
~ AC or DC remote control
KM1:5/L3
Us A
RESET
95
STOP FR1
96
13
II
.3
.3
KM1 KM2
With VM
.4
.4
With VEM4
01 01
21
21
22
A1 A1
Us KM1 KM2
N KM1 KM2
A2 (1) A2 A2 A2
KM1:3/L2 (3)
Note: - VEM4 = VM4 (1) + VE4 (2) with A2-A2 (3) connection
(Except for coil Uc 12-20 V DC : use VM4 with CA4).
- coil Uc 12-20 V DC : A1+, A2-
13/46 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
DOL starters protected by thermal overload relays
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
70 2.76"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
70 2.76"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
5 0.20"
158.9 6.26"
158.9 6.26"
156.1 6.15"
5 0.20" 5 0.20"
5 0.20"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
211 8.31"
4 0.16" 4 0.16"
45 1.77" 60 2.36"
2x 2x
ø 6.4 0.25" M6 ¼-20 UNC ø 6.4 0.25" M6 ¼-20 UNC
2x
13
100 3.94"
100 3.94"
4.6 0.18"
4.6 0.18"
5 0.20" 5 0.20"
—
DOL starters protected by thermal overload relays
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
126 4.96" 4x
30 1.18" M4 8-32 UNC
90 3.54" 17 0.67" 3 0.12"
100 3.94"
259 10.20"
45 1.77"
4x
M5 10-24 UNC
82.3 3.24"
6 0.24"
8 0.31" 37 1.46"
50 1.97"
AF116, AF140-30-11(B)
+ TF140 thermal overload relay AF116, AF140-30-11(B)
+ TF140 thermal overload relay
152 5.98"
105 4.13" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20" 8x
35 1.39" M5 10-24 UNC
165 6.50"
312.5 12.3"
25.5
1.0"
13
82 3.23"
21 0.83"
11 0.43"
37 1.46"
—
Reversing starters protected by thermal overload relays
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
2x 8
5.5 0.22" 10 80 3.15" 5.5 0.22" 10
M4 8-32 UNC
0.39" 0.39"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
60 2.36"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22" 5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
166.5 6.56"
170 6.69"
ø 4.2 0.17" 5 0.20" ø 4.2 0.1
6.2
9.2
0.24"
0.36"
72.7 2.86"
75.7 2.98"
76.8 3.02"
79.8 3.14"
2x
10 80 3.15"
M4 8-32 UNC
0.39"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5 0.20"
—
Reversing starters protected by thermal overload relays
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
144 5.67"
M4 8-32 UNC
100 3.94"
110 4.33"
35 x 7.5 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
223 8.78"
4.6 0.18"
ø 4.2 0.17"
106.8 4.20"
110.6 4.35"
149 5.87"
140 5.51" 116 4.57"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
5.5 0.22"
226 8.90"
4.6 0.18"
AF80, AF96
+ BER96-4, VM96-4
+ TF96 thermal overload relay
13
106.8 4.20"
110.9 4.37"
AF80, AF96
+ BER96-4, VM96-4
+ TF96 thermal overload relay
—
Reversing starters protected by thermal overload relays
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
100 3.94"
272 10.71"
45 1.77"
82.3 3.24"
4x
M5 10-24 UNC
37 1.46"
AF116, AF140, AF146
+ BER140-4, VM19 50 1.97"
—
Reversing starters protected by thermal overload relays
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
395 15.55"
12 X
35 70 2.76" 35 M5 10-24 UNC
1.38" 1.38"
165 6.50"
81.5 3.21"
13
82 3.23"
37 1.46"
50 1.97"
AF190, AF205
+ BER205-4, VM19
+ TA200DU thermal overload relay
—
DOL starters protected by electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
77 3.03" 86 3.39"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
5.5 0.22"
152.4 6.00"
155.2 6.11"
17.4 0.69"
20.4 0.80"
73.3 2.89"
76.3 3.00"
76.8 3.02"
79.8 3.14"
86 3.39"
86 3.39"
45 1.77" 80 3.15" 10 35 1.38"
2x
45 1.77" 80 3.15" 10 0.39" 0.39"
5.5 0.22" ø 4.2 0.17" M4 8-32 UNC
5.5 0.22"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
158.9 6.26"
172.3 6.78"
5 0.20"
75.7 2.98"
79.8 3.14"
82.5 3.25"
86 3.39"
—
DOL starters protected by electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
5.5 0.22"
237 9.33"
237 9.33"
5.4 0.21"
5.4 0.21"
106.8 4.20"
110.6 4.35"
70 2.76" 106.8 4.20"
AF80, AF96
110.6 4.35" + EF96 electronic overload relay
45 1.77" 60 2.36"
2x 2x
ø 6.4 0.25" M6 ¼-20 UNC ø 6.4 0.25" M6 ¼-20 UNC
2x
ø 4.2 0.17" M4 8-32 UNC
110 4.33"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
100 3.94"
4.6 0.18"
4.6 0.18"
5 0.20" 5 0.20"
13
—
DOL starters protected by electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
126 4.96"
6x
90 3.54" 17 0.67" 3 0.12" 30 1.18" M4 8-32 UNC
100 3.94"
270 10.63"
46 1.81"
21.5
0.85"
94.7 3.73"
105 4.13" 37 1.46" 2x
M5 10-24 UNC
152 5.98"
8x
105 4.13" 35.5 1.40" 5 0.20" M5 10-24 UNC
165 6.50"
342 13.46"
0.81"
20.5
13
112 4.42"
10 0.39"
35 1.38"
35 1.39"
—
DOL starters protected by electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
180 7.09"
187 7.36"
385 15.16"
29 1.14"
112 4.41"
ø 11 0.43"
14 0.55"
35 1.38"
44 1.73"
43.75 1.72"
123 4.84"
13
—
Reversing starters protected by electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
5.5 0.22"
163 6.42"
166 6.54"
17.4 0.69" 20.4 0.80"
73.3 2.89"
76.3 3.00"
76.8 3.02"
79.8 3.14"
2x
5.5 0.22" 10 0.22"
5.5 10 80 3.15"
M4 8-32 UNC
0.39" 0.39"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
6.2
0.24" AF09, AF12, AF16, AF26, AF30, AF38
72.7 2.86"
76.8 3.02"
82.5 3.25"
86 3.39"
—
Reversing starters protected by electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
144 5.67"
M4 8-32 UNC
35 x 7.5 mm EN/IEC 60715
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
100 3.94"
110 4.33"
5.5 0.22"
4.6 0.18"
ø 4.2 0.17"
251 9.88"
5.4 0.21"
ø 6.4 0.25" 5 0.20"
106.8 4.20"
110.6 4.35"
149 5.87"
140 5.51" 116 4.57"
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
5.5 0.22"
4.6 0.18"
251 9.88"
5.4 0.21"
ø 6.4 0.25" 5 0.20"
AF80, AF96
+ BER96-4, VM96-4
+ EF96 electronic overload relay
13
106.8 4.20"
110.6 4.35"
AF80, AF96
+ BER96-4, VM96-4
+ EF96 electronic overload relay
—
Reversing starters protected by electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
100 3.94"
281.5 11.08"
43.8 1.72"
21.5
0.85"
94.7 3.73"
2x
M5 10-24 UNC
—
Reversing starters protected by electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
425 16.73"
12 X
35 70 2.76" 35 M5 10-24 UNC
1.38" 1.38"
165 6.50"
76 2.99"
13
112 4.42"
AF190, AF205
+ BER205-4, VM19
+ EF205 electronic overload relay
—
Reversing starters protected by electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - open type version in kit form
477.5 18.80"
12 X
43.75 96.25 3.79" 43.75 M5 10-24 UNC
1.72" 1.72"
187 7.36"
90.5 3.56"
13
112 4.41"
35
1.38"
AF265, AF305, AF370
+ BER370-4, VM19
+ EF370 electronic overload relay
13
13/62 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Star-delta starters protected by overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
Application
Y Star-delta starting is the most common method to reduce the starting current of a motor.
L Δ
This system can be used on all the squirrel cage motors, which are normally used in delta
connection. In this type of starting, it is recommended to choose motors having high start-
ing torque i.e. much higher than the resistive torque in order to reach sufficient high speed
when the motor is connected in star.
I (delta)
• Motor torque is reduced to a third or even less
5
of direct starting torque.
4 Transient current is generated when switching
from star to delta connection.
3
During the initial starting phase ("star" connec-
2 T∆ (motor) tion), the resistive torque of the driven load must
I (star)
AF16-30-10 + AF16-30-10 +
remain, irrespective of speed, less than the
1
AF09-30-10 + BEY16-4 + VEM4 + TF42 T (motor) "star" motor torque until "star-delta" switching
Tr(resistive torque)
occurs.
0 20 40 60 80 100
Motor speed (%) This starting mode is therefore ideal for ma-
I = current In = nominal current chines having high starting torque such as
T = torque Tn = nominal torque
pumps, centrifugal compressors, wood-working
machines...
Precaution
1SFC101104V0001
• Motor nominal voltage in delta connection must be equal to that of the mains. Example: a
motor for 400 V star-delta starting must be designed for 400 V in "delta" connection. Its
usual designation is "400 V / 690 V motor". The motor must be constructed with 6 terminal
windings
• In order to prevent a high current peak, at least 85 % of nominal speed must be reached be-
fore switching from star to delta
Sequence
AF140-30-11 + AF140-30-11 +
AF140-30-11 + BEY140-4 + VM19 + EF146
Starting is a three-stage process:
1st stage: " Star" connection - Press the "On" button on the control circuit to close the KM2
"Star" contactor. The KM1 "line" contactor then closes and the motor starts.
Countdown of programmed starting time (6 to 10 s) then begins.
2nd stage: " Star" to "Delta" switching - when programmed starting time is over, the KM2
"Star" contactor opens.
3rd stage: " Delta" connection - Thanks to AF contactors, a transition time (or dwelling time)
of 50 ms is already integrated between the opening of the "star" contactor and
closing of the "delta" contactor.
Conclusion: An on-delay timer without dwelling time (e.g.: CT-ERS.21S or TEF4-ON) is
enough to countdown the programmed starting time (6 to 10 s) during "Star connection".
13
Pos. 1
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 13/63
—
Star-delta starters protected by overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
Star-delta starters for AF116 ... AF370 For the full coordination tables:
Y www.abb.com/lowvoltage then go to the right
L Δ
menu: "Support", select: "Online Product Selec-
tion Tools" then select "Coordination Tables for
motor protection"
BEY..-4
Connection set BEY..-4
Connection set
AF contactor
with built-in
2 cable clamps
KM
VM
Mechanical
interlock
unit
AF contactor
3
with built-in
KM
cable clamps
1
KM
13
BEY..-4
Connection set
TF/TA
Thermal overload relay
EF
Electronic overload relay
13/64 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Star-delta starters protected by thermal overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
Y
L Δ
IEC Control voltage Type Order code Type Order code Type Order code
AC-3 Uc min. ... Uc max.
(1)
Rated Rated
power current
400 V 400 V
kW A V 50/60 Hz V DC
7.5 15.5 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
11 22 24...60 20...60 AF12Z-30-10-21 1SBL156001R2110 AF12Z-30-10-21 1SBL156001R2110 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110
100...250 100...250 AF12-30-10-13 1SBL157001R1310 AF12-30-10-13 1SBL157001R1310 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
15 29 24...60 20...60 AF16Z-30-10-21 1SBL176001R2110 AF16Z-30-10-21 1SBL176001R2110 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110
100...250 100...250 AF16-30-10-13 1SBL177001R1310 AF16-30-10-13 1SBL177001R1310 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
18.5 35 24...60 20...60 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100
100...250 100...250 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300
22 41 24...60 20...60 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100
100...250 100...250 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300
25 47 24...60 20...60 AF30Z-30-00-21 1SBL276001R2100 AF30Z-30-00-21 1SBL276001R2100 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100
100...250 100...250 AF30-30-00-13 1SBL277001R1300 AF30-30-00-13 1SBL277001R1300 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300
37 66 24...60 20...60 AF40-30-00-11 1SBL347001R1100 AF40-30-00-11 1SBL347001R1100 AF40-30-00-11 1SBL347001R1100
110 195 24...60 20...60 AF116-30-11-11 1SFL427001R1111 AF116-30-11-11 1SFL427001R1111 AF116-30-11-11 (4) 1SFL427001R1111
100...250 100...250 AF116-30-11-13 1SFL427001R1311 AF116-30-11-13 1SFL427001R1311 AF116-30-11-13 1SFL427001R1311
132 230 24...60 20...60 AF140-30-11-11 1SFL447001R1111 AF140-30-11-11 1SFL447001R1111 AF116-30-11-11 1SFL427001R1111
13
160 280 24...60 20...60 AF190-30-11-11 1SFL487002R1111 AF190-30-11-11 1SFL487002R1111 AF140-30-11-11 1SFL447001R1111
100...250 100...250 AF190-30-11-13 1SFL487002R1311 AF190-30-11-13 1SFL487002R1311 AF140-30-11-13 1SFL447001R1311
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 13/65
Mechanical
CT-ERS TEF4-ON
and electrical CA4
Uc = 24...240 V interlock sets
50/60 Hz or DC VEM4
Setting Type Order code Type Order code Type Order code Type Order code
ranges
A
7.60...10.0 TF42-10 1SAZ721201R1043 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY16-4 1SBN081313R2000 - -
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VEM4 1SBN030111R1000
10.0...13.0 TF42-13 1SAZ721201R1045 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY16-4 1SBN081313R2000 - -
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VEM4 1SBN030111R1000
16.0...20.0 TF42-20 1SAZ721201R1049 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY16-4 1SBN081313R2000 - -
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VEM4 1SBN030111R1000
20.0...24.0 TF42-24 1SAZ721201R1051 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY38-4 1SBN082713R2000 KM1 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VEM4 1SBN030111R1000 KM2 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
20.0...24.0 TF42-24 1SAZ721201R1051 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY38-4 1SBN082713R2000 KM1 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VEM4 1SBN030111R1000 KM2 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
24.0...29.0 TF42-29 1SAZ721201R1052 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY38-4 1SBN082713R2000 KM1 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VEM4 1SBN030111R1000 KM2 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
30.0...40.0 TF65-40 1SAZ811201R1003 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY65-4 1SBN083413R2000 KM1 : 1 x CA4-10 (3) 1SBN010110R1010
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VM96-4 1SBN033405T1000 KM2 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
1 x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
KM3 : 1 x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
36.0...47.0 TF65-47 1SAZ811201R1004 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY65-4 1SBN083413R2000 KM1 : 1 x CA4-10 (3) 1SBN010110R1010
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VM96-4 1SBN033405T1000 KM2 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
1 x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
KM3 : 1 x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
50.0...60.0 TF65-60 1SAZ811201R1006 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY65-4 1SBN083413R2000 KM1 : 1 x CA4-10 (3) 1SBN010110R1010
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VM96-4 1SBN033405T1000 KM2 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
1 x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
KM3 : 1 x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
65.0...78.0 TF96-78 1SAZ911201R1004 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY96-4 1SBN083913R2000 KM1 : 1 x CA4-10 (3) 1SBN010110R1010
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VM96-4 1SBN033405T1000 KM2 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
1 x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
KM3 : 1 x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
84.0...96.0 TF96-96 1SAZ911201R1006 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY96-4 1SBN083913R2000 KM1 : 1 x CA4-10 (3) 1SBN010110R1010
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VM96-4 1SBN033405T1000 KM2 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
1 x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
KM3 : 1 x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
+ VM19 1SFN030300R1000
—
Star-delta starters protected by electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
Y
L Δ
IEC Control voltage Type Order code Type Order code Type Order code
AC-3 Uc min. ... Uc max.
(1)
Rated Rated
power current
400 V 400 V
kW A V 50/60 Hz V DC
7.5 15.5 24...60 20...60 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110
100...250 100...250 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
11 22 24...60 20...60 AF12Z-30-10-21 1SBL156001R2110 AF12Z-30-10-21 1SBL156001R2110 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110
100...250 100...250 AF12-30-10-13 1SBL157001R1310 AF12-30-10-13 1SBL157001R1310 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
15 29 24...60 20...60 AF16Z-30-10-21 1SBL176001R2110 AF16Z-30-10-21 1SBL176001R2110 AF09Z-30-10-21 1SBL136001R2110
100...250 100...250 AF16-30-10-13 1SBL177001R1310 AF16-30-10-13 1SBL177001R1310 AF09-30-10-13 1SBL137001R1310
18.5 35 24...60 20...60 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100
100...250 100...250 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300
22 41 24...60 20...60 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100
100...250 100...250 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300
25 47 24...60 20...60 AF30Z-30-00-21 1SBL276001R2100 AF30Z-30-00-21 1SBL276001R2100 AF26Z-30-00-21 1SBL236001R2100
100...250 100...250 AF30-30-00-13 1SBL277001R1300 AF30-30-00-13 1SBL277001R1300 AF26-30-00-13 1SBL237001R1300
37 66 24...60 20...60 AF40-30-00-11 1SBL347001R1100 AF40-30-00-11 1SBL347001R1100 AF40-30-00-11 1SBL347001R1100
110 195 24...60 20...60 AF116-30-11-11 1SFL427001R1111 AF116-30-11-11 1SFL427001R1111 AF116-30-11-11 (4) 1SFL427001R1111
100...250 100...250 AF116-30-11-13 1SFL427001R1311 AF116-30-11-13 1SFL427001R1311 AF116-30-11-13 1SFL427001R1311
132 230 24...60 20...60 AF140-30-11-11 1SFL447001R1111 AF140-30-11-11 1SFL447001R1111 AF116-30-11-11 1SFL427001R1111
100...250 100...250 AF140-30-11-13 1SFL447001R1311 AF140-30-11-13 1SFL447001R1311 AF116-30-11-13 1SFL427001R1311
13
160 280 24...60 20...60 AF190-30-11-11 1SFL487002R1111 AF190-30-11-11 1SFL487002R1111 AF140-30-11-11 1SFL447001R1111
100...250 100...250 AF190-30-11-13 1SFL487002R1311 AF190-30-11-13 1SFL487002R1311 AF140-30-11-13 1SFL447001R1311
200 350 24...60 20...60 AF205-30-11-11 1SFL527002R1111 AF205-30-11-11 1SFL527002R1111 AF190-30-11-11 1SFL487002R1111
100...250 100...250 AF205-30-11-13 1SFL527002R1311 AF205-30-11-13 1SFL527002R1311 AF190-30-11-13 1SFL487002R1311
250 430 24...60 20...60 AF265-30-11-11 1SFL547002R1111 AF265-30-11-11 1SFL547002R1111 AF205-30-11-11 1SFL527002R1111
100...250 100...250 AF265-30-11-13 1SFL547002R1311 AF265-30-11-13 1SFL547002R1311 AF205-30-11-13 1SFL527002R1311
315 540 24...60 20...60 AF370-30-11-11 1SFL607002R1111 AF370-30-11-11 1SFL607002R1111 AF265-30-11-11 1SFL547002R1111
100...250 100...250 AF370-30-11-13 1SFL607002R1311 AF370-30-11-13 1SFL607002R1311 AF265-30-11-13 1SFL547002R1311
355 610 24...60 20...60 AF370-30-11-11 1SFL607002R1111 AF370-30-11-11 1SFL607002R1111 AF305-30-11-11 1SFL587002R1111
100...250 100...250 AF370-30-11-13 1SFL607002R1311 AF370-30-11-13 1SFL607002R1311 AF305-30-11-13 1SFL587002R1311
Mechanical
CT- TEF4-ON
and electrical CA4
ERS Uc = 24...240 V interlock sets
VEM4
50/60 Hz or DC
Setting Type Order code Type Order code Type Order code Type Order code
ranges
A
5.70…18.9 EF19-18.9 1SAX121001R1105 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY16-4 1SBN081313R2000 - -
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VEM4 1SBN030111R1000
5.70…18.9 EF19-18.9 1SAX121001R1105 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY16-4 1SBN081313R2000 - -
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VEM4 1SBN030111R1000
5.70…18.9 EF19-18.9 1SAX121001R1105 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY16-4 1SBN081313R2000 - -
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VEM4 1SBN030111R1000
9.00…30.0 EF45-30 1SAX221001R1101 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY38-4 1SBN082713R2000 KM1 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VEM4 1SBN030111R1000 KM2 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
9.00…30.0 EF45-30 1SAX221001R1101 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY38-4 1SBN082713R2000 KM1 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VEM4 1SBN030111R1000 KM2 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
9.00…30.0 EF45-30 1SAX221001R1101 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY38-4 1SBN082713R2000 KM1 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VEM4 1SBN030111R1000 KM2 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
25…70 EF65-70 1SAX331001R1101 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY65-4 1SBN083413R2000 KM1 : 1 x CA4-10 (3) 1SBN010110R1010
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VM96-4 1SBN033405T1000 KM2 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
1 x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
KM3 : 1 x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
25…70 EF65-70 1SAX331001R1101 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY65-4 1SBN083413R2000 KM1 : 1 x CA4-10 (3) 1SBN010110R1010
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VM96-4 1SBN033405T1000 KM2 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
1 x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
KM3 : 1 x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
25…70 EF65-70 1SAX331001R1101 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY65-4 1SBN083413R2000 KM1 : 1 x CA4-10 (3) 1SBN010110R1010
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VM96-4 1SBN033405T1000 KM2 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
1 x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
KM3 : 1 x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
36…100 EF96-100 1SAX341001R1101 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY96-4 1SBN083913R2000 KM1 : 1 x CA4-10 (3) 1SBN010110R1010
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VM96-4 1SBN033405T1000 KM2 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
1 x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
KM3 : 1 x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
36…100 EF96-100 1SAX341001R1101 CT-ERS.21S 1SVR730100R0300 BEY96-4 1SBN083913R2000 KM1 : 1 x CA4-10 (3) 1SBN010110R1010
or TEF4-ON 1SBN020112R1000 + VM96-4 1SBN033405T1000 KM2 : 1 x CA4-10 1SBN010110R1010
1 x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
KM3 : 1 x CA4-01 1SBN010110R1001
—
Star-delta starters protected by overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
Switching frequency diagrams
General
Switching frequency/hour, according to acceleration time and load factor. Respect of the following conditions enables
utilization of the starter without excessive overheating of the connections or nuisance tripping of the thermal overload relay.
70
Switching frequency (ops/h)
Example:
60
ta =
5s Starting time of the motor: 7 second (use 8s curve) - Duty ratio: 63 %
50 means a permitted switching frequency of max. 15 operating cycles
40
ta =
per hour.
8s
ta =
30 10 s
ta = 1
2s This corresponds to a 4 minute operating cycle (15 starts/hr) with
20
ta = 15
s 7 seconds acceleration, 2.5 minutes operation and 1.5 minutes rest.
ta = 20 s
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
Duty ratio (%)
—
Star-delta starters protected by overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
Wiring diagrams with CT-ERS.21S timer
Star-delta starters
KM3:5/L3
Us
A
RESET
95
M
STOP FR1
96
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
A1
A1
A1
KM1 KM3 KM2
A2
A2
A2
.3
KM1
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
I
.4
A
.3
RESET KM2
M A1
95
97
15
.4
FR1 KT1 CT-ERS.21S
16 A2 With VM
98
TEST
96
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
STOP
With
21
21
01 01
VEM4 KM2 KM3
(2) (2)
22
22
W1 W2 A1 A1 A1
KM1 KM3 KM2 KM3 KM2
V1 V2 (1) A2 A2
A2 A2 A2
U1 U2
Us
N
W1 W2
KM3:3/L2
V1 V2 L ∆ (3) Y
U1 U2
STOP FR1
96
0
.3
KM1 I
.4
.3
KM2 A1
15
.4
KT1 CT-ERS.21S
16 A2 With VM
With
VEM4
21
21
01 01
KM2 KM3
(2) (2)
22
22
A1 A1 A1
KM1 KM3 KM2 KM3 KM2
A2 A2 (1) A2 A2 A2
13
Us
N
KM3:3/L2
L ∆ (3) Y
Note: - VEM4 = VM4 (1) + VE4 (2) with A2-A2 (3) connection
(Except for coil Uc 12-20 V DC : use VM4 with CA4).
- coil Uc 12-20 V DC : A1+, A2-
13/70 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Star-delta starters protected by overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
Wiring diagrams with TEF4-ON timer
Star-delta starters
KM3:5/L3
RESET A
Us M
95
FR1
96
STOP
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
A1
A1
.3
KM1
A2
A2
A2
I
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
.4
A
RESET
.3
M KM2
95
97
FR1
.4
98
TEST
96
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
STOP KT1 55
56
With
TEF4-ON VEM4 With VM
W1 W2
A1 A1 01 01
21
21
V1 V2 KM1 KM2 KM3
(2) (2)
U1 U2
22
22
A2 A2
A1 A1
KM3 KM2 KM3 KM2
Us
N A2 (1) A2 A2 (1) A2
W1 W2
KM3:3/L2
V1 V2 L ∆ (3) Y
U1 U2
KM3:5/L3
RESET A
Us M
95
FR1
96
STOP
O
.3
KM1 I
I
.4
.3
KM2
.4
KT1 55
56
With
TEF4-ON VEM4 With VM
A1 A1 01 01
21
21
22
A2 A2
13
A1 A1
KM3 KM2 KM3 KM2
Us
N A2 (1) A2 A2 (1) A2
KM3:3/L2
L ∆ (3) Y
Note: VEM4 = VM4 (1) + VE4 (2) with A2-A2 (3) connection
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 13/71
—
Star-delta starters protected by thermal overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
102.5 4.04"
135 5.31" 71 2.80" 10
0.39" 125 4.92"
4x
35 1.38" M4 8-32 UNC
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5.5 0.22"
5 0.20"
166.5 6.55"
6.2
0.24"
72.7 2.86"
76.8 3.02"
119.5 4.70"
135 5.31" 80 3.15" 10
0.39"
2x
125 4.92"
M4 8-32 UNC
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5 0.20"
171 6.73"
9.2 0.36"
75.7 2.98"
79.8 3.14"
.04"
10
0.39" 125 4.92"
4x
35 1.38" M4 8-32 UNC
13
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5 0.20"
—
Star-delta starters protected by thermal overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
144 5.67"
4 0.16"
106.8 4.20"
110.6 4.35"
155 6.10"
45 1.78" M6 ¼-20 UNC
M4 8-32 UNC
100 3.94"
110 4.33"
4.6 0.18"
ø 4.2 0.17"
—
Star-delta starters protected by thermal overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
149 5.87"
195 7.68" 116 4.57" 10
0.39"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
226 8.90"
4 0.16"
106.8 4.20"
110.9 4.37"
185 7.28"
2x
60 2.36" 45 1.77" M6 ¼-20 UNC
2x
M6 ¼-20 UNC M4 8-32 UNC
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
4.8 0.19"
ø 4.2 0.17"
70 2.76"
13
—
Star-delta starters protected by thermal overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
12 x
30 1.18" 60 2.36" 30 1.18" 60 2.36" 30 1.18" M4 8-32 UNC
100 3.94"
45 1.77"
4x
M5 10-24 UNC
82.3 3.24"
13
37 1.46"
50 1.97"
—
Star-delta starters protected by thermal overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
62 2.44" 4 0.16"
Line, Delta: AF190, AF205 126 4.96"
12 x 4x
M5 10-24 UNC 35 70 2.76" 35 75 2.95" 30 M4 8-32 UNC
1.38" 1.38" 1.18"
165 6.50"
100 3.94"
1.00"
25.5
82 3.23"
13
37 1.46"
50 1.97"
—
Star-delta starters protected by electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
102.5 4.04"
35 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
163 6.42"
17.4 0.69"
73.3 2.89"
76.8 3.02"
119.5 4.70"
5.5 0.22"
D
A B C D C
EF19 20.4 0.80" 76.3 3.00" 79.8 3.14" 165.9 6.53"
.04"
10
0.39" 125 4.92"
4x
35 1.38" M4 8-32 UNC
13
70 2.76"
60 2.36"
5 0.20"
—
Star-delta starters protected by electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
144 5.67"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
5.5 0.22"
251 9.88"
5.4 0.21"
106.8 4.20"
110.6 4.35"
155 6.10"
45 1.78" M6 ¼-20 UNC
M4 8-32 UNC
100 3.94"
110 4.33"
4.6 0.18"
ø 4.2 0.17"
—
Star-delta starters protected by electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
149 5.87"
195 7.68" 116 4.57" 10
0.39"
35 x 15 mm EN/IEC 60715
151 5.94"
5.5 0.22"
251 9.88"
5.4 0.21"
106.8 4.20"
110.6 4.35"
185 7.28"
2x
60 2.36" 45 1.77" M6 ¼-20 UNC
2x
M6 ¼-20 UNC M4 8-32 UNC
110 4.33"
100 3.94"
4.8 0.19"
ø 4.2 0.17"
70 2.76"
13
—
Star-delta starters protected by electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
14 x
30 1.18" 60 2.36" 30 1.18" 60 2.36" 30 1.18" M4 8-32 UNC
100 3.94"
43.8 1.72"
21.5
13
0.85"
94.7 3.73"
2x
37 1.46" M5 10-24 UNC
—
Star-delta starters protected by electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
12 x
M5 10-24 UNC 35 70 2.76" 35 75 2.95" 30 1.18"
1.38" 1.38"
4x
M4 8-32 UNC
165 6.50"
100 3.94"
0.81"
20.5
112 4.42"
13
—
Star-delta starters protected by electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
315 12.40"
152 5.98"
369 14.53"
AF190, AF205
+ BEY205-4, VM19
+ EF205 electronic overload relay
16 x
M5 10-24 UNC 35 70 2.76" 35 70 2.76" 35
1.38" 1.38" 1.38"
165 6.50"
1.00"
25.5
82 3.23"
13
37 1.46"
50 1.97"
—
Star-delta starters protected by electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
395 15.55"
180 7.09"
417 16.42"
16 x
43.75 96.25 3.79" 43.75 93.12 3.67" 35 M5 10-24 UNC
1.72" 1.72" 1.38"
165 6.50"
187 7.36"
1.14"
29
13
112 4.41"
35
1.38"
—
Star-delta starters protected by electronic overload relays
With AF contactors - Open type version in kit form
420 16.54"
180 7.09"
417 16.42"
16 x
43.75 96.25 3.79" 43.75 96.25 3.79" 43.75 M5 10-24 UNC
1.72" 1.72" 1.72"
187 7.36"
13
1.14"
29
112 4.41"
35
1.38"
www.abb.com/productdetails/1SBL137001R1310
—
Certifications and approvals
General technical data
—
Certifications and approvals
Designed according to the appropriate specifications, the devices in this catalogue have been built and tested. They can be
used in most countries without any further certifications.
Some countries, however, require certification according to their own national standards. In other cases, the Marine for ex-
ample, approvals ratifying that particular specifications have been met are necessary.
The table below shows the approvals and certifications for different devices.
The following documents may be obtained on request:
- Certificates of conformity
- Certificates of certification or approval.
The use of certified devices does not exonerate the equipment supplier from complying with the legal specifications of the
country concerned.
Explanation of symbols:
Standard design approved, the company labels bear the certification mark when this is required.
Certifications Approvals: ship classification societies
Mark
EK1000
(1) AF116 ... AF265 only. KC only applicable to devices up to 300 A. (2) Marine approvals for AF116 ... AF370 with built-in PLC interface.
All AF contactors are (RCM) marked.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 10/3
—
Certifications and approvals
DC operated
ASL09..S, ASL12..S, ASL16..S E312527
4 to 11 KW
AC / DC operated
AF09..S AF12..S, AF16..S E312527
AF26..S
Contactor relays with spring terminals
AC operated
4-pole, 8-pole - NS.. E252354
DC operated
4-pole, 8- pole - NSL.. E252354
14
10/4 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Certifications and approvals
CAL16
E76003
CE5...D0.1
E319322
CE5…D2
E319322
CE5…W0.1
E319322
CE5…W2
E319322
CEL18
E76003
CEL19
VM1650H
E36588
Interface relay
RA4
E252354
—
Certifications and approvals
Terminal enlargement
LW
E36588
—
Certifications and approvals
—
Certifications and approvals
14
10/8 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Certifications and approvals
—
Certifications and approvals
14
10/10 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Coordination with short-circuit protection devices
Types of coordination
IEC 60947-4-1 (EN 60947-4-1) UL 60947-4-1 defines two types of
coordination between the branch circuit protective device and
the motor starter according to the expected level of service con-
14
Motor efficiency class and design type The results of this testing show the UL Listed/Recognized
IEC coordination tables are displayed for IE1, IE2, IE3 and IE4 motor product provides a safe and code-compliant installation
efficiency classes in regards with N/H or NE/HE motor design use: when installed according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
• asynchronous IE1/IE2/IE3/IE4 motors may be of the de- In this case, a safe installation means that the installation
sign N or H has been found to be reasonably free of the risk of fire, elec-
• asynchronous IE3/IE4 motors may be of the design NE or tric shock and other hazards to public health.
HE,
having extended / locked rotor apparent power and current Each component must be appropriately labeled:
than design N and H motors. - Company name and model number
- Identification of the specific component in the combination
• International Efficiency (IE) classes for single speed electric motor controller.
motors IEC 60034-30-1:2014 standard defines four Interna-
tional Efficiency (IE) classes for single speed three-phase Individual component ratings:
cage rotor induction motors designed for operation on sinu- - HP: Horsepower rating for component, if provided
soidal voltage: - kA: Marked short-circuit current rating (SCCR) on individual
- IE4 = Super premium efficiency component
- IE3 = Premium efficiency - Max Amps: Maximum ampere rating of individual compo-
- IE2 = High efficiency nent
- IE1 = Standard efficiency - V: Voltage rating of individual component
—
Coordination with short-circuit protection devices
A complete data base of coordination tables, is available on below ABB Website: Access
• Motor protection To find the coordination tables
- coordination according to IEC 60947-4-1 standards, for motor protection, please see:
- Combination Motor Controllers (CMC) according to UL508, UL 60947-4-1 https://www.lowvoltage-tools.abb.com/soc/
• UL component ratings for the selection of UL Listed/Recognized products
Languages Help
section
for a
dedicated
course
Features Results
• User-friendly selection and new smart search for fast coordi- • Search results displayed at the bottom of the selection page
nation table configuration • Only the most appropriate solutions to your application, will
• Optimized motor protection coordination tables for IE3/IE4 be displayed at the bottom of the page. “Enable Smart Current
high-efficiency class with respect to N/H or NE/HE mo- Search” function featured for the short-circuit current where
tor design “near to” selected values also are included in the result.
• Follow-up of the sales status of the products included inside • Indication of the status (Active, Legacy) of the selected tables
the motor protection coordination tables • Possible to print the selected pages to a PDF book or from
• Includes dedicated product ranges available in your country your printer
• New export PDF and e-mail sharing options • “Result filters” function to deselect all selected.
• Main languages localization for interface display and PDF doc-
umentation exportation
• New help section to train all users in an easy and quick way
—
Motor protection IEC and UL CMC
To consult the last informa-
tion about SOC tool, please
see:
https://new.abb.com/
low-voltage/support/soft-
ware/selected-optimized-co-
ordination-soc
—
UL Component ratings
14
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 10/13
—
Standards, specifications and certifying organizations
—
Standards, specifications and certifying organizations
Specifications (cont.)
International Standards
IEC 60947-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 1:
General rules
IEC 60947-4-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 4:
Contactors and motor starters – Section 1: Electromechanical
contactors and motor starters
IEC 60947- 5-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 5:
Control circuit devices and switching elements – Section 1: Elec-
tromechanical control circuit devices
IEC 60947-5-4 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part
5-4: Control circuit devices and switching elements. Method of
assessing the performance of low-energy contacts. Special
tests
IEC 60947- 6-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 6:
Multiple function equipment – Section 1: Automatic transfer
switching equipment
IEC 60204 -1 Electrical equipment of industrial machines – Part
1: General requirements
IEC 60715 Dimensions of low-voltage switchgear and control-
gear. Standardized mounting on rails for mechanical support of
electrical devices in switchgear and controlgear installations
European Standards
EN 50 005 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear for indus-
trial use – Terminal marking and distinctive number: General
rules
(Annex L of IEC 60947-1).
EN 50 011 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear for industrial
use – Terminal marking, distinctive number and distinctive let-
ter for particular contactor relays (Annex M of IEC 60947-5-1)
EN 60947-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 1:
General rules.
EN 60947-4-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 4:
Contactors and motor starters – Section 1: Electromechanical
contactors and motor starters.
EN 60947-5-1 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part 5:
Control circuit devices and switching elements – Section 1: Elec-
tromechanical control circuit devices.
EN 60947-5-4 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Part
5-4: Control circuit devices and switching elements. Method of
assessing the performance of low-energy contacts. Special
tests.
14
—
Terms and technical definitions
—
Terms and technical definitions
Inching
IEC 60947-4-1 Ed.4 introduces now a new AC-3e utilization cate- Energization of a motor's circuit repeatedly or for short periods
gory for AC circuit switching and keeps the use and definition of with the aim of obtaining small movements of the driven mech-
existing AC-3 utilization category unchanged. anism.
• AC-3: Refer to the asynchronous motor of designs N and H ac-
cording to IEC 60034-12:2016
• AC-3e: Refer to the asynchronous motor of designs NE and HE, Coil operating limits
according to IEC 60034-12:2016, with extended / higher Expressed in multiples of the nominal control circuit voltage Uc
locked rotor apparent power and current than design N and H for the upper and lower limits.
respectively, to achieve a higher efficiency class according to
IEC 60034-30-1. Mounting position
AC-3e category is defined for the use and the selection of
MS116, MS132, MS165 manual motor starters, 3-pole AF09… Comply with the manufacturer's instructions. Restrictions are
AF190 contactors and B mini-contactors: please see their re- to be taken into account for certain mounting positions.
spective data pages.
Rated breaking or making capacity
Root mean square (r.m.s.) value of the current that the contactor
Rated operational current Ie. is able to break or make at a given voltage according to the con-
ditions specified by standards and for a given utilization cate-
Current rated by the manufacturer. It is mainly based on the gory.
rated operational voltage Ue, the rated frequency, the utiliza-
tion category, the rated duty and the type of protective enclo-
sure, if necessary. Intermittent duty
Duty during which the contactor is successively closed or open
Conventional free air thermal current Ith for periods which are too short to enable the contactor to
achieve thermal balance.
Current that the contactor can withstand in free air for a duty
time of 8 hours without the temperature rise of its various parts
exceeding the maximum values given by the standard. Ambient temperature
Air temperature close to the contactor.
Operating cycle or cycle
Includes one making operation and one breaking operation. Time
• Time constant: Ratio of the inductance to the resistance
(L/R = mH/Ω = ms).
Cycle time
• Short-time withstand current: Current that the contactor is
This is the sum of the current flow time and the no-current time able to withstand in closed position for a short time interval
for given cycle. and in specified conditions.
• Closing time: Time interval between the coil energization and
Electrical durability the instant the contacts touch on all the poles.
Number of on-load operating cycles that the contactor is able to • Opening time: Time interval between the coil
carry out. It depends on the operational current, the operational de-energization and the instant the contacts separate on all
voltage and the utilization category. the poles.
to carry out.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 10/17
—
Terms and technical definitions
Shock withstand
Requirement for vehicles, crane drives, installations on board ships
and plug-in equipment. For the acceptable "g" values, the contacts
must not change position and the thermal overload relays must not
trip.
Resistance to vibrations
Requirements for vehicles, boats and other means of transport. For
the specified vibration amplitude and frequency values the device
must remain able to operate.
Mirror contacts
Definitions of mirror contact acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Annex F 2.1.
Normally closed auxiliary contact (N.C.) which cannot be in the
closed position simultaneously with the normally open (N.O.) main
contact.
14
10/18 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
Standards and utilization categories
Utilization categories:
A contactor's duty is characterised by the utilization category together with the rated operational voltage and current
indicated.
In fact some applications, and the specific criteria characterizing the various loads controlled by contactors, may modify the
utilization characteristics of the contactors. The main applications concerned are:
Transformer switching
Account must be taken of the peaks due to magnetization phenomena when the current is made.
For this application, IEC publication 60947-4-1 stipulates utilization category AC-6a. The operational currents or powers ac-
ceptable for the contactors are determined using the values obtained for AC-3 or AC-4 category tests and the calculating for-
mula given in IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 9).
The conditions of use of rotor contactors depend on the connection mode of the main poles. IEC 60947-4-1 stipulates
AC-2 utilization category for startor contactor.
ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL 10/19
—
Standards and utilization categories
Influence of the length of the conductors used in the contactor control circuit
According to the operational voltages, the cross-sectional areas, the coil consumption and the control layout, difficulties due
to line resistances and capacitances may appear during contactor closing and opening orders.
Key:
U (I) = applied voltage (current)
Ur = recovery voltage
L/R = test circuit time constant
Ue (Ie) = rated operational voltage (current)
14
Ic = making and breaking current expressed in DC or in AC like the r.m.s. value of the symmetrical components
T0.95 = time required to reach 95 % of the current in steady-state conditions, expressed in milliseconds
10/20 ABB MOTOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
—
North American standards and utilization categories
Depending on the utilization category or intended rating for a contactor, North American standards require two main tests: an endur-
ance test to simulate conventional device making and breaking capacity over its lifetime, and an overload test to simulate periodic
conditions demanding higher making and breaking capacity than is conventional for the application. The test setups differ in regards
to current, power factor, and number of electrical operating cycles.
The tables below provide a comparison of the types of load testing for contactors rated up to 100 A.
General use, non-inductive or slighting inductive loads, resistance furnaces and heaters
AC-1: general use 1 0.8 6 0 00 1.5 0.8 50 –
AC resistance 1 1 6 0 00 1.5 1 50 "Resistive"
AC resistance air heating 1 1 100 0 00 1.5 1 50